* This transcript was created by voice-to-text technology. The transcript has not been edited for errors or omissions, it is for reference only and is not the official minutes of the meeting.
          [1. CALL SESSION TO ORDER]
          [00:00:02]
          ALL RIGHT. 
          SEVEN OH ONE. 
          WE'LL CALL THE CITY COUNCIL MEETING FOR THURSDAY, JULY 17TH, 2025 TO ORDER, START WITH ROLL CALL. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. 
          PRESENT. 
          COUNCILOR MORRIS, OR YEAH. 
          PRESENT. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON. 
          HERE. 
          COUNCILMAN PORTERFIELD. 
          HERE. 
          COUNCILOR. 
          MAYOR KING. 
          HERE. 
          MAYOR PRO. 
          TIMM THORNTON. 
          HERE. 
          MAYOR SERS. 
          HERE NEXT. 
          IF YOUR RISE WILL BE LED TONIGHT IN INVOCATION BY SISTER ENON FROM THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OF LATTER DAY SAINTS, OUR FATHER IN HEAVEN. 
          WE ARE GRATEFUL FOR THIS DAY TODAY AND FOR THE OPPORTUNITY THAT WE HAVE TO BE HERE, TO KNOW WHAT WE CAN DO TO BECOME BETTER PEOPLE AND HOW WE CAN HELP THE COMMUNITY IN ANY WAY THAT WE CAN. 
          WE ARE GRATEFUL FOR THE CHANCE THAT WE HAVE TO LEARN AND GROW AND TO KNOW WHAT WE CAN DO. 
          WE ARE GRATEFUL FOR THE, LET ME SAY THESE THINGS IN THE NAME OF JESUS CHRIST. 
          AMEN. 
          AMEN. 
          PLEASE JOIN ME IN THE PLEDGE, PLEDGE PLEDGE ALLEGIANCE TO THE FLAG OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND TO THE REPUBLIC FOR WHICH IT STANDS, ONE NATION UNDER GOD, INDIVISIBLE, WITH LIBERTY AND JUSTICE FOR ALL, HONOR THE TEXAS FLAG. 
          I PLEDGE ALLEGIANCE TO DEED TEXAS. 
          ONE STATE UNDER GOD, ONE AND INDIVISIBLE. 
          ALRIGHT, NEXT 
          [5.1. National Disability Independence Day (DEIB Commission)]
OF COUNSEL, JOIN ME UP FRONT FOR OUR PROCLAMATION AND MEMBERS FROM OUR DEIB COMMISSION IS OFF. 
          THANK YOU. 
          GOOD TO SEE YOU. 
          GOOD TO BE SEEN. 
          OKAY. 
          I WON'T BITE, HIT, OR SCRATCH. 
          ALL RIGHT. 
          THIS IS A PROCLAMATION FOR NATIONAL DISABILITY INDEPENDENCE DAY, WHEREAS THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITY ACT, A DA SIGNED INTO LAW ON JULY 26TH, 1990, STANDS AS A LANDMARK PIECE OF CIVIL RIGHTS LEGISLATION, ENSURING THE FULL AND EQUAL PARTICIPATION OF INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES IN ALL ASPECTS OF AMERICAN LIFE. 
          AND WHEREAS THE A DA PROHIBITS DISCRIMINATION AGAINST INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES AND EMPLOYMENT, PUBLIC SERVICES, PUBLIC ACCOMMODATIONS, TRANSPORTATION, AND TELL THE COMMUNICATIONS, AND HAS SIGNIFICANTLY EXPANDED OPPORTUNITIES AND REDUCED BARRIERS FOR PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES. 
          WHEREAS THE A DA HAS BEEN INSTRUMENTAL IN CHANGING PERCEPTIONS AND INCREASING FULL INCLUSION OF PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES AND COMMUNITY LIFE, ALLOWING THEM TO REACH THEIR FULL POTENTIAL AND CONTRIBUTE TO STRENGTH AND VIBRANCY OF OUR NATION. 
          AND WHEREAS ON THIS ANNIVERSARY, THE ONGOING WORK REQUIRED TO FULLY IMPLEMENT THE A DA IS ACKNOWLEDGED TO ENSURE ITS PROMISES OF EQUALITY, DIGNITY, ACCESS, AND INCLUSION ARE REALIZED FOR ALL AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES. 
          AND WHEREAS THE COURAGE AND TIRELESS EFFORTS OF DISABILITY RIGHTS ACTIVISTS, LEADERS, AND COMMUNITY MEMBERS ARE HONORED FOR THEIR ADVOCACY OF THIS HISTORIC LEGISLATION AND FOR CONTINUING TO CHAMPION THE RIGHTS OF PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES. 
          AND NOW, THEREFORE, JULY 26TH IS PROCLAIMED AS THE ANNIVERSARY OF THE AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT. 
          AND NOW, THEREFORE, WE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF HUDU, DO HEREBY PROCLAIM JULY 26TH, 2025 AS NATIONAL DISABILITY INDEPENDENCE DAY. 
          AND WE ENCOURAGE ALL HU RESIDENTS TO CELEBRATE THIS IMPORTANT MILESTONE IN CIVIL RIGHTS HISTORY. 
          REFLECT ON THE CONTRIBUTIONS OF INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES, AND REAFFIRM THE COMMITMENT TO UPHOLDING AND STRENGTHENING THE PROTECTIONS AFFORDED BY THE A DA, UH, CONTINUED COLLABORATION IS ENCOURAGED TO ELIMINATE BARRIERS, CHANGE PERCEPTIONS, AND FOSTER AN ENVIRONMENT WHERE ALL AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES CAN THRIVE AND PARTICIPATE FULLY IN SOCIETY. 
          ERIC? YES, THIS PROCLAMATION, UM, WAS AUTHORED BY MYSELF AND IT REALLY TOUCHED WITH ME. 
          UM, UH, ONE OF THE THINGS I, MY SIBLING, UH, WHO'S NO LONGER ON THIS EARTH, WAS BORN WITH DOW SYNDROME. 
          UM, GROWING UP, MY OLDER SIBLING, SIBLING, UM, LATONYA, UH, SHE WAS, I CALL HER MY BIG 
          [00:05:01]
LITTLE SISTER, EVEN THOUGH SHE HAD A BIRTH DISABILITY, AS A DOWN AS WITH DOWN SYNDROME, LATANYA WAS THE SMARTEST, STRONGEST PERSON I'VE EVER HAD IN MY LIFE. 
          SHE WAS MY ROCK THAT ENCOURAGED ME NOT ONLY TO GO OFF TO COLLEGE, TO GET A DEGREE IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, BUT ALSO TO PUSH ME TO BE A TOP HUMAN RESOURCE PROFESSIONAL FOR OVER 28 YEARS. 
          SO WHEN IT CAME TO THIS PROCLAMATION, IT TOUCHED HOME WITH ME AND THE REMEMBRANCE OF MY SISTER, LATONYA RAY WATERS GRADUATE OF ROUND ROCK HIGH SCHOOL, AS SHE LAYS THE REST, WE LAID HER TO REST FIVE YEARS AGO, BUT SHE WILL ALWAYS BE MY BIG LITTLE SISTER. 
          THANK YOU'ALL. 
          HAVE EVERYBODY CENTER. 
          OKAY. 
          HERE WE'RE, EXCUSE. 
          ONE SECOND. 
          DONE. 
          YEAH, ONE MORE. 
          SORRY. 
          BROKE. 
          GREAT. 
          THANK YOU GUYS. 
          THANK YOU. 
          ALL RIGHT. 
          NEXT WE HAVE CITY MANAGER 
          [6. CITY MANAGER COMMENTS]
COMMENTS. 
          CITY MAYOR, WELCOME BACK. 
          THANK YOU, MAYOR. 
          UH, MAYOR COUNCIL, CITIZENS OF HU UM, I GUESS ON A SWITCH THERE MAY HAVE MADE THE, I'LL BE BACK LINE FAMOUS, BUT I AM BACK, NEEDS TO BE THE NEW FAMOUS ONE. 
          SO, UM, I REALLY APPRECIATE ALL THE WORK FROM STAFF AND, UH, MATT WANSKI PARTICULARLY, UH, AND THE OTHERS WHO STEPPED UP AND COVERED WHILE I WAS OUT, UH, ON MEDICAL LEAVE. 
          UM, I'M DOING WELL, STILL HEALING, BUT YOU KNOW, AS Y'ALL CAN TELL, MY ENERGY'S BACK AND THAT SORT OF STUFF. 
          SO JUST VERY THANKFUL, UH, ALL THE WAY AROUND. 
          UH, COUPLE ANNOUNCEMENTS. 
          AND THEN WE HAVE A NUMBER OF EVENTS. 
          THIS QR CODE IS YOUR KEY TO ALL OF THAT. 
          UH, I DO KNOW THAT THE FORMAT OF MY COMMENTS ARE, UH, ARE DIALING BACK TO WHERE WE'RE GONNA RELY MORE AND MORE ON, ON YOU ALL GOING TO FIND THAT INFORMATION THAN ME ANNOUNCING IT ALL. 
          UH, BUT FIRST, UH, WE DO WANT YOUR FEEDBACK ON PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS FOR LIMMER LOOP, UH, BETWEEN INNOVATION BOULEVARD AND EDGE SCHMIDT BOULEVARD. 
          SO THE QR CODE WILL TAKE YOU TO SOME OF THE PRELIMINARY DESIGNS AND YOU CAN SHARE YOUR THOUGHTS. 
          BUT WE'RE GONNA CLOSE THOSE COMMENTS ON JULY 31ST. 
          UH, WE DO HAVE THE, UH, THE SATURDAY PUBLIC BUDGET, UH, PRESENTATION. 
          IT'S LISTED AS A COUNCIL WORKSHOP. 
          THIS IS THE SESSION WHERE, UH, I, AS THE CITY MANAGER PROVIDE AN OVERVIEW OF WHAT I EXPECT MY PROPOSED BUDGET TO INCLUDE TO THE CITY COUNCIL. 
          IT'S THE FIRST TIME THAT THE, THAT THE PUBLIC CAN SEE IT, AND THAT GIVES THE PUBLIC THE OPPORTUNITY TO START TO REACT AND, OR REACH OUT TO COUNCIL MEMBERS AND GIVE FEEDBACK, SO ON AND SO FORTH. 
          UM, I THEN FOLLOW THAT UP NEXT WITH THE FULL PROPOSED BUDGET FOR THE CITY, UM, WHICH I THINK BY STATUTES REQUIRED TO BE DONE BY AUGUST 12TH OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT. 
          BUT IT'S USUALLY THE FOLLOWING WEEK. 
          SO THE WORKSHOP IS SATURDAY, JULY 26TH, NINE TO 12. 
          SO WE'LL COVER THAT, THE THREE HOURS IN THAT MORNING. 
          UH, THEN THE AUGUST 7TH CITY COUNCIL MEETING WILL INCLUDE THE FULL PRESENTATION OF THE PROPOSED BUDGET. 
          THAT'S THE CURRENT SCHEDULE. 
          UM, AND THEN, UM, ALL THE FUN ACTIVITIES AND STUFF Y'ALL CAN FIND, UH, FOLLOW THE QR CODE FOR, AND YOU'LL FIND, UH, WAYS TO CONNECT WITH THE LIBRARY AND THE PARKS AND SO ON AND SO FORTH. 
          SO, MAYOR COUNSEL, THAT CONCLUDES MY COMMENTS FOR THIS MEETING. 
          THANKS, SIR. 
          PUBLIC COMMENTS, UH, WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY, IS THAT CORRECT? CORRECT. 
          OKAY. 
          NO PUBLIC COMMENTS. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          NEXT WE MOVE ON TO ITEM EIGHT. 
          [8.1. Consideration and possible action regarding possible appointments, re-appointments and/or removals to City Boards, Commissions, Task Forces, Economic Development Corporations, Local Government Corporations and Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone Boards, and Area Government appointments. (Part 1 of 2)]
ONE, CONSIDERATION POSSIBLE ACTION REGARDING POSSIBLE APPOINTMENTS, REAPPOINTMENTS AND OR REMOVALS TO CITY BOARDS, COMMISSIONS, TASK FORCES, ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CORPORATIONS, LOCAL GOVERNMENT CORPORATIONS, AND TAX AND COMMIT REINVESTMENT ZONE BOARDS AND AREA GOVERNMENT APPOINTMENTS. 
          YES, MAYOR, WE'VE, UM, WE'VE BEEN, UM, LIKE I SAY IT QUICKLY, BUT WE'VE BEEN GOING THROUGH AND TRYING TO GET INTERVIEWS. 
          I'VE REACHED OUT TO EVERYBODY WHO HAS, UM, APPLIED AND, UM, WE HAVE DONE SOME INTERVIEWS, UH, THIS WEEK. 
          SO IF YOU, UM, ARE WATCHING OR HERE, AND, UM, I'VE REACHED OUT TO YOU AND, AND YOU HAVEN'T REPLIED, OR MAYBE, UM, HOPEFULLY I'VE GOT TO EVERYBODY. 
          I THINK SO, UH, THAT, THAT HAS RESPONDED. 
          BUT PLEASE CONTINUE TO PUT YOUR NAME IN THE HAT. 
          WE WOULD LOVE TO SEE, LOVE TO SEE YOU, WOULD LOVE TO TALK TO YOU. 
          AND, UM, 
          [00:10:01]
SO WE, WE DID HAVE SOME INTERVIEWS. 
          I'LL LEAVE IT UP TO, UH, COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS AND THOMPSON. 
          YES. 
          UH, THANK YOU EVAN. 
          UH, YES, WE HAVE, HAVE BEEN MEETING AND BEEN BUSY, SO I APPRECIATE THE SUBCOMMITTEE, UH, COUNCILMAN THOMPSON, COUNCIL PORTFOLIO MYSELF. 
          UM, WE'VE GOT SOME EXCELLENT CANDIDATES IN THERE. 
          I'D LIKE TO JUST GO OVER JUST THE PLANNING, ZONING KIND OF, UH, UPDATES. 
          UM, WE HAVE BASICALLY, UH, WE HAVE TWO VACANCIES AND, UM, WE ALSO HAVE A, A, A PERSON THAT'S GOING ON THAT'S HIS TERM HAS EXPIRED, EXCUSE ME, ONE VACANCY AND A TERM THAT'S EXPIRED. 
          UM, AND WE, I THINK WE INTERVIEWED FOUR CANDIDATES HERE RECENTLY. 
          UM, I THINK TWO PEOPLE, UM, I THINK WOULD MAKE AN EXCELLENT CHOICE ON PE ON, UH, PLANNING AND ZONING AND, UM, AND A COUPLE OF THESE THAT MAY BE, UH, UH, COULD GET A LITTLE EXTRA EFFORT, UM, BY GOING ON, UH, ZBA. 
          BUT WE HAVEN'T APPROACHED THOSE THEN. 
          SO I'D JUST LIKE TO MAKE A MOTION TONIGHT FOR PLANNING AND ZONING. 
          UM, AND WE DO HAVE THE ONE VACANCY AND THEN THE ONE RE-UP. 
          SO, UM, TONY WORTZ IS, UH, IS, UH, IS EXPIRED TERM. 
          SO I'M MAKING A MOTION TO RE-UP TONY WIRTZ AND TO, UH, TO APPOINT, UH, CORY HALL, C-O-R-Y-H-A-L-L, FOR PLANNING AND ZONING. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          DO WE HAVE A SECOND? SECOND, SECOND BY COUNCILOR THOMPSON. 
          ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? I, I JUST WANNA ADD THAT ON WITH, WITH COREY AND, AND, UH, FOR SURE. 
          THE OTHER SUBCOMMITTEE MEMBERS, UM, HE COMES WITH A STRONG BACKGROUND IN, IN, IN DEVELOPMENT. 
          UH, HE'S BEEN ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE, OF THE DIOCESE ON MANY OCCASIONS. 
          HE IS A, UM, HIS, HIS BUSINESS, UM, EXPERIENCE FOR ABOUT A DECADE, I THINK 14 YEARS, HE SAID IS CREATING, HE, HE, HE COVERS 1400 STORES, FOUR, EXCUSE ME, 400 STORES SOUTH OF DALLAS FOR U-HAUL OR THE AMER A-M-E-R-I, UH, CO COMPANY. 
          SO HE'S BEEN DOING DEVELOPMENT AND UNDERSTANDS IT FROM THE DEVELOPMENT SIDE. 
          UM, AND SO HE BRINGS A LOT TO THE TABLE. 
          HAD A LOT OF, A LOT OF INTERESTING THINGS TO SAY. 
          I THINK HE'S A STRONG SPEAKER. 
          I THINK HE SPEAKS WELL. 
          AND, UH, UH, HE'S, HE'S, UH, AT AN AGE IN MATURITY THAT I THINK HE WOULD BE AN EXCELLENT, UH, UH, MEMBER ON THE P AND Z. 
          AND, AND I THINK HE WORKED VERY WELL WITH THE PERSONALITIES THAT ARE THERE. 
          THAT'S IT. 
          OKAY. 
          ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? SO I THINK THAT WOULD STILL LEAVE ONE OPENING ON P AND Z. 
          I THINK WE HAD, UM, TWO OPENINGS AND THEN THE, UM, THE MEMBER WHO WISHED TO BE REAPPOINTED. 
          WELL, THAT'S WHAT I WAS THINKING, BUT, UH, I JUST WANNA MAKE SURE WE'RE YEAH, THAT'S WHAT I WAS THINKING. 
          BUT NOR WE, AT THAT TIME, WHAT WE WERE LOOKING AT, UH, NORMAN DELAY HAD BEEN APPOINTED. 
          IT HADN'T BEEN UPDATED IN OUR, BUT HE WERE YOU ON P AND Z? YES. 
          SO HE REPLACED YOU. 
          RIGHT. 
          SO THEN WE HAD BRIAN LEE WHO HAD, UH, VACATED, OH, EXCUSE ME. 
          AND SUSANNA BORE SUSAN BOYER AS WELL. 
          MY MISTAKES HONOR, I JUST WANNA, I JUST WANNA MAKE SURE. 
          THANK YOU FOR DOING THAT. 
          I, I DIDN'T READ THE THING. 
          SO I RE UH, UH, RESCIND THAT, THAT, THAT, THAT MOTION. 
          MY MOTION IS TO PLACE A BRANDON DELEON AND COREY HALL FOR THE TWO VACANCIES AND TO ACCEPT THE, THE, AND TONY WETZ HAS AGREED TO RE-UP THE, UH, HIS UNEXPIRED TERM TO BE, UH, BACK ACTIVE. 
          SORRY. 
          THANK YOU. 
          ARE YOU, ARE YOU OKAY TO STILL SECOND THAT CUSTOMER, THOMPSON? YEAH, I WAS SECOND THAT. 
          OKAY. 
          SO WE'RE ADDING BRA BRANDON DALEY ON CORY HALL TO THE PNZ AND REAPPOINTING. 
          TONY WETZ. 
          YES, SIR. 
          OKAY. 
          ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? SO, I JUST HAD A QUESTION. 
          SO, UM, PER THE PROTOCOLS THAT THE REST OF THE COUNCIL'S SUPPOSED TO GET THE LIST OF WHO YOU'RE GONNA BE NOMINATING AHEAD OF THE MEETING, IS THERE A REASON WHY THAT WASN'T DONE? I DIDN'T KNOW WHO WE WERE NOMINATING BEFORE TODAY, CORRECT. 
          WAIT, WHAT? AREN'T YOU ON THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE? CORRECT. 
          AND YOU DIDN'T WAIT, WHY DIDN'T YOU KNOW, ? I GUESS I'M CONFUSED. 
          WELL, BECAUSE CONFUSED, HERE'S THE WAY I AT IS WE'RE A BOARD OF SEVEN. 
          SO THE, THE JOB OF THE SUBCOMMITTEE IS TO MAKE THE RECOMMENDATION. 
          UM, THERE WAS AN APPLICANT THAT, UM, THAT THE BOARD AND THE, UM, THE BOARD CHAIR, THE P AND Z CHAIR, AGREED THAT I SHOULD NOT BE INVOLVED. 
          AND SO THEREFORE, UM, I STAYED OUT OF THE DISCUSSION, THE INTERVIEW, ANYTHING. 
          OKAY. 
          SO, SO YOU RE ACCUSED YOURSELF FROM THE ENTIRE, 
          [00:15:01]
FROM THAT WHOLE PROCESS. 
          OKAY. 
          YES, SIR. 
          OH, THAT MAKES SENSE. 
          OKAY. 
          YEAH. 
          SO THAT'S WHY I SAID I DON'T, I DON'T KNOW. 
          THAT'S WHY I SAID I'M GONNA LEAVE IT OVER TO COUNCIL MORRIS AND THOMPSON. 
          OKAY. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          BECAUSE YOU ACCUSED YOURSELF, CORRECT? CORRECT. 
          YES, SIR. 
          I GOT TOTALLY UNDERSTAND. 
          OKAY. 
          YES, SIR. 
          SO, I MEAN, WERE YOU NOT AWARE THAT THAT WAS A REQUIREMENT? I MEAN, I JUST, I'M JUST WANTING TO MAKE SURE WE'RE GOING FORWARD. 
          I, I DID SEND OUT, IT WAS LATE. 
          UH, LAURA JUST SENT 'EM OUT. 
          I ASKED LAURA TO SEND ALL THE APPLICATIONS SO THAT WE ALL KNEW WHO WE HAD INTER, UH, HAD INTERVIEWED. 
          YEAH. 
          WELL, SO, SO THE PROTOCOLS STATE THAT ONCE YOU'VE DECIDED WHO YOU'RE GONNA NOMINATE, THAT, THAT THOSE NOMINEES ALL GET SENT TO THE ENTIRE COUNCIL AHEAD OF THE COUNCIL MEETING SO THAT WE'RE ALL THERE, ALL THE NOMINEES WERE SENT TO THE COUNCIL. 
          I DIDN'T RECEIVE IT. 
          IT WAS, IT LITERALLY JUST WENT THROUGH . 
          SO WE, WE GOT IT. 
          OH, LIKE, YEAH, LIKE JUST A COUPLE OF MINUTES AGO. 
          YEAH. 
          LIKE RIGHT AS THE MEETING STARTED. 
          OKAY. 
          YEAH. 
          YEAH. 
          WELL, I GUESS MY EXPECTATION IS, SO I HAVE A LITTLE LATE, SO I HAVE MORE TIME THAN MAYBE 30 SECONDS TO REVIEW . 
          I, I GUESS I'M JUST, THAT, THAT'S, THAT'S, WE, WE DO ALL HAVE ACCESS TO NEO GOV THE SAME THOUGH, RIGHT? BUT, SO THE, THE WHOLE PURPOSE IS THAT YOU GIVE US THE LIST OF WHO YOU'RE GONNA BE NOMINATING, NOT WHO THE NOMINEES ARE, LIKE YOU HAVE MET. 
          BUT WOULDN'T YOU WANNA KNOW WHO EVERYBODY WE, WE INTERVIEWED JUST IN CASE? I MEAN, WHAT IF THERE'S SOME, WHAT IF THERE WAS SOMEONE THAT, THAT, UM, YOU KNOW, MAY MAYBE YOU KNEW, UM, YOU KNOW, WHO THEY WERE AND, AND WOULD BE INTERESTED IN THE NOMINATION AND, AND WONDER WHY WE DIDN'T NOMINATE THEM? WELL, YEAH. 
          WOULDN'T YOU WANNA HAVE ALL THE, ALL THE APPLICANTS? YES. 
          WELL, AND WE DO GET THAT THROUGH NEO GOV. 
          'CAUSE ALL OF US SHOULD BE RECEIVING THAT. 
          SO YEAH, I DO HAVE ACCESS, AND I DO LOOK, AND I READ THE APPLICATIONS FOR EVERYBODY. 
          MM-HMM. 
          BUT IN THE PROTOCOLS, IT SPECIFICALLY SAYS THAT THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE, ONCE YOU'VE DECIDED WHO YOU'RE GONNA NOMINATE, THAT YOU SEND THAT LIST TO THE CITY SECRETARY, THAT SHE CAN FORWARD TO THE ENTIRE COUNCIL SO THAT WE'RE AWARE BEFORE THE MEETING WHO YOU'RE ACTUALLY GONNA BE NOMINATING. 
          I GUESS I JUST, MAYBE YOU DIDN'T KNOW. 
          I APOLOGIZE FOR MY NAIVETY AND NUNES HERE. 
          UM, BUT MIKE GOT FROM THE MEETING IS WE DID NOT CHOOSE NOMINEES. 
          WE, WE, WE SEPARATED P AND Z BECAUSE OF ONE INDIVIDUAL THAT RECUSED THEMSELVES. 
          UM, AND THE OTHER ONE WAS, IS THAT WHO'S GONNA MAKE A MOTION TO MAKE A, ANYONE CAN MAKE A MOTION TO CHOOSE ANYONE. 
          AND, AND I, THAT'S NOT HOW THE PROTOCOLS SAY IT WORKS. 
          . 
          YEAH. 
          WOULD IT BE HELPFUL IF MAYBE WE, MAYBE I, I MET WITH, WITH EVAN, UH, YOU KNOW, WHEN THIS CALL STARTED TO KIND OF LIKE, DOWNLOAD AND TO KIND OF WALK THROUGH THE PROTOCOLS AND HOW IT WORKS. 
          I'M NOT A GOOD STUDENT. 
          . 
          I MEAN, I, I DON'T WANNA BOG THE DISCUSSION DOWN NOW. 
          I THINK WE CAN GO THROUGH IT NOW, BUT IT'S JUST, WE'RE NOT KIND OF FOLLOWING THE PROTOCOL OF, OF HOW IT'S SUPPOSED TO WORK. 
          AND MAYBE WE WANT CHANGE THE PROTOCOL AND MAYBE, MAYBE THAT'S NOT HOW WE WANT IT TO WORK, BUT THAT'S, WELL, WE HAVE THREE VACANCIES ON PLANNING AND ZONING. 
          WE BARELY MADE QUORUM THE LAST MEETING. 
          SO I THINK THE PLANNING AND ZONING BOARD IS KIND OF AN URGENT MATTER. 
          I'M NOT SAYING TO STOP IT. 
          OKAY. 
          I'M NOT SAYING, I'M NOT SAYING TO STOP THIS. 
          OKAY. 
          I'M TOTALLY FINE. 
          I'M JUST SAYING GOING FORWARD. 
          YES, SIR. 
          UM, IT'S HELPFUL WHEN THE ENTIRE COUNCIL GETS THE LIST AHEAD OF TIME SO THAT WE'RE KIND OF, WE'RE GIVING A HEADS UP AND WE'RE AWARE. 
          OKAY. 
          AND THEN THE OTHER QUESTION I HAD WAS, WAS THIS A UNANIMOUS DECISION FROM, WELL, I GUESS EXCLUDING YOU, WAS THAT A UNANIMOUS DECISION FROM THE OTHER THREE MEMBERS OF THE, OF THE, UH, THE INTERVIEW BOARD MEMBERS? WAS THE, THE, WAS IT A UNANIMOUS DECISION FROM ALL THREE OF THE REST OF YOU TO PUT FORTH THESE THREE NAMES? NO, BECAUSE ONE PERSON CUS THEMSELVES RIGHT. 
          BUT FROM THE OTHER THREE, OTHER TWO. 
          SO THE CHAIR, THE CHAIR, THE CHAIR'S, A MEMBER OF THE INTERVIEW BOARD DID, DID THE CHAIR NOT INTERVIEW THIS PERSON? RICK HUON? OH, UH, THE CHAIR OF THE, OF THE P AND Z BOARD? YES. 
          UM, YES. 
          OKAY. 
          SO I GUESS MY UNDERSTANDING, YEAH. 
          MY QUESTION WAS, IS THIS A UNANIMOUS A UNANIMOUS NOMINATION? LIKE, DID, DID ALL THREE OF YOU DISCUSS IT AND AGREE THAT THESE ARE THE THREE NAMES YOU'RE GONNA BOARD? WELL, WE DISCUSSED IT. 
          WE DID NOT COME TO AN AGREEMENT ON WHO WE WERE, BUT WE DID DISCUSS OKAY. 
          THE ONES THAT WE WANTED TO NOMINATE INDIVIDUALLY. 
          OKAY. 
          THEN YOU, BUT LIKE THIS LIST OF THREE ISN'T, ISN'T, ISN'T THE LIST THAT YOU AGREED TO AS, AS A MEMBER? NO, I DON'T THINK WE AGREED TO ANYTHING. 
          I THINK WE SAID THIS IS WHO WOULD NOMINATE, I SAID WHO I WOULD NOMINATE. 
          IT WAS DIFFERENT FROM COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS. 
          OKAY. 
          AND THEN COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD EXCLUDED HIMSELF. 
          OKAY. 
          AND THEN I'M GUESSING THE LIST IS COMING. 
          AM I UNDERSTANDING THAT CORRECTLY? YES, SIR. 
          YEAH. 
          I, I THINK WE HAD A GOOD CIVIL CONVERSATION ABOUT IT. 
          YEAH. 
          WE HAD A GOOD CONVERSATION. 
          I JUST DON'T THINK WE WERE ALL LIKE, YEAH. 
          OKAY. 
          SO JUST FOR THE RECORD, THE, THE COUNCIL PROTOCOLS DOES NOT SAY NAMES HAVE TO COME FROM THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE. 
          ALL IT SAYS IS, A NOMINATING COMMITTEE SHALL NOTIFY THE SECRETARY OF THE NAMES FOR NOMINEES AHEAD OF A MEETING WHERE THEY'LL BE PRESENTED FOR A VOTE. 
          BUT NOWHERE DOES IT SAY HERE THAT SOMEONE NOT ON A COMMITTEE CAN PUT FORTH A NAME OR THAT. 
          I MEAN, THE WHOLE PROCESS IS SUPPOSED TO BE, I THOUGHT YOU'RE GOING THROUGH TRYING TO WHITTLE IT DOWN, BUT IT DOESN'T MEAN JUST BECAUSE THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE DOESN'T AGREE ON SOMEBODY, CAN WE PRESENT IT THAT SOMEONE ELSE CAN'T BRING A PERSON UP? OTHERWISE, YOU REALLY DON'T HAVE SEVEN PEOPLE. 
          YOU JUST HAVE THREE PEOPLE MAKING DECISIONS. 
          AND SEVEN PEOPLE EITHER AGREE OR 
          [00:20:01]
DISAGREE. 
          BUT I DO THINK NEXT COUNCIL MEETING IS WHEN WE'RE VOTING ON THE CHANGES TO THE BYLAWS. 
          THERE HADN'T BEEN A WHOLE LOT OF COMMENT ON THE MESSAGE BOARD ABOUT IT. 
          AND SO I KNOW WE'RE GONNA FLUSH THIS OUT NEXT MEETING, PROBABLY ONE WAY OR ANOTHER, BUT, OKAY. 
          BUT THAT, BUT YOU CONFIRMED, IT DOES SAY IN THERE THAT THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE IS TO DECIDE WHO THEY'RE GONNA NOMINATE. 
          THEY SEND THAT LIST TO THE CITY SECRETARY WHO THEN SENDS IT TO THE CITY COUNCIL. 
          IT SAYS THAT IN THERE. 
          NO, IT SAYS, COULD YOU READ THAT AGAIN, PLEASE? THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY SECRETARIES OF THE NAMES FOR NOMINEES AHEAD OF THE MEETING WHERE THEY'LL BE PRESENTED FOR A VOTE OF THE ENTIRE COUNCIL. 
          NOR DOES IT SAY, WHO DECIDES HOW THEY DECIDES. 
          DOES IT HAVE TO BE A UNANIMOUS VOTE? IT JUST SAYS THEY'RE BRINGING NAMES FORWARD. 
          OKAY. 
          BUT IT DOES SAY THAT APPLICATIONS SHOULD BE IN THE DROPBOX. 
          SO WE NEED TO GET BACK ON THAT FOR EVERYONE. 
          TO YOUR POINT, AND THAT'S EXACTLY WHAT I'M ASKING FOR, RIGHT? I'M ASKING FOR THE PROTOCOL TO BE FOLLOWED, THAT THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE HAS THE NAMES THAT THEY'RE GONNA PRESENT IN CITY COUNCIL MEETING, THAT THEY PROVIDE THOSE, THOSE SPECIFIC NAMES. 
          NOT EVERY PERSON WHO WAS INTERVIEWED, BUT THE NOMINEES THOSE NOMINEES ARE PRESENTED TO THAT WOULD GET, ARE EMAILED TO THE CITY SECRETARY, WHO THEN EMAILS THOSE TO THE CITY COUNCIL, THE FULL CITY COUNCIL. 
          THAT'S THE PROCESS. 
          AND IF WE WANNA CHANGE THE PROCESS, I DON'T HAVE A PROBLEM WITH THAT. 
          IF WE WANNA DISCUSS, WE DON'T WANT ON HERE. 
          WE ONLY SPEND 20 MINUTES ON THIS PROCESS WHEN THERE'S SOMEONE WE DON'T WANT. 
          SO WHO DO WE NOT WANT? DO WE NOT WANT TONY WIRTZ? DO WE NOT WANT CORY HALL OR WE NOT WANT BRANDON DALEY ON? BECAUSE THIS IS TYPICALLY A MOTION. 
          SECOND VOTE, MOTION SECOND VOTE. 
          ANYTIME IT BOGS DOWN, SOMEBODY DOESN'T ELECT SOMEBODY. 
          SO LET'S NOT BE US AROUND WHO DO WE NOT WANT ON THIS WARD? WHY IS THIS AN ISSUE TODAY? SO WE'VE NEVER, WE'VE NEVER HAD APPLICATIONS SENT TO US AHEAD OF TIME. 
          WE'VE NEVER HAD THE THING SENT EVERY MEETING. 
          WE'VE NEVER HAD THE COMMUNICATION. 
          TONIGHT. 
          IT'S A BIG DEAL. 
          WHO DO YOU NOT WANT ON HERE? OKAY, SO MAYOR, RESPECTFULLY, DON'T PUT WORDS IN MY MOUTH AND DON'T MAKE ASSUMPTIONS ABOUT WHAT I'M SAYING AND WHAT I'M DOING. 
          COULD YOU PLEASE RESPECT ME WITH THAT? YES OR NO? YES. 
          THANK YOU. 
          SECOND OF ALL, TO SAY THAT THE NAMES HAVE NEVER BEEN EMAILED BEFORE IS A FALSE STATEMENT AND INCORRECT. 
          WHEN I WAS ON THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE THE ENTIRE YEAR, LAST YEAR, WE DID THAT. 
          WE SENT THE NAMES TO THE, TO THE CITY SECRETARY, WHO THEN SENT 'EM TO THE CITY COUNCIL. 
          IT MAY NOT HAVE HAPPENED EVERY TIME, BUT IT HAPPENED A MAJORITY OF THE TIME. 
          SO TO SAY THAT IT DOESN'T HAPPEN AND THAT THIS IS THE FIRST TIME THAT IT'S AN ISSUE IS INCORRECT. 
          SO THAT'S UNTRUE. 
          I AM JUST ASKING BECAUSE I WANT TO KNOW WHETHER THIS WAS A UNANIMOUS VOTE BY THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE OR NOT, BECAUSE THAT HELPS ME UNDERSTAND WHETHER, WHETHER ALL THREE COUNCIL MEMBERS PLUS THE CHAIR ARE IN AGREEMENT WITH THIS OR WHETHER IT WAS A DIVIDED DECISION. 
          IT HELPS ME WITH THAT. 
          JUST LIKE I ASK WHEN THERE'S A PRESENTATION TO US BY THE DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DIRECTOR THAT HAS GONE TO P AND Z, ONE OF THE QUESTIONS THAT I ASK, AND THAT I LOOK FOR IN THE BUT IN THE PACKET IS, WAS THIS A UNANIMOUS DECISION BY P AND Z? IF IT WAS A FOUR THREE VOTE, THAT MAKES ME KIND OF LIKE, RECONSIDER WHAT I'M GONNA LOOK AT. 
          IF IT UN, UNLESS IT WAS A SEVEN ZERO VOTE ON P AND Z, IT MAKES A DIFFERENCE TO ME TO KNOW WHETHER THEY IT WAS DIVIDED OR NOT. 
          SO THIS IS NOT ABOUT A SPECIFIC PERSON. 
          THIS IS ABOUT PROCESS AND FOLLOWING THE ESTABLISHED PROCESS. 
          I APPRECIATE THAT. 
          I'M JUST, FOR ME, I, I DON'T REMEMBER US EVER ASKING FOR HOW VOTES TURNED OUT. 
          SO, UM, I, I DON'T MIND IF WE DO THAT. 
          I JUST, YOU SAY PROCESS. 
          I LIKE CONSISTENCY. 
          SO AS LONG IT'S CONSISTENT QUESTIONS, CONSISTENT PROCESSES, CONSISTENT, ALL THAT, THAT'S, THAT'S FAIR TO ME. 
          IF IT'S CERTAIN TIMES WE DO CERTAIN THINGS, I THINK THAT'S WHY WE'RE LOOKING AT REVIEWING THIS WHOLE SYSTEM. 
          BUT I JUST WANNA MAKE SURE WE'RE NOT MAKING A BAD DECISION HERE. 
          AND I'D LIKE TO ADD IN THE DISCUSSIONS IN ANY OF THOSE SUBCOMMITTEE CAN, CAN CORRECT ME OR ADD TO IT, IS THAT WE, WE, THERE WERE INDIVIDUALS THAT WE, SOME AGREED UPON AND SOME DID NOT. 
          UM, AND THAT INCLUDED THE PLANNING AND ZONING CHAIR, WHO WAS, WHO WAS IN ATTENDANCE TO THE, FOR THE INTERVIEWS. 
          AND THE DISCUSSION WAS THAT DIFFERENT COUNCIL MEMBERS FROM THE SUBCOMMITTEE WOULD HAVE DIFFERENT MOTIONS AT THE SAME TIME. 
          UH, WELL, SUBSEQUENTLY FOR THEIR PERSON OF CHOICE FOR PLANNING AND ZONING. 
          I DON'T KNOW IF THAT'S STANDARD OR NOT. 
          I APOLOGIZE TO BEEN HERE SIX WEEKS. 
          UM, NO EXCUSE. 
          UH, NO EXCUSE . 
          UH, I'VE BEEN ON MANY PLANNING AND ZONING BOARDS, SO I COME AT IT FROM, FROM THE OTHER SIDE. 
          SO I, I HOPE I CAN JUST LEND SOME VALUE TO THAT. 
          BUT THERE WAS DISCUSSION ON HAVING MULTIPLE MOTIONS ON THE SAME BOARD AND COMMISSION. 
          SO IF THAT'S A VIOLATION OF PROTOCOL, I WAS NOT INFORMED OF IT OR INSTRUCTED. 
          I APOLOGIZE. 
          OKAY. 
          NO, THAT'S, THAT'S VERY HELPFUL. 
          THAT'S NEVER HOW IT'S BEEN RUN BEFORE. 
          OKAY. 
          UM, AND, AND, AND MAYBE COUNCIL, UH, MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON CAN KIND OF, YOU KNOW, HELP ME EXPLAIN THIS. 
          BUT THE ENTIRE TIME THAT WE'VE DONE IT, THE TWO YEARS THAT WE HAVE DONE IT LAST YEAR, AND THEN THE YEAR, YOU KNOW, TWO YEARS BEFORE THAT, UM, AS A NOMINATING COMMITTEE, WE ALWAYS DROVE TO 
          [00:25:01]
A UNANIMOUS DECISION FROM ALL OF US. 
          AND THAT THOSE WERE THE NAMES THAT WE FELT COMFORTABLE PUTTING FORTH. 
          BUT THAT'S NOT IN THE PROTOCOL. 
          IT'S NOT IN THE PROTOCOL. 
          BUT THAT WAS A PRACTICE THAT WE DID. 
          AND SO, YEAH. 
          YEAH. 
          SO, I MEAN, THAT'S THE WAY THAT IT TURNED OUT. 
          BUT THERE'S NO GUARANTEE THAT IT WAS ALWAYS GONNA TURN OUT THAT WAY. 
          YES. 
          RIGHT. 
          THERE'S ALWAYS THE POSSIBILITY OF THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE NOT BEING ANONYMOUS. 
          SURE. 
          I, I GUESS THIS IS DIFFERENT. 
          THIS IS DIFFERENT THAN WHAT WE'VE EVER DONE. 
          SO I'M JUST ASKING FOR CLARITY. 
          I'M NOT. 
          RIGHT. 
          THAT'S ALL. 
          I'M, I APPRECIATE YOUR RESPONSES. 
          OKAY. 
          AND YOUR, YOUR INPUT. 
          ALL RIGHT. 
          THANK YOU. 
          THANK YOU. 
          WE DONE ARGUING ON THE FIRST ITEM ON THE AGENDA. 
          . 
          I'M NOT ARGUING. 
          ONLY HAVE 30 MORE TO GO. 
          JUST, I'M ASKING FOR CLARITY. 
          THAT'S ALL I'M DOING. 
          PLEASE CALL IT ABOUT 3:00 AM LAURA'S MY, CAN YOU REPEAT THE MOTION PLEASE? , UH, REAPPOINTING TONY WIRTZ APPOINTING CORY HALL AND APPOINTING BRANDON DA. 
          MOTION BY COUNCILMAN MORRIS. 
          SECOND BY COUNCILOR THOMPSON TO THE PNZ. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          THANK YOU BRIAN. 
          I THINK THE SECOND. 
          YES. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          PLEASE CALL THE VOTE MAYOR PRO. 
          TIM THORNTON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER KING. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD. 
          AYE. 
          MAYOR SNYDER. 
          AYE. 
          ALL THAT. 
          SEVEN. 
          OH. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          ANY, ANY OTHER ITEMS ON, UH, THAT HELPED ME GET TO A SEVEN, OH, BY THE WAY, ON THE BOARD AND COMMISSION NEXT . 
          UM, WELL, I'LL, I DON'T KNOW IF SOMEBODY WAS GONNA GO NEXT OR MEGAN ON THE MOTION. 
          UM, SO I JUST WANNA SAY THAT WE, WE, UH, WE DID HAVE A DISCUSSION. 
          UH, WE HAD REALLY, I THINK WE HAD VERY HEALTHY DISCUSSIONS, UM, AND, UM, TALKING WITH, UH, MR. MORRIS OVER HERE. 
          SO WE HAVE DECIDED THAT WE ARE GOING, OR I'M GOING TO, WHATEVER THE, WHATEVER THE PROTOCOL IS HERE, UM, TO NOMINATE, UH, JIM MORRIS TO BE CHAIR OF THE SUBCOMMITTEE. 
          UM, WE FEEL LIKE IT WILL HELP WITH CONSISTENCY, UM, FOR GETTING NOTIFICATIONS ON TIME, NOT LAST MINUTE, UH, AND THOSE SORTS OF THINGS. 
          SO, UM, AND, AND JIM HAS, UH, AGREED, AND I BELIEVE, UH, COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON HAS, IS, UH, AMICABLE TO THE, TO THE CHANGE. 
          DO WE HAVE TO MAKE A MOTION FOR THAT? OR IS THAT JUST A WE WE AGREE OR MAYBE WE DON'T AGREE? WE HAVE BEFORE. 
          THERE'S NO PROTOCOLS, OBVIOUSLY. 
          THERE'S NO OBJECTION. 
          IS THERE AN OBJECTION? UM, ALRIGHT. 
          COUNCILMAN MORRIS, THERE'S ANOTHER CHAIR. 
          ANYTHING ELSE ON THIS ONE? UM, DID ANYONE DISCUSS THE DEIB POSITIONS? JUST KINDA GIVE AN UPDATE? UH, WELL, I MEAN, I CAN GIVE AN UPDATE. 
          UH, I SUPPOSE, UM, DIB, SO WE HAVE TWO OPENINGS ON DEIB. 
          UH, WE INTERVIEWED TWO, UH, WE DO HAVE ANOTHER INTERVIEW. 
          UM, I THOUGHT, UH, BOTH INTERVIEWS WENT WELL. 
          UM, BUT, UM, TALKING WITH THE CHAIR, YOU KNOW, WE, WE DID NOT TO SAY THIS IS WHAT WILL HAPPEN, BUT, UM, YOU KNOW, WE DID DECIDE THAT WE WOULD, MIGHT LIKE TO MAKE SURE WE GET EVERYBODY INTERVIEWED BEFORE WE MAKE ANY NOMINATIONS, UM, AT THIS TIME, JUST SO WE'RE, UM, YOU KNOW, I GUESS MAKING SURE WE TALK TO EVERYBODY FIRST. 
          SO THAT BEING SAID, IF YOU'RE INTERESTED IN SERVING ON DEIB, UM, YOU MAY STILL HAVE TIME TO PUT YOUR NAME IN THE HAT. 
          SO, UM, THAT'S KIND OF REALLY THE UPDATE IS WE, WE'VE DONE INTERVIEWS. 
          WE, WE STILL HAVE TWO OPENINGS. 
          WE HAVE ANOTHER INTERVIEW TO DO AT LEAST ONE MORE INTERVIEW TO DO, UM, RIGHT NOW. 
          SO THERE'S TWO OPENINGS. 
          WE HAVE TWO CANDIDATES INTERVIEWED, AND A THIRD TO GO. 
          A THIRD TO GO. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          SO WHERE'S THE MOTION TO PUT THE FIRST ONE ON THERE? BECAUSE I, YOU'VE GOT ONE MORE. 
          SO EVEN IF YOU, YOU GOT TWO OPENINGS, THREE PEOPLE APPLYING, SOMEONE'S NOT MAKING IT. 
          SOMEONE RIGHT NOW CAN, SOMEONE RIGHT NOW CAN MAKE IT, BECAUSE IF YOU INTERVIEW SOMEONE NEXT WEEK, YOU STILL HAVE SOMEONE YOU'VE ALREADY INTERVIEWED THAT'S MAKING IT. 
          SO. 
          RIGHT. 
          AND WE'D JUST LIKE TO FINISH UP THE INTERVIEWS BEFORE WE MAKE THE MOTION. 
          I, I, I AGREE WITH, WITH BRIAN, WE, WE AS A GROUP DECIDED THAT IT'D BE BEST NOW WE'RE THREE OF SEVEN IF, AND I GUESS ANYONE ELSE CAN MAKE A MOTION, UH, FOR THESE INDIVIDUALS. 
          UH, BUT WE THOUGHT IT WOULD BE BEST. 
          AND, AND, BUT TWO REASONS. 
          ONE IS THE CANDIDATE THAT'S LEFT TO INTERVIEW IS RE-INTERVIEWING WAS, I BELIEVE, VIRTUALLY ACCEPTED IN APRIL, IF I, IF THAT'S CORRECT. 
          WELL, THE, UH, BASED ON WHAT WE WERE TOLD IN THE EMAIL, THE PERSON WAS INTERVIEWED, BUT AT THE TIME THERE WAS NOT AN OPENING ON THE, UM, ON THE COMMISSION. 
          AND SO, UH, THEY WERE INTERVIEWED TO I GUESS GET INTEREST OR WHATEVER. 
          AND SO, UM, THEY, THEY WOULD LIKE TO BE RE-INTERVIEWED OR BE RECONSIDERED. 
          THE, THE DEIB CHAIR WAS COMFORTABLE WITH IT. 
          BUT YEAH, I HAVE NOT INTERVIEWED AND I DON'T KNOW IF, IF BRIAN HAD, OR WAIT A MINUTE, HOW'S THAT WORK? 'CAUSE WE MADE IT VERY CLEAR A COUPLE MEETING AGO, NO ONE CAN GET INTERVIEWED UNLESS THERE'S AN OPENING MEETING. 
          SO SOMEONE GOT INTERVIEWED WITHOUT AN OPENING. 
          NO, I THINK THIS IS IT. 
          IF I'M RIGHT, THIS IS SOMEBODY WHO INTERVIEWED LAST YEAR WHEN WE HAD OPENINGS. 
          OKAY. 
          I, I DON'T KNOW WHEN OF THESE. 
          AND, AND I THINK THAT THERE, WE HAD MORE APPLICANTS THAN OPENINGS AND THIS PERSON WAS SOMEONE WHO I THINK EVERYBODY THOUGHT WAS GOOD AND WE, WE OKAY. 
          FIGURED OUT WHO WE WERE GONNA PICK AND THEY JUST DIDN'T GET PICKED THAT TIME. 
          IF IT'S THE PERSON, I THINK IT'S, THAT SOUNDS I CAN, I CAN, I REMEMBER THAT. 
          I DON'T WANNA BLAST THEIR NAME OUT THERE. 
          I MEAN, I CAN TELL YOU WHO IT IS LATER. 
          BUT, SO SINCE 
          [00:30:01]
WE STARTED THIS PROCESS, HOW WAS THE VOTES ON THE, TO YOU HEAD? WERE THEY UNANIMOUS? FOR UNANIMOUS AGAINST? NOT, NOT UNANIMOUS. 
          NOT, NO, NOT, NOT UNANIMOUS. 
          WHAT CAUSED THAT BEING ON THE DEIB? WERE, WERE ANY OF THEM UNANIMOUS? PUT THAT WAY?  EITHER? WELL, YES. 
          I DON'T COUNT . 
          I DON'T COUNT FOR B AND Z. 
          , NO. 
          DIB OH FOR DIB WERE ANY OF THEM UNANIMOUS? RIGHT. 
          I OF THEM UNANIMOUS? YEAH. 
          UM, WELL, TO BE TRANSPARENT, I, I SUPPOSE, YES. 
          UM, WHEN WE, UM, SET UP THE INTERVIEWS, UH, YOU KNOW, IT WAS KIND OF, IT WAS SOMEWHAT LAST MINUTE, WHICH WAS ON ME. 
          SO WE WERE TRYING TO GET EVERYBODY IN AND, UM, GET IT DONE. 
          UNFORTUNATELY, UH, MR. THOMPSON HAD A, A PREVIOUS ENGAGEMENT SO HE COULD NOT JOIN THE INTERVIEWS. 
          UH, LAST NIGHT WE DID HAVE A MEETING TODAY. 
          WE GAVE HIM, UH, UH, JIM AND I GAVE HIM, UM, YOU KNOW, OUR, OUR BOTH OF OUR INTERPRETATIONS OF THE INTERVIEW, HOW IT WENT, UH, BOTH INTERVIEWS, HOW IT WENT, UH, THE ONES HE MISSED ANYWAY. 
          AND, UH, IT WAS ONLY TWO. 
          AND SO, UM, YOU KNOW, HE ASKED QUESTIONS AND UH, WAS VERY ENGAGED IN, IN EVERYTHING. 
          SO I DON'T FEEL LIKE HE, UH, YOU KNOW, JIM AND I DIDN'T NECESSARILY AGREE ON EVERYTHING, SO HE HEARD BOTH SIDES AND I FELT LIKE HE WAS ABLE TO MAKE A, UM, AN EDUCATED DECISION ON THE MATTER. 
          BUT, UM, SO, SO NO, I MEAN, WE DIDN'T, WE DON'T ALL AGREE ON EVERYTHING ANYWAY. 
          UM, I, LIKE I SAID, I PERSONALLY THOUGHT BOTH, BOTH APPLICANTS WERE, WERE GOOD. 
          UM, I THINK THEY WERE BOTH VERY SIMILAR. 
          UM, YEAH. 
          WHERE IN MY CASE, I, I THOUGHT ONE APPLICANT WAS, WAS, WAS AN A PLUS TYPE CANDIDATE AND I THOUGHT ANOTHER, UH, CANDIDATE WAS, UM, MAYBE, UH, NEEDED A LITTLE MORE TIME IN THE CITY OF HATO. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          ALRIGHT, WELL I'D SAY MORE DISCUSSION THEN ON AUGUST 7TH. 
          UM, I WANNA HEAR ABOUT THE DIB, ESPECIALLY WHEN WE JUST HEARD ABOUT THE PRIORITIES ONE AND TWO OF IT BEING DIVERSE AND IT SURE. 
          IN FULL PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT, UM, AND ALL THAT. 
          SO I THINK IT'S VERY IMPORTANT AS WE GO INTO THE NEXT PHASE OF THE DEIB THAT, UM, A LOT OF STUFF GOES INTO THAT, BUT, OKAY. 
          ANYTHING ELSE FOR THIS ITEM? YEAH, SORRY, MAYOR. 
          I GOT ONE MORE. 
          IT'LL BE QUICK. 
          UM, DID, DID THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE SEE MY COMMENT ON THE MESSAGE BOARD ABOUT NOMINATIONS? I, I LISTED OUT, UM, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, ALL OF THE PEOPLE WHOSE TERMS EXPIRED IN JUNE AND WHO ARE ELIGIBLE FOR REAPP APPOINTMENT IF THEY'RE INTERESTED. 
          SO I DUNNO IF THAT'S HELPFUL FOR YOU, BUT I, I KIND OF PROVIDED THAT LIST SO THAT YOU CAN KIND OF HAVE A STARTING POINT. 
          YEAH. 
          IS THAT THE SAME, IS, DID YOU GIVE THAT TO LAURA ALSO? BECAUSE I THINK YOU, SHE HAD SENT ME SOMETHING AS WELL, SO MAYBE IT'S JUST, UH, IF IT'S REDUNDANT, THEN THAT'S FINE. 
          IT MIGHT BE REDUNDANT. 
          THAT WAS JUST THE LIST. 
          HAVEN'T I HAVEN'T SEEN THAT MESSAGE. 
          UM, BUT I'LL MAKE SURE AND GO LOOK, IF IT'S HELPFUL, IT'S THERE. 
          SURE. 
          YOU NO, NO, I THINK IT'LL BE HELPFUL GOING FORWARD BECAUSE, UH, SO WHAT, WHAT JIM AND I ARE GONNA WORK ON, UM, IS KIND OF A, AN INFORMATION DOWNLOAD, UM, THINGS THAT I'VE LEARNED, UM, WORKING ON THE SUBCOMMITTEE AND, UM, YOU KNOW, GOING THROUGH AND HOW WE CAN APPR IMPROVE AND BE MORE EFFICIENT, UH, AND, AND THINGS OF THAT NATURE. 
          SO YEAH, WE'LL, WE'LL, WE'LL TALK ABOUT THAT. 
          IT'LL BE VERY HELPFUL. 
          AND MAKE SURE WE, YOU KNOW, WE ADDRESS EVERYBODY'S CONCERNS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE MAKE, WE WANNA MAKE SURE THAT NO BOARD OR COMMISSION IS, UH, AT RISK OF NOT MEETING QUORUM AND, YOU KNOW, MAKE SURE EVERYBODY THAT WANTS TO SERVE IS, IS AND WILLING TO SERVE CAN. 
          AND THEN OBVIOUSLY THE OPPORTUNITY FOR THOSE THAT, THAT WANT TO AND ARE NOT, UH, CURRENTLY APPOINTED, I GUESS. 
          BUT THAT'S ALL I HAVE. 
          MAYOR, WE READY TO GO INTO THE SECOND ITEM OF THE AGENDA? OH, LET'S GO. 
          ITEM 
          [8.2. Consideration and possible action regarding recommendations or updates from City Council sub-committees (i.e. HISD, CIP, EDC).]
EIGHT TWO CONSIDERATION POSSIBLE ACTION REGARDING RECOMMENDATIONS OR UPDATES FROM CITY COUNCIL SUBCOMMITTEES. 
          WE'VE MET ON THE SUBCOMMITTEE ON THE, UH, UDC. 
          THOSE HAVE BEEN POSTED ON THE FORUM. 
          I DON'T KNOW IF THERE'S ANY COMMENTS THAT ANYBODY HAS. 
          INITIALLY, THE CIP SUBCOMMITTEE WILL BE COMING UP A MEETING SOON. 
          WE HAVE NOT MET AT THE HU ISD COMMITTEE YET. 
          IS THERE AN EDC COMMITTEE? I DON'T REMEMBER THAT ONE BEING FORMED. 
          NO. 
          OR IS THAT JUST A TYPO? IT'S NOT UDC, IT'S PROBABLY UDC. 
          IT'S UDC. 
          OKAY. 
          UM, BUT I WOULD ADVISE EVERYBODY, LOOK AT THE UDC. 
          SOME OF THE THINGS, TELL ME WHEN I'VE GOT THIS WRONG. 
          THE GENERAL CONSENSUS SO FAR IS IT LOOKS LIKE THE UDC YOU GUYS WERE NOT AT THE MEETING, BUT IT LOOKS LIKE AS IT'S BEING PRESENTED TO US BY, UM, UH, THE CONSULTANT IS THAT WE'RE COMBINING, WE COMBINED A LOT OF ZONING CLASSIFICATIONS, BUT NOW THERE'S A LOT OF COMMERCIAL USES THAT CAN BE DONE, THAT CAN BE HAD IN RESIDENTIAL USES AND KIND OF THE SUBCOMMITTEE'S THOUGHT PROCESSES THAT REALLY NEED TO BE SEPARATED. 
          SO THAT, ONE OF THE BIGGEST COMPLAINTS WE HAVE IS I DIDN'T KNOW THERE WAS GONNA BE A HOTEL BUILT BY MY NEIGHBORHOOD. 
          WELL, IF IT'S COMMERCIAL, YOU CAN SAY, 
          [00:35:01]
WELL, IT'S COMMERCIAL. 
          YOU SHOULD HAVE KNOWN THAT IF IT'S RESIDENTIAL AND THERE'S A LOT OF ITEMS THAT BY RIGHT. 
          HAVE THE RIGHT TO BE THERE. 
          NOW ALL OF A SUDDEN WE'RE NOT REAL SURE HOW YOU DICTATE WHAT CAN AND CAN'T BE IN A RESIDENTIAL ZONING. 
          UM, AND SO THEN WHEN SOMEONE COMES AND PRESENTS TO US, THEY WANNA ZONE 200 ACRES RESIDENTIAL, IT COULD END UP BEING A COMMERCIAL PROJECT. 
          WE DON'T EVEN KNOW. 
          SO SOME OF THE THINGS WE DID IN CHAPTER TWO WAS TO, UM, MODIFY WHAT THE SUVS WERE, WHAT WAS THE, WHAT WAS A COMMERCIAL, WHAT WAS AN INDUSTRIAL, AND WHAT WAS, UH, RESIDENTIAL, WHAT WAS ALLOWED BY RIGHT. 
          ALSO, WE FLAGGED AS A WHOLE, I THINK I PUT 'EM IN THERE, THERE MIGHT BE SIX OR SEVEN INSTANCES WHERE A CERTAIN ZONING IS ALLOWED WITH CERTAIN CONDITIONS, BUT THE CONDITIONS DON'T EXIST IN THE CODE. 
          AND SO I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT MEANS IF STAFF HAS TO COME UP WITH IT, BUT ALL THE OTHER ONES HAVE CODES. 
          SO I THINK IT'S SOME MISSING. 
          AND THEN, UM, SOME DEFINITIONS WERE, WERE NOT REALLY THERE. 
          AND THE LAST ONE WAS WE WERE, WE'RE RECOMMENDING, UM, THE ZONING TABLE IS IN THE SAME ORDER, SAY ALPHABETICALLY AS THE ZONING DEFINITIONS AND CATEGORIES. 
          'CAUSE RIGHT NOW THEY'RE, THEY'RE ALL OVER THE PLACE. 
          AND YOU HAVE THINGS LIKE THE TABLE SAYS A BAR RESTAURANT, BUT MAYBE THE, THE TABLE SAYS BAR RESTAURANT, AND THE CODE SAYS BAR TAVERN AND BAR SOMETHING ELSE, AND THEN BAR SOMETHING ELSE. 
          THOSE AREN'T IN THE TABLE. 
          SO WE LOOK AT THAT AND GO, WELL, WHAT CAN GO THERE? WE DON'T KNOW. 
          AND IN OUR MINDS, I THINK, AND YOU GUYS, I'M DONE WITH THIS. 
          YOU GUYS TELL ME WHERE I'M RIGHT OR WRONG. 
          WE WANNA MAKE SURE WE UNDERSTAND THE CODE BECAUSE IF WE DON'T UNDERSTAND IT, THEN HOW ARE WE ABLE TO VOTE ON THINGS THAT WE DON'T EVEN UNDERSTAND THE CODE? SO WE'RE TRYING TO GET TO WHERE WE CAN ALL UNDERSTAND IT AND KNOW WHAT WE'RE VOTING FOR AND KNOW WHAT THE RESULTS OF THOSE VOTES. 
          DOES THAT SOUND PRETTY FAIR? MM-HMM . 
          YEAH, I MIGHT ADD, I MEAN, KIND OF A GENERAL DISCONNECT IS THERE'S LIKE FOUR OR FIVE PAGES OF TABLE AND THEN MAYBE A COUPLE DOZENS OF PAGES OF TEXTS THAT RELATE TO THE TABLE. 
          AND THERE'S A HUGE DISCONNECT. 
          I DON'T KNOW WHAT HAPPENED, BUT IT'LL SAY FOR A BAR, IT'LL HAVE, YOU KNOW, NO, NO, NO AND CONTINGENT OR, UM, SPECIAL USE OR WHATEVER. 
          BUT YOU, THEN YOU GO INTO THE TEXT AND IT DOESN'T, IT'S NOT IF YOU JUST DID A ONE-ON-ONE ACCURACY, ACCURACY CHECK, THEY'RE NOT THE SAME. 
          AND IT'S DOZENS AND DOZENS OF INSTANCES IN THE TABLE DON'T AGREE. 
          SO I THINK WE NEED TO GET BACK TO STAFF TO SAY WHICH ONE IS CORRECT. 
          UM, AND THEN UPDATE, UM, YOU KNOW, AND IN CASE ONE SAYS THERE'S CONDITIONS IN THE TABLE, BUT AS, AS MAYOR SAID, THERE'S NO, THERE'S NOT EVEN A CONDITION PARAGRAPH, LET ALONE WHAT THE CONDITIONS ARE. 
          SO THERE'S A BIG DISCONNECT IN THAT. 
          SO I THINK JUST HAVING THAT, JUST WITHOUT EVEN KNOWING ABOUT THE EACH INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION, WE NEED TO HAVE SOME ALIGNMENT BETWEEN THESE TWO, THE TABLES, WHICH IS THE QUICK LOOKUP, AND THEN THE, THE IN-DEPTH DISCUSSION OF WHAT THAT TABLE MEANS. 
          AND THEN WE CAN GO IN AND, AND, AND HAVING AN ALPHABETIZED, HAVING WHATEVER IT IS, IS HAVING THOSE TWO, THE TABLE AND THE TEXTUAL CONTENT IN THE SAME ORDER. 
          SO WE'RE NOT GOING BACK AND FORTH ALL OVER THE PLACE. 
          IT JUST MAKES IT EASIER TO PROVE. 
          THAT'S IT. 
          ALRIGHT, ANYTHING ELSE FOR THIS ONE? UH, I'LL JUST SAY FOR HISD WE HAVEN'T MET, BUT WE NOW HAVE MEETINGS SCHEDULED GOING FORWARD. 
          MM-HMM . 
          SO THAT SHOULD BE BECOME A REGULAR THING AGAIN. 
          SO YES SIR. 
          ALRIGHT, EIGHT THREE DISCUSSION. 
          [8.3. Discussion and possible action regarding the appointment of a Charter Review Commission. (City Council)]
POSSIBLE ACTION REGARDING THE EMPLOYMENT OF A CHARTER TO REVIEW COMMISSION. 
          UM, WHAT I'D LIKE TO DO ON THIS, NOT APPOINT PEOPLE TODAY, UM, TO TABLE THAT PART, BUT TO MAKE SURE WE ALL KNOW WHAT THE EXPECTATION IS SO THAT WHEN WE GO TO DO IT, WE CAN KNOCK IT OUT IN FIVE MINUTES IN NOT 50. 
          WHAT'S, SO WHAT IS THE PROTOCOL OR EXPECTATION? DO YOU REMEMBER WHAT IT IS? SO I BELIEVE THIS ONE'S DESIGNATED IN THE CHARTER. 
          SO IT DOESN'T, IT DOESN'T FOLLOW THE PROTOCOL. 
          IT'S THE CHARTER. 
          AND I BELIEVE THE CHARTER JUST SAYS SEVEN MEMBERS. 
          IT DOESN'T SPECIFICALLY SAY HOW, I THINK WE HAVE AN ORDINANCE ON THIS. 
          IS THERE AN ORDINANCE? YEAH, I THINK SO. 
          UM, LET'S SEE. 
          IT'S GONNA BE A LONG MEETING. 
          LET'S TABLE THIS TO THE NEXT WEEK AND WE'LL PUT THE, UH, I'LL, I'LL, I'LL FIND THE ORDINANCE. 
          I BELIEVE THERE'S AN ORDINANCE. 
          THE CHARTER SAYS THAT, BUT I BELIEVE IT'S EACH COUNCIL MEMBER IS SUPPOSED TO COME UP WITH A NAME. 
          UH, THAT'S HOW WE'VE DONE IT. 
          YES, YES. 
          YEAH. 
          BUT I DON'T, I DON'T THINK IT'S AN ORDINANCE. 
          IT WAS JUST A, JUST A PROCESS WE'VE BEEN DOING. 
          RIGHT. 
          YEAH. 
          IT'S NOT, IT'S NOT A, IT'S NOT, IF NO ONE HAS DOCUMENTED THAT, NO ONE HAS ANY OBJECTION TO THAT PROCESS. 
          AND LET'S JUST COME BACK ON AUGUST 7TH. 
          EVERYBODY HAS A NAME. 
          IS THERE ANY OBJECTIONS TO THAT? UM, I, I'M JUST CONCERNED WITH FORMING IT SO SOON. 
          UM, THE CURRENT CHARTER STATES THAT THE CHARTER COMMITTEE CAN LAST NO LONGER THAN SIX MONTHS. 
          AND THE SOONEST WE CAN CHANGE THE CHARTER IS NOVEMBER OF 2026. 
          SO, UM, I HAD SOME RESERVATIONS BEFORE ABOUT, I MEAN, I THINK THERE WAS A DISCUSSION OF HAVING A CHARTER COMMISSION LIKE SERVED FOR SIX MONTHS AND THEN EXPIRE AND THEN LIKE REAPPOINT THEM AGAIN. 
          [00:40:01]
UM, I'M NOT IN FAVOR OF THAT. 
          I WOULD PREFER TO MAYBE WAIT UNTIL LIKE FEBRUARY OF NEXT YEAR, LET 'EM MEET FOR SIX MONTHS AND THAT WOULD GIVE US TWO TO THREE MONTHS TO KIND OF FINALIZE AS A COUNCIL. 
          UM, SO MY PREFERENCE WOULD BE TO WAIT UNTIL JANUARY, FEBRUARY TO A POINT RATHER THAN NOW. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          TABLE TILL JANUARY. 
          THAT'S EVERYONE'S, IS THAT WHAT YOU'RE SAYING? YEAH. 
          YEAH. 
          ANY OBJECTIONS TO THAT? NO, I, I WOULD DEFINITELY SAY JANUARY VERSUS LATER BECAUSE YOU HAVE TO GET IT ON THE BALLOT AND THAT TAKES TIME. 
          SO, YEP. 
          I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT DEADLINE IS, BUT WE HAVE TO BACK UP FROM THERE AND MAKE SURE WE'RE READY. 
          SO JANUARY GIVES YOU A LITTLE BIT OF LEEWAY IN THE SUMMER TO FIX THAT WORKS FOR ME FOR THE PUBLIC. 
          THE ONLY REASON I'VE BEEN PUSHING THIS EARLY IS THE LAST TIME WE DID IT, WE RUSHED TO THE WHOLE CHARTER REVIEW PROCESS IN ABOUT SIX WEEKS AND THEN THREW IT OUT TO THE VOTERS TO VOTE. 
          AND SOMETHING AS IMPORTANT AS THAT. 
          UM, I JUST THINK WE CAN'T BE RUSHING IT. 
          AND MAYBE ONE OF THE CHANGES WE RECOMMEND IS LET THE CHARTER REVIEW COMMISSION MEET PER YEAR. 
          YEAH. 
          FIX IT. 
          AND STATE LAW DOESN'T HAVE A, A TIME THAT THEY HAVE TO MEET, SO THE RECOMMENDATION WOULD PROBABLY BE TO JUST DELETE THAT. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          THAT'D BE THE FIRST ORDER OF BUSINESS THERE. 
          OKAY. 
          NINE ONE MAYOR, I'D LIKE TO, UH, ASK THAT 12 THREE BE PULLED UP BEFORE NINE ONE. 
          ANY OBJECTIONS TO THAT? NOPE. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          WE'LL MOVE ITEM 12 
          [12.3. Receive a presentation on the Justice Center Facility (CIP F02-2024) Planning and Programming Update, funding sources and possible action. (Jeffrey Yarbrough)]
THREE UP. 
          RECEIVE A PRESENTATION ON THE JUSTICE CENTER FACILITY, CIPF ZERO TWO DASH 2 0 24, PLANNING AND PROGRAMMING, UPDATE FUNDING SOURCES AND POSSIBLE ACTION. 
          GOOD EVENING, MAYOR. 
          CHIEF MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL, MR. DOTY, JEFF YARBOROUGH, CHIEF POLICE OF THE HUDDLE POLICE DEPARTMENT. 
          AND I COME BEFORE YOU TONIGHT TO PROVIDE AN UPDATE ON THE FACILITIES STUDY AND WHERE WE ARE, UH, WITH REGARD TO WHAT WE'RE BRINGING TO YOU TONIGHT RE REGARDING THE, UM, THE JUSTICE CENTER. 
          AND BEFORE I DO, BEFORE I START, I WANNA SAY THANK Y'ALL. 
          I WANNA THANK YOU FOR DOING THE HARD WORK UP. 
          SOMETIMES PEOPLE DON'T REALIZE THAT WHEN THE HARD DECISIONS ARE ARE, ARE MADE, THERE'S A LOT OF WORK AND THOUGHT GOING ON BEHIND THE SCENES AND YOU RECOGNIZE THE NEED THAT WE HAVE. 
          THE COMMUNITY RECOGNIZES THE NEEDS THAT WE HAVE, AND THE OVERALL GOAL IS TO COME TOGETHER TO SEE IF WE CAN MEET THE NEEDS AND SERVE THE COMMUNITY AND THEIR NEEDS MOVING FORWARD. 
          SO THANK Y'ALL FOR THAT. 
          I WANNA START WITH, GIMME A LITTLE BIT OF UPDATE AND OVERVIEW ON THE HU POLICE DEPARTMENT AND OUR FACILITY. 
          SO THE, THE POLICE DEPARTMENT FACILITY THAT WE'RE IN RIGHT NOW WAS ACTUALLY BUILT IN 2002. 
          AND AT THAT TIME, THE CITY POPULATION, ACCORDING TO THE CENSUS, WAS 29 2971 PEOPLE. 
          THE HU POLICE DEPARTMENT WAS ABOUT SEVEN OFFICERS IN 2002, THAT FACILITY WAS BUILT TO SERVE AS A MULTI-DEPARTMENT CITY HALL, WHICH INCLUDED PUBLIC WORKS, THE POLICE DEPARTMENT, UH, UM, PARKS AND, UM, OTHER, OTHER, UH, ESSENTIAL CITY SERVICES. 
          BUT IT WAS BUILT WITH A COMPLETELY DIFFERENT OPERATIONAL SCALE AND DESIGNED FOR A DIFFERENT PACE AND A DIFFERENT PURPOSE. 
          THEY MOVED OUT IN 2019 AND THAT FACILITY BECAME THE POLICE DEPARTMENT'S ENTIRE FOOTPRINT FOR, FOR WHAT WE DO. 
          AND SINCE THAT TIME, WE HAVE CONDUCTED MODIFICATIONS TO THE FACILITY TO MAXIMIZE OUR FOOTPRINT AND THE SPACE THAT'S NEEDED. 
          UM, BUT WE HAVE REACHED THE POINT TO WHERE WE'VE LONG EXCEEDED THAT YEARS AGO, BUT EVEN NOW, WE'RE CONTINUING SPATIAL ADAPTATIONS TO TRY TO EXTEND THE LIFE OF A FACILITY THAT WE HAVE FAR OUTGROWN ITS PURPOSE. 
          AND ITS, UM, ITS PRACTICALITIES AND WE REALIZE THAT, AGAIN, WHEN YOU HAVE SOMEONE COMING AND ASKING FOR A NEED SUCH AS A FACILITY, THERE IS A FISCAL NOTE ATTACHED TO THAT, AND WE, WE HAVE TO TRY TO FIND THE BEST SOLUTION TO ADDRESS THAT. 
          BUT I ALSO UNDERSTAND, AND WE UNDERSTAND THAT DELAYING DECISIONS OR DELAYING, UM, OUR RESPONSE TO ANYTHING LIKE THIS DOESN'T REDUCE THE NEED FOR THAT AND IT, AND IT DOESN'T, UH, REDUCE THE EVENTUAL COST. 
          SO WE HAVE TO MAKE THE TOUGH DECISIONS ALL OF US. 
          AND, AND AGAIN, I'M, I'M, I'M VERY HONORED AND PROUD TO BE ABLE TO DO THAT FOR A COMMUNITY AND WITH, UH, THE LEADERSHIP THAT WE HAVE FOR THE CITY. 
          AGAIN, I SAID IN 2002 WE HAD SEVEN POLICE OFFICERS. 
          UM, 23 YEARS LATER, WE'VE GOT, UH, 64 FULL-TIME EMPLOYEES THAT MAKE UP ABOUT A THIRD OF THE C CITY'S TOTAL STAFF AND OUR POLICE FACILITY, UNLIKE WHAT MANY PEOPLE THINK THAT FACILITY OPERATES 24 7. 
          YOU KNOW, WE HAVE OTHER FACILITIES IN, IN THE CITY THAT ARE ON A EIGHT, 10 OR 12 HOUR SHIFT, BUT OUR FACILITY OPERATES 24 7. 
          AND ALSO I'VE 
          [00:45:01]
HEARD, YOU KNOW, PEOPLE HAVE HAVE ASKED ME, WELL, WHY WOULD YOU NEED A FACILITY WHEN MOST OF YOUR OFFICERS OUT ON THE STREETS? THAT'S A VERY FAIR QUESTION. 
          BUT WHAT PEOPLE DON'T REALIZE IS WHEN YOU LOOK AT A TYPICAL SHIFT, SAY FOR EXAMPLE SIX EIGHT TO SIX P, YOU'VE GOT, WE COUNTED 34 PEOPLE THAT ARE WORKING DURING THAT SHIFT. 
          YOUR PATROL IS ONLY ONE SEGMENT OF THAT. 
          IT'S ONE, ONE SLICE OF THE TOTAL SERVICES AND FUNCTIONS THAT ARE PROVIDED BY THE CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT ON A DAY-TO-DAY BASIS. 
          THE PATROL COMPONENT IS ABOUT EIGHT OFFICERS. 
          SO THOSE ARE THE OFFICERS THAT ARE OUT WORKING THE STREETS WHERE YOU HAVE YOUR CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIVE DIVISION, YOU HAVE YOUR SPECIAL INVESTIGATIVE DIVISION, YOU HAVE YOUR, UH, YOUR RECORDS AND EVIDENCE. 
          YOU HAVE YOUR, UH, CRIME SCENE TECHS, YOU HAVE YOUR, UH, OTHER ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS WORKING DAY-TO-DAY INSIDE THAT FACILITY. 
          ARE THEY IN THE BUILDING, BUILDING AND OUT OF THE BUILDING? YEAH, ON OCCASION, BUT TYPICALLY THEIR CORE FUNCTIONS ARE INSIDE THAT FACILITY. 
          AND SO THE ONES ON THE STREET ARE THE PATROL OFFICERS, WHICH IS A MICROCOSM OF THE ENTIRE DEPARTMENT THAT WE, THAT WE HAVE. 
          SO WE'RE BRINGING THIS TO YOU BECAUSE WE HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY AS A CITY TO BUILD SMARTER, TO BUILD MORE EFFICIENTLY AND TO WORK TO, TO LOOK AT THE OPPORTUNITIES OF A MULTIFUNCTIONAL AGENCY, HAVING THAT IN MIND SO THAT WE CAN REFLECT THE STANDARDS AND THE SERVICE THAT OUR COMMUNITY EXPECTS AND DESERVES FROM US. 
          BUT IT'S ALSO, WE'VE REACHED A HISTORICAL MILESTONE, NOT ONLY IN OUR GROWTH, NOT ONLY IN THE RECOGNITION THAT WE GET, NOT ONLY IN THE REGION, BUT IN THE COUNTRY AND AROUND THE WORLD. 
          WE HAVE, WE'VE REACHED A MILESTONE WHEN IT COMES TO THIS FACILITY BECAUSE THIS WILL BE THE FIRST TIME IN THE HISTORY OF HU THAT A POLICE DEPARTMENT FACILITY HAS BEEN PLANNED AND DEDICATED TO, UH, PROVIDING A SERVICE AS A POLICE HEADQUARTERS. 
          MANY PEOPLE HAVE SEEN THE HU POLICE DEPARTMENT. 
          WHEN YOU DRIVE ON, ON FRONT STREET OR IF YOU'RE DRIVING ON 71, 70 79, YOU'VE SEEN HU POLICE DEPARTMENT, BUT NOT MANY PEOPLE HAVE SEEN HU POLICE DEPARTMENT. 
          YOU KNOW, YOU CAN SEE THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING, BUT LIKE I SAY, YOU CAN'T JUDGE A BOOK BOX COVER. 
          I WANNA SHOW YOU SOME CONCERNS THAT WE'RE DEALING WITH, WITH THE CURRENT PLACE, THAT, UH, LOCATION THAT OUR, OUR FACILITIES, UH, UH, UH, STAGED. 
          WHEN YOU LOOK AT, UH, THE PICTURE, AND I HOPE Y'ALL CAN SEE THAT, YOU WILL SEE THE, THE RED CIRCLE IS WHERE THE HUDDLE POLICE DEPARTMENT IS, AND YOU GOT FRONT STREET, UH, GOING RIGHT IN FRONT OF THAT. 
          BUT INTERESTINGLY, IF YOU LOOK ACROSS, YOU'LL SEE ON THE RAILROAD TRACKS I'VE GOT THAT MARKED. 
          LITERALLY YOU'VE GOT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN OUR PROPERTY AND THE RAILROAD TRACKS IS ESSENTIALLY THE SAME DISTANCE FROM ONE SIDE OF 79 TO THE OTHER. 
          WHAT IS A CONCERN THAT I WANT TO BRING TO YOUR ATTENTION THAT MANY PEOPLE ARE AWARE OF, AND THEY HAVE BROUGHT THAT CONCERN, SAME CONCERN TO US AS WELL, AND SOME OF YOU AS WELL, IS THAT YOU HAVE ABOUT 40 TO 45 TO 50 TRAINS PER DAY GOING IN FRONT OF THE HUDDLE POLICE DEPARTMENT AT ABOUT 45 MILES PER HOUR. 
          AND THERE'S NO SET SCHEDULE, UH, THAT'S UNPREDICTABLE AND THERE'S NO RESTRICTIONS ON THE TYPE OF FREIGHT ACCORDING TO UNION PACIFIC. 
          THAT'S, THAT'S, THAT'S TRANSPORTED ALONG THERE. 
          BUT WE ALSO HAVE TWO AMTRAKS THAT RUN PER DAY THROUGH THE CITY OF HUDA ON THOSE SAME TRACKS AT ABOUT 70 MILES PER HOUR. 
          BUT IF YOU LOOK AT THAT PICTURE OF OUR LOCATION, YOU WILL SEE THAT WE ARE EXTREMELY LIMITED ON THE EXPANSION POTENTIAL FOR THAT, THAT SITE. 
          ALSO, SOME CONCERNS IF YOU LOOK AT THERE AT THE TOP, I'VE GOT THE HU POLICE DEPARTMENT FACILITY CIRCLED, BUT I'VE ALSO GOT THE INTERSECTION OF JIM CAGE AND FRONT STREET CIRCLED. 
          JUST TO SHOW YOU SOME OF THE CHALLENGES THAT WE HAVE IS WHEN IT COMES TO RESPONSE TIME, IF YOU'VE GOT AN OFFICER THAT HAS GONE TO THE OFFICE, FOR EXAMPLE, TO DROP OFF EVIDENCE OR TO DO A REPORT AND THEY GET A CALL AND IF THEY NEED TO, TO, UH, NEGOTIATE THE TRAFFIC TO GET ACROSS 79, YOU CAN SEE THE COMPLICATIONS IF THEY COME TO THE INTERSECTION, PARTICULARLY IF YOU'VE GOT SCHOOL IN, IN, IN SESSION, YOU'VE GOT TRAFFIC BACKED UP. 
          NOT ONLY ARE YOU HAVING TO NEGOTIATE THAT INTERSECTION, THEY'RE HAVING TO NEGOTIATE THE TRAFFIC ACROSS THE, THE TRACKS AND ACROSS 79. 
          SO IT PUTS US IN A POSITION TO WHERE IT BOTTLENECKS AND IT CREATES, UH, CHALLENGES WHEN IT COMES TO RESPONSE TIMES. 
          I ALSO WANNA SHOW YOU THIS EXAMPLE OF OUR PARKING. 
          THIS IS A TYPICAL DAY. 
          IF YOU LOOK AT THE ONE ON THE LEFT, YOU'LL SEE IN THE BACK, THAT IS AN ANNEX FACILITY OUT THAT WE USE, AND I'LL SHOW THAT TO YOU IN A SECOND HU POLICE DEPARTMENT IN THE FRONT. 
          YOU'LL SEE OUR PUBLIC PARKING AREA IS REALLY LIMITED. 
          NOW THERE IS SOME PARKING ON THE SIDE TO THE RIGHT OF THE, THE HU POLICE FACILITY. 
          ON THE PICTURE ON THE LEFT, YOU'LL SEE THAT THERE'S SOME PARKING THERE AND THAT'S TYPICALLY FOR OFFICER OVERFLOW. 
          BUT IF YOU LOOK IN THAT BACK PARKING LOT, OUR SECURE FACILITY, THERE ARE, THERE ARE VEHICLES THERE, BUT THERE ARE ONLY TWO SPOTS AND ONE, UM, HANDICAP SPACE THAT IS AVAILABLE BECAUSE THE PARKING IS SO LIMITED. 
          SO WHAT WE USE IS OVERFLOW IS THE, 
          [00:50:01]
UH, SHOPPING CENTER NEXT DOOR. 
          WE'RE ABLE TO USE THE PARKING ALONG THE FENCE THERE FOR SOME OF OUR OVERFLOW. 
          AND YOU'LL SEE SOME OF THE CHALLENGES THAT WE DO FACE WHENEVER WE'RE HAVING TRAINING AND WE HAVE OTHER AGENCIES COMING. 
          THE PARKING HAS IS, IS AN EXTREME CHALLENGE, BUT WE'LL ALSO USE, AND WE CONTINUE TO USE OFFSITE PARKING, LIKE WE'LL USE THE HU ISDS TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT. 
          THEY ALLOW US TO USE VEHICLE, UH, PARKED VEHICLES OUT THERE WHEN WE HAVE, UH, CHALLENGES WITH PARKING. 
          SO WHEN YOU WALK INTO OUR POLICE DEPARTMENT, YOU LOOK AT THE LOBBY, IT AIN'T MUCH, BUT IT'S OURS AND WE TAKE CARE OF WHAT WE'RE GIVEN TO THE BEST OF OUR ABILITY. 
          AND WHEN YOU WALK IN, YOU, YOU'RE ABLE TO SEE THAT WE HAVE THE RECEPTION AREA AND THERE'S ONE DESK. 
          AND IN FACT, UM, WHEN I WAS LEAVING EARLIER TODAY, THERE WAS A, A CITIZEN THERE WRITING OUT A STATEMENT. 
          AND THAT WAS THE SPOT, THAT WAS THE ONLY SPOT THAT WE HAD FOR HER TO TAKE CARE OF, UH, THAT CONCERN THAT SHE HAD BECAUSE WE HAVE LIMITED SPACE AND, UM, OPPORTUNITIES FOR PEOPLE TO HAVE, UH, THE PRIVACY THAT THEY NEED TO ADDRESS VARIOUS CONCERNS. 
          THIS IS OUR TRAINING FACILITY. 
          THIS, THIS IS THE ONLY SPACE THAT WE HAVE IN THE HUDDLE POLICE DEPARTMENT TO HOUSE TRAINING. 
          WE DO REGULAR, REGULAR TRAINING AND, AND OUR NUMBERS WHEN IT COMES TO TRAINING ARE, ARE IMPRESSIVE BECAUSE THAT'S WHAT WE, WE STRIVE FOR. 
          THAT IS SOMETHING THAT OUR COMMUNITY DESERVES, IS HIGHLY QUALIFIED, HIGHLY TRAINED TO OFFICERS. 
          BUT YOU'LL LOOK, OUR FOOTPRINT IS VERY LIMITED. 
          WE'VE GOT IN THIS TRAINING FACILITY, 32, UH, SEATS ARE THE MAXIMUM CAPACITY. 
          IT SERVES A REALLY GOOD FUNCTION WHEN YOU'RE USING IT FOR CLASSROOM INSTRUCTION. 
          BUT IF YOU'RE GOING TO DO DEFENSIVE TACTICS OR ANY OTHER TRAININGS, YOU HAVE TO REMOVE THOSE TABLES AND CHAIRS OUT TO TRY TO GET SPACE AND USE IT TO THE BEST OF YOUR ABILITY. 
          AND IT CREATES CHALLENGES BEING THE ONLY FACILITY THAT WE HAVE UNLESS WE GO AND BORROW SOMEONE ELSE'S, IF THEY ARE, IF THEY ALLOW THAT. 
          SO WE ALSO HAVE AN ANNEX BUILDING BECAUSE OF THE MAIN BUILDING, NOT HAVING THE CAPACITY FOR, UH, ALL OF OUR STAFF TO BE INSIDE THIS FACILITY. 
          WHEN THEY ORIGINALLY BUILT THE OVERALL FACILITY WHERE WE ARE NOW, WHEN THEY ORIGINALLY BUILT THIS, THIS WAS A STORAGE FACILITY FOR THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AND IT'S BEEN RETROFITTED TO, UH, PROVIDE SERVICES FOR THE HUDDLE POLICE DEPARTMENT. 
          AND INSIDE THIS BUILDING, WHICH IS NOT VERY LARGE, WE HAVE AN EVIDENCE ROOM, WE HAVE A PROCESSING STATION, WE HAVE AN IT TECH, WE HAVE IN A CUBICLE, WE HAVE A RECORDS, WE HAVE THE CODE ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS, WE HAVE A CRIME SCENE, TWO CRIME SCENE TECHS. 
          WE HAVE ANIMAL CONTROL ALL SERVING OUT OF THIS ONE, UH, CONFINED SPACE. 
          NOW, THIS IS INSIDE IT. 
          WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE LEFT, YOU WILL SEE THAT THERE'S BEEN SOME RETROFITTING GOING ON. 
          WE ADDED SOME CUBICLES INSIDE THERE FOR, UM, OUR STAFF TO, UM, HAVE WORKSPACES. 
          BUT YOU'LL ALSO SEE SOME OF THE STRUGGLES IN THE MIDDLE AND TO THE RIGHT THAT WE'RE DEALING WITH. 
          BECAUSE THIS FACILITY HAS, UH, UH, EXCEEDED ITS SHELF LIFE. 
          WE ARE CONTINUALLY DEALING WITH MAINTENANCE ISSUES THAT WE ARE HAVING TO ADDRESS WHEN WE HAVE RAIN. 
          THAT'S ONE OF THE THINGS THAT'S A BYPRODUCT, IS YOU CAN ONLY PATCH THINGS SO MUCH. 
          AND WE HAVE DONE THAT, UH, TO AG NAUSEUM AND THIS IS SOME OF THE BYPRODUCT, UH, RESULTS THAT WE'RE DEALING WITH, WITH THAT ANNEX BUILDING. 
          SO WHEN IT COMES TO SPATIAL AADA ADAPTATION, OUR GOAL IS TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE DOING THE BEST WHAT WE CAN WITH WHAT WE'VE GOT. 
          AND WE KNOW THAT THERE IS A NEED AND WE'RE CONTINUING TO MAKE SURE THAT WE DIVIDE AND CONQUER SO THAT WE CAN CONTINUE TO MAXIMIZE OUR RESPONSE AND SERVICES TO OUR COMMUNITY. 
          SO SOME OF THE ADDITIONAL THINGS WE'RE DOING RIGHT NOW IS MY OFFICE. 
          WE'RE ACTUALLY DIVIDING THAT OFFICE IN HALF TO TRY TO GET US AN ADDITIONAL OFFICE SPACE SO THAT WE CAN ABSORB SOME OF THE, THE, THE SPACING THAT WE NEED, WHERE ALSO WE HAVE TWO WORKSPACES IN OUR COMMAND STAFF AREA WHERE WE'VE PUR. 
          OH, AND FOR THE MODIFICATION OF MY OFFICE, THAT'S ABOUT 17,000. 
          WE GOT A QUOTE FOR A LITTLE ABOUT 17,000 JUST TO DIVIDE MY OFFICE OFF SO WE CAN HAVE AN EXTRA SPACE. 
          UM, IN THE COMMAND STAFF AREA, WE'VE GOT TWO WORKSTATIONS SET UP TO WHERE WE CAN ALLOW OFFICERS TO USE THAT, BUT WE'RE ADDING THREE ADDITIONAL CUBICLES IN THERE. 
          AND THE CUBICLES THAT WE PURCHASED THERE, ABOUT $7,500 A PIECE TO ABSORB SPACE. 
          WE'RE DOING THE BEST WE CAN WITH WHAT WE'VE GOT BECAUSE WE DON'T WANT ANYTHING TO IMPEDE OUR FUNCTIONALITY AND THE SERVICES THAT WE PROVIDE TO OUR COMMUNITY. 
          ALSO, OUR EVIDENCE ROOM HAS AS FAR EXCEEDED CAPACITY AND WE PURCHASED A CONEX BOX TO, UH, STORE EVIDENCE IN. 
          AND IF YOU LOOK AT THIS CONEX BOX HERE, THIS IS THE CONEX BOX THAT WE PURCHASED AS OFFICE SPACE FOR OUR CRISIS SUPPORT SPECIALISTS. 
          THAT SPACE, UM, HAS ROOM FOR TWO INDIVIDUALS AND WE'VE, WE'VE HAVE THEM IN. 
          AND YOU CAN LOOK AT THE ANIMAL CONTROL VEHICLE TO LOOK AT THE, UH, TO PUT IT IN CONTEXT AND YOU'LL SEE THAT IT'S NOT THAT BIG OF A FACILITY, BUT WE'RE DOING WHAT WE CAN WITH WHAT WE HAVE, UM, UNTIL WE CAN DO BETTER. 
          AND WE ALSO HAVE SOME MULTIPLE OFFSITE 
          [00:55:01]
STORAGE LOCATIONS FOR, UM, ITEMS THAT WE CANNOT STORE ON OUR PROPERTIES AT THIS TIME. 
          ON THE PREVIOUS PICTURES I SHOWED Y'ALL, UH, FROM THE AERIAL VIEW, LET ME GO BACK. 
          YOU CAN LOOK AND SEE THAT WE HAVE, IF YOU LOOK AT THE PICTURE ON THE RIGHT, YOU'LL SEE THAT IN BETWEEN THE CARDS, THERE'S A SPACE THAT I'VE GOT MARKED AS THE TRAINING SPACE. 
          AND THEN IN THE TOP LEFT OF THAT SAME PICTURE ON THE RIGHT YOU GOT TRAINING SPACE, THE ONE ON THE TOP LEFT IS THE BACK DEAD END SIDE OF AUSTIN AVENUE. 
          AND INSIDE THE PARKING LOT HERE IS, IS A SPACE THAT WE USE FOR OUR SPECIAL RESPONSE TEAM, FOR THEM TO DO THEIR PHYSICAL AGILITY TRAINING FOR BEING ON THE TEAM AND CONTINUING TO MAKE SURE THAT THEY'RE MAXIMIZING THEIR PHYSICAL, UH, EFFECTIVENESS AND PRESENCE AND RESPONSE CAPABILITIES. 
          WE USE THE BACK TRAINING SPACE BECAUSE WE DON'T HAVE ANY OTHER AREA TO DO THE PAINTBALLS. 
          WE DO, UH, SIMULATED TRAFFIC STOPS AND OTHER TRAINING. 
          WE'LL USE THAT BACK, UH, CITY STREET, UH, TO TRY TO ACCOMPLISH SOME OF THOSE TASKS. 
          AND THIS PICTURE JUST SHOWS YOU THOSE FROM DIFFERENT VANTAGE POINTS. 
          THE ONE ON THE LEFT IS THE BACK STREET OF, UM, AUSTIN AVENUE, AND THE ONE ON THE RIGHT IS THE PARKING LOT OF OUR FACILITY. 
          SO THAT'S A LITTLE BIT ABOUT OUR FACILITIES. 
          AND ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE DID BRING TO YOU BEFORE WAS THE DISPATCH, UH, CONCERN. 
          UM, SO THERE HAVE BEEN SOME CONCERNS ABOUT WHETHER IT'S PRACTICAL OR BENEFICIAL FINANCIALLY TO CONSIDER BRINGING, IF WE BUILT A FACILITY TO BRING DISPATCHING IN-HOUSE OR CONSIDER IT. 
          UH, CONSIDERING LEAVING IT AT WILLIAMSON COUNTY, I WANNA BRING YOU SOME CONSIDERATIONS THAT WE'RE, THAT WE'RE FOCUSED ON. 
          AND WE WANT TO HAVE YOU PROVIDE THE MOST INFORMATION POSSIBLE SO YOU CAN MAKE THE MOST INFORMED DECISIONS. 
          SO CURRENTLY WILLIAMSON COUNTY PROVIDES OUR DISPATCHING. 
          THEY PROVIDE IT FOR HUDDLE, AND WE ARE THE LARGEST ENTITY THAT THEY PROVIDE, UH, SERVICES FOR. 
          THEY, THEY PROVIDE SERVICES FOR ABOUT 22 ENTITIES, AND THAT INCLUDES, UH, FIRE DEPARTMENTS AND, AND SMALLER CITIES LIKE GERALD, LIBERTY HILL, UH, GRANGER. 
          THEY PROVIDE DISPATCHING FOR THEM. 
          WE ARE THE LARGEST. 
          AND WHEN YOU LOOK AT CALL VOLUME, OUR CALL VOLUME IS ABOUT, UH, THAT THEY MARKED FOR LAST YEAR WAS ABOUT 35,000 CALLS FOR SERVICE. 
          AND THAT'S JUST THROUGH WILLIAMSON COUNTY. 
          THE, THE SECOND, THE SECOND PLACE TO US IS LIBERTY HILL WITH ABOUT 7,000 CALLS. 
          SO WHEN YOU LOOK AT THEIR, THEIR TOTAL SERVICES PROVIDED, THEY, THEY PROVIDE SERVICES FOR THEIR OWN WILLIAMSON COUNTY SHERIFF'S DEPARTMENT, BUT ALSO US. 
          WILLIAMSON COUNTY SHERIFF'S DEPARTMENT IS ABOUT 56,000 CALLS FOR SERVICE FOR THEIR NINE, UH, I THINK, I THINK THEIR UNINCORPORATED AREAS, ABOUT 925 SQUARE FEET OR 9 29, SOMEWHERE AROUND THERE. 
          AND THEIR CALL VOLUME IS 56,000 HOURS FOR THE CITY OF HU IS ABOUT 35,000. 
          SO WE'RE DOING A LOT OF WORK IN THIS COMMUNITY FOR, UM, FOR THE RETURN ON THE INVESTMENT THAT, THAT THIS COMMUNITY DESERVES. 
          BUT WILLIAMSON COUNTY, WHEN WE TALK ABOUT THE DISPATCH AND WE HAVE A REALLY GOOD RELATIONSHIP WITH 'EM, POSITIVE RELATIONSHIP, WE LOVE OUR CO OUR, OUR, OUR COUNTY. 
          THEY LOVE US AND WE HAVE THE WORKING, WORKING, UM, PARTNERSHIP IS SOMETHING THAT I CONSIDER TO BE VERY INVALUABLE, BUT PEOPLE, MANY PEOPLE DON'T REALIZE THAT THEY DISPATCH FOR US AND WE PAY FOR THAT SERVICE. 
          SO A FEW YEARS AGO, WES COUNTY CAME UP WITH A MATRIX TO, UM, CHARGE, UH, A SET FEE OR A SCALABLE FEE FOR ENTITIES THAT THEY PROVIDE DISPATCHING FOR. 
          AND THEY PUT A, UH, COST PER CALL ON, ON, ON AGENCIES. 
          AND WE, IN 2025, WE PAID $826,000 TO WILLIAMS COUNTY FOR DISPATCH SERVICES. 
          AND, UH, FOR NEXT YEAR, IT'S GOING UP TO $1,193,000. 
          AND THERE WAS A PROPOSAL FOR ABOUT, UH, AN ADDITIONAL 3%, UH, ADDED TO THAT YEAR OVER YEAR. 
          ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE HAVE MADE AS A GOAL OF OUR POLICE DEPARTMENT IS TO GET OUR RESPONSE TIME TO ABOUT THREE MINUTES. 
          WHY? BECAUSE IF YOU'VE GOT SOMEONE BREAKING INTO YOUR HOUSE OR YOU'VE GOT SOMEONE THAT'S AN AGGRAVATED ASSAULT, THREE MINUTES IS A LOT BETTER THAN SIX MINUTES OR WORSE. 
          AND SO OUR GOAL IS TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE RESPONDING, WE'RE DOING A LOT OF THINGS IN ADDITION TO CHANGING UP OUR PATROL SECTOR SO THAT WE CAN MAXIMIZE OUR EFFICIENCY. 
          BUT WHEN IT COMES TO DISPATCHING, THERE ARE LIMITATIONS. 
          WHEN YOU HAVE YOUR OUTSIDE AGENCY, BECAUSE YOU'RE NOT CALLING SOMEONE IN HUDDLE, YOU'RE CALLING WILLIAMSON COUNTY, AND THERE'S A CALL TAKER THAT TAKES IT, THEN THAT CALL TAKER TAKES THE INFORMATION, GETS IT TO A DISPATCHER, AND THEN THE DISPATCHER WILL REACH OUT TO US. 
          AND ONE OF THE CHALLENGES YOU WILL FIND IS IF THERE ARE PRIORITY ONE CALLS WITH, UH, OTHER AGENCIES, SAY FOR EXAMPLE, LIKE WILLIAMSON COUNTY, THEIRS TAKES PRIORITY OVER HOURS. 
          AND SOMETIMES YOU'LL HAVE A SITUATION WHERE AN OFFICER NEEDS THEM TO MONITOR A TACTICAL CHANNEL BECAUSE WE'RE DOING 
          [01:00:01]
SOME SENSITIVE, UM, UM, INVESTIGATIONS. 
          AND THEY, AND WE'VE GOTTEN THE RESPONSE THAT, WELL, IF YOU NEED THAT, IF, IF YOU WANT THAT, WE'RE GONNA HAVE TO CALL SOMEONE IN TO DO THAT. 
          AND SO WHAT WE'LL END UP DOING IS SEEING IF OTHER AGENCIES THAT CAN MONITOR THAT LIKE ROUND ROCK, CAN MONITOR US FOR THE DURATION FOR OFFICER SAFETY AND THAT, THAT COVERAGE. 
          SO THOSE, THERE ARE SOME CHALLENGES THAT WE DO RUN INTO. 
          AND WE DO KNOW BEFORE I GOT HERE THAT THE COMMUNITY, ONE OF THE EXPECTATIONS WITH THE 2018 BOND WAS THAT THE CITY WOULD, UH, MOVE TOWARDS A LOCALLY CONTROLLED DISPATCH CENTER. 
          AND SO IF WE HAD, ONE THING I WANT YOU TO CONSIDER IS THAT IF WE HAD OUR OWN DISPATCH, WE WOULD BE ABLE TO PROVIDE DISPATCH SERVICES NOT ONLY FOR EMERGENCY, BUT FOR NON-ESSENTIAL, UH, NON-EMERGENCY CALLS. 
          LIKE PUBLIC WORKS, WE'RE ABLE TO LISTEN AND MONITOR AND, AND, AND DISPATCH THEM TO CALLS, UM, WHEN THOSE COME OUT TO INCREASE EFFICIENCY IN MULTIPLE AREAS. 
          AND ONE OF THE BIGGEST CONCERNS THAT WE DO HAVE IS THAT IN THE, IN THE, UH, AGREEMENT IS THAT ANY PARTY CAN TERMINATE THE AGREEMENT FOR CONVENIENCE AND WITHOUT CALLS UPON A 120 DAY, UH, CALENDAR DAY WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE OTHER PARTY. 
          SO IF IT EVER GOT TO THE POINT, THERE'S THE UNCERTAINTY COMPONENT. 
          IF IT GOT TO THE POINT TO WHERE WE BECAME TOO BIG TO WHERE IT JUST WASN'T FEASIBLE TO PROVIDE THAT SERVICE, WE COULD POTENTIALLY GET THAT NOTICE THAT, UH, WE NEED TO FIND ALTERNATE SOURCES. 
          AND SO I'VE HAD, UM, QUESTIONS IN THE PAST ABOUT, UH, SEEKING OTHER OPTIONS. 
          WELL, I'LL TELL YOU, I'VE HAD THE, I'VE HAD THE UNFORTUNATE PRIVILEGE OF DOING THAT BEFORE. 
          AND OTHER AGENCIES LIKE ROUND ROCK OR GEORGETOWN OR LEANDER OR CEDAR PARK, THEY ARE, THEY HAVE NO INTEREST IN PROVIDING DISPATCH SERVICES TO ANY AGENCY OUTSIDE OF THEIR OWN. 
          AND SO YOU'LL FIND THAT THE COUNTY DOES THAT. 
          AND LIKE FOR EXAMPLE, THERE ARE OTHER AGENCIES LIKE A ISD THAT USED TO DISPATCH FOR MANNAR, ISD AND OR TRAVIS COUNTY USED TO DISPATCH FOR MANNAR ISD. 
          AND ONCE THEY TOOK THEIR OFFICERS OUT OF THEIR SCHOOL, THEY NO LONGER PROVIDED THAT SERVICE. 
          SO THEY WENT TO A ISD AND A ISD SAID, OUR BANDWIDTH IS NOT SUFFICIENT ENOUGH, SO YOU WE'RE GONNA GIVE YOU TIME AND YOU HAVE TO FIND YOUR OWN. 
          AND THEY ENDED UP HAVING TO GET THEIR OWN DISPATCH BECAUSE THEY SIMPLY DIDN'T HAVE THE, UH, SECURITY OF DEPENDING ON OTHERS. 
          SO I THINK WE, WHEN OUR, WITH OUR POLICE DEPARTMENT, WE, WE BROUGHT BEFORE YOU SOME OPPORTUNITIES FOR A CONSOLIDATED PURPOSE-BUILT FUTURE-PROOF, UH, FACILITY THAT WE, WE, WE CAN ALSO CONSIDER HAVING THAT TO CONCLUDE POLICE DEPARTMENT, MUNICIPAL COURT EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT, AND EVEN DISPATCH. 
          AND I MENTIONED A MUNICIPAL COURT, AND I KNOW THAT THE JUDGE WAS IN FRONT OF THE COUNCIL ONCE BEFORE AND EXPLAINED SOME OF THE CONCERNS THAT, UM, THEY HAVE WITH THE COURTS. 
          AND, AND, AND SOME OF THOSE THINGS INCLUDE THE CONGESTION THAT WE HAVE ON COURT DAYS. 
          IT INCLUDES, UM, NO MEETING SPACE FOR THE ATTORNEYS OR CLIENTS OR WITNESSES. 
          AND THERE'S CHALLENGES WHEN YOU HAVE IT IN THE PROXIMITY OF THE LIBRARY. 
          BUT ONE OF THE BIGGEST THINGS IS THAT THERE WAS AN ASSESSMENT DONE ON THE COURT FACILITIES BY THE OFFICE OF COURT ADMINISTRATION, AND THERE WERE SOME COMPLIANCE CONCERNS JUST BASED UPON THE CURRENT CONFIGURATION. 
          AND THEY FELT LIKE IT, THERE WERE SOME CHALLENGES WITH IT, WITH THE SUITABILITY OF IT IN THE PROXIMITY OF IT IN THE CITY HALL. 
          AND THERE ALSO, UH, LIMITED ON THEIR SPACE. 
          THERE'S, THERE'S NOT MUCH SPACE FOR ANY FUTURE FUTURE GROWTH. 
          AND THERE ARE SOME OTHER THINGS THAT THE JUDGE TALKED ABOUT IS WORKSPACE. 
          AND, UM, WE ARE ALSO NOW COURT OF RECORD, WHICH, WHICH BRINGS ANOTHER COMPONENT OF, OF NEED FOR OUR, OUR COURTS. 
          SO WHAT IF OUR FACILITIES WERE BUILT TO MEET TODAY'S NEEDS? SO IF YOU LOOK TO THE TOP RIGHT AT THAT CHART, YOU'LL SEE THE POLICE MAIN FACILITY IS ABOUT 1100, 600, 11,616 SQUARE FEET IF IT WAS REPLACED TODAY, NOT MEANING BUILT TO WHERE IT WAS COMFORTABLE, BUT BUILT TO WHERE IT HOUSED THE CURRENT STAFF. 
          AND WE COULD DO ONLY THE CURRENT FUNCTIONS AND THE SPACES WERE ADJUSTED, MEANING THAT YOUR IT PERSON WOULDN'T SIT IN A, UH, SMALL CUBICLE AND HAVE THE CUBICLE AS A WORKSPACE. 
          THEY COULD HAVE A COMFORTABLE WORKSPACE OR THE, UM, THE, THE, UM, CRIME SCENE. 
          UH, TECHS COULD HAVE A FUNCTIONAL WORKSPACE EXPANDING THAT JUST FOR THOSE, OR TAKING YOUR VICTIM SERVICES OUT OF THE CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIVE DIVISION AND PUTTING THEM IN A, UH, SECURE SAFE SPACE WHERE THEY COULD HAVE, UH, THE EFFECTIVENESS MAXIMIZED FOR THEIR SERVICES. 
          THEN THEY'RE SAYING THAT 600 OR 16,368, IF WE WANTED TO REPLACE IT TO KIND OF JUST MEET SOME OF THE MINIMUM STANDARDS. 
          THAT'S WHAT WE COULD DO. 
          REALISTICALLY, WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE NUMBER OF OFFICERS AND THE NUMBER OF STAFF THAT WE HAVE, IF WE WANTED TO BUILD A COMFORTABLE FOR TODAY, THAT WOULD BE ABOUT 25,000 SQUARE FEET. 
          BUT WHEN YOU LOOK AT THESE AND YOU, YOU COMBINE THEM ALL, YOU LOOK AT OUR ASSETS, MEANING BRINGING THE, THE ITEMS THAT WE STORE OFFSITE 
          [01:05:01]
INTO OUR POLICE FACILITY AND THE SECURED SPACES AROUND THAT PROPERTY, THAT'S AN ADDITIONAL 1100, UH, 1,350 SQUARE FEET IF WE INCLUDED OFFICE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT. 
          YOU HAVE THAT THERE, YOU HAVE THE COURT AS WELL. 
          SO IF WE COMBINED ALL OF THOSE JUST TO MEET THE MINIMUM NEEDS, UH, FOR TODAY AND NOT TOMORROW WOULD BE 26,000 SQUARE FEET. 
          SO WHEN WE TALKED ABOUT THE MASTER PLAN BUILDING COMPONENTS, WE BROUGHT YOU A WIDE RANGE OF OPTIONS, MEANING THIS IS WHAT IT COULD LOOK LIKE BUILT OUT AND THIS IS WHAT IT COULD LOOK LIKE IF WE SCALED BACK AND HAD OPTIONS. 
          AND I WANT PEOPLE TO UNDERSTAND THAT WE ARE NOT ASKING FOR ANYTHING THAT IS EVEN REMOTELY LUXURIOUS. 
          THAT'S NOT WHO, THAT'S NOT OUR MAKEUP. 
          AND WE'RE NOT TRYING TO KEEP UP WITH THE JONESES. 
          IN FACT, I THINK THE JONESES LEFT US A LONG TIME AGO. 
          WE'RE TRYING TO KEEP UP WITH HU AND OUR FUTURE GROWTH BECAUSE OUR COMMUNITY DESERVES IT. 
          AND OUR OFFICERS NEED THAT SPACE THAT THEY CAN PROVIDE THE SERVICES THAT OUR COMMUNITY NEEDS. 
          SO WE BROUGHT YOU PREVIOUSLY INFORMATION ON THE COURTS AND WHAT THAT BREAKDOWN WAS FOR EACH, UM, NEED THERE, WHAT WOULD BE IN A MAIN POLICE FACILITY ONLY IF WE WERE TO INCORPORATE, UH, 9 1 1. 
          AND, AND WE ARE, WE'RE, I, IT'S, IT'S GOING TO TAKE ALL OF US TALKING ABOUT THESE THINGS TO SAY, WELL, WHAT ABOUT THIS? HOW ABOUT THAT? I MEAN, 'CAUSE I THINK THAT'S VERY IMPORTANT FOR US TO GET PERSPECTIVE AND, AND GET, UM, CLARIFICATION ON THINGS THAT WE MAY OR MAY NOT, UM, HAVE A FULL UNDERSTANDING WHEN IT COMES, COMES TO THE OFFICE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT. 
          WE HAD THAT IN THERE AS WELL, UH, ASSET GARAGES WHERE WE CAN STORE NOT ONLY VEHICLES. 
          'CAUSE RIGHT NOW IF WE HAVE, LIKE, WE'VE HAD A, WE HAD A CRITICAL SITUATION NOT LONG AGO TO WHERE WE HAD TO PROCESS A VEHICLE AND WE DON'T HAVE AND STORE IT, WE DON'T HAVE THE, THE, THE SITE TO DO THAT. 
          SO WHAT WE ENDED UP HAVING TO DO WAS ASK ONE OF OUR LAW ENFORCEMENT PARTNERS, COULD WE USE ONE OF YOUR STORAGE FACILITIES TO, UM, PROCESS THIS AND STORE IT UNTIL WE, UM, THE COURTS GRANT US THE, THE RIGHT TO RETURN THAT. 
          UH, SO WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE ASSET GARAGE, THAT LAYS OUT ALL OF THE COMPONENTS THAT GO WITH THAT AS WELL AS THE TRAINING CENTER. 
          SO WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE TRAINING CENTER, YOU'LL SEE THINGS IN THERE. 
          WE'VE, WE'VE TALKED ABOUT LIKE A, A INDOOR RANGE. 
          DOES THAT MEAN WE WANT TO BUILD THAT TOMORROW? NO. 
          DOES THAT MEAN THAT WE WE WANT IT? YEAH. 
          AND I'LL TELL YOU WHY WE WANT IT. 
          WE WANT IT BECAUSE WE NEED IT. 
          AND, AND THE REASON WE NEED IT IS BECAUSE THE STATE REQUIRES US BY LAW IN ORDER TO, TO MAINTAIN YOUR CERTIFICATION, THAT YOU HAVE TO GO TO THE FIRING RANGE AND QUALIFY WITH, UH, AND MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS TO CARRY A WEAPON. 
          WE CURRENTLY HAVE A CONTRACT THAT WE, WE PARTNER WITH WILLIAMSON COUNTY, UM, OUT AT THEIR TRAINING FACILITY TO USE THEIR RANGE. 
          THEY HAVE GROWN IN POPULARITY AND GROWN IN NEED THEMSELVES TO THE POINT TO WHERE SCHEDULING HAS BECOME INCREASINGLY DIFFICULT. 
          AND THAT'S WHY WE WANTED TO BRING TO Y'ALL THAT THAT IS SOMETHING THAT IS ON THE HORIZON THAT WE PROBABLY NEED TO CONSIDER, UH, MOVING FOR, FOR, UM, MAYBE NOT TOMORROW, MAYBE NOT A YEAR FROM NOW. 
          BUT WE WANTED TO BRING THAT TO YOUR ATTENTION. 
          THE SAME GOES WITH OUR, UH, EVOC TRACK. 
          AND IF WE, THERE ARE THINGS THAT WE WILL CUT, AND THERE ARE THINGS THAT WE, WE AGREE THAT ARE NOT PRIORITY TODAY COMPARED TO ALL OF THE ESSENTIAL ONES THAT WE NEED, JUST LIKE THE EVOC TRACK. 
          AND THAT'S SOMETHING THAT, THERE ARE OTHER OPTIONS THAT ARE OUT THAT I THINK ARE, UH, VERY, UH, PROGRESSIVE AND VERY, UM, INSPIRING THAT WE HAVE THE POTENTIAL TO LOOK INTO, UH, SOLUTIONS THAT CAN MITIGATE, UH, MA UH, MEET THE NEED, BUT ALSO MITIGATE THE TAX TAX BURDENS THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT, UH, WHEN YOU SPEND ANY, UH, PUBLIC DOLLARS. 
          BUT IF WE DIDN'T HAVE THE FIRING RANGE, WE'RE GONNA CONTINUE TO USE WILLIAMS ACCOUNTING UNTIL IT THAT'S NOT, UH, BENEFICIAL OR AVAILABLE, THEN WE'LL TRY TO FIND OTHER SOLUTIONS. 
          IT'S WHAT WE DO. 
          UM, IF IT COMES TO OUR, OUR TRAINING, UH, OUR EVOC TRACK, WE'LL CONTINUE TO SET UP CONES AND TEACH OFFICERS, UM, UH, EMERGENCY VEHICLE OCCUPANCY, UH, COURSE TRAINING OUT AT, UH, ADAM MORGAN GAIN PARK. 
          WE DO WHAT WE GOTTA DO UNTIL WE CAN DO BETTER. 
          AND THAT'S WHY WE WANNA BRING THIS TO YOU BECAUSE IN MANY WAYS IT'S TIME FOR US AS A DEPARTMENT TO DO BETTER. 
          SO LOOKING AT EACH ONE OF THESE BUILDING COMPONENTS AND, UH, THE MAIN BUILDING AND THE COMPONENTS THAT RE ARE RELATED TO 'EM, IF WE WERE TO LOOK AT THIS AND SAY, LET'S REDUCE SOME OF THOSE, THIS IS JUST AN EXAMPLE. 
          IF WE WERE TO REDUCE, YOU'LL SEE IF WE TOOK OUT THE TRAINING FACILITY THAT'S ON THE RIGHT HAND SIDE, THE THE GREEN BOX, YOU SEE, IF WE TOOK THAT OUT, THESE ARE THE SERVICES THAT WE WOULD LOSE. 
          AND SAME WITH OFFICE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT, UH, THE NINE ONE ONE CALL CENTER. 
          AND YOU'LL LOOK AT THE ASSET GARAGE AND IT'S LIKE, WELL, WHY WOULD YOU NEED, UH, EVIDENCE PROCESSING? BECAUSE IT IS A NEED. 
          AND THERE ARE MANY OPTIONS YOU'LL SEE IN THERE THAT, FOR EXAMPLE, WITH THE POLICE FACILITY, WE CANNOT DO WITHOUT, WE, YOU 
          [01:10:01]
CANNOT DO WITHOUT A PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION, UH, UH, UH, SPACE. 
          YOU CANNOT DO WITHOUT INVESTIGATION AND PATROL CRIME LABS, YOU'VE GOTTA HAVE THOSE. 
          SO THOSE ARE ESSENTIAL SERVICES THAT WE HAVE, UH, COMBINED TO, TO DEMONSTRATE THE NEED THERE. 
          THE SAME GOES WITH THE COURT. 
          SO LET'S LOOK AT A SUMMARY OF THE REDUCTIONS. 
          UH, AND WE MOVED THIS OUT TO 20 20 40. 
          PREVIOUSLY WHEN WE BROUGHT THIS TO YOU, IT WAS, WE WERE LOOKING AT PROJECTIONS. 
          AND IT'S VERY DIFFICULT WHEN YOU'RE LOOKING OUT 10 YEARS, UM, AND PLAYING, UM, UM, UH, THE, THE, THE GENIE THAT RUBS THE CRYSTAL BALL AND SAYING, WELL, WE'LL PROBABLY NEED FIFTY, A HUNDRED FIFTY EIGHT HAVE ACHIEVED 158, UH, FTES BY THAT POSI THAT TIME. 
          WE LOOK AT WHAT WE WOULD NEED AS WHEN IT COMES TO STAFFING. 
          AND THAT'S HOW YOU DETERMINE WHAT SQUARE, SQUARE, SQUARE FOOTAGE IS GOING TO BE, DEPENDING ON THE STAFF, DEPENDING ON THE, THE JOB TASK AND DEPENDING ON THE FUNCTION IN THE AGENCY WILL HELP YOU COME UP WITH AN APPROXIMATE NUMBER. 
          WE REDUCED THAT TO MEET WHAT I, WE BELIEVE WOULD BE A GOOD ACHIEVABLE GOAL BY, BY THE YEAR 2040, ADDING 147 STAFF MEMBERS. 
          NOW WHAT THAT IS IS THAT'S 131 SWORN POLICE OFFICERS. 
          AND IT'S LIKE, WELL, THAT'S A LOT. 
          HOW YOU GONNA GO FROM, UM, WE'RE 51 RIGHT NOW. 
          HOW YOU GONNA GO TO, UH, 131? THAT'S A LOT OF OFFICERS ADDED A YEAR. 
          WELL, IF YOU TAKE IT OUT TO 15 YEARS LIKE WE'VE DONE WITH THIS ONE, UH, YOU'RE ADDING ABOUT FOUR TO FIVE OFFICERS A YEAR, WHICH IS A TYPICAL TREND THAT WE DO NOW. 
          WE REDUCED THE SPACE AS MUCH AS WE FELT WOULD BE EFFECTIVE, NOT ONLY FOR TODAY, BUT LONG TERM, UH, OUT TO 2040. 
          WE BELIEVE THAT 45,000 SQUARE FEET IS A, UH, USABLE, FUNCTIONAL, UH, FACILITY FOR THE POLICE MAIN. 
          WE ALSO ADDED ASSETS THERE. 
          BUT WE, IF YOU LOOK AT THE REVISED DATA, THERE'S NO LONGER POLICE ACCESS. 
          UH, THERE'S NO LONGER POLICE COVERED PARKING OR 9 1 1 DISPATCH, EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT OR TRAINING CENTER. 
          AND WE HAVE MUNICIPAL COURT IN THERE. 
          AND SO IF WE REVISE THAT IT, IT WAS REDUCED TO, UH, 60,000. 
          BUT IF YOU LOOK AT THE POLICE MAIN, THAT IS LESS THAN 50,000 SQUARE FEET IS WHAT WE GOT THAT DOWN TO. 
          SO HERE'S SOME OPTIONS THAT WE WANTED TO, TO HAVE YOU CONSIDER. 
          AND WE ARE VERY OPEN. 
          I THINK IT'S VERY IMPORTANT FOR THE COLLABORATION TO, TO EXIST. 
          WE CAN ADJUST AND, AND, AND ASK OPTIONS. 
          WELL, WHAT ABOUT THIS OPTION? WHAT ABOUT THAT ONE? WHY ARE WE DOING THIS ONE AND NOT THAT ONE SO THAT WE CAN COME TO A COMMON UNDERSTANDING OF HOW WE CAN BEST PROCEED. 
          IF YOU LOOK AT OPTION ONE, THAT ONE'S GOT THE POLICE BUILDING THE ASSETS MUNICIPAL COURT, BUT IT DOESN'T HAVE ALL THE OTHERS. 
          AND THERE'S A PRICE TAG AND A SQUARE FOOTAGE FOR THAT ONE. 
          THE SAME WITH OPTION TWO, WHICH IS ONLY THE POLICE BUILDING AND MUNICIPAL COURT. 
          THE OPTION THREE, WHICH IS ONLY THE POLICE DEPARTMENT. 
          AND YOU'LL SEE THAT'S 45,914 SQUARE FEET. 
          AND THAT'S OVER A, UH, THE TENURE JUSTICE OPTIONS, JUSTICE CENTER OPTIONS. 
          SO WITH DISPATCH, IF YOU ADD A DISPATCH TO EACH ONE OF THOSE, YOU'LL SEE THE SQUARE FOOTAGE AND HOW THAT'S INCREASED. 
          AND THEN YOU'LL SEE, UH, THE COST TO, SO TO SAY IT WOULD TYPICALLY DISPATCH IS ADDING ABOUT $5 MILLION IN A, IN ADDITIONAL, UM, INVESTMENT IN THOSE, UH, FACILITIES AND WITH EACH OPTION. 
          LAST THING I WANNA TALK ABOUT IS, IS THERE'S SOME ADDITIONAL CONSTRAINTS. 
          SO YOU ME, YOU HEARD ME MENTION EARLIER ABOUT OUR EVIDENCE AND UH, OUR, UH, PROCESSING CENTER, IF YOU LOOK AT THE PICTURES ON THE RIGHT, THAT THAT FACILITY, THAT PICTURE IS OF ONE OF OUR EVIDENCE ROOMS THAT IT'S AT, AT CAP CAPACITY TO THE POINT OF WHERE WE ARE STACKING STUFF UP TO THE CEILING. 
          UH, THE PICTURE DOWN BELOW IS AN, IT WAS A CONVERTED CLOSET THAT WE'RE USING FOR OUR, UM, UH, CRIME SCENE, UM, TEXT TO PROCESS EVIDENCE. 
          CURRENTLY IN OUR FACILITY, OUR PATROL IS, THEY FUNCTION OUT OF THE, THE BRIEFING ROOM IS IN ONE TIGHT CONFINED SPACE. 
          AND WE HAVE, LIKE I SAID, THE CRIME SCENE, UH, THE CRIME LAB AND PROCESSING CENTER IS IN A CLOSET. 
          AND SO WE'VE GOT SOME CHALLENGES THAT I THINK NOT ONLY OUR COMMUNITY, NOT ONLY OUR POLICE DEPARTMENT, BUT OUR COUNCIL RECOGNIZES THAT THERE IS A NEED TO ADDRESS THESE ISSUES. 
          AND I LOOK FORWARD TO TALKING WITH YOU ABOUT ANY OPTIONS THAT YOU MAY, UM, WANT TO DISCUSS. 
          THANKS SIR. 
          DISCUSSION OR QUESTIONS FROM COUNSEL? A QUESTION ABOUT THE, THE 9 1 1 SENATOR, UH, IT SOUNDS LIKE WE JUST DON'T HAVE TO HOLD YOU THROUGH THESE, BUT IT'S $5 MILLION IS THE APPROXIMATE ADDITIONAL COST FOR THE 9 1 1. 
          AND WE'RE NOW AT 1.2 MILLION, I THINK, UH, OF THE NEW 20 FISCAL YEAR, 26 COSTS, 
          [01:15:01]
I ASSUME THOSE ARE GOING UP 3%. 
          SO THAT 5 MILLION YOU GET A PAYBACK WITHIN FOUR OR FIVE YEARS. 
          UM, THE OTHER, BUT THE OTHER THING YOU SAID IS THAT AT ANY TIME THEY CAN SAY YOU GOT 120 DAY NOTICE THAT YOU'RE NO LONGER. 
          SO IS THAT WEIGHED INTO, I MEAN, DOES THAT LOOK AGAIN, NOT TO HOLD YOU TO ANYTHING? IS THAT LIKE A TWO OR THREE YEAR WINDOW OR IS THAT LOWER FIVE OR SIX YEAR WINDOW BEFORE THEY CAN, AND I KNOW YOU CAN'T KNOW WHEN THEY'RE GONNA PULL THE TRIGGER, BUT WHAT, SO EXCUSE ME, , UM, DO, UH, TO, SO THAT I UNDERSTAND YOUR QUESTION, IS IT THE THREE TO FIVE WINDOW RELATED TO WILLIAMS COUNTY? BECAUSE THEY'VE GIVEN US NO INDICATOR THAT THEY'RE GOING TO TERMINATE ANYTHING, BUT THAT IS IN OUR AGREEMENTS, RIGHT? YES. 
          I JUST, AND WE SIGNED 'EM FOR THREE YEARS, BUT I MEAN, I DON'T KNOW WHAT THEIR PLANS OF GROWTH ARE. 
          THERE MAY BE SOME GROWTH IN THERE THAT IS ALSO OUR INCREASE OF 3%. 
          YES. 
          SO I MEAN, IF, IF WE DECIDE NO ON THE 9 1 1 CENTER ON ANY OF THE OPTIONS, AND UM, AND, AND IN THREE YEARS FROM NOW THEY SAY, YOU GOT 120 DAYS, WE'RE GONNA LOOK BACK THIS YEAR AND SAYING, OH, WE SHOULD HAVE DONE THAT. 
          SO IS THERE ANY INDICATION THAT WE CAN, AS A COUNCIL UNDERSTAND AGAIN, CRYSTAL BALL? YES, SIR. 
          IS IS, IS THIS SOMETHING THAT IS LIKE IN A TWO OR THREE YEAR WINDOW? 'CAUSE I WOULD SAY YEAH, LET'S GET THE 9 1 1 CENTER, BUT IF IT'S NOT, IF IT LOOKS LIKE THEIR GROWTH PLANS AND Y'ALL WE'RE GOOD PARTNERS AND THAT'S FURTHER OUT, MAYBE WE CAN LIVE WITH THE 9 1 1 CONTRACT FOR FURTHER OUT. 
          YES, SIR. 
          SO TO YOUR POINT, WE CURRENTLY PROVIDE, UH, WE'RE CURRENTLY PROVIDED THAT SERVICE FROM WEAVES AND COUNTY AND THEY PROVIDE A GREAT SERVICE. 
          THEY'RE A GREAT PARTNER. 
          THE CHALLENGE AND CONCERN THAT WE HAVE IS, AGAIN, WE'RE A LARGE ENTITY AND THE, AND A VERY HIGH VOLUME OF CALLS. 
          IT'S LIKE LEANDER FOR EXAMPLE, THEIR CALL VOLUME IS A LITTLE BIT LARGER THAN OUR SLIGHTLY AND THEIR LARGER CITY. 
          SO OUR CALL VOLUME IS VERY INTENSIVE. 
          AND WHEN WE ADD STAFF, NOT ONLY DO YOUR SUBSCRIBER FEES GO UP, YOUR MAINTENANCE AND SUBSCRIBER FEES FOR YOUR RADIO, BUT IF YOU HAVE, IF WE ADD ENOUGH STAFF TO WHERE YOU'RE ADDING THEM TO THE SYSTEM AND THEY THEN THEY END UP HAVING TO HIRE DISPATCHERS, THEN THEY HAVE TO HIRE, THEN THEY HAVE TO GET ANOTHER ADDITIONAL CONSOLE. 
          SO THERE ARE COSTS THAT WILL INHERIT THAT. 
          YOU AT THE END OF THE CONTRACT, WE HAVE NOTHING TANGIBLE THAT'S OURS, BUT WE'VE PAID FOR THAT RENTAL OF SERVICE. 
          SO THERE ARE SOME CHALLENGES THAT EXIST THERE. 
          OKAY, THANK YOU. 
          YES, SIR. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER, UH, IF I MAY, UH, CITY MANAGER, ER FOR THE RECORD. 
          I, I DID HEAR YOU SAY ONE THING THAT I WANTED TO CLARIFY. 
          THE AMOUNT THAT WE PAID AT WILLIAMSON COUNTY IS THE OPERATING EXPENSES. 
          MM-HMM. 
          THE 5 MILLION THAT I BELIEVE WAS BEING DISCUSSED IS THE, IS THE CAPITAL COST TO BUILD A FACILITY? ABSOLUTELY. 
          SO IN MY EXPERIENCE, YOU'RE NOT GONNA REALLY S YOU'RE NOT GONNA SAVE THE 1.2 MILLION A HUNDRED PERCENT AT AT, BECAUSE YOU'RE GONNA BE BRINGING THAT IN-HOUSE. 
          IN HOUSE AND HIRING YOUR OWN DISPATCHERS AND HAVING YOUR OWN EQUIPMENT. 
          RIGHT. 
          IT'S GENERALLY NOT CHEAPER TO, TO RUN YOUR OWN DISPATCH. 
          THAT'S NOT USUALLY WHY YOU DECIDE TO DO DISPATCH. 
          OKAY. 
          THANK YOU. 
          IT'S USUALLY BECAUSE OF THE COMPLICATIONS OR YOU'RE GET, YOU'RE GETTING SO SOPHISTICATED OR THE, THE WILLIAMSON COUNTY'S ASKING US TO TAKE IT BECAUSE THEIR, THEIR RESOURCES ARE STRETCHED. 
          IT'S USUALLY OTHER REASONS OTHER THAN TRYING TO SAVE MONEY. 
          SO IT'S JUST GONNA BE A QUESTION OF WHETHER COUNCIL WANTS TO PLAN FOR THAT, UH, LIKELIHOOD OR NOT. 
          I THINK THANKS FOR . 
          YEAH. 
          ALRIGHT, CHIEF. 
          YES SIR. 
          LOVE YOU. 
          LOVE THE POLICE. 
          I HOPE THE HEADLINES THAT I DON'T, IT'S NOT THAT I DON'T SUPPORT THE POLICE. 
          NO. 
          UM, I, I THINK WE NEED TO HAVE A GOAL OF HAVING A BOND ELECTION MAY OF 26 THAT WE USE EXISTING MONEY. 
          I THINK THERE'S 3 MILLION IN COMMUNITY BENEFIT TO START DESIGNING. 
          BUT HERE'S MY OVERALL ISSUE. 
          WE SAY THAT WE HAVE A CALL, UH, CALL TIME OF SIX MINUTES, BUT I KNOW FROM PREVIOUS DISCUSSIONS, UM, THAT WE CAN GET DOWN TO 10TH OF A SECOND. 
          THE TIMING BETWEEN ME CALLING 9 1 1 THEM, ANSWERING THEM, DISPATCHING SOMEBODY. 
          SO WHILE YOUR GUYS' OVERALL THING IS SIX MINUTES AND THE GOAL IS THREE MINUTES, SO I THINK IS ADMIRABLE, WHAT I, FOR ME, WHAT I NEED TO KNOW IS WHAT IS THE LAG BETWEEN THE TIME I CALL 9 1 1 AND THE TIME YOU GUYS GET THE CALL? BECAUSE THE LAST TIME WE WENT THROUGH THIS, THERE WAS THIS 45 MINUTE PROCESS OF, WE HAD A CALL FOR 45 MINUTES AND, AND THE CHIEF CAME UP. 
          HE WASN'T LIKE, YOU NOT NEAR AS ADMIRABLE. 
          AND UM, HE, HE PITCHED THIS AND SO I SAID, WELL MY GOD. 
          SO I WENT TO THE COUNTY AND I SAID, CAN YOU SHOW ME THESE CALL LOGS? AND THEN THEY SHOWED ME EVERY CAT EVENT AND AS ONE CALL WE LEFT OPEN FOR 45 MINUTES BECAUSE OF A, A CERTAIN SITUATION. 
          YES SIR. 
          SO IF WE'RE GONNA SAY THAT IT, AND YOU DIDN'T SAY THIS, YES, BUT PEOPLE IN THE PAST, IF WE'RE GONNA SAY SWITCHING NINE ONE ONE, MAKE YOUR FASTER CALL TIMES, I'D LIKE TO SEE THE CURRENT CALL TIME BECAUSE IF WE GO OUT AND SPEND, YOU KNOW, MILLIONS OF DOLLARS AND WE SAVE, YOU KNOW, NOT THAT SAVING FIVE 
          [01:20:01]
SECONDS AND SAVING SOMEONE'S LIFE ISN'T WORTH THE MONEY, WELL WHAT ARE WE ACTUALLY SAVING? AND SO I'D LIKE TO SEE THAT 'CAUSE 'CAUSE THERE, TO ME THERE'S A DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE NINE ONE ONE CALL TIME AND THE TIME YOU GET IT AND GO. 
          AND THEN ALSO THE, UM, THE, THE 2018 YOU WEREN'T HERE WAS A VERY WEIRD BOND ELECTION FOR SOME PEOPLE. 
          A LOT OF THINGS WERE THROWN OUT. 
          A LOT OF THAT MONEY GOT MISSPENT MISMANAGED. 
          AND SO A LOT OF THINGS WERE PROMISED TO PEOPLE. 
          ONE OF 'EM IS 9 1 1 AND TO THE CITY MANAGER'S POINT, I'M HEARING WHAT WE CAN SAVE FROM THE COUNTY MM-HMM . 
          BUT NO ONE HAS STILL YET PROVIDED WHAT'S THE FTE COUNT FOR THE 9 1 1 CALLS? WHAT IS THAT GONNA COST? BECAUSE IF YOU TELL US, HEY, WE'RE GONNA SAVE YOU A MILLION TOO, LIKE WE DID WITH OUR SEWER, WE WENT OUT AND EXPANDED IT AND THEN ALL OF A SUDDEN IT WAS LIKE, I DON'T KNOW ABOUT EVERYBODY ELSE. 
          I DIDN'T KNOW ABOUT THE, THE, THE M AND O SIDE OF THAT. 
          AND SO THEN IT WAS LIKE, WE'RE GONNA FIND OUT TONIGHT. 
          WE MAY HAVE TO RAISE, RAISE WATER RATES $30 A MONTH JUST TO PAY FOR THE LABOR FOR THE EXPANSION OF THE PLANT. 
          AND WE ALREADY TOLD EVERYBODY, THIS IS WHAT YOU'RE PAYING EXTRA FOR THE PLANT. 
          SO IF WE TELL EVERYBODY WE'RE SAVING 1,000,002, BUT THEN THE BUDGET COMES THROUGH AND IT'S A $3.4 MILLION COST, THEN I'M GOING, WHAT, WHAT, WHAT, WHAT AM I GETTING FOR 3.4 MILLION? IS PUBLIC WORKS REALLY NEED THAT DISPATCHING FOR AN EXTRA 1.8. 
          SO TO ME, I, I GOTTA HAVE SOME NUMBERS LIKE THAT. 
          MM-HMM . 
          THE CONTRACT TERMINATION. 
          I'D LIKE TO, I DON'T HAVE NO PROBLEM SITTING DOWN WITH THE, WITH THE JUDGE OR THE COMMISSIONER AND FINDING OUT, ARE WE ASKING THAT IN THERE? BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, SOMETIMES PEOPLE WANT THE OPTION TO CANCEL STUFF AND, AND IT'S RECIPROCAL. 
          AND SO I WANNA MAKE SURE, IS THAT JUST A STANDARD THING? DID WE ASK FOR THAT? ARE THEY REALLY THINKING ABOUT CANCELING IT? 'CAUSE YEAH, THEY WOULD PUT US IN A PICKLE. 
          BUT IF IT'S JUST A STANDARD THING, ONE OF THE THINGS I WOULD SAY IS THEY'VE GOT ONE HELL OF AN OPERATION THEY'VE BUILT OUT AND IF ALL OF A SUDDEN OUR 45,000 CALLS A YEAR DROP OFF. 
          YES SIR. 
          THAT'S GONNA IMPACT THEM. 
          SO I I I DON'T KNOW THAT THEY'RE, YOU KNOW, LOOKING AND NOT, AGAIN, YOU DIDN'T SAY THEY'RE LOOKING TO CANCEL US OR ANYTHING, BUT NO. 
          UM, AND AND THE BIGGEST THING HERE OVERALL IS THIS, AND I TRYING TO PUT THIS ACROSS LAST TIME WITH A CONSULTANT AND I'M NOT REALLY GOOD AT ARTICULATING THINGS. 
          SOMETIMES WE'RE BEING ASKED TO BUILD A, IF YOU GO BACK A SLIDE, HOW BIG WAS THAT? 54, 50 5K DOLLARS FOR 50 K. 
          UH, ANOTHER SLIDE BACK, ANOTHER SLIDE. 
          NOT PLAYING GAMES. 
          THERE WE GO. 
          OKAY, ALRIGHT. 
          46,000 SQUARE FEET TO ME, WE'RE LIKE DESIGNING A HOUSE, RIGHT? WE'RE LIKE, HEY, WE WANNA BUILD A HOUSE. 
          WE'RE NOT REALLY BEING TOLD HOW MANY CAR GARAGE. 
          WE'RE NOT REALLY TOLD HOW THE KITCHEN WANTS TO LOOK, HOW MANY BEDROOMS. WE WANT AN OFFICE, WE WANNA STAY. 
          WE'RE NOT REALLY BEING TOLD THAT WE'RE JUST BEING TOLD 46,000 FEET. 
          46,000 IS GONNA GET IT DONE. 
          WE'RE AT 11 NOW WE NEED A FIVE X. 
          AND, AND I'D LIKE TO SEE SOMEHOW, LIKE WHAT DOES THIS ALL LOOK LIKE? 'CAUSE I WENT THROUGH A TOUR OF A FACILITY ACTUALLY WITH AC CHIEF, UH, JONES, AND IT WAS A LITTLE OVER THE TOP FOR ME MM-HMM . 
          AND I DON'T KNOW HOW BIG THAT PARTICULAR CITY WAS. 
          IT WAS OVER THE TOP AND AT $800 A SQUARE FOOT. 
          MY, MY FEAR IS, IS IF I TOLD YOU THIS IN EMAIL, IF WE PUT ALL THE MONEY INTO THE POLICE, WHICH I THINK YOU GUYS WITHOUT A DOUBT DESERVE A FACILITY, THE PUBLIC WORKS, PEOPLE GOT THE SAME THING. 
          I MEAN THEY'RE, THEY'RE PARKING ENGINE EQUIPMENT IN THEIR DESK AND WORKING ON IT IN BETWEEN, UM, TEAMS CALLS MM-HMM . 
          AND THEN YOU GOT THE PARKS PEOPLE, THEY'RE JUST IN A TRAILER SITTING OUT IN A PARKING LOT. 
          I MEAN, THEY'RE NOT EVEN WORRIED ABOUT SECURITY. 
          SO WE'VE GOT ALL THESE THINGS WE GOTTA DO AND I'M LIKE, OKAY, IF WE THROW IT ALL AT ONE, I DON'T KNOW THAT EVERYBODY CAN STOMACH NEXT YEAR WE'RE GONNA DO THE PARKS. 
          'CAUSE THE PARKS GUYS, THEY WANT , THEY WANT A $60 MILLION FACILITY. 
          OR NOT THE PARKS, I'M SORRY, THE PUBLIC WORKS. 
          AND SO THERE'S GOTTA BE A WAY THAT WE CAN LOOK AND SAY, OKAY, THIS IS WHAT WE NEED. 
          20,000 TODAY IS EXACT AS LAST TIME. 
          SO THAT THAT'S NOT GONNA WORK. 
          MM-HMM . 
          SO GIVE US LIKE 30,000, WE'VE GOT THIS PROGRAM TO WHERE TODAY THIS WHATEVER THAT, YOU KNOW, THE ROLL CALL ROOM IS GONNA BE PART OF OUR TRAINING ROOM TOMORROW. 
          WHETHER THAT BE FIVE YEARS OR 10. 
          THERE'S GOTTA BE A WAY TO STAGE THIS BECAUSE MY BIGGEST FEAR IS WE'RE GONNA THROW THIS TO THE BALLOT PEOPLE. 
          AND I MEAN, THERE'S A CHANCE THEY MAY, THEY MAY SAY NO AND THEN, THEN WE REALLY GOT A PROBLEM BECAUSE WE ASK REALLY HIGH IN MY MIND, WE CAN ASK, LOOK WE NEED 30,000 SQUARE FEET. 
          THE JUDGE IS GONNA HAVE TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO HOLD COURT IN A 30,000 SQUARE FOOT BUILDING. 
          UM, IN SOME MANNER. 
          HOW DO WE PROGRAM THAT? AND THEN HOW DO WE DO THAT TO WHERE WE KNOW, THEN WE GET THE PARKS PEOPLE, WE HAVE THE SAME DISCUSSION WITH THEM AND TELL 'EM, GUYS, YOU'RE NOT GETTING 50,000 SQUARE FEET. 
          I THINK THEY WANNA LIKE THREE CONFERENCE ROOMS. THEY HAVE NONE NOW. 
          SO TO ME ONE CONFERENCE ROOM IS BETTER THAN NONE. 
          THREE, THERE'S GOTTA BE A WAY TO CUT THIS DOWN BECAUSE ONCE WE GET DONE WITH PUBLIC WORKS, WE GOTTA GO TO PARKS. 
          AND THEN WE GOT THE LIBRARY PEOPLE IN A NEW LIBRARY AND I'M GOING, MAN, HOW DO YOU BUILD $300 MILLION IN FACILITIES? MAKE EVERYBODY HAPPY AND NO ONE GET MAD. 
          THE OTHER GROUP. 
          AND SO THAT'S WHAT I'M LOOKING FOR, LIKE A FLOOR PLAN OR SOMETHING TO BE ABLE TO GO, 
          [01:25:01]
OKAY, WE CAN SELL THIS TO THE PUBLIC. 
          'CAUSE IF I VOTE RIGHT NOW, I GOTTA VOTE NO BECAUSE I DON'T EVEN KNOW WHAT I'M VOTING FOR. 
          I'M JUST VOTING FOR THIS PIECE OF PAPER RIGHT HERE. 
          I DON'T KNOW WHAT IT'S GONNA LOOK LIKE. 
          I DON'T KNOW. 
          YOU MAY HAVE A HUNDRED BY A HUNDRED SQUARE FOOT OFFICE AND I MIGHT SAY, HEY, THE 800 BUCKS A FOOT, CAN YOU, YOU KNOW, IS THERE A WAY TO SHARE THAT WITH THE AC AND, AND FOR TIMES, JUST THINGS LIKE THAT. 
          SO A LITTLE MORE DETAIL, BUT I THINK INSTEAD OF US RUSHING FOR NOVEMBER BALLOT, I THINK THE PRUDENT THING TO BE, SINCE IT'S SUCH AN EXPENSIVE DEAL, IS TO UNDERSTAND ALONG WITH THE PARKS AND THE LIBRARY AND THE, UH, PUBLIC WORKS, HOW THE HECK ARE WE GONNA FUND ALL THIS AND THEN GO IN MAY AND PUT SOME OF THIS STUFF ON THE BALLOT AND ASK THE PEOPLE LIKE, HOW, HOW DO YOU WANT US TO DO THIS? UM, THE OTHER THING WE HAVE, WE'VE GOTTA BE REAL CAREFUL OF, IT DIDN'T PASS THIS YEAR, BUT I FORGET THAT BILL, UH, JAMES, BUT THE BILL FROM THE STATE, I TOLD JAMES, I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S, IT WASN'T THIS YEAR. 
          SO IT'S NOT IF IT'S WHEN THEY'RE TRYING TO CRACK DOWN TO WHERE THEY'RE GONNA LIMIT OUR ABILITY TO BORROW MONEY BASED ON OUR OVERALL DEBT RATIO. 
          MM-HMM . 
          THERE'S BEEN OTHER SCHOOL DISTRICTS THAT GOT ABOVE THAT. 
          AND THEN WHEN IT GOT COMPRESSED, THEY COULDN'T BORROW ANY MONEY. 
          MM-HMM . 
          THERE'S ALWAYS A POTENTIAL, WE MAY GO OUT DO THIS, THERE'S A SPECIAL SESSION COMING UP. 
          WE STILL GOT, UM, IN TWO YEARS IN A DEAL IF THEY PASS A DEAL AND ALL OF A SUDDEN WE CAN'T BORROW ANY MONEY BECAUSE WE SPENT IT ALL ON THE POLICE STATION, THE PUBLIC WORKS. 
          WE JUST HAVE TO GO OUT AND TELL THE PUBLIC THERE'S NO ROADS FOR HOWEVER MANY YEARS UNTIL OUR BOND RATIOS COME IN. 
          SO FOR ME THAT, THAT'S WHERE I GET REAL NERVOUS BECAUSE JAMES CALLED ME AND SAID, HEY, YOU MIGHT WANNA PAY ATTENTION TO THIS BILL HERE. 
          THEY MAY LIMIT OUR, UH, ABILITY TO BORROW MONEY. 
          WE'RE ALREADY, I THINK YOU SAID WE'RE ALREADY OVER THE PROPOSAL LIMIT. 
          YEAH, WE, WE DEFINITELY ARE. 
          YEAH. 
          SO WE'RE ALREADY OVER THE LIMIT THAT STATE'S TRYING TO PUSH. 
          SO WE STILL GOT A SPECIAL SESSION. 
          THAT'S WHERE I'M LIKE, IF WE FIND A WAY, BUT WE GOTTA GET GOING ON DESIGN, IN MY OPINION. 
          WE GOTTA GET THE ULTIMATE, TO ME, THE CONSULTANT GOT PAID A LOT OF MONEY. 
          WE NEED TO KNOW THE ULTIMATE BUILD OUT FOOTPRINT SO WE CAN CARVE THAT OUT AT THE COTTONWOOD SITE AND GO, HERE IT IS. 
          AND THEN WE'VE GOTTA HAVE A PLAN. 
          AND MY HOPE IS, IS THAT SOME OF THIS OTHER DEVELOPMENT COMES THAT WE HAVE ON THERE AND HELP US, UM, JUST SO WE DON'T GET UPSIDE DOWN TO WHERE WE'RE SITTING HERE GOING. 
          WE CAN'T EVEN BUY A, A VEHICLE BECAUSE, UM, THE STATE NOW HAS COMPRESSED US TO THE POINT TO WHERE WE DON'T HAVE THE ABILITY. 
          SO, UM, TOTALLY WANNA GIVE YOU GUYS WHAT YOU CAN. 
          AND WE'VE EVEN HAD TALKS, I THINK THERE'S WAYS TO GET THE, THE FIRING RANGE PAID FOR BY SOMEBODY ELSE, MAYBE EVEN THE TRACK AND THINGS LIKE THAT. 
          SO I THINK WE CUT THOSE OUT, BUT WE HAVE IT ALL PROGRAMMED IN THE OVERALL SITE SO THAT WHEN THAT CALL COMES, WE CAN SAY YOU WANNA PAINT THE TRACK, UH, ORANGE FOR HOME DEPOT, WE DON'T REALLY CARE. 
          'CAUSE HOME DEPOT JUST CUT A CHECK FOR $10 MILLION AND THEY'RE BUILDING A HOME DEPOT, WHATEVER IT'S CALLED MM-HMM . 
          UM, BUT ANYWAY, THAT'S WHAT I'M HOPING FOR. 
          I WOULD LOVE, I'D LOVE TO ALMOST HAVE A COMMITTEE. 
          I HATE SUBCOMMITTEES  HATE 'EM, BUT A COMMITTEE OF THE COUNCIL TO WORK WITH YOU AND SOME OF YOUR STAFF AND JAMES TO BE ABLE TO SIT DOWN AND REALLY TRY TO FLESH OUT. 
          AND, AND THEN ALSO THAT COMMITTEE ALSO MEET WITH PUBLIC WORKS AND PARKS AND LIBRARY AND TRY TO FIGURE OUT, AND HOW DO WE BITE $300 MILLION BECAUSE OUR BUDGET'S ONLY 20 SOMETHING MILLION A YEAR. 
          HOW DO WE, HOW DO WE BITE 10 YEARS OF REVENUES? UM, LITERALLY IN THREE YEARS? 'CAUSE EVERYBODY, YOU GUYS PROBABLY HAVE THE WORST NEED OUT OF EVERYBODY. 
          UM, AND THE LIBRARY'S GONNA COME GRAB ME OUTTA MY HOUSE, BUT THEY PROBABLY HAVE THE LEAST ISSUES OUT OF EVERYBODY. 
          BUT WE STILL HAVE TO ADDRESS IT ALL. 
          BUT ANYWAY, YES. 
          AND TO YOUR POINT, UM, UH, GO AHEAD. 
          SORRY. 
          I'M SORRY. 
          OH, OKAY. 
          UM, TO YOUR POINT, TO ANSWER A FEW OF THE, THE, THE CONCERNS THAT YOU BROUGHT UP WHEN IT COMES TO RESPONSE TIME DATA, UH, I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT, UH, 45 MINUTE DELAY WAS, BUT I CONSIDER IT TO BE AN OUTLIER. 
          THAT'S SOMETHING WE'D NEVER BRING TO YOU BECAUSE THAT JUST IS NOT REFLECTIVE OF THE RESPONSE TIME. 
          BUT WE DO HAVE THE DATA, WE HAVE HAVE COMPREHENSIVE DATA OF WHAT THE, THE, THE, THE RESPONSE TIME IS FOR PRIORITY ONE, PRIORITY TWO, PRIORITY THREE, PRIORITY FOUR CALLS. 
          ALSO THE TIME OF DAY AND, AND WHAT THE RESPONSE TIMES WILL BE. 
          AND IT INCLUDES WHAT INFORMATION IS, UH, COMPILED FROM WHEN A PERSON CALLS DISPATCH, HOW LONG THEY TAKE ON THAT CALL UNTIL THE TIME THAT THAT CALL IS GIVEN TO US. 
          AND THEN OUR, UH, ARRIVAL TIME. 
          SO WE HAVE ALL OF THAT AND OUR TIME ON SITE AS WELL. 
          WHAT, WHAT'S THAT TIME CALLED FROM THE, I KNOW RESPONSE TIME IS THE TIME YOU GUYS GET THE MM-HMM. 
          CALL TILL YOU ARRIVE. 
          WHAT'S THE, WHAT'S IT CALLED FROM THE TIME YOU CALL 9 1 1 TILL YOU GUYS GET THE CALL? UM, AS FAR AS A SPECIFIC TITLE, UH, IF I SAID, HEY, CAN YOU JUST RUN US A REPORT OF EVERY 9 1 1 CALL? YES SIR. 
          SO WE KNOW THEY CALLED AT LIKE 5 10, 10 MM-HMM . 
          AND YOU GUYS GOT THE CALL. 
          DID YOU, DID IT, WAS IT A MINUTE LATER YOU GOT THE CALL OR WAS IT FIVE SECONDS? OR WHAT DO YOU CALL THAT LITTLE, ARE YOU TALKING REFER TO THE DIS DISPATCH CALL TIME? YEAH. 
          MAYOR COUNSEL DWAYNE JONES, ASSISTANT CHIEF. 
          [01:30:01]
UH, IT'S JUST, THEY CALL IT A TIME DELAY. 
          LITERALLY CALL IT A TIME DELAY. 
          IS YOUR WAY TO, THAT'S DISPATCH JUST ON THE TIME DELAY. 
          YEP. 
          MM-HMM . 
          FROM THE TIME THE NINE ONE ONE CALL COMES IN UNTIL THE CALL IS DISPATCHED. 
          YEP. 
          I THINK THAT'D BE, I MEAN TO HELP US MAKE A DECISION ON 9 1 1, I THINK THAT'D BE HELPFUL TO KNOW HOW MUCH BETTER CAN IT GET. 
          YES. 
          AND WE GET THAT. 
          WE GET THAT MONTHLY. 
          OKAY. 
          UM, WITH REQUESTS WE DON'T HAVE ACCESS. 
          WE HAVE TO REQUEST IT FROM THEM SINCE THEY COMPILE THE DATA. 
          UM, ALSO THE COST BREAKDOWN WHEN IT COMES TO, UM, OPERATING A DISPATCH LIKE MR. IB SAID, UM, AND HE A HUNDRED PERCENT CORRECT, THE $5 MILLION IS THE EQUIPMENT SET UP AND, UM, CONFIGURATION OF THAT FACILITY. 
          BUT WE ACTUALLY PULLED, UM, LEANDER DATA AND THEY HAVE 16 DISPATCHERS WORKING, UM, TOTAL FOR THEIR, THEIR CITY AND THEIR SALARIES ALONE ARE ABOUT $1.5 MILLION, 1 MILLION, 1,517,989 OR $898. 
          THEIR OPERATIONAL COSTS WHEN IT COMES TO SUPPLIES, MAINTENANCE, UH, THE CONTRACTUAL SERVICE, WHICH IS THE MAINTENANCE AND SUBSCRIBER FEES FOR THIS, THE COUNTY IS ABOUT $58,000. 
          THEY HAVE OTHER THINGS, LIKE THEY HAD A CAPITAL OUTLAY FOR SOME MAJOR EQUIPMENT UPDATE. 
          SO THEIR ENTIRE, WHEN YOU CONSIDER ALL OF THAT AND THEIR SALARIES FOR 16 STAFF AND THEIR OPERATIONS IS ABOUT $1,869,492. 
          IF HU POLICE DEPARTMENT, FOR EXAMPLE, WE TOOK THOSE SAME NUMBERS AND EX AND AND EXTRAPOLATED IT OUT TO MEET THE NEEDS THAT OF 10, YOU'RE LOOKING AT $948,686 FOR SALARIES KEEPING THAT SAME OPERATIONS COST IS 191,000 AND THE TOTAL IS $1,140,280 FOR 10. 
          WHAT'S THE MINIMUM YOU NEED TO RUN THE SHIFT OR RUN RUN A WEEK? LIKE A BARE MINIMUM WOULD BE EIGHT BECAUSE YOU'D HAVE FOUR SHIFTS AND THE 10 WOULD BE A SUPERVISOR AND OVERLAP IN CASE YOU HAD SOMEONE OUT. 
          AND THAT INCLUDES LIKE VACATIONS AND YES. 
          AND THAT'S WHY WE HAVE THE 10 TO, AND IF AT WORST CASE SCENARIO, YOU INSTEAD OF HAVING TWO ON AT ONE TIME, YOU COULD PIVOT TO ONE AND THERE'S SOME EFFECTIVE, UH, PROACTIVE SCHEDULING THAT YOU CAN DO FOR YOUR, YOUR PEAK TIMES. 
          YOU MAY WANT TO HAVE TWO THERE. 
          AND YOU MAY HAVE A FIVE TO 11 SHIFT OR A, A A A SHIFT WHERE YOU ONLY HAVE ONE ON FROM 10 TO SIX ON ON A WEDNESDAY NIGHT, FOR EXAMPLE. 
          THERE ARE VARIABLES THAT YOU CAN DO TO MAXIMIZE THE EFFICIENCY WHERE YOU DON'T NECESSARILY NEED THAT LARGE NUMBER. 
          AND FROM WHAT I WAS TOLD, UH, LEANDER STARTED OUT WITH EIGHT, THEN THEY TRANSITIONED TO 10 SO THAT THEY COULD HAVE THAT SPECIFIC OVERLAP. 
          AND THEY'VE GROWN SINCE THEN. 
          AND NOW THEY'RE AT, UM, 16. 
          AND WHEN IT CAME TO, WHEN IT COMES TO THE, UH, THE SQUARE FOOTAGE I WANT, I WANNA MAKE SURE THAT I EXPLAIN THAT WE DIDN'T GET TO THAT, THAT NUMBER JUST BY SAYING, WELL, YOU NEED THIS MANY, THIS AMOUNT OF STAFF. 
          WE WENT THROUGH SOME DELIBERATE STEPS AND, UH, PRACTICES ON LOOKING AT, OKAY, IF YOU'VE GOT THIS LIEUTENANT, HOW MUCH SPACE WOULD THEY NEED? OKAY, WHAT ABOUT BATHROOMS? WHAT ABOUT, UH, STORAGE? WHAT ABOUT, UH, THE COMMAND STAFF CENTER? WHAT ABOUT TRAINING? AND YOU TAKE ALL OF THE SQUARE FOOTAGE OF THAT FOR THE OFFICER'S NEED FOR SAY, FOR EXAMPLE, 20 29, 20 35, 20 40. 
          AND SO YOU SEE HOW YOU WILL GROW OVER THAT. 
          AND THAT'S, THAT WAS THE, THE PRACTICE WE WENT THROUGH AND WE BOILED IT DOWN FROM THE 49,000 TO THE 45,914. 
          SO WE HAVE, WE HAVE DATA RELATED TO THE SQUARE FOOTAGE OF EACH INDIVIDUAL THAT WILL BE OPERATING OUT OF, UM, THAT FACILITY. 
          UM, WHAT IT WOULD LOOK LIKE, UH, FOR RECORDS AND EVIDENCE, WHAT IT WOULD LOOK LIKE FOR IT. 
          WE HAVE ALL OF THOSE, UM, THOSE DATA POINTS COLLECTED AND GATHERED. 
          AND THAT WAS SOMETHING THAT, UM, OUR, UM, OUR, UM, ARCHITECTS HELPED US THROUGH WHEN WE, WE CAME UP WITH THESE NUMBERS. 
          YEAH. 
          THEY CAN SHARE SOMETHING WITH US. 
          'CAUSE LIKE IF YOU'RE BUILDING INDUSTRIAL SPACE, YOU SAY, I'M GONNA BUILD A HUNDRED THOUSAND SQUARE FOOT BUILDING AND THERE'S JUST A FORMULA THAT PEOPLE DO ON THE BACK OF THEIR BACK PIECE OF PAPER. 
          WELL, A HUNDRED THOUSAND SQUARE FOOT, YOU'RE GONNA NEED, YOU KNOW, 4,563 FOR OFFICE, YOU'RE GONNA NEED THIS FOR BATHROOMS. SO YES SIR. 
          YOU GUYS HAVE TAKEN A LOT BIGGER STEP THAN MOST PEOPLE WHEN THEY'RE DEVELOPING SHOPPING SPACE. 
          THEY KNOW A 10,000 SQUARE FOOT BUILDING, YOU'RE GONNA NEED X AMOUNT OF ACRES FOR PARKING. 
          YES, SIR. 
          AND THEY HAVEN'T DONE IT QUITE, BUT ANY, ANYTHING YOU CAN SHARE JUST SO WHEN WE GO TO THE PUBLIC AND GO, I'VE AT LEAST SEEN SOMETHING. 
          'CAUSE RIGHT NOW I WOULD TELL THEM I, I DON'T KNOW. 
          I LIKE, I DON'T, I I JUST DON'T KNOW. 
          AND I'M KIND OF THE GUY THAT'S ALWAYS ASKING FOR, YOU KNOW MM-HMM . 
          I DON'T WANNA KNOW YOUR SECURITY SYSTEM, BUT JUST SOME KIND OF DETAIL. 
          BUT YEAH. 
          YES SIR. 
          SO, UM, WE'VE HAD MULTIPLE MEETINGS WITH 'EM AND LIKE YOU'RE SAYING, EVEN WHEN YOU BROUGHT DOWN THE, BROUGHT UP THE PARKING, THAT'S SOMETHING THAT WE DID AS WELL AS WHAT ARE THE NUMBER OF SPACES, IF YOU'VE GOT COURTS HERE, HOW MUCH SPACE WOULD COURT NEED? WHAT WOULD THE LOBBY SIZE BE? HOW WOULD THOSE THINGS MATCH UP? WHAT ARE THE, THE SECURE AREAS? WHAT DO THOSE LOOK LIKE? WHAT ARE THE HALLWAYS, THE, THE DIMENSIONS 
          [01:35:01]
AND THINGS OF THOSE NATURE SO THAT WE CAN GET THE SQUARE FOOTAGE TO THE BEST APPROXIMATION FOR WHAT WE WOULD NEED. 
          UH, NOT TODAY BECAUSE IT, IT'S NOT, IT'LL BE THREE YEARS MINIMUM BEFORE YOU CAN BUILD THAT. 
          WHAT WILL WE NEED AT THAT POINT? AND AS WE GROW AS A CITY, WHAT SPACES CAN BE TO MAKE IT FUTURE PROOF, MEANING THAT, OKAY, WELL TODAY WE'RE GOING TO USE THIS FOR THIS TYPE OF, UH, SERVICE, BUT AS WE GROW, WE MAY NEED TO TRANSITION INTO THIS NEW SPACE AND WE CAN ABSORB THIS SPACE WITH OTHER SERVICES THAT WE PROVIDE. 
          SO WE'VE HAD THESE, THESE, THESE DISCUSSIONS THROUGHOUT THE PROCESS, UH, UM, COMMAND STAFF AND I, OUR OFFICERS HAVE ALL, UH, WE'VE GET, WE'VE RECEIVED FEEDBACK AND DISCUSSION FROM THEM SO THAT WE COULD TAKE IT IN OUR MEETINGS TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE BOILING THIS DOWN TO WHERE WE'RE PROVIDING ESSENTIAL NEEDS FOR ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS AND SERVICES THAT THE COMMUNITY AND THE DEPARTMENT ARE EXPECTED TO PROVIDE. 
          CHIEF, CAN YOU GO FORWARD TO SLIDE? YES, SIR. 
          AND THEN ONE MORE. 
          ARE THERE COMPARABLE BENCHMARKS TO OTHER CITIES OUR SIZE THAT WE CAN LOOK AT TO KIND OF GET A COMPARISON FOR INFORMATION LIKE THIS? ARE WE TALKING ABOUT WITH THE, UM, THE COST OR THE SQUARE FOOTAGE? THE COST. 
          OKAY. 
          WELL, I GUESS BOTH. 
          OKAY. 
          SO WITH THE SQUARE FOOTAGE, IF YOU LOOK AT, SAY FOR EXAMPLE, KYLE, UM, THEIR, UH, ABOUT 60 PLUS THOUSAND AND THEIR FACILITY IS ABOUT 64,000 SQUARE FEET. 
          IT'S A LOT LARGER THAN WHAT, UM, OUR FOOTPRINT IS. 
          UM, AND WE'RE TALKING ABOUT, UH, A RANGE OF OUT TO 2040, UM, IS 45,000 SQUARE FEET IS WHAT WE'RE LOOKING FOR. 
          THAT'S THE POLICE MAIN. 
          NOW IF YOU ADD IN THE DISPATCH, OF COURSE WE HAD 49,000. 
          YOU, IF, AND THERE'S A CAFETERIA PLAN, YOU CAN GO ALL THE WAY UP. 
          BUT, UM, WHEN YOU TALK ABOUT THE CORE, COMPARING IT TO THEM, WE'RE 64, UH, THEY'RE 64,000. 
          AND OUR POLICE MAINE IS, IS UH, AGAIN, 45,000. 
          NOW THE DOLLAR AMOUNTS ARE TOTALLY DIFFERENT. 
          WHEN YOU LOOK AT WHEN THEY BUILT, UM, YOU LOOK AT GEORGETOWN WHEN THEY BUILT THEIR, THEY PROBABLY BUILT THEIRS FOR A THIRD OF WHAT WE'RE PAYING FOR OURS. 
          AND SO BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, UH, I LOOK AT THE PRICES, I DON'T LIKE THE PRICES, I DON'T LIKE 'EM TODAY. 
          I LIKE 'EM LESS TOMORROW. 
          I LIKE 'EM EVEN LESS A YEAR FROM NOW BECAUSE THEY'RE GONNA KEEP GOING UP. 
          AND SO THE GOAL IS HOW DO WE MEET THAT NEED? AND I, I THINK IT'S A CHALLENGE TO SAY, WELL, WE'VE GOT 55, WE GOT 55 MILLION THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT HERE, BUT THEY ONLY PAID 20 MILLION FOR THEIRS AND THEIR'S THIS FOUR OR FIVE TIMES LARGER. 
          THAT'S BECAUSE THE TIMES ARE DIFFERENT AND, AND, AND THE COSTS OF GOODS AND SERVICES AND MATERIALS IS JUST THROUGH THE ROOF. 
          SO IT'S KIND OF HARD TO, TO EVEN GAUGE SOMEONE TWO YEARS AGO. 
          RIGHT. 
          UH, COMPARED TO PRICE, ARE WE LOOKING AT, ARE WE, ARE THERE PROJECTED SAVINGS THAT WOULD HELP OFFSET TAXPAYER FUNDS FOR SOMETHING LIKE THIS? ARE YOU GUYS LOOKING AT THAT WITH YOUR CONSULTANT? WE'RE EXPLORING ANY OPTIONS AND, AND EVEN PARTNERSHIPS IS SOMETHING THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT ANY OPTIONS THAT WE CAN TO, UH, MAKE SURE THAT WE ARE ABSORBING, UH, AS MUCH COST AS WE CAN, UM, FROM ALTERNATIVE, UH, REVENUE SOURCES IS SOMETHING THAT WE'RE DOING. 
          IN FACT, LIKE WITH, TO YOUR POINT WITH DISPATCHING, THERE, THERE ARE OTHER ENTITIES THAT COULD POTENTIALLY HAVE A REVENUE NEW NEUTRAL PARTNERSHIP WITH US TO PROVIDE DISPATCH SERVICES. 
          AND SAY, FOR EXAMPLE, I HAVEN'T HAD THE CONVERSATIONS, BUT YOU'VE GOT HU ISD FOR EXAMPLE, BECAUSE THEY ARE HU UM, IT MAY MAKE SENSE THE DOLLARS MAY MAKE SENSE FOR THEM TO PARTNER WITH US. 
          AND IF THEY DO THAT DEFRAY THE COST OF OUR DISPATCH. 
          AND BECAUSE IT BECOMES A REVENUE NEUTRAL SHARED PARTNERSHIP. 
          AND THE SAME WITH OTHER ENTITIES THAT MAY LOOK FOR THE ALTERNATIVE, IT'S SOMETHING THAT WE COULD CONSIDER. 
          SO IF WE WERE TO, TO A POINT THAT WAS MADE EARLIER, IF WE WERE TO WAIT AND PUT THIS ON THE BALLOT IN MAY, RIGHT, HOW DOES THIS INVESTMENT INTO A NEW FACILITY COMPARE TO CONTINUING TO DO WHAT WE ARE DOING RIGHT NOW? SO WE ARE LIMITED ON OUR SPACE. 
          WE'RE LIMITED ON WHAT WE CAN, FOR EXAMPLE, WHAT WE CAN PROVIDE AND HOW THE QUALITY OF WHAT WE, OF OUR SERVICES AND THE EFFICIENCY OF OUR FUNCTIONALITY IS WHERE OUR CHALLENGE LIES. 
          FOR EXAMPLE, OUR SPECIAL INVESTIGATIVE UNIT, WHICH IS LIKE OUR VICE, THEY'RE UM, THEY'RE AN ELITE COMPONENT OF INVESTIGATIONS. 
          THEY GO OUT AND THEY WORK THE, UH, HUMAN TRAFFICKING, THEY WORK, THE, THE NARCOTICS, THEY WORK, ALL OF THESE MAJOR ORGANIZED CRIME, UM, TASK FORCE, UH, AND, AND, UM, INCIDENTS. 
          WE HAVE STRUGGLED TO FEEL THAT POSITION DELAYED BECAUSE WE DON'T HAVE, WHEN WE FEEL IT, WE DON'T HAVE THE, WE DON'T HAVE THE SPACE FOR ANY OF THEM TO OPERATE. 
          [01:40:01]
SO ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE DID TRY TO DO, BECAUSE AGAIN, OUR GOAL IS TO TRY TO MINIMIZE THE COST AS MUCH AS WE CAN. 
          SO WE'VE ASKED OTHER PRIVATE ENTITIES, WOULD IT BE POSSIBLE FOR US TO SET UP A, A SPACE THERE? AND, UM, WE'RE WORKING TO TRY TO FIND SOLUTIONS LIKE THAT SO THAT WE CAN SAY, WELL, WE'VE GOT THIS SERVICE, BUT WE CAN GO AHEAD AND PROVIDE IT UNTIL WE CAN HAVE THE FACILITIES WHERE WE CAN FUNCTION TO, UH, THE LEVEL OF EXPECTATION. 
          UNDERSTOOD. 
          SO, I MEAN, AND YOU DON'T HAVE TO ANSWER, BUT FROM WHAT I FEEL LIKE I'M HEARING FROM YOU IS THE LACK OF RESOURCES AND WAITING, UM, WOULD, WE'RE PUTTING A RISK TO PUBLIC SAFETY. 
          WE'RE PUTTING A RISK TO SERVICE DELIVERY, UM, BY CONTINUING TO PROLONG THIS. 
          UM, AND SO I WOULD JUST, YOU KNOW, HOPE THAT THE PUBLIC HEARS, YOU KNOW, THE URGENCY THAT'S NEEDED FOR SOMETHING LIKE THIS. 
          UM, BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, HEARING THAT BUILT IN 2002 SEVEN OFFICERS, UM, THAT'S JUST NOT GONNA CUT IT. 
          AND SO I'M HOPING THAT, YOU KNOW, THAT'S, UH, THAT'S A REAL DISCUSSION THAT WE CAN HAVE WHENEVER BUDGET SEASON COMES. 
          UM, ALSO THAT 1.14 DISPATCH REALLY CONCERNS ME AS WELL. 
          UM, AND TO ANOTHER POINT THAT WAS MADE EARLIER, YOU KNOW, THE, THE ADDITION FOR DISPATCH, UM, YOU KNOW, THINGS ARE JUST GOING UP AND SO I'M HOPING THAT, YOU KNOW, THE PUBLIC SAFETY ASPECT IS, IS FOCUSED IN ON AS WELL AS, UM, THE SERVICE DELIVERY THAT WE PROVIDE TO RESIDENTS IS, IS FOCUSED IN ON AS WELL. 
          SO THANK YOU FOR YOUR PRESENTATION. 
          YES, SIR. 
          AND, AND THANK YOU. 
          AND, AND LIKE TO YOUR POINT, UM, IT'S THE FUNCTIONALITY AND THE SERVICE COMPONENT THAT, UM, WE'RE, WE'RE TRYING TO NEGOTIATE WITH FIDELITY. 
          SAY FOR EXAMPLE, LIKE WE'VE GOT A, UH, A, UH, TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT DIVISION RIGHT NOW, WE'VE ONLY GOT TWO IN THERE BECAUSE WE GOT ONE OFFICE AND THE SERGEANT AND THE OFFICER SHARE THAT SAME SPACE BECAUSE WE JUST SIMPLY DON'T HAVE THE CAPACITY TO EXPAND THE SERVICES THAT WE KNOW THAT OUR COMMUNITY NEEDS. 
          CHIEF, I JUST WANNA SAY, UH, THANK YOU. 
          UH, AS ALWAYS, WHEN YOU COME UP, I APPRECIATE YOUR PROFESSIONALISM. 
          UM, I DO APPRECIATE WHAT YOU AND YOUR STAFF DO FOR THE CITY. 
          UM, A POINT THAT YOU MADE ABOUT, UH, THIS, YOUR WHOLE PRESENTATION HERE IS, UM, MAX MAXIMIZING EFFICIENCY AND UM, I KNOW OTHER DEPARTMENTS HAVE TO DO THIS AS WELL, BUT YOU GUYS HAVE DEFINITELY MAXIMIZED YOUR EFFICIENCY WHERE YOU ARE. 
          I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT THAT WE, WE CONSIDER THIS, I WOULD PROBABLY ECHO THE SENTIMENTS OF MAYOR AND MM-HMM . 
          AND SAY MAYBE THIS NEEDS TO BE A BALLOT MEASURE. 
          I MEAN, THIS IS, THIS IS A ALMOST STICKER SHOCK. 
          YES. 
          AND I'M SURE IT IS FOR YOU AS WELL. 
          MM-HMM . 
          UH, LIKE YOU SAID, YOU DON'T LIKE THE PRICE, BUT YES, SIR. 
          UM, IT'S THE NATURE OF THE BEAST. 
          SO, UM, YOU KNOW, I YEAH, WE, WE, IT'S GONNA BE, IT'S GONNA BE A VERY DIFFICULT THING WHAT WE DO, UM, AND, AND HOW WE DO IT  AND WHETHER THE PEOPLE REALLY WANT TO, UM, PAY FOR IT. 
          SO I WOULD JUST ASK THAT YOU CONTINUE TO MAXIMIZE EFFICIENCY, WHICH I KNOW YOU'RE ALREADY DOING. 
          YES, SIR. 
          UM, AND, AND I APPRECIATE YOUR STAFF A COUPLE OR I GUESS A QUESTION, UM, THE, THE TERMINATION AGREEMENT, IS THAT IN OUR CURRENT AGREEMENT? YES, SIR. 
          SO IT'S LIKE A STANDARD YES SIR THING. 
          IT'S NOT LIKE A NEW THING THAT THEY'RE, THEY'RE DOING. 
          NO, AND IN FACT, IT WAS THE SAME AGREEMENT I HAD WHEN I WAS THE CHIEF OF A PREVIOUS AGENCY THAT YOU HAVE THAT IN THERE AND, UH, I'M ASSUMING, AND, AND THAT IT'S A, THE SAME AGREEMENT THAT THEY HAVE WITH OTHER ENTITIES AND IT, IT JUST, IT GIVES, IT, IT, IT GIVES, YOU KNOW, BOTH, BOTH, UM, ENTITIES A, UM, A A A TERMINATION AVENUE. 
          IF THEY, IF WE DECIDED WE WANTED TO GET OUT, WE CAN GIVE, I GIVE ENOUGH TO THE AND VICE VERSA, THREE YEARS. 
          EXACTLY. 
          SO IT, THE, THE AGREEMENT WENT INTO EFFECT IN 2023 AND IT'S UP FOR RENEWAL IN 2026. 
          ONE OF THE CHALLENGES, AND, AND I I, I HAVE TO GIVE YOU BOTH SIDES. 
          I TALK ABOUT THE POSITIVES, BUT I HAVE TO TALK ABOUT THE REALITIES AS WELL. 
          THE UN ONE OF THE UNCERTAINTIES IS WE DO NOT KNOW WHAT THE NEW, UH, FINANCIAL REQUEST WILL BE AFTER THE 2026, UH, UH, CONTRACT EXPIRES. 
          AND IF THERE IS AN AMOUNT THAT, UH, IS, IS SUGGESTED, WE HAVE LITTLE TO NO SAY IN, IN IT BECAUSE WE'VE HAD THOSE CONVERSATIONS BEFORE AND ATTEMPTED THAT WHEN WE MOVED TO THE, UH, INITIALLY THE 25, THE, WHEN THEY, WHEN THEY UPPED IT, IT WENT TO $25 AND 14 CENTS A CALL. 
          NOW IT'S GONE, THEN IT WENT UP TO $32 A CALL. 
          UM, AND, AND THEN IT WENT TO ABOUT 30, I THINK THIS COMING YEAR IT'S GOING TO BE ABOUT $30 A CALL. 
          UM, THEY REDUCED IT. 
          SO HERE'S WHAT HAPPENS. 
          AND A LOT OF PEOPLE DON'T UNDERSTAND, IF YOU JUST GOT AN OFFICER THAT GOES, UH, OF 7,600 COUNTY, I'M 10 41, MEANING THAT YOU'RE STARTING YOUR SHIFT, THAT'S $30. 
          AND IF YOU DON'T DO ANYTHING ELSE AND YOU SAY 7,600 COUNTY, I'M 10 42, MEANING I'VE ENDED MY SHIFT, THAT'S $30. 
          YOU'VE PAID $60 FOR JUST REACHING OUT. 
          THAT'S, THAT'S THE, THAT'S THE CHALLENGE THAT WE'RE DEALING WITH. 
          [01:45:01]
YEAH. 
          YEAH. 
          IT'S, YEAH. 
          IT'S NOT GONNA BE THE ONLY ONE. 
          UM, OUT OUTTA CURIOSITY, UM, HOW OFTEN DO OFFICERS HAVE TO QUALIFY FOR A FIREARM? SO THERE WAS A TIME WHEN WE COULD GO OUT, WE, WE COULD GO OUT WEEKLY. 
          WE'VE CHANGED THAT BECAUSE OF THE DEMAND ON THE LIMITED, UH, SPACES THAT THEY HAVE OUT THERE. 
          THE STATE REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF ONE TIME A YEAR. 
          YOU GUYS DO MORE THAN THAT? OH, WE DO. 
          WE DO MORE THAN THAT WHEN WE CAN GET SPACE. 
          OKAY. 
          MM-HMM . 
          OKAY. 
          YEAH, I WAS, UH, LIKE JIM SAID, I WAS KIND OF CRUNCHING THE NUMBERS ON THE, ON THE DISPATCH AND, UM, I KNOW THAT, UM, I'VE ACTUALLY, UH, NOT NECESSARILY BEEN ON THIS SIDE OF THE SITUATION, BUT HAVE BEEN ON THE OUTSIDE OF A POLICE DEPARTMENT MM-HMM . 
          IN THAT SORT OF SITUATION OF, UH, WHETHER OR NOT THEY WANNA TAKE ON DISPATCH. 
          UM, AND THAT COST AND, AND TO, UM, MR. HERB'S, UH, COMMENTS, IT'S NOT, IT'S NOT NECESSARILY CHEAPER. 
          MAYBE, YOU KNOW, MAYBE 15 YEARS DOWN THE ROAD MM-HMM . 
          BUT, UM, IT'S NOT CHEAPER. 
          IT'S MORE OF A, THE LEVEL OF SERVICE YOU COULD PROVIDE TO YOUR COMMUNITY, UM, IN DOING THAT. 
          SO I, I DON'T KNOW THAT THAT'S, UM, I DON'T KNOW THAT THAT'S SOMETHING THAT I WOULD, YOU KNOW, LOOK AT DOING. 
          I MEAN, IF, IF WILCO IS GONNA INCREASE 44% YEAR OVER YEAR MM-HMM . 
          THEN MAYBE I MIGHT CHANGE MY MIND PRETTY QUICK. 
          BUT, UH, RIGHT. 
          YEAH. 
          I THINK WE JUST, WE'VE GOT A, WE'VE GOT A, WE'VE GOT A, A BIG, UH, A BIG ANIMAL TO TACKLE HERE AND, AND YOU KNOW, LIKE I SAID, I MIGHT ECHO THE, THE MAYOR, YOU KNOW, MAYBE WE NEED TO GO OUT AND, AND I WOULD, I AGREE. 
          I WOULD LIKE A, A, A MORE CONCRETE DELIVERABLE OF WHAT WE'RE GONNA PAY FOR. 
          YOU KNOW, YOU TELL ME YOU NEED 45,000 SQUARE FEET. 
          I, I COULD GET, I COULD PROBABLY GET BEHIND THAT, BUT AT THE SAME TIME, I NEED TO KNOW WHAT I'M GETTING FOR THAT 45,000 SQUARE FEET. 
          RIGHT. 
          UM, YOU GUYS HAVE DONE AMAZING IN THE SQUARE FEET THAT YOU HAVE AND, UM, OBVIOUSLY WE'RE GONNA ASK YOU TO CONTINUE TO DO THAT, UH, FOR THE TIME BEING. 
          YES, SIR. 
          AND I KNOW YOU RELUCTANTLY AND WILLINGLY WILL, BUT, UM, YEAH, I WOULD LIKE TO SEE SOMETHING LIKE THAT. 
          AND, YOU KNOW, MAYBE IF WE NEED TO, YOU KNOW, TALK ABOUT PAYING FOR THE DESIGN UNTIL WE GET THAT ON A BALLOT, THEN ALL WE HAVE TO DO, YOU GUYS DEFINITELY DESERVE IT. 
          Y'ALL ARE NOT THE ONLY ONES, BUT MM-HMM . 
          UM, YEAH. 
          JUST WANNA SAY, I APPRECIATE YOU AND, AND WHAT YOU, I APPRECIATE YOU, SIR. 
          YEAH. 
          SO IT SEEMS LIKE THE 9 1 1 DISPATCH IS THE, THE TOPIC EVERYBODY'S TALKING ABOUT, AND I'M GONNA TALK ABOUT IT TOO. 
          UM, MY RECOLLECTION FROM WHEN THE BOND ELECTION HAPPENED WAS THEY CAME BACK FROM THE BOND ELECTION COUNCIL, STARTED TALKING ABOUT, OKAY, HOW DO WE GO GO ABOUT THIS DISPATCH CENTER? AND THAT WAS THE VERY FIRST TIME ANYBODY CAME TO THEM AND SAID, WELL, HERE'S WHAT THE MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION'S GONNA COST. 
          AND THAT WAS STICKER SHOCK BECAUSE 2019, THE CITY BUDGET WAS MUCH SMALLER. 
          MM-HMM . 
          THE COUNTY WAS NOT CHARGING ANYWHERE NEAR A MILLION DOLLARS A YEAR, AND THAT COST WAS JUST NOT GOING TO HAPPEN AT THAT POINT IN TIME. 
          AND SO IT JUST GOT SHELVED. 
          IT JUST WAS NOT FEASIBLE. 
          YES, SIR. 
          IT'S, IT'S CLOSE TO FEASIBLE NOW, BUT IT'S NOT, IT'S NOT A PRESSING NEED THAT I SEE RIGHT NOW. 
          IT'S SOMETHING THAT WE SHOULD DO IN THE FUTURE, BUT I, I STILL HAVE OTHER QUESTIONS ABOUT IT TOO. 
          YES, SIR. 
          I THINK WHAT WE SHOULD DO IS DEFINITELY BUILD IN THE 3,500 SQUARE FEET IN THE BUILDING AND DO, YOU KNOW, SOME SMART THINGS TO MAKE SURE IT'S EASILY ACCESSIBLE FOR PUTTING IN THE COMMUNICATION LINES AND EVERYTHING WHEN IT'S TIME TO OUTFIT IT. 
          BUT I THINK WE SHOULD SAVE THE MILLIONS OF DOLLARS ON THAT EQUIPMENT RIGHT NOW, BECAUSE WE HAVE SO MANY OTHER FACILITIES AND ADDITIONAL THINGS THAT YOU GUYS ARE GONNA BE COMPROMISING ON IN THIS FACILITY. 
          YES. 
          AND I THINK WE SHOULD FIND, YOU KNOW, PURPOSE THAT MONEY ELSEWHERE, BUT HAVE THE ABILITY TO THEN RETROFIT TO THEN TO THEN INSTALL THE DISPATCH CENTER. 
          MAYBE IT'S FIVE YEARS DOWN LINE. 
          I DON'T KNOW WHAT IT IS, BUT, UM, AND THEN AS FAR AS WHEN IT MAKES SENSE AND, AND WHAT THE BENEFIT IS, IT'S VERY IMPORTANT TO KNOW WHAT THE BENEFIT IS ON OUR, OUR POLICE CALLS. 
          YES. 
          BUT FOR THE COMMUNITY, IT'S ALSO IMPORTANT TO KNOW HOW THAT IMPACTS THEIR ESD CALLS, BECAUSE THAT ALL GOES THROUGH THE COUNTY RIGHT NOW. 
          THE ESD BOUNDARY IS NOT THE CITY BOUNDARY. 
          RIGHT. 
          SO IT GETS COMPLICATED WHEN THEY'RE POTENTIALLY GETTING CALLS FROM TWO DIFFERENT DISPATCH CENTERS MM-HMM . 
          UM, AND HOW THAT ALL WORKS. 
          AND SO I THINK WE NEED TO HAVE THAT ANALYSIS AND, AND HAVE SOME IDEA HOW THAT WORKS BEFORE WE GO DOWN THAT ROAD. 
          BUT I ALSO DON'T NECESSARILY THINK THAT'S OUR, A PROBLEM TO TACKLE TODAY. 
          MM-HMM . 
          I THINK GETTING YOU GUYS A FACILITY AND GETTING THE THINGS THAT ARE PRESSING NEEDS, WE HAVE TO DO ALL THOSE THINGS AND DOING WHAT WE CAN TO BE SMART, TO ALLOW ADDING IN THESE OTHER FEATURES IN THE FUTURE SO THAT WE'RE NOT, YOU KNOW, WE'RE NOT LOOKING FIVE YEARS DOWN THE ROAD SAYING, WOW, NOW WE'RE GONNA NEED A BIGGER FACILITY AGAIN. 
          THAT'S, THAT'S THE WRONG ANSWER. 
          BUT FIVE YEARS DOWN THE ROAD TO SAY, OKAY, YOU KNOW WHAT, IT'S TIME TO DO THAT 9 1 1 DISPATCH, AND WE'VE GOT THE SPACE FOR IT MM-HMM . 
          AND WE JUST HAVE TO FIND, YOU KNOW, WHATEVER THE COST IS AT THAT POINT IN TIME. 
          I THINK THAT MAKES SENSE. 
          SO I THINK WE JUST NEED TO DIAL IN WHERE WE'RE AT ON THESE OPTIONS, WHAT FEATURES WE WANT TO PAY FOR TODAY, WHERE WE MIGHT WANT TO JUST PLAN FOR THE GROWTH FOR TOMORROW AND NOT OUTFIT A CERTAIN THING LIKE THE DISPATCH CENTER. 
          I DON'T KNOW IF THERE'S OTHER THINGS THAT FIT THAT TOO, THAT WE MIGHT SAY, YOU KNOW WHAT, WE'RE NOT GONNA FINISH OUT EVERY FEATURE IN THIS BUILDING, WE'RE JUST GONNA SAY MM-HMM . 
          THESE ARE PLANNED FUTURE 
          [01:50:01]
UPGRADES. 
          AND THEN THAT WAY WE CAN GET TO THE NEXT FACILITY ON THE CITY LIST AND CLEAR A COUPLE OF THOSE OUT IN A FEW YEARS. 
          HOPEFULLY WE'VE GROWN, HOPEFULLY WE'VE, WE'VE GOT A FINANCIAL POSITION TO THEN COME BACK AND SAY, OKAY, WHAT DID WE NOT PUT IN THE THIS, THIS JUSTICE CENTER YES. 
          THAT WE NEED TO GO INSTALL NOW. 
          SO THAT, THAT'S KINDA THE WAY I, I THINK IT MAKES MORE SENSE. 
          AND, AND, AND, AND WE SUPPORT AND, AND APPRECIATE YOU FOR THAT. 
          AND THAT'S ONE OF THE REASONS WHY I'M SO GLAD I'M A CHIEF POLICE, NOT A COUNCIL MEMBER, YOU KNOW, . 
          BECAUSE YOU'VE GOTTA, YOU'VE GOTTA MAKE SOME DIFFICULT CONVERSATIONS AND YOU GOTTA MAKE IT WORK FOR ALL INVOLVED. 
          AND THAT'S ONE OF THE REASONS WHY AS WE DESIGNED THIS, OUR GOAL WAS FUTURE PROOFING, FUTURE PROOFING IT SO THAT YOU CAN GROW INTO SPACES. 
          UM, IF THAT WAS AN OPTION THAT THE COUNCIL DESIRED, OUR GOAL WAS NOT TO BRING SOMETHING AND SAYING, THIS IS THE ONLY WAY WE WANT IT AND WE GOTTA HAVE IT. 
          THAT'S SO PASSE. 
          AND I THINK THAT WE HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY, THE COLLABORATIVE OPPORTUNITY TO LOOK AT WHAT WORKS WITHIN THE CONFINES OF, OF OUR CAPABILITIES AND TRY TO MEET THAT. 
          AND SO I APPRECIATE Y'ALL FOR THAT. 
          YES, SIR. 
          SO CHIEF HAD A COUPLE QUESTIONS. 
          SO REMIND US AGAIN WHAT THE ASSET GARAGE ENTAILS. 
          WHAT DOES THAT ALL INCLUDE? YES, SIR. 
          SO YOU, IN THAT YOU'LL HAVE YOUR TACTICAL, UH, UH, GEAR, THE STORAGE FOR YOUR TACTICAL GEAR, BUT YOU ALSO HAVE YOUR, YOUR VEHICLE BASE. 
          LIKE IF WE HAVE A VEHICLE WHERE GOD FORBID SOMEONE, UH, THERE'S A TRAGEDY THAT OCCURRED IN IT, YOU HAVE TO SAVE THAT AS EVIDENCE. 
          NOT ONLY YOU HAVE TO PROCESS IT, YOU HAVE TO SAVE IT FOR EVIDENCE AND STORE IT. 
          WE DON'T HAVE THE CAPACITY FOR THAT. 
          UH, THIS WOULD PROVIDE, NOT ONLY THAT, BUT IT PROVIDES US AN OPPORTUNITY TO DO MAINTENANCE. 
          SAY FOR EXAMPLE, UM, OUR IT GUY, HE, WE SAVED A LOT OF MONEY BY GETTING HIM TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT THAT WE WOULD USED TO PAY FOR, UM, A, UM, A SECONDARY VENDOR TO INSTALL OUR EQUIPMENT. 
          WE GET NEW VEHICLES. 
          HE'S DOING THAT, BUT HE'S DOING IT OUTSIDE . 
          UH, AND, AND HE'S DOING IT WHEN, WHEN IT'S COLD, WHEN IT'S RAINY, WHATEVER. 
          BUT HE'S MEETING THAT NEED BECAUSE THERE'S A COST SAVINGS COMPONENT IN THAT THIS WILL GIVE THEM THE, THE SECURED STORE, UH, UH, SOME CLIMATE CONTROLLED SPACE WHERE THEY COULD WORK THAT ALSO, IF WE GREW TO WHERE WE NEEDED A MOBILE COMMAND CENTER, UH, UH, UH, A BUILDING OR, OR VEHICLE, WE COULD HAVE THE SPACE FOR THAT. 
          BUT YOU STORE YOUR TACTICAL GEAR AND, AND OTHER LARGE ITEMS, CODE ENFORCEMENT TOOL. 
          THERE ARE A VARIETY OF THINGS THAT CAN GO INTO THE, A ASSET GARAGE, AND THAT COULD BE SCALABLE AS WELL. 
          OKAY. 
          THAT'S HELPFUL. 
          THEN GO, GO BACK TO THE OTHER PAGE WHERE YOU WERE FORWARD OR YEAH, KEEP FORWARD ONE MORE. 
          ONE OR TWO MORE. 
          YEAH, RIGHT THERE. 
          OKAY. 
          SO YEAH, FOR ME, I MEAN, I THINK WE NEED TO, I DON'T LOOK AT THE 18,000 SQUARE FEET. 
          I LOOK AT THE 26,000 SQUARE FEET. 
          'CAUSE THAT'S REALLY WHAT YOU SHOULD BE, UM, Y YOUR, YOUR PERSONNEL ARE CRAMMED IN THERE. 
          I DON'T KNOW WHO ELSE HAS TAKEN A TOUR OF THE EXISTING FACILITY. 
          IF YOU HAVEN'T, I ENCOURAGE YOU AS A COUNCIL MEMBER TO GO DO THAT BECAUSE, UM, IT'S, YOU'RE CRAMMED IN THERE. 
          UM, I JUST FEEL SO BAD FOR THOSE LADIES THAT ARE OUT THERE IN THAT, UH, LOOKS LIKE AN ENHANCED INTERROGATION BAY OUT OF GUANTANAMO BAY OR SOMETHING OUT THERE. 
          I MEAN, I KNOW THAT IT'S AIR CONDITIONED, BUT, UM, YOU ARE UTILIZING WELL OVER WHAT YOU REALLY SHOULD BE EXPECTED TO DO AS OFFICERS. 
          AND SO I APPRECIATE YOU FOR THAT. 
          I APPRECIATE YOUR, YOUR OFFICERS AND YOUR PERSONNEL WILLINGNESS TO KIND OF SUFFER THROUGH WHAT THEY'RE SUFFERING THROUGH AND TO, TO COME IN AFTER A RAINY DAY AND TO, YOU KNOW, HAVE TO CLEAN UP THEIR, THEIR, THEIR DESK SPACE BECAUSE IT'S DRENCHED IN, IN RAINWATER. 
          UM, SO FOR ME, I LIKE THE IDEA OF TAKING A LITTLE BIT MORE TIME, BUT THEN HAVING IT SO DETAILED TO WHERE WHEN WE GO TO THE CITIZENS, WE CAN SAY EXACTLY, THEY, THEY HAVE A VERY, VERY CLEAR PICTURE OF WHAT THEY'RE VOTING ON. 
          I REALLY LIKE THAT IDEA. 
          SO I DON'T HAVE A PROBLEM WAITING UNTIL MAY. 
          UM, I THINK IT'S WORTH THE EXTRA SIX MONTHS. 
          UM, I MEAN, WOULD YOU AGREE WITH THAT? IF, IF WE TOOK THAT, AND I LIKED WHAT THE MAYOR SAID TOO, IS MAYBE WE CAN USE SOME OTHER FUNDS TO, TO NOT DERAIL WHERE WE'RE GOING AND TO PAY FOR SOME OF THOSE STUDIES THAT WE NEED AND TO GET SOME MORE DETAILED DRAWINGS AND SOME MORE DETAILED PITCHERS. 
          IF WE CAN KIND OF KEEP THE BALL ROLLING AND NOT STOP, AND NOT LOSE SIX MONTHS, I THINK THAT WOULD BE HELPFUL. 
          AND THEN WE GO TO THE CITIZENS IN MAY AND WE, UM, WE SHOW 'EM HERE. 
          HERE'S EXACTLY WHAT WE'RE ASKING FOR. 
          OKAY. 
          I'M SORRY I MISSED YOUR LAST PART. 
          NO, YOU'RE GOOD. 
          . 
          SO, SO, YOU KNOW, I'M, I'M TOTALLY IN FAVOR OF WAITING FOR MAY AS LONG AS WE CAN KEEP THE BALL ROLLING, I GUESS IS WHAT I WAS, WHAT I WAS SAYING. 
          AND I REALLY LIKE THE IDEA OF STILL BUILDING THE, THE 3,500 SQUARE FEET DISPATCH, BUT THEN JUST NOT, YOU KNOW, NOT POPULATING IT AND WAITING FOR THAT. 
          UM, ANY PLAN THAT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE COURT OVER THERE. 
          I WILL NOT SUPPORT, UH, THE COURT NEEDS TO GET OUTTA CITY HALL. 
          UM, THEY DON'T BELONG HERE. 
          NOT BE THAT WE DON'T WANT THEM HERE, BUT THIS IS, I MEAN, YOU SAID THAT AND THAT STUDY THAT WAS DONE, THEY SAID THEY SHOULD NOT BE HERE. 
          THEY SHOULD BE IN THEIR OWN FACILITY. 
          YES, SIR. 
          SAFETY AND OTHERWISE, UM, WE NEED TO, WE NEED TO GET THEM THE, 
          [01:55:01]
THE RIGHT SPACE. 
          SO YES, SIR. 
          OKAY. 
          THANK YOU. 
          YES, SIR. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          THANK YOU, SIR. 
          THANK YOU, SIR. 
          THANK YOU. 
          THERE'S NO OBJECTIONS. 
          I'D 
          [9.3. Consideration and possible action on approving an Eagle Scout project at Fritz Park along Cottonwood Creek Trail. (Jeff White)]
LIKE TO MOVE NINE THREE UP NEXT. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          HEARING NONE CONSIDERATION POSSIBLE ACTION ON I APPROVING AN EAGLE SCOUT PROJECT AT FRITZ PARK ALONG COTTONWOOD TRAIL. 
          COTTONWOOD CREEK TRAIL. 
          JEFF, YOU COMING? ALRIGHT. 
          RIGHT. 
          GOOD EVENING COUNSEL. 
          JEFF WHITE, DIRECTOR OF PARKS AND RECREATION. 
          IT'S MY PLEASURE TO INTRODUCE DAVID GODO. 
          YES. 
          YES. 
          UH, HERE WITH EAGLE SCOUT PROJECT FOR CONSIDERATION FOR FRITZ PARK. 
          THIS ONE YOU JUST RE EARNED YOUR CITIZENSHIP IN THE COMMUNITY RIGHT THERE FOR GOING THROUGH THAT ONE. 
          . 
          . 
          ALL RIGHT. 
          SO, HELLO. 
          MY NAME IS DAVID GODO. 
          I'M PART OF TROOP 5 6 5. 
          UM, AND CURRENTLY I AM A LIFE SCOUT, UM, IN TROOP 5 6 5. 
          AND PART OF THE LAST REQUIREMENT, THE LAST RANK REALLY, OF SCOUTS IS EAGLE SCOUT. 
          UM, AND TO GET THAT, I HAVE TO, UH, DESIGN, FUNDRAISE, UH, PLAN AND, UH, BUILD A PROJECT FOR A, UH, FOR THE COMMUNITY. 
          AND I CHOSE FOR MY PROJECT TO DO. 
          I WAS GOING TO BUILD A, UH, BOOK WALK, UM, THROUGH THE CO UH, THROUGH FRITZ PARK. 
          UM, WHAT A BOOK WALK IS IS WHERE WE HAVE ONE PODIUM OF BOOK THE PAGE OPEN OF A CHILD'S BOOK OF A AND ABOUT 30 FEET AWAY, THERE IS ANOTHER, UH, PODIUM WITH A DIFFERENT PAGE OF THAT BOOK. 
          AND SO YOU'RE WALKING THROUGH THE STORY AND YOU GET TO GO OUTSIDE ON THE TRAILS AND IT'S VERY NICE. 
          UM, I HAVE FOUND THAT, UH, WITH DYSLEXIA, UM, WITH MY DYSLEXIA AND THAT I LEARN HANDS ON, UM, I FOUND THAT IT IS MORE, UH, HELPFUL FOR ME TO GO THROUGH THESE TYPES OF THINGS. 
          USUALLY THEY'RE VERY TEMPORARY DEALS. 
          I WANT THIS TO BE A LITTLE BIT MORE PERMANENT. 
          UM, A LOT OF EAGLE SCOUTS I KNOW THAT ARE IN MY TROOP PERSONALLY, THEY DO A LOT OF BENCHES AND STUFF LIKE THAT, AND THEY BUILD FOR THAT. 
          I WANT IT TO BE A LITTLE DIFFERENT. 
          SO THIS WAS MY KIND OF TAKE ON THAT. 
          UM, AS I SAID, IT WOULD BE ABOUT, UM, AS I SAID, THE PODIUMS WOULD BE ABOUT, WILL BE 30 FEET APART. 
          THERE'LL BE ABOUT 18 OF THEM. 
          UM, ONE KIND OF EXPLAINING WHAT'S GOING ON. 
          AND THEN 17 MORE FOR THE AVERAGE LENGTH OF THE BOOK FOR A DOUBLE-SIDED PAGE OF CHILDREN'S BOOK. 
          UM, MY GOAL IS TO RAISE ENOUGH, UH, FOR SIX BOOKS TO START OFF WITH. 
          AND THEN THE LIBRARY HAS, UH, GRACIOUSLY OFFERED THAT THEY'LL TAKE OVER THE PROJECT AFTERWARDS AND THEY CAN SWAP OUT BOOKS AND PUT IN BOOKS, UM, THAT THEY WANT AFTERWARDS. 
          UM, SO THIS WAS KIND OF A 3D DESIGN THAT, UH, VERY, UH, PUT TOGETHER, OR NOT VERY PUT TOGETHER RIGHT NOW, BUT IT WAS VERY LIKE MOCK DESIGN. 
          AS YOU CAN SEE, IT'S SIX FOOT POST. 
          WE PUT THREE FEET INTO THE GROUND, SO THAT WAY IT'S STADY, IT'S 30, IT'S NOT GONNA FALL OVER AND MOVE AROUND. 
          UM, AND THEN THE PODIUM RIGHT ON TOP, SO THAT WAY YOU CAN SEE, UM, THIS IS THE MORE, UH, THIS IS THE ACTUAL FRAME OF THE FRONT. 
          UM, IT RE IT IS FOR THE ACCESSIBILITY. 
          IT HAS TO BE VIEWABLE FROM 40 INCHES. 
          WE TESTED. 
          IT IS GOOD ON THAT. 
          UM, IT IS NOT, IT MUST NOT PROTRUDE MORE THAN FOUR INCHES FROM, UH, THE POST WHICH WE TESTED. 
          THAT'S ALSO GOOD. 
          THE CEDAR POST MUST BE PRESSURE TINTED, WHICH THE, UH, THE POSTS THAT WE PLAN ON GETTING ARE THE ONES THAT ARE GOING TO BE PRESSURE TINTED. 
          AND THERE MUST BE A A THREE INCH GAP IN BETWEEN THE TWO POSTS SO THAT WAY THEY CAN MOW. 
          UM, THAT'S GOOD TOO. 
          UH, THIS IS MORE OF A PUT TOGETHER, UH, PROTOTYPE THAT I HAVE RIGHT HERE IN FRONT. 
          AS YOU CAN SEE, IT KIND OF OPENS UP SO THAT WAY YOU CAN REPLACE THE BOOKS OUT. 
          UH, THERE WILL BE A LATCH. 
          THIS IS KIND OF JUST A PROTOTYPE. 
          IT'S NOT REALLY PUT TOGETHER, IT'S NOT REALLY A FINISHED PRODUCT. 
          WE STILL NEED TO, WE WOULD STAIN IT AND THERE WOULD BE A LATCH HERE. 
          SO THAT WAY, UH, YOU CAN'T JUST OPEN IT OUT IN THE OPEN. 
          UM, OF COURSE IT'S GONNA BE IN THE GROUND, NOT ON JUST POST. 
          UM, THE LOCATION, OF COURSE, IS GONNA BE FRITZ PARK, UM, STARTING FROM THE BA UH, FROM THE BRIDGE, FROM THE BASEBALL FIELDS AND ENDING OVER AT, UH, UNDER THE BRIDGE OF 79. 
          THERE'S ABOUT 17. 
          THERE IS 17 OR 18 POSTS THAT'LL BE THERE. 
          UM, THIS IS THE COST, UM, OF EVERYTHING TO, UM, FOR THE EAGLE PROJECT. 
          I DO HAVE TO DO MY OWN FUNDRAISING, UH, FOR THIS. 
          [02:00:01]
SO THERE'S NO, UH, EXTRA PRICING. 
          ANYTHING THAT Y'ALL WOULD HAVE TO ADD TO IT. 
          UM, FOR THE FUNDRAISING, MY PLAN IS TO PUT, UH, THERE'S THREE POSSIBLE WAYS THAT I WOULD LIKE FOR PEOPLE TO, UH, FUNDRAISE. 
          IT IS, UH, DIRECT MONETARY DONATIONS FOR THE PROJECT AS A WHOLE. 
          THAT'S JUST IF, UH, THE, THAT'S JUST, UH, MONEY GIVEN, UM, SUPPLIES, DONATIONS, THAT COULD BE LIKE FOOD, UH, MATERIALS NEEDED, UH, TOOLS, IF ANYBODY WOULD DO THAT. 
          OR YOU COULD SPONSOR A PEDESTAL. 
          A PEDESTAL RUNS ABOUT $200. 
          UM, AND FOR THAT, WE WOULD POST A LITTLE, UH, PLACARD RIGHT IN FRONT, KIND OF LIKE RIGHT HERE-ISH. 
          IT WOULD BE VERY, UH, ADVERTISEMENT FOR THOSE THAT WANT TO SPONSOR A PEDESTAL. 
          UM, THANK YOU. 
          THAT IS ALL. 
          UH, ANY QUESTIONS? GREAT JOB, MAN. 
          EXCELLENT. 
          PRESENT. 
          WELL DONE. 
          GO, UM, FOR ANY ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS. 
          MY EMAIL IS ON THE BOARD. 
          MY OTHER QUESTION IS FOR JEFF. 
          YOU HAVE ANY, ANY RESERVATIONS, ANY OBJECTIONS SINCE YOU'RE GONNA HAVE TO MAINTAIN, UH, MAINTAIN AROUND THESE? OR ARE YOU GONNA NO, WE'VE, WE'VE PUT DAVID THROUGH THE RINGER ON, UH, THIS, SOME OF THIS, UH, MATERIALS THAT WE'VE GONE BACK AND FORTH ON. 
          WE FEEL LIKE MATERIALS HE'S PRESENTED IS, IS GONNA LAST FOR A WHILE. 
          THERE WILL BE SOME ONGOING MAINTENANCE OF ADDING SOME, YOU KNOW, WATERPROOF SEALER EVERY COUPLE YEARS. 
          IF WE DO NEED TO REPLACE ONE DUE TO DAMAGE, IT'S ABOUT $150, $200, DEPENDING ON, ON WHAT GETS DAMAGED. 
          SO IT'S SOMETHING THAT WE FEEL LIKE WE CAN INCORPORATE IN OUR BUDGET. 
          UM, HOPEFULLY NOBODY EVER MESSES WITH 'EM AND THEY'RE WIDELY USED, BUT THE PARKS BOARD DID APPROVE THIS, UM, ON JUNE 25TH. 
          SO THEY'RE SUPPORTIVE OF IT AS WELL. 
          AWESOME. 
          GREAT. 
          YEAH, MY ONLY QUESTION WAS GONNA BE ABOUT, YOU KNOW, INCORPORATING THE LIBRARY AND YOU ALREADY ADDRESSED THAT, SO THAT'S GREAT. 
          , I THINK THEY'VE, THEY'VE GOT AN OPPORTUNITY TO HAVE SOME FUN WITH IT, YOU KNOW? MM-HMM . 
          WHATEVER, WHATEVER THEY DO WITH IT, I'M SURE THEY CAN, THEY CAN, UH, MAKE IT A, A REALLY COOL THING FOR, FOR SOME OF THE KIDS TO BE EXCITED ABOUT, YOU KNOW, CHECKING OUT A NEW BOOK THAT'S OUT IN THE PARK THIS MONTH OR WHATEVER. 
          IT'S, YEAH. 
          LIKE IT. 
          DAVID, I APPRECIATE YOU DOING SOMETHING LIKE THIS. 
          UM, I KNOW IT'S GONNA BE A BIG BENEFIT FOR CHILDREN AS WELL AS, UM, ADULTS. 
          UM, SPECIFICALLY FOR ME, MY DAUGHTER HAS DYSLEXIA, AND SO DOING SOMETHING LIKE THIS IS GONNA BE REALLY BENEFICIAL AND I KNOW SHE'LL BE REALLY EXCITED ABOUT IT. 
          UM, I WANT TO CONGRATULATE YOU ON GETTING TO A LIFE SCOUT. 
          THAT'S SOMETHING THAT IS EXTREMELY DIFFICULT. 
          UM, I AM AN EAGLE SCOUT. 
          I KNOW THAT PARENTS PLAY A HUGE PART IN GETTING TO THIS OPPORTUNITY. 
          AND SO, UH, THANK YOU TO THE, YOUR PARENTS FOR CONTINUING TO SUPPORT YOU AND YOUR TROOP AS WELL. 
          UM, I'M REALLY EXCITED ABOUT THIS PROJECT. 
          I AM SO GRATEFUL THAT YOU'RE DOING SOMETHING THAT HELPS TO, UM, HIGHLIGHT QUALITY OF LIFE HERE IN THE CITY OF HUDU. 
          I THINK THAT'S SOMETHING THAT IS OFTEN OVERLOOKED. 
          AND SO TO DO SOMETHING SO SIMPLE BUT SO MEANINGFUL, I THINK IT'LL BE POWERFUL FOR YEARS TO COME. 
          SO THANK YOU SO MUCH. 
          CONGRATULATIONS. 
          AND I LOOK FORWARD TO SEEING THIS, UH, UPON COMPLETION. 
          AND YOU CAN MARK ME DOWN FOR, UH, SPONSORING ONE OF 'EM. 
          THANK YOU. 
          AND HE SAID ON THE RECORD, SO, BY THE WAY, DAY , IF YOU COULD EMAIL US, UH, PROGRESS. 
          UH, SOME OF US MAY WANT TO COME DOWN. 
          I KNOW WHILE CUSTOMER THOMPSON AND I, EAGLE SCOUTS, UH, COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON HAS BEEN ON, I WORKED ON SEVERAL EAGLE PROJECTS AS HIS TIME OVER HIS TIME IN SCOUTS. 
          AND SO I THINK THERE'S A LOT OF INTEREST IN, YOU KNOW, MAYBE COMING BY SAYING, HEY, UH, MAYBE, YOU KNOW, HELPING OUT, I WON'T BE DIGGING POST HOLES OR ANYTHING, BUT I'M HAPPY TO PLACE A POST IN THERE. 
          SO I THINK THIS IS GREAT. 
          UH, LIKE MAYOR SAID, I'VE, I'VE GOT THREE BOYS THAT ARE EAGLE SCOUTS. 
          I MADE IT TO FIRST CLASS, KIND OF GAVE UP  AND, UH, BUT I ENCOURAGE MY BOYS TO DO IT. 
          AND THEY, THEY REALLY IN, THEY GOT A LOT OF ENJOYMENT OUTTA IT, AND THEY DID PROJECTS AROUND HU AND SO IT'S GREAT TO SEE ANOTHER HUTTO PROJECT THAT'S BEING DONE. 
          MY ONLY QUESTION THAT I HAD IS, UM, WILL THERE BE, IN THE FINAL DESIGN, WILL THERE BE SOME KIND OF WEATHERPROOFING WATERPROOFING SO THAT IT'LL PROTECT THE BOOKS THAT ARE IN THERE? YES. 
          SO, SO FAR WE HAVE, FOR WEATHERPROOFING OR WEATHERPROOFING, WE HAVE, UH, THIS KIND OF OUTDOOR, IT'LL BE, OF COURSE THE SHEETS WILL BE LAMINATED, SO IT'S NOT GONNA BE PAPER. 
          THIS IS JUST AN EXAMPLE. 
          UM, BUT WE HAVE THIS WEATHERPROOFING STRIPPED THAT WAY THE WATER DOESN'T SEEP THROUGH THE, UH, CRACKS IN THE SIDE. 
          UM, BUT WE'RE, AND OF COURSE, THE LAMINATED SHEETS, BUT I'M HOPING THAT THAT WILL BE ENOUGH, LIKE WEATHERPROOF PROTECTION FOR PERFECT. 
          THAT'S GREAT. 
          AND GOOD JOB. 
          EVEN CHIEF YARBOROUGH, I DIDN'T GET APPLAUSE. 
          SO , I'LL MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE, UH, NINE THREE AS PRESENTED. 
          SECOND. 
          THAT MOTION BY COUNCILOR THOMPSON. 
          SECOND BY, UH, MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON. 
          ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE 
          [02:05:01]
VOTE COUNCIL MEMBER KING AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON AYE. 
          MAYOR SNYDER. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS AYE. 
          MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. 
          AYE. 
          MOTION PASSES SEVEN ZERO. 
          AND DAVID, WHEN YOU GO TO YOUR, UH, UH, YOUR BOARD REVIEW, IT'LL BE SO MUCH EASIER NOW THAT YOU'VE BEEN THROUGH THIS. 
          THAT PLEASE DO THERE . 
          THANKS. 
          THIS IS A TEST. 
          ALL RIGHT. 
          THERE'S 
          [12.4. Discussion and possible action on the disbursement of Outside Agency Funds for Fiscal Year 2026. (Kristi Barnes)]
NO OBJECTIONS. 
          UH, ONE OTHER THING I WANNA MOVE UP AND IT'S ITEM 12 FOUR OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING. 
          ALRIGHT, HEARING NONE WILL MOVE ON. 
          ITEM 12 FOUR, DISCUSSION, POSSIBLE ACTION ON THE DISBURSEMENT OF OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDS FOR FISCAL YEAR 2026. 
          GOOD EVENING, MAYOR AND COUNCIL. 
          CHRISTIE BARNES, COMMUNITY AND CULTURE OFFICER FOR THE CITY OF HURO. 
          UM, THIS ITEM, AS WE GET IT PULLED UP, WE HAD 14 APPLICATIONS SUBMITTED THIS YEAR. 
          UM, THE CITY COUNCIL COMMITTEE WAS MADE UP OF PLACES TWO, FOUR, AND SIX. 
          UM, THE TOTAL AMOUNT REQUESTED FROM THE 14 APPLICATIONS WAS $326,000, $326,482. 
          UM, THE ESTIMATED 1% FROM THE GENERAL FUND EXPECTED FOR NEXT YEAR IS ON THE SCREEN, $193,572 AND 64 CENTS. 
          UM, I'M HERE TO HELP, UH, WITH ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT APPLICATIONS AND PROCESS, UM, BUT I'LL LEAVE IT UP TO THE COMMITTEE TO, UM, DISCUSS YOUR RECOMMENDATIONS. 
          THANKS. 
          CHRISTY IS THE 1 93 WITH A NO NEW REVENUE BUDGET. 
          'CAUSE I KNOW LAST YEAR WE SWITCHED THAT. 
          YES. 
          OKAY. 
          MM-HMM . 
          WHICH ONE OF THE GUYS THAT WAS ON THE, YOU HAVEN'T TALKED TONIGHT,  CUSTOMER, MARY KING. 
          WANNA WALK ME THROUGH THE, UH, DECISION MAKING ON WHAT YOU GUYS WERE RECOMMENDING? WELL, UM, WE EACH CAME WITH, UH, OUR OWN IDEAS AND PERSPECTIVES ABOUT HOW WE WANTED TO A, APPROACH THE FUNDING. 
          UM, AND IN DIALOGUE, UH, BETWEEN THE THREE OF US, WE PRETTY MUCH CAME ON, UH, AGREEMENTS TO ADDRESS, UM, WHAT WE FELT WERE CRITICAL NEEDS THAT WOULD SUPPORT EACH APPLICANT'S REQUESTS. 
          UM, AND BEING ABLE TO OPERATE WITHIN THAT, UH, EXPECTED $193,572 BUDGET. 
          IF, UM, THE MAYOR PRO TEM OR COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON WOULD LIKE TO ADD TO THAT, THAT'S A SLICK WAY OF PASSING THAT OFF. 
          . 
          IT WAS, IT WAS . 
          YOU GUYS WANNA ADD ANYTHING? I MEAN, EVERYBODY WHO APPLIED HAD SOME VALIDITY TO THEIR REQUESTS. 
          UM, THE DECISIONS WEREN'T NECESSARILY ALL EASY. 
          AND SO WE CAN HAVE DISCUSSION ON EACH ONE OF WHY WE WENT THE WAY WE DID. 
          UM, I THINK WE CAME TO GENERAL AGREEMENT AS WE DISCUSSED IT. 
          WE CAME IN DISAGREEING ON, YOU KNOW, SOME OF THE ONES THAT GOT ZERO WE DISAGREED ON, AND SOME OF THE OTHER ONES. 
          THERE'S REASONS WHY WE DIDN'T GIVE THEM THE FULL MONEY THAT, THAT I THINK WE'LL HAVE TO DISCUSS AS WE GO THROUGH. 
          RIGHT. 
          UH, MY ONLY QUESTION IS LOOKING AT THIS IS IF, IF WE, UH, IF WE GIVE, IF WE GIVE $1,800 TO THE AMERICAN LEGION, THEN I'M HIGHLY EXPECTING A CONVERSATION VERY QUICKLY ON. 
          YES. 
          UM, ANOTHER MATTER THAT WAS, THAT WAS OUR DISCUSSION WAS THE REQUEST WAS MAINLY FOR RENT AND THEN $1,800. 
          MM-HMM. 
          AND WE SAY, WELL, OKAY, WE'LL GIVE YOU THE $1,800 THE RENT, WE'LL HAVE TO ADDRESS A DIFFERENT WAY. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          AND THAT, THAT WAS, THAT WAS, THAT WAS THE ONLY WAY THAT THAT HAPPENED. 
          WE WOULD NOT, I WOULD NOT HAVE ZEROED THAT OUT. 
          IT WAS, WE HAVE A RESPONSIBILITY TO ADDRESS THAT SEPARATELY. 
          AND THESE NUMBERS ARE NOT SET UNTIL OCTOBER 1ST. 
          SO BARRING, IF WE DON'T HAVE SOMETHING FIGURED OUT WITH THEM BY THEN, UM, WE WILL, WE CAN, I'M ON THE RECORD THAT, YOU KNOW, I'LL BE PUSHING FOR A CHANGE. 
          THE ONLY OTHER QUESTION I HAD, AND WE DON'T HAVE TO DO IT TONIGHT, UM, I KNOW WHAT HABITAT FOR HUMANITY IS. 
          YES. 
          I JUST WOULD LIKE TO KNOW MORE BY THE TIME WE COME TO, WHEN THE TIME COMES TO ACTUALLY APPROVE THIS, I'D LIKE TO KNOW MORE OF WHAT THEY'RE ACTUALLY DOING IN HUDU. 
          SO, SO THE PLAN IS THEY WANT TO HAVE A HOME REPAIR PROGRAM IN HUDU WHERE THEY WILL REPAIR, WHERE THEY WERE HELP LOW INCOME SENIORS, VETERANS RE MAKE REPAIRS IN THEIR HOME. 
          THEY HAVE CONTRACTORS THAT THEY WORK WITH WHO DONATE TIME. 
          THEY HAVE A DEAL WITH HOME DEPOT TO GET, I THINK IT'S HOME DEPOT TO GET SUPPLIES. 
          AND SO THEY WOULD SPEND THIS MONEY IN HU TO FIX, YOU KNOW, IT 
          [02:10:01]
WOULD BE, IT WOULD DEPEND ON HOW MUCH THE EXPENSES WERE. 
          IT COULD BE A $10,000 FIX FEE, 5,000, BUT THEY WOULD FIX UP TO THE AMOUNT OF MONEY WE GIVE THEM, THEY WOULD FIX. 
          RIGHT. 
          SO IT'S PEOPLE'S HOMES. 
          IT'S A NEW THING. 
          IT'S A NEW THING. 
          YES. 
          OKAY. 
          SO FOR THEN, FOR ME, FROM THAT ONE, IT'S A THING THAT THEY'VE DONE ELSEWHERE, BUT IT'S, IT'S SOMETHING THEY WOULD BE DOING IN HUDA. 
          YEAH. 
          ON THAT ONE. 
          I'M A LITTLE HESITANT TO, TO PROVIDE FUNDING FOR THAT ONLY BECAUSE I KNOW THAT THE LIONS CLUB DOES A LOT OF THAT WORK. 
          THE AMERICAN LEGION DOES A LOT OF THAT WORK. 
          I DON'T KNOW OFF THE TOP OF MY HEAD, ANYBODY ELSE. 
          UM, BUT BECAUSE OF THAT MONEY, I DON'T, I'M JUST THROWN OUT THERE NOW. 
          UM, I'M A LITTLE ON THE FENCE BECAUSE THEY'RE NOT CURRENTLY IN HU AND, UM, I ALSO DON'T THINK WE HAVE TO USE THE WHOLE ALLOTMENT OF MONEY. 
          THERE'S NOTHING THAT SAYS WE CAN'T BUDGET THE MONEY AND THEN IN NOVEMBER WE DECIDE TO DO SOMETHING ELSE WITH IT. 
          UM, BUT I JUST LET IT OUT THERE. 
          WE MIGHT WANNA CHECK WITH A COUPLE OF THESE OTHER ORGANIZATIONS AND FIND OUT HOW MUCH THEY'RE DOING BECAUSE, UM, THERE'S A LOT OF NEED. 
          I GET IT. 
          AND, UM, BUT THAT'S JUST MY QUICK, AND ONE OF THE REASONS WHY, I MEAN, I RECOMMENDED TO CUT IT BACK. 
          UM, THEY ASK FOR 50,000. 
          UM, MY RECOMMENDATION WAS CUT IT BACK TO 35,000. 
          I THINK WE ENDED UP AT 37 5. 
          UM, I'M LOOKING AT THE, THE, OUR WORK SPREADSHEET. 
          AND SO, YEAH, I MEAN THE, THE IDEA WAS TO FUND AS MUCH AS WE COULD BECAUSE THEY WERE NEW. 
          AND SO THAT'S ONE OF THE REASONS WHY WE DECIDED NOT TO GIVE 'EM THE FULL AMOUNT. 
          UM, BUT THEN THE OTHER BIG THING FOR ME WAS THAT THIS MONEY STAYED IN HU THAT THIS WAS FOR NEW PROJECTS THAT WOULD BE ADDED IN HURO RATHER THAN GOING TO, YOU KNOW, PROJECTS THAT'D BE IN, YOU KNOW, ANOTHER CITY. 
          IS THERE A WAY FOR THEM TO, HOW DO WE, HOW DO WE VERIFY THAT? BECAUSE, AND HERE'S WHY, HERE'S WHY I GO WITH THIS. 
          YEARS AGO I WAS, I WAS ON A, THE FINANCE, UH, FUNDRAISING GUY FOR A, A, A COUNCIL DISTRICT FOR THE BOY SCOUTS. 
          AND, AND I WAS LIKE, OH, I'M GONNA DO A GREAT JOB, RAISE ALL THIS MONEY. 
          AND, UM, AT THE TIME I WAS GIVEN TO UNITED WAY, UH, FOUR OR 5% OF MY INCOME I THINK WAS TO UNITED WAY. 
          AND I THOUGHT, OH, I'LL GET THE, MY COMP, MY COMPANY WOULD MATCH IT. 
          AND I SAID, THIS IS GREAT. 
          MY COMPANY WILL MATCH IT, AND BY MATCHING IT, THEY'LL GET TWICE AS MUCH. 
          WHAT I FOUND OUT ONCE I BECAME A FINANCE CHAIR AND GOT THROUGH THAT IS THEY WERE ONLY GONNA SPEND SO MUCH MONEY ON THAT BOY SCOUT, UH, PROGRAM. 
          AND SO I GAVE MORE, THEY JUST GAVE LESS. 
          IT'S ALMOST LIKE THE STATE LOTTERY. 
          THEY GIVE, YOU KNOW, A BILLION DOLLARS EDUCATION AND THEN THEY CUT A BILLION DOLLARS OUT. 
          SO AS LONG AS IT'S 50,000 EXTRA OR 35,000 EXTRA. 
          AND THERE'S SOME WAY TO TRACK THAT. 
          BUT IF WE, JUST, FOR ME, IF WE JUST GIVE MONEY TO THEM AND THEN THERE'S NO WAY TO JUSTIFY OR BE ABLE TO VERIFY HOW THEY SPENT IT HERE. 
          I'D RATHER SPEND FOR THE ACTUAL ORGANIZATIONS THAT ARE, UH, POSTED UP AND HERE EVERY DAY. 
          BUT, UM, SO MAY OH, I'M SO SORRY. 
          I WAS JUST GONNA COMMENT ON, ON THAT, UM, HOW TO VERIFY. 
          SO THAT'S PART OF THE REPORTING PROCESS, SO IT'S REIMBURSABLE. 
          UM, SO THEY'D HAVE TO ACTUALLY SHOW THE WORK THAT THEY'RE DOING. 
          IT'S REIMBURSABLE. 
          CORRECT. 
          OKAY. 
          THAT'S GOOD. 
          SO AM I TO UNDERSTAND FROM THAT COMMENT THAT THAT'S HOW WE'RE ABLE TO MEASURE THE RESULTS OF THE MONEY THAT WE'RE GIVING? CORRECT. 
          OKAY. 
          AND THE REASON I ASK IS BECAUSE ON THIS I SAW THAT WE'RE NOT GIVING ANY MONEY TO THE HU EDUCATION FOUNDATION AND THAT WAS A HUGE RED FLAG FOR ME BECAUSE I KNOW THAT THE EDUCATION FOUNDATION, THEY ENABLE GRANTS AND, YOU KNOW, KIDS COME UP WITH IDEAS WHAT THEY WANNA FUND. 
          UM, YOU KNOW, THERE WAS, THERE WAS TALK ABOUT AN, UH, A, UH, A PLAY SCAPE FOR, FOR ALL ABILITIES. 
          THERE WAS TALK ABOUT, UM, A PLAN TO BUILD A GARDEN, UM, AND, YOU KNOW, TEACH KIDS HOW TO, TO WORK TOGETHER TO, UM, ACCOMPLISH, YOU KNOW, SOME OF THE, OR ALL OF THE, UM, PROJECTS THAT THEY ARE LOOKING AT DOING. 
          AND SO, JUST WANT TO UNDERSTAND HOW WE CAME TO THE DECI OR HOW THE COMMITTEE CAME TO THE DECISION TO COMPLETELY NIX SOMETHING THAT ENABLES GRANTS FOR KIDS TO DO PROJECTS HERE IN THE CITY OF HU. 
          SO I WAS THE ONE WHO SUGGESTED WE DO THAT. 
          AND THE REASON I DID THAT WAS JUST SIMPLE MATH. 
          THEY GAVE US THEIR FINANCIALS AND THEY WERE TAKING IN $700,000 IN INCOME AND THEY WERE SPENDING $400,000. 
          AND SO THEY WERE GONNA BE PUTTING $300,000 IN THE BANK, BASICALLY. 
          AND SO THERE'S NOT A NEED FOR US TO ADD MONEY WHEN THEY'RE ALREADY TAKING IN $300,000 MORE THAN THEY'RE SPENDING THIS YEAR. 
          AND SO I WANTED TO MOVE THAT MONEY TO OTHER PLACES THAT DIDN'T HAVE FUNDING UNLESS WE GAVE IT TO THEM. 
          THEY, THEY ALREADY HAD MORE FUNDING THAN THEY NEED FOR THE YEAR. 
          RIGHT. 
          AND I CAN APPRECIATE THAT. 
          BUT AT THE SAME TIME THAT MONEY GOES TO GRANTS FOR KIDS. 
          AND SO 
          [02:15:02]
SEEING THE BREAKDOWN, I CAN'T VOTE OR SUPPORT SOMETHING LIKE THIS THAT WOULD COMPLETELY NICK GIVING MONEY TO THE HEAD OF EDUCATION FOUNDATION. 
          I MEAN, THEY, THEY CAN SPEND THE $300,000 TO HAVE IN THE BANK AND DO THE SAME GRANTS. 
          THAT'S, WELL, I WOULD ADD TOO, THEY LAST I SAW THEY HAD OVER A $2 MILLION ENDOWMENT. 
          AND WE HAVE ONE CHARITY'S ABOUT TO LOSE THEIR PLACE AND ESSENTIALLY BE HOMELESS. 
          WE HAVE ANOTHER GROUP ON HERE THAT IF YOU GO TO THE HU RESOURCE CENTER, IT'S IN A HUNDRED YEAR OLD BUILDING FALLING APART. 
          UM, ALL OF THEM WOULD PROBABLY DREAM OF A $2 MILLION ENDOWMENT. 
          AND IF YOU'RE TELLING ME THEY ALSO HAVE A POSITIVE CASH FLOW, THE THE FEEDING 5,000, THEY'RE, THEY ASK FOR 25,000 THAT DOESN'T COVER THE WHOLE YEAR. 
          THE HUDA RESOURCE CENTER RUNS OUT OF BILL ASSISTANCE WITHIN DAYS OF EACH MONTH. 
          AND, UM, I WAS JUST PART OF A DONATION TO HU DISCOVERY 4,000 IS NOT GONNA CUT THE LUNCHBOX. 
          THEY'RE BASICALLY DOING IT, DOING IT TO FEED KIDS UNTIL THEY RUN OUTTA MONEY. 
          SO THESE OTHER PEOPLE, THEY DON'T OPERATE ON A POSITIVE CASH FLOW. 
          THEY DON'T HAVE ANY MONEY SAVED. 
          THEY DON'T HAVE A $2 MILLION ENDOWMENT. 
          AND THEY'RE LITERALLY TRYING TO, MOST OF THEM ARE TRYING TO FEED, FEED PEOPLE WHO CAN'T AFFORD FOOD PAY BILLS. 
          UH, CASA WILLIAMSON COUNTY IS ANOTHER ONE THAT, UM, WE ARE LUCKY TO HAVE THEM. 
          THAT'S A LOT MORE EXPENSIVE TO, UH, TO HANDLE THAT IF WE DID IT LOCALLY. 
          UM, SO THIS IS THE FIRST YEAR NOT TO HAVE AN EDU HEAD OF EDUCATION FOUNDATION FUNDED IF WE WERE TO APPROVE IT. 
          I HAVE NOT BEEN, UM, A SUPPORTER OF GIVING THEM MONEY IN THE PAST, PRIMARILY BECAUSE FROM A NEED, UM, THEY'RE RUN AND IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE HU DO ISD, WHICH IS A MUCH BIGGER ORGANIZATION THAN WE ARE. 
          AND, UM, THEY ARE IN EDUCATION. 
          AND SO IF WE'RE FUNDING GRANTS FOR THINGS AT THE SCHOOL, THAT'S GREAT, BUT THERE'S A WHOLE SCHOOL DISTRICT THAT HAS A WHOLE BIGGER TAXING AUTHORITY THAN WE DO. 
          AND WE'RE HAVING A HARD TIME JUST BASICALLY FEEDING PEOPLE AND MEETING BASIC NEEDS. 
          BUT, UM, I THINK THAT'S A GOOD POINT ABOUT, YOU KNOW, I APPRECIATE EXPLAINING WHY WE'RE NOT DOING THE HEAD OF EDUCATION OR WHY THE RECOMMENDATION WAS NOT TO DO THEM. 
          AND THAT WAS THE HARDEST ONE FOR ME. 
          I THINK THAT'S THE ONE I FOUGHT FOR THE HARDEST . 
          I THINK DAN AND AARON WILL, WILL ATTEST TO THAT. 
          YOU KNOW, I I I WAS RECOMMENDING GIVING THEM, YOU KNOW, A LESSER AMOUNT THAN WHAT THEY'D ASKED FOR. 
          BUT I'VE BEEN A PART OF THAT PROGRAM. 
          I THINK IT'S A WORTHY PROGRAM OF WHAT THEY DO. 
          I'VE ACTUALLY BEEN ON THE COMMITTEE THAT THAT KIND OF JUDGES THE, THE DIFFERENT GRANTS THAT THEY DO FOR THE KIDS. 
          AND SO, UM, YOU KNOW, I I DON'T KNOW HOW IF, IF THEY'LL BE ABLE TO FUND THIS WITH THE, THE EXCESS FUNDS THAT THEY, THAT THEY DO HAVE. 
          I DON'T KNOW HOW THAT ALL WORKS. 
          BUT, UH, ANYWAY, I WAS WILLING TO COME DOWN TO ZERO ON THAT ONE BECAUSE, UH, THE OTHER TWO COMMITTEE MEMBERS WERE WILLING TO LISTEN TO SOME OF MY OTHER IDEAS THAT I HAD ON SOME THINGS. 
          SO IT'S ALL ABOUT GETTING TO A, GETTING TO A DECISION THAT WE CAN ALL LIVE WITH. 
          'CAUSE 'CAUSE I MEAN 326,000 THAT WAS ASKED FOR, AND WE'VE ONLY GOT 1 93 TO WORK WITH. 
          SO COULD I ASK FOR A LITTLE HISTORICAL BACKGROUND OR HIS CLARIFICATION? 'CAUSE OF MY LACK OF KNOWLEDGE ON THE AMERICAN LEGION, UH, DECISION? WHAT WENT INTO THAT? YEAH, I CAN, I CAN SHARE. 
          UH, AND THEN, YOU KNOW, THE OTHER TWO CAN, CAN CERTAINLY FILL IN. 
          SO, UM, OF THE $25,000 THAT THEY ASKED FOR, UM, ALL BUT 1,804 OF IT WAS FOR RENT IN THEIR CURRENT, THEIR CURRENT LOCATION. 
          OH, I SEE. 
          IT WAS TO, TO COVER THE RENT. 
          AND SO THE IDEA WAS THAT IF WE CAN SOLVE THAT PROBLEM THROUGH OTHER MEANS, THEY DON'T NEED TO PAY THE RENT THERE ANYMORE. 
          AND THEY THEN THEREFORE THEY DON'T NEED THAT MONEY. 
          OKAY. 
          SO THERE WERE NO OTHER REQUESTS. 
          I MEAN, OF THE $25,000 THAT WAS JUST THE 1804 PLUS RENT? YES. 
          OKAY. 
          CORRECT. 
          THANK YOU. 
          I JUST WANNA TALK ABOUT A COUPLE OF THE OTHER ZEROS ON HERE. 
          UM, JUST TO GIVE CONTEXT OF WHAT MY THINKING WAS, BLUE BONNET TRAILS AND NAMI ARE BOTH, YOU KNOW, IN THE MENTAL HEALTH AREA. 
          I THINK THAT'S IMPORTANT. 
          THAT'S IMPORTANT WORK. 
          UM, ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE HAVE IS PUBLIC HEALTH ITEMS DO NOT NECESSARILY HAVE TO FALL IN THIS PORTION OF THE BUDGET. 
          THEY CAN BE IN THE, IN THE, UH, GENERAL FUND. 
          AND THAT BALANCES AGAINST OTHER THINGS LIKE THE CHILDREN'S ADVOCACY CENTER THAT WE DO FUND OUTTA THE GENERAL FUND. 
          BUT I THOUGHT THAT THAT WAS ANOTHER FUNDING SOURCE THAT WAS POTENTIAL SO THEY COULD BE CONSIDERED FOR THAT, UM, WITHOUT BEING IN THIS PARTICULAR FUNDING BUCKET. 
          UH, AND THEN THE OTHER ONE WAS HOW DO ARTS TODAY, WHICH, YOU KNOW, I THOUGHT THAT'S A GREAT PROGRAM, THEY WANT TO START, BUT I ALSO THOUGHT THAT THAT COULD POTENTIALLY BE ADDRESSED OUT OF HOT FUNDS VERSUS THIS BUCKET OF MONEY. 
          SO, SO IT WASN'T NECESSARILY THAT THERE WASN'T 
          [02:20:01]
VALUE TO THEIR, TO ANY OF THOSE THREE PROGRAMS. IT WAS THAT THIS WAS NOT NECESSARILY THE ONLY, THE ONLY WAY TO FUND THEM AND THERE'S LOADED MONEY HERE. 
          SO I WENT TO THE, THE ONES THAT NEEDED TO BE FUNDED OUT OF THIS. 
          UM, AND ALL OF THEM SERVE COMMUNITY NEEDS IN SOME WAY OR ANOTHER. 
          YEAH, THAT'S WHAT I RECALL TOO FROM THE CONVERSATION THAT WE WERE LOOKING FOR. 
          IS THERE ANY OTHER WAY TO FUND THESE WORTHY PROGRAMS FROM ANOTHER SOURCE? AND IF WE CAN DO THAT, THEN LET'S DO THAT AND THEN FREE UP MORE FUNDS FOR OTHERS THAT THAT CAN'T BE FUNDED THROUGH HOT OR SOMETHING ELSE. 
          THANK YOU. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          I DON'T KNOW IF WE NEED A, I DON'T THINK WE NEED A MOTION. 
          THIS IS GONNA BE INCORPORATED INTO OUR BUDGET AND THEN I GUESS IT'S ALWAYS WHETHER WE MAKE A MOTION OR NOW OR NOT, WE CAN STILL AMEND IT IN THE BUDGET, BUT MM-HMM . 
          UM, YES, THAT'S CORRECT, MAYOR. 
          UM, IF POSSIBLE WE CAN PERHAPS TAKE, UH, THE RECOMMENDATIONS TONIGHT IF EVERYONE AGREES ON THOSE NUMBERS AND BRING BACK A RESOLUTION. 
          UM, IS THAT SOMETHING THAT YOU'D CONSIDER? WE CAN, I MEAN, I DON'T KNOW THAT RESOLUTIONS, I DON'T THINK RESOLUTION'S NEEDED. 
          I MEAN, 'CAUSE IT, THE REASON I SAY IT IS WE WILL PASS A RESOLUTION. 
          WHAT I DON'T WANT IS PEOPLE TO GO OUT AND WE MADE IT, WE GOT 20 GRAND AND THEN THE BUDGET COMES UP, WE CUT TO 15, THEY GO, WE HAD A RESOLUTION. 
          THE RESOLUTION IS NOT BINDING. 
          AND SO, UM, CORRECT. 
          YES. 
          SO, UM, I DO NOTIFY ALL ORGANIZATIONS THAT EVEN IF SOMETHING IS, UM, YOU KNOW, APPROVED THIS EVENING WITH THIS, UH, CITY COUNCIL AND THE RECOMMENDATION THAT IT'S ALL DEPENDENT ON THE FINAL APPROVAL OF THE FY 26 BUDGET. 
          UM, BUT JUST FOR, UM, ORGANIZATIONAL PURPOSES TO HAVE SOMETHING TO COME BACK TO YOU ALL WITH, IF THERE IS, UM, CHANGES OR, OR ANYTHING ELSE THAT WE CAN CONSIDER OR COMMENTS, UM, IF THE RECOMMENDATION BY THE COMMITTEE IS APPROVED BY THE BODY OR MAYBE THERE'S SOME ADJUSTMENTS THERE. 
          SO WOULD IT BE HELPFUL IF WE SAID SOMETHING TO THE EFFECT OF THE WE, UM, WE, WE APPROVE THE RECOMMENDATION FROM THE NOMINATING OR NOT NOMINATING COMMITTEE FROM THE OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING COMMITTEE TO BE PUT INTO THE BUDGET FOR CONSIDERATION OF FINAL APPROVAL? I THINK SO THAT'S KIND WHAT I HEAR, RIGHT? IS THAT YOU, YOU NEED SOMETHING TO START WITH. 
          YOU NEED NUMBERS TO PLUG INTO THE BUDGET SO THAT YOU CAN GIVE US A BUDGET AND IF, IF, IF WE CAN SAY, YEAH, PUT THESE NUMBERS IN, UNDERSTANDING THAT THEY COULD CHANGE MM-HMM . 
          UM, IS THAT, IS THAT KIND OF WHAT YOU'RE LOOKING FOR? YES. 
          OKAY. 
          SO MAKE THAT MOTION. 
          YEAH, THAT CONVOLUTED MOTION . 
          ALRIGHT. 
          SECOND. 
          WE HAVE A SECOND. 
          SECOND. 
          THE ONLY THING I WOULD SAY IS I TRIED TO PUSH THIS ITEM AND HERE'S WHAT I WOULD SAY. 
          I, I DON'T KNOW IF THIS IS, UH, I DON'T KNOW IF THIS ITEM IS A CRITICAL PATH TO GETTING A BUDGET DONE, BECAUSE IF YOU TAKE THE 1 92 AND YOU PUT IT IN A BUDGET, IT'S, WE, WE DON'T HAVE TO BUDGET ANYTHING IN OCTOBER. 
          WE CAN WAIT TILL NOVEMBER, DECEMBER, JANUARY. 
          SO WHAT I'M TRYING TO DO IS WHEN WE DO THESE MEETINGS IS REALLY GET US OUTTA HERE EARLIER. 
          BUT THIS IS ONE TO WHERE, I MEAN, I'LL, I'LL VOTE FOR IT, BUT I DON'T KNOW. 
          ANYWAY, MAYOR, I WOULD JUST SAY THAT I, I I DO PUT THE, THE, THE, I PLUG IN THE NUMBER AS A HOLDER IN, IN, IN THE BUDGET PREPARATION. 
          I THINK Y'ALL DOING THIS EARLIER HELPS THE NONPROFITS WITH THEIR PLANNING MORE THAN IT HELPS ME WITH MY BUDGETING. 
          RIGHT. 
          BUT WE'RE TELLING 'EM DON'T PLAN FOR ANYTHING BECAUSE IT, IT COULD CHANGE IN TWO MONTHS. 
          SO REALLY IT SHOULDN'T BE HELPING THEM ANY, BECAUSE IF ANYBODY LEAVES, IF ANYBODY LEAVES THIS CONVERSATION AND GOES OUT AND STARTS EARMARKING MONEY, THEN WE'VE HAD TO HAPPEN BEFORE, THEN WE CHANGE AND THEN IT WAS LIKE, WELL, WHY'D YOU GUYS DO THAT? MM-HMM . 
          SO ANYWAY, I GUESS AS LONG AS IT'S A VERY BIG NOTHING'S FINAL UNTIL THE BUDGET PASSES. 
          'CAUSE WE'VE HAD SOME CRAZY BUDGET YEARS, WHICH IS USUALLY LIKE THE SECOND WEEK OF SEPTEMBER. 
          YEAH. 
          OKAY. 
          ANY, NO DISCUSSION ON THE MOTION? HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL TO VOTE. 
          I'M SORRY, WHO WAS THE SECOND? OH, COUNCIL, UH, MAYOR PRO TIMM THORNTON. 
          THANK YOU. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD. 
          AYE. 
          MAYOR SNYDER. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER KING AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON NAY. 
          MAYOR PRO THORNTON. 
          AYE. 
          MOTION PASSES. 
          SIX ONE. 
          ALL RIGHT. 
          NEXT WE HAVE ITEM NINE, 
          [9.1. Quarterly presentation from the Downtown Hutto Business Association - "Q2 Look Back and 2H Look Ahead." (Grade Matthews)]
ONE QUARTERLY PRESENTATION FROM THE DOWNTOWN HUDDLE BUSINESS ASSOCIATION Q2, LOOK BACK AND TWO H LOOK AHEAD. 
          GOOD EVENING, GRACIE MATTHEWS REPRESENTING DOWNTOWN HEAD BUSINESS ASSOCIATION. 
          FOR THE RECORD, UM, I'M HERE TODAY TO DO THE VERY FIRST QUARTERLY UPDATE AS REQUESTED FROM THE APRIL COUNCIL MEETING. 
          UM, SINCE LAUNCHING THE ORGANIZATION IN APRIL WITH A TARGET OF SERVING AS A MAIN POINT OF CONTACT 
          [02:25:01]
FOR EVERYTHING RELATED WITH DOWNTOWN HURO. 
          UM, SINCE THEN WE HAVE CREATED BYLAWS. 
          WE'VE REGISTERED THE 5 0 1 C SIX WITH THE STATE. 
          UM, WE ARE UP TO 27 MEMBERS NOW THAT IS UP FIVE NEW MEMBERS FROM APRIL. 
          UM, WE HAVE OPENED UP MEMBERSHIP AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO BE, UM, UP TO BUSINESS OWNERS, PROPERTY OWNERS, AND EMPLOYEES OF THE BUSINESSES LOCATED DOWNTOWN. 
          SO WE CAN OPEN UP THAT QUALIFICATION. 
          UM, THE FOUR STAFF MEMBERS, AKA, THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE HAS TO BE EITHER A BUSINESS OWNER OR A PROPERTY OWNER. 
          UM, ONE OF OUR BIGGEST ACHIEVEMENTS THIS QUARTER IS THE TWO ACTIVE COMMITTEES THAT WE HAVE, WHICH IS EVENTS IN THE FINANCE COMMITTEE. 
          UM, AND THAT'S WHAT THE MAJOR PART OF THIS PRESENTATION IS GONNA BE ABOUT. 
          UM, ONE MAJOR CHANGE I DO WANNA MENTION IS WE HAVE CHANGED THE DOWNTOWN DEFINITION. 
          SO INSTEAD OF THE EASTERN BORDER ENDING AT FM 1660, WE HAVE EXPANDED IT ALL THE WAY TO FRITZ PARK TO PARK AVENUE. 
          THE PURPOSE OF THAT WAS TO INCLUDE ALL OF OT FIVE H ZONING, UM, AS WELL AS MOST OF OT FOUR T. 
          THAT'S A TYPO. 
          SO OT FOUR T. 
          UM, SO IT'S GONNA BE BENCHMARKED BY CO-OP TO YOUR WEST FRITZ PARK TO THE EAST LIVE OAK TO THE NORTH AND US 79 TO THE SOUTH. 
          SO THAT WOULD BE CONSIDERED DOWNTOWN, UM, PART OF OUR ASSOCIATION, UM, EVENTS COMMITTEE. 
          SO THEIR MISSION IS TO REVITALIZE DOWNTOWN AND BRING COMMERCE AND ENTERTAINMENT BACK DOWNTOWN. 
          SO WE HAVE FIVE COMMITTEE MEMBERS WHO ALL VOLUNTEER THEIR TIME. 
          UM, WE HAVE A MIX OF BUSINESS OWNERS AND PROPERTY OWNERS AND ALSO THE CHAMBER OF COMMERCE. 
          UM, IN APRIL TO JUNE, I'M NOT GONNA GO THROUGH ALL OF THEM, BUT WE'VE HAD SMALL AND LARGE SCALE EVENTS. 
          YOU CAN SEE THAT IT'S NOT JUST DOWNTOWN BUSINESSES. 
          WE'RE COLLABORATING WITH OTHER DEPARTMENTS SUCH AS THE HUDDLE LIBRARY. 
          UM, WE ALSO HAVE EVENTS THAT HAPPEN OFF OF DOWNTOWN. 
          SO OUR FIRST GOLF TOURNAMENT WAS HELD AT FOREST CREEK. 
          UM, WE RAISED ENOUGH MONEY TO ACTUALLY PAY, SINCE WE'RE A NON-PAID MEMBERSHIP NONPROFIT, WE ACTUALLY RAISED ENOUGH MONEY TO ACTUALLY PAY AND REGISTER FOR A NONPROFIT. 
          UM, WITH THAT LEFTOVER MONEY, WE WILL HIRE, UM, AND DO SOME WEBSITE DESIGNING SO THAT WE CAN HAVE A MORE CLEAR, UM, QR CODE THAT LEADS PEOPLE TO DOWNTOWN INFORMATION. 
          UM, LOOKING AHEAD AT FUTURE PLANS FOR EVENTS, AUGUST 16TH, WE HAVE A PICKLEBALL TOURNAMENT. 
          IT'S GONNA HAVE FREE BOOTH OPPORTUNITIES FOR ALL DOWNTOWN BUSINESSES. 
          UM, IN OCTOBER. 
          MARK YOUR DATES FOR HOW TO OLD TIME DAYS FESTIVAL. 
          THAT'S PUT ON BY THE CHAMBER. 
          NOVEMBER 29. 
          IT'S NOT ON THE CITY'S CALENDAR YET, BUT THIS IS SHOP SMALL SATURDAY. 
          SO WE WANNA MERGE THAT AND PIGGYBACK THE DOWNTOWN CHRISTMAS TREE LIGHTING WITH THAT. 
          SO WE DO UNDERSTAND THAT TREE LIGHTING IS A CITY EVENT, SO WE'LL BE WORKING WITH CITY STAFF TO COORDINATE THE DETAILS. 
          UM, LOOKING AHEAD, THAT'S A BIG TYPO. 
          I JUST NOTICED IT'S NOT 150 YEARS. 
          IT IS 115 YEAR ANNIVERSARY NEXT YEAR. 
          I DO NOT PLAN TO DO THIS COMMITTEE FOR 35 YEARS. 
          UM, IS, WELL, IT'S, IT'S ACTUALLY FOR THE FOUNDING OF THE CITY, NOT THE, UH, NOT THE 1911 DATE. 
          OKAY. 
          SO YEAH, SO IT IS 150. 
          I THINK I MISSED HERE. 
          OKAY, YOU DID GOOD. 
          OKAY. 
          UM, YOU JUST AGE 30 YEARS. 
          I KNOW TIME TO RETIRE . 
          UM, BUT WE WANNA LOOK AHEAD BECAUSE WE DO THINK THAT AT LEAST ONE OFF CYCLE, RIGHT? NOT THE CRAWFISH, NOT THE OLD TIME THAT ONE OF THE OFF CYCLE EVENTS WOULD HAPPEN DOWNTOWN. 
          SO WE WANNA BE A PART OF THAT ALSO. 
          UM, AND AS I MENTIONED, WEBSITE IS IN PROGRESS. 
          WE ARE COLLECTING BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS FROM EVERY OWNER AND WE'LL HAVE A MAP WITH ALL THE SPECIFIC INFORMATIONS, UM, THAT WILL BE EVENT SPECIFIC AS THEY HAPPEN. 
          QUESTIONS ON THE COMMITTEE FINANCE COMMITTEE. 
          THIS COMMITTEE'S MISSION IS TO OBTAIN FUNDING SOLUTIONS FROM WHEREVER, HOWEVER WE CAN. 
          SO THIS COMMITTEE IS MADE UP OF MYSELF. 
          UM, GABE SANCHEZ, ANOTHER PROPERTY OWNER, GARY BROWN AND JUSTIN LOT FROM UM, CHAMBER. 
          UM, JUST A FRIENDLY REMINDER OF THESE THREE EXISTING ORDINANCES THAT I BROUGHT UP DURING THE MAY WORKSHOP. 
          UM, TWO ARE RELATED WITH TAX AND ONE IS RELATED WITH ACTUAL GRANT THAT NEEDS TO BE FUNDED FOR FACADE IMPROVEMENT. 
          UM, BECAUSE ONE OF OUR MAIN MISSION FOR THIS ASSOCIATION IS TO REHABILITATE THE HISTORIC BUILDINGS. 
          SO THAT'S A VERY IMPORTANT GRANT THAT WE ARE SEEKING. 
          UM, LOOKING AT EDC INCENTIVES THAT ARE PROPOSED AND NOT APPROVED YET FOR FISCAL YEAR 26, I TRY TO PULL OUT THE ONES THAT I THOUGHT WAS RELATIVE TO OUR ASSOCIATION. 
          THE THREE THAT I FOUND WERE SMALL BUSINESS PERFORMANCE GRANTS, FIRE SUPPRESSION FOR COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES, FACADE IMPROVEMENT GRANT FOR HISTORIC COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES. 
          SO I KNOW THAT THOSE ARE NOT APPROVED 
          [02:30:01]
YET, BUT, AND I DO UNDERSTAND THAT CITY AND EDC BUDGET ARE COMPLETELY DIFFERENT BUCKETS, BUT I WANNA ENCOURAGE MAYBE SOME INTERDEPARTMENTAL COLLABORATION, UM, SO THAT WE CAN GET THESE FUNDED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. 
          UM, OUR REQUESTS TONIGHT ARE SPECIFIC. 
          WE HAVE TWO REQUESTS. 
          SO SINCE THE WORKSHOP, WE HAVE NOT HEARD FROM THE CITY OR COUNCIL ABOUT ANY OF THESE ITEMS. SO I WANNA BE VERY CLEAR IN MY REQUEST TONIGHT THAT THE, UM, COUNCIL WOULD FUND FOR THE THREE EVENTS POLICE SECURITY FUNDING IN 2026. 
          SO THAT WOULD COVER THE CRAWFISH FESTIVAL, UM, OLD TIME DAYS AND ONE EVENT THAT WILL BE 450 YEARS. 
          UM, IF YOU ARE CURIOUS ABOUT HOW MUCH THAT WOULD BE BASED ON THE MANPOWER AND THE HOURLY RATE THAT WE USE FROM THIS YEAR, IT'S ABOUT $10,000. 
          UM, WE'RE NOT ASKING FOR MONEY. 
          IF THERE'S A WAY FOR YOU TO COORDINATE THAT, THAT'S OKAY TOO. 
          RIGHT? SO THAT'S OUR FIRST REQUEST. 
          OUR SECOND REQUEST IS TO PROVIDE A CRITERIA AND THE ELIGIBILITY TO ACTIVATE THE TWO TAX RELATED ORDINANCES AND FUND THE FACADE GRANT. 
          AND WE WANT TO ALLOW RETROACTIVE APPLICATION OF THOSE ORDINANCES. 
          UM, AND THEN OTHER FUTURE FUNDING SOURCES MAY BE TOO LATE FROM CHRISTIE'S PRESENTATION JUST NOW, BUT WE HAVEN'T EVEN LOOKED INTO OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING OR HOT FUNDS. 
          SO THAT'S SOMETHING THAT WE WANNA DEFINITELY, UM, THINK IN ADVANCE FOR FISCAL YEAR 27, IF THAT'S THE ONLY TIME THAT WE HAVE TO DO QUESTIONS ON THE FINANCE COMMITTEE. 
          FOR ME, I'D LIKE TO FIND A WAY TO HELP YOU ALL WORK WITH THE EVENTS AND UM, KIND OF SEED FUND A LITTLE BIT TO WHERE AT SOME POINT YOU ALL ARE ON YOUR OWN AND FUNDING THINGS TO WHERE LIKE, I DON'T MIND TRYING TO HELP YOU GUYS WITH SOME OF THIS, BUT EVENTUALLY I'D LIKE TO SEE THE DOWNTOWN OPERATE. 
          KINDA LIKE YOU SEE IN OTHER CITIES, THEY'RE RAISING THEIR OWN MONEY, THEY'RE DOING THEIR OWN THINGS. 
          WE'RE FOCUSED ON REBUILDING SIDEWALKS, LANDSCAPING, AND, AND YOU GUYS ARE DOING YOUR OWN PROGRAMMING AND MAYBE THAT TAKE SOME OF THAT OFF FROM THE CITY PROGRAMMING A LOT DOWN THERE TO WHERE IN THE BEGINNING SOME OF OUR MONEY WE SPEND ON OUR SIDE GOES TO YOU ALL. 
          AND THEN OVER TIME IT MORPHS INTO YOU GUYS ARE JUST HANDLING DOWNTOWN PROGRAMMING AND WE'RE NOT, WE'RE NOT SPENDING ALL OF OUR MONEY DOWN THERE. 
          ABSOLUTELY. 
          YEP. 
          RIGHT NOW, OUR WHOLE COMMITTEE, YOU KNOW, WE'RE ALL VOLUNTEERS AT THIS POINT, YOU KNOW, SO I REALLY DO APPRECIATE EVERYONE WHO IS TAKING TIME, ESPECIALLY THE SMALL BUSINESS OWNERS. 
          UM, BUT YOU KNOW, WE'RE JUST TRYING TO DO AS MUCH AS WE CAN WITHIN OUR SCOPE, RIGHT? WE DON'T WANNA, WE HAVE BIG DREAMS AND VISIONS, BUT FOR THIS YEAR, LET'S STICK WITH THIS, RIGHT? IF WE CAN HAVE SOME SMALL WINS, I THINK THAT CAN GET A LOT OF MOMENTUM AND BE MOTIVATED TO EVENTUALLY GET THERE TO BE SELF-FUNDED. 
          UM, THIS SLIDE IS A COPY PASTE FROM APRIL. 
          SO LET'S START WITH THE VERY RIGHT, WHAT IS COMPLETED? UM, THIS ONE WAS OUR BIGGEST PAIN POINT, BUT I THINK THIS POINT IS COMPLETED. 
          UM, WE APPRECIATE STAFF CITY, EDC, EVERYONE REACHING OUT TO US DIRECTLY AS POINT OF CONTACT FOR EVERYTHING DOWNTOWN INSTEAD OF TRYING TO SOLVE PROBLEMS FOR US AND PRESENTING SOLUTIONS TO US. 
          SO WE REALLY APPRECIATE THAT. 
          UM, THE ITEM THAT IS IN PROGRESS IS THE BIG HOT TOPIC, WHICH REALLY KICKSTARTED THIS ASSOCIATION TO BEGIN WITH, WHICH IS PARKING. 
          SO IT'S IN PROGRESS RIGHT NOW. 
          WE APPRECIATE COUNCIL APPROVING THE MOTION TO HAVE, UH, MATT RECTOR PRESENT THE DOWNTOWN ONE WAY STREET CONVERSION TO ALLOW FOR ANGLE PARKING ON BOTH SIDES SO THAT WE CAN HAVE ABOUT TRIPLE THE AMOUNT OF ON STREET PARKING. 
          SO WE WILL WORK CLOSELY WITH HIM. 
          WE MAY HAVE TO KICK OFF A, MAYBE A PARKING COMMITTEE. 
          UM, BUT THAT ITEM IS IN PROGRESS. 
          WE CANNOT JUMP TO A DOWNTOWN PARKING GARAGE, RIGHT? WE, WE CAN'T DO THAT. 
          SO WORKING IN PROGRESS WITH THE CITY TO COME UP WITH TEMPORARY SOLUTIONS. 
          UM, THE ITEMS ABOUT THE HISTORIC CERTIFICATE OF APPROPRIATENESS AND CONSTRUCTION RULES THAT WE HAVE TO FOLLOW THAT NEEDS ATTENTION. 
          I DO THINK THAT THE THREE ORDINANCES THAT WE'RE SEEKING WILL BE A GOOD STEP IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION FOR THAT. 
          AND THEN JUST BECAUSE WE DON'T HAVE TIME AND MANPOWER, THE TWO ITEMS THAT ARE NOT STARTED ARE MAKING THE STREETS MORE WALKABLE. 
          UM, A LITTLE BIT MORE SAFE LIGHTING. 
          UM, AND THEN ALSO REALLY THINKING ABOUT HOW DO WE GET RETURN ON EXPERIENCE. 
          WHAT KIND OF IDEAL BUSINESSES DO WE WANT TO HAVE DOWNTOWN, UM, TO MAKE DOWNTOWN? HOW DO ASSOCIATION'S MISSION BE ACCOMPLISHED? SO THAT'S THE LOOK AHEAD. 
          AND THEN ETT, CAN YOU GUYS, WE'RE IN THE PROCESS OF ADOPTING THE UDC MM-HMM . 
          AND SO INPUT FROM YOU ALL WOULD BE I THINK, VERY HELPFUL WHEN IT COMES TO, 
          [02:35:01]
UM, IF WE WANNA HAVE A DIFFERENT SUP PROCESS FOR DOWNTOWN. 
          UM, IT'D BE GOOD TO HEAR FROM THE BUSINESS, PROBABLY THE LANDOWNERS MORE 'CAUSE THEY'RE GONNA BE THE ONES AFFECTED THE MOST, THE BUSINESS OWNERS WILL ALL BE IN THEREBY, RIGHT? BUT YEAH, AS SOON AS WE CAN GET SOME INFORMATION ON THAT, IT'D BE, IT'D BE GOOD FOR US. 
          OKAY. 
          THAT'D BE GREAT. 
          HAPPY TO JOIN IN THAT CONVERSATION. 
          UM, LAST SLIDE MILESTONES, JUST LOOKING AT WHERE WE PRESENTED IN APRIL. 
          WE HAVE ACHIEVED AND HELD UP ALL THE END OF OUR BARGAIN. 
          WE HAVE ACCOMPLISHED ALL THOSE THINGS THAT WE HAVE SAID WE WOULD DO. 
          SO I'M HOPING THAT WHEN I COME BACK IN OCTOBER FOR THE NEXT QUARTERLY UPDATE THAT WE WILL HAVE SOME PROGRESS MOVING FORWARD, RIGHT. 
          UM, OF THE TWO REQUESTS THAT WE'RE SEEKING FOR TONIGHT. 
          SO THAT'S IT. 
          THANK YOU. 
          QUESTIONS OR COMMENTS FROM COUNSEL? I HAD, UH, ONE COMMENT BACK ON THE ONE WHERE YOU WERE WANTING TO HAVE, UH, THOSE ORDINANCES RETROACTIVELY APPLIED. 
          I GUESS WE'D JUST HAVE TO HAVE CITY ATTORNEY WEIGH ON ON THAT TO SEE IF THAT'S ALLOWED AND IF THAT COULD EVEN BE APPLICABLE. 
          I KNOW THAT WE RUN INTO SOME ISSUES IN THE PAST WITH, YOU KNOW, SOMEBODY DOES AN EXPANSION AND THEN THEY, THEY WANT A, YOU KNOW, AN INCENTIVE FOR DOING AN EXPANSION. 
          CAN WE DO THAT? IS THERE, YOU KNOW, BUT ANYWAY, I, I GUESS ATTORNEYS HAVE TO WEIGH IN TO SEE IF THAT'S UNDERSTOOD. 
          ALLOWABLE. 
          YEP. 
          WE JUST WANT SOMEONE TO LOOK INTO IT, ESTABLISH RIGHT. 
          AND MAKE, I KNOW SOME OF THESE GRANTS EXISTED IN THE PAST BUT THERE WEREN'T CRITERIA FOR IT. 
          RIGHT? THE FACADE GRANT WAS USED TO REPAIR SOMEONE'S RESIDENTIAL ROOF BECAUSE IT WAS, YOU KNOW, IN THE OT FIVE H ZONING, RIGHT? SO HOW DO WE MAKE IT IN ALIGNMENT WITH WHAT OUR ASSOCIATION'S MISSION IS, RIGHT? WHICH IS TO REVITALIZE AND REHABILITATE. 
          COOL. 
          WE'LL MAKE A MOTION THAT WE DIRECT STAFF TO BRING BACK INFORMATION REGARDING ORDINANCE 1.0 6.032 1.0 6.034, AND 1.06035. 
          INFORMATION BEING WHERE WE'RE AT WITH IT, WHAT'S AVAILABLE, WHAT'S THE PROCESS? UM, 'CAUSE SOME OF THESE I THINK WE DON'T EVEN HAVE TO FUND. 
          UM, THEY JUST, ORDINANCE SAYS WE'RE NOT FOLLOWING POTENTIALLY SECOND AND SECONDED BY, UM, COUNCILOR PORTERFIELD. 
          JUST A PROCESS QUESTION. 
          IT DOESN'T SAY TAKE ACTION, CAN WE TAKE ACTION ON CAN'T, SORRY, BUT THEY HEARD IT. 
          SO I CAN EITHER BRING IT BACK ON THE AGENDA ITEM OR HAPPY TO DO THAT. 
          HAPPY TO COME BACK. 
          WHAT ABOUT THE FIRST ITEM THOUGH THAT'S NOT NECESSARY? THE FIRST ITEM ABOUT THE FUNDING FOR THE SECURITY FOR THE THREE EVENTS FOR NEXT YEAR. 
          IS THAT SOMETHING YOU CAN LOOK INTO? YEAH. 
          YEAH, THAT'S INCLUDED. 
          OKAY. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          THANK YOU. 
          THANK YOU. 
          THANK YOU. 
          ALRIGHT, NEXT 
          [9.2. Consideration and possible action regarding a presentation from Endeavor Real Estate Group pertaining to their proposed Project Sprouts. (Adam Zimel, Endeavor)]
WE HAVE ITEM NINE, TWO CONSIDERATION, POSSIBLE ACTION REGARDING A PRESENTATION FROM ENDEAVOR REAL ESTATE GROUP PERTAINING TO THEIR PROPOSED PROJECT. 
          SPROUTS STILL WITH US. 
          PRESENT YOU GUYS FOR SITTING IN THOSE CHAIRS SO LONG. 
          UH, WE CAUSED IT. 
          WE CAUSED THE PAIN OURSELVES. 
          . 
          WELL THANK YOU GUYS FOR, FOR THE TIME. 
          UH, ADAM ZIMMEL ENDEAVOR REAL ESTATE GROUP HERE TO RUN THROUGH, UM, SOME OF THE REQUEST DETAILS AND, UM, TIED TO THE GROCERY DEVELOPMENT THAT WE'RE, WE'VE BEEN WORKING ON, UM, PURSUIT OVER THE LAST NINE MONTHS OR SO. 
          UH, SO I THINK I'VE HAD CONVERSATIONS WITH MOST EVERYONE AND SO SOME OF THIS MIGHT BE RECAP THE FIRST FEW SLIDES AT LEAST. 
          SO THE SITE LOCATION, NORTHEAST CORNER OF HIGHWAY 79 AND ONE 30. 
          UH, AGAIN, WE'VE BEEN WORKING ON THIS FOR THE LAST NINE MONTHS. 
          THE GROCERY, UH, USER IS HIGHLIGHTED RIGHT THERE IN GREEN. 
          ANOTHER VIEW OF IT LOOKING BACK TOWARDS THE NORTH AND EAST AND THEN ZOOMING IN ON THE SITE PLAN. 
          SO PLAN RIGHT IS, UH, NORTH RIGHT THERE. 
          SO AGAIN, FRONTING SH ONE 30 IS WHERE THE GROCERY WOULD BE, UH, ORIENTED. 
          SO IT'S OBVIOUSLY LABELED IN GREEN GROCER AND SHOPS ONE. 
          I THINK WHAT I'LL CALL YOUR ATTENTION TO IS, UH, IN TERMS OF PHASING, WE CALL A PHASE TWO OUT THERE. 
          WHEN WE GO CONSTRUCT, WE'LL GO PERFORM, UM, SITE WORK ACROSS THE ENTIRE SITE. 
          AND THEN IN TERMS OF ACTUALLY WHAT WE'RE GOING TO CONSTRUCT FOR PARKING LOT, LIGHTING, PAVING, AND THEN VERTICAL IMPROVEMENTS, IT'LL BE EVERYTHING FROM JUST THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE GROCER DOWN TO WHERE IT SAYS DRIVE. 
          AND THAT DRIVE IS LOCATED IN BETWEEN ONE 30 AND INNOVATION BOULEVARD. 
          WE DO PLAN ON A FEW 
          [02:40:01]
PADS LOCATED AT AS PAD A, PAD B, AND THEN WE WILL NOT CONSTRUCT THE ACTUAL BUILDING FOR PAD F IN ALL LIKELIHOOD. 
          SO THE DRIVE OUT WILL BE IN FRONT OF IT, BUT THAT AREA WILL BE CONSTRUCTED ALL AT THE SAME TIME. 
          SO I'VE HIGHLIGHTED, UM, KIND OF THE OVERALL REQUEST AND IT'S TWOFOLD. 
          ONE TIED TO, UM, GRANT AND THEN NUMBER TWO TIED TO SALES TAX REIMBURSEMENT. 
          UM, I THINK EVERYONE'S ALWAYS ASKING, ARE WE THE FIRST ONES TO DO SOMETHING LIKE THIS? THE FIRST JURISDICTION? AND OVER THE LAST 18 MONTHS, THERE HAVE BEEN FOUR OTHER JURISDICTIONS WITHIN THE AUSTIN MSA WHO HAVE GRANTED, UH, INCENTIVES TIED TO GROCERIES, SPECIFICALLY GROCERIES, OBVIOUSLY A LOW MARGIN ITEM. 
          AND, UH, SIMILAR TO, TO THEM, YOU KNOW, IT FALLS ON US. 
          AND SO THEY DON'T ALWAYS, UM, UH, THE DEALS ARE THINNER THAN MOST. 
          IT'S A GREAT TRAFFIC DRIVER, OBVIOUSLY. 
          UH, IT'S AN AMENITY FOR, FOR, UM, THE NEIGHBORHOODS AND FOR THE CITIES. 
          AND SO I WANTED TO CALL OUT THOSE SPECIFIC INCENTIVES THAT WERE WERE GRANTED. 
          ONE WAS CITY OF KYLE TIED SPECIFICALLY TO SPROUTS. 
          UH, THE SECOND ONE WAS TIED TO SPROUTS, AGAIN IN THE CITY OF BASTROP. 
          SIMILARLY, IN BOTH THOSE SCENARIOS, THERE'S AN OPERATING HEB WITHIN THOSE COMMUNITIES AND SPROUTS IS THE FIRST NON HEB TO, TO ENTER THOSE MARKETS. 
          AND THEN THE NEXT TWO, UH, BOTH BUTA IS RELOCATING, EXPANDING FOR AN HEB AND THEY GAVE INCENTIVES. 
          AND THEN FINALLY IN SAN MARCUS THAT MORE OF A BLANKET INCENTIVE FOR, FOR GROCERY THAT THEY ENDED UP GRANTING, UH, FOR HEB, WHICH IS ACTUALLY PURSUING ON THE SOUTHERN SIDE DOWN AT MCCARTY. 
          SO SPECIFIC TO OUR SITE, IN THE DOCUMENT THAT WE HAVE, UH, SUBMITTED TO, UH, CHENEY AND HER TEAM, IT CALLS FOR A MINIMUM COMMITMENT OF $28 MILLION IN TOTAL COST. 
          AND THAT WOULD BE AGAIN, FOR ALL THE SITE WORK AND ALL THE VERTICAL. 
          UH, IT IS TIED SPECIFICALLY TO SPROUT'S FARMER'S MARKET BASED OUT OF ARIZONA. 
          OUR ORIGINAL GRANT REQUEST WAS FOR $875,000. 
          UM, WE WANTED TO MIRROR WHAT HAD BEEN APPROVED BY, UM, EDC AND COUNCIL, I BELIEVE, UH, FOR NEWQUEST AND THE INCENTIVE THAT THEY HAD DONE MOST RECENTLY. 
          SO THE WAY THAT THAT WAS STRUCTURED, AGAIN FOR GRANT REQUESTS AND THEN FOR, UH, SALES TAX REIMBURSEMENT, UH, IT HAD, UM, UH, THREE DIFFERENT TRANCHES THAT IT WAS PAID OUT. 
          AND SO WE REALIZED $875,000 IS A BIG NUMBER. 
          WE NEED IT FOR VIABILITY OF OUR SITE. 
          HOWEVER, YOU KNOW, A DOLLAR TODAY IS WORTH MORE THAN A DOLLAR TOMORROW. 
          AND SO, AS MUCH AS WE'D LIKE ALL THOSE DOLLARS TODAY, WE DECIDED IT WAS BEST TO PUT IT IN THREE DIFFERENT TRANCHES TO WHERE IT WOULD BE, UM, TIED TO THE THREE DIFFERENT BUILDINGS THAT WE WERE GOING TO CONSTRUCT. 
          AGAIN, ALL TIED TO THE SPECIFIC TENANT OF SPROUTS. 
          AND SO THE FIRST, WHAT WE PROPOSED PAYMENT ONE WAS TIED TO THE CO FOR SPROUTS, AND THAT PAYMENT BEING THREE 50, UH, PAYMENT NUMBER TWO WOULD BE 12 MONTHS LATER TIED TO THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY FOR 12,000 SQUARE FEET. 
          AGAIN, $350,000. 
          AND THEN THE THIRD BEING 24 MONTHS LATER, UH, C OF O FOR THE OTHER 12,000 SQUARE FOOT BUILDING IN THE BALANCE, WHICH IS 175,000. 
          WE UNDERSTAND, YOU KNOW, THERE'S CONVERSATION THAT HAPPENS. 
          UM, WE'VE WORKED WITH STAFF WITH CHENEY TO TRY AND FIGURE OUT, I THINK SOME FOLKS CAME BACK AND SAID, HEY, WE'D LIKE TO TIE IT TO ADDITIONAL TENANTS. 
          UM, WE'RE IN THE POSITION RIGHT NOW IN JUST THE WAY THE SYSTEM WORKS. 
          WE KNOW WHO OUR LEAD TENANT IS. 
          WE HAVE A FINITE AMOUNT OF TIME TO GO MAKE A COMMITMENT TO THEM TO BE ABLE TO MOVE FORWARD. 
          WE'LL START MARKETING AND LEASING THOSE BUILDINGS, UM, AND WE WILL KNOW AND BE ABLE TO IDENTIFY SPECIFIC TENANTS, BUT IT'S PROBABLY EIGHT TO NINE MONTHS AWAY BEFORE WE'RE TO THAT POINT. 
          AND SO, AS AN ALTERNATIVE, UM, I'M GONNA GIVE YOU TWO DIFFERENT ALTERNATIVES. 
          AGAIN, I WANNA CLEARLY STATE OUR PREFERENCE IS WHAT WE ORIGINALLY, UH, REQUESTED OF YOU GUYS, BUT AS AN ALTERNATIVE, UM, ONE ITEM IS, UH, ALTERNATIVE, ONE OCCUPANCY OF MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS. 
          SO THE REQUEST WOULD STAY THE SAME DOLLAR AMOUNT PAYMENT ONE WOULD BE TIED AGAIN TO SPROUTS. 
          WHAT WE'RE PROPOSING IS PAYMENT TWO WOULD ONLY HAPPEN UH, 12 MONTHS LATER, AS LONG AS 50% OF, OF ONE OF THE MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS IS, UH, 50% PRE AT LEAST. 
          SO $350,000. 
          AND THEN PAYMENT THREE WOULD BE FOR THE OTHER MULTI-TENANT BUILDING, UM, BEING 75% LEASED AT THAT TIME. 
          SO IT ENSURES YOU GUYS HAVE, YOU KNOW, ADDITIONAL 
          [02:45:01]
TENANTS, ADDITIONAL USERS SHOWING UP. 
          AND THEN, UH, ALTERNATIVE NUMBER TWO, UM, AGAIN, WANTED TO, TO THROW SOMETHING OUT SPROUTS MILESTONES. 
          SO IT WOULD BE SPECIFICALLY, AGAIN, THE DOLLAR AMOUNT PAYMENT, ONE, DON'T CHANGE. 
          PAYMENT TWO WOULD BE 12 MONTHS AFTER IT WOULD BE IN TIE, UH, TIED TO SOME TYPE OF EMPLOYMENT MILESTONE FOR SPROUTS. 
          SO AGAIN, $350,000. 
          AND THEN PAYMENT THREE WOULD BE TIED TO SOME TYPE OF REVENUE MILESTONE FOR SPROUTS. 
          SO THAT'S THE FIRST COMPONENT PIECE OF, UH, THE INCENTIVE REQUEST. 
          THE SECOND PIECE IS OBVIOUSLY TIED TO SALES TAX REIMBURSEMENT. 
          AND, UM, I WANTED TO TAKE A STEP BACK BECAUSE I HAD A CHANCE TO, AGAIN, SPEAK WITH, WITH THE FOLKS UP HERE, AND IT WAS OVER THE COURSE OF A COUPLE MONTHS. 
          AND RETAIL AND DEVELOPMENT IS VERY DYNAMIC IN WHAT WE DO AND THINGS CHANGE. 
          UM, THEY CAN CHANGE VERY QUICKLY. 
          SO WHEN WE STARTED PURSUING THIS SITE, WE ACTUALLY HAD TWO ANCHORS IN TOW THE GROCERY FIRST, AND THEN WE HAD ANOTHER ANCHOR THAT WAS TO THE NORTH OF THE GROCER AT THAT TIME. 
          UM, THAT ANCHOR WAS GOING TO SIMULTANEOUSLY CLOSE WITH US ON THE LAND, WHICH MEANS, WHICH IS A, A UNIQUE SITUATION, BUT ESSENTIALLY IT MEANS WE DON'T HAVE TO CARRY THAT LAND. 
          THEY MADE IT THROUGH THEIR PROCESS FOR COMMITTEE APPROVAL AND IT GOT TURNED DOWN. 
          AND SO IT MEANS WE GO BACK TO THE DRAWING BOARD. 
          SO TODAY, YOU KNOW, WE'RE IN THE POSITION OF LOOKING HOW DO WE, YOU KNOW, REPURPOSE THAT LAND, GO FIND SOMETHING FOR IT SPECIFICALLY. 
          ULTIMATELY WHAT IT MEANS IS WE CARRY THAT LAND, OUR COST BASIS GOES UP AND INCREASES. 
          AND SO I'VE SAID PREVIOUSLY THE SALES TAX REIMBURSEMENT WOULD BE A NICE TO HAVE, NOT A NECESSARY, AND I'M NOT GONNA GO AS FAR TO SAY AS WE HAVE TO HAVE IT TO MAKE SOMETHING HAPPEN. 
          BUT IT'S ALL THE MORE IMPORTANT TODAY GIVEN WHERE WE'RE AT. 
          SO THE ORIGINAL REQUEST WAS YEARS FOUR THROUGH 10. 
          UM, WE WOULD PARTICIPATE, UH, 50% OF SALES TAX REVENUE, AGAIN, YOU KNOW, YEARS ONE TO THREE. 
          WE WOULD NOT ON THE SALES SIDE BECAUSE THOSE GRANTS ARE IN PLACE. 
          WE ALSO COMMITTED TO A MINIMUM OF $10 MILLION IN TAXABLE, UH, ANNUAL SALES FOR THE PROJECT. 
          AND THEN FURTHER BREAKING DOWN THE DETAILS OF THAT, OUR ESTIMATE, WHICH AGAIN, WE'VE PROVIDED CHENEY, I THINK SHE'S DISTRIBUTED HER OWN, UH, ANALYSIS INTERNALLY TO YOU GUYS. 
          UH, WE ESTIMATE ABOUT $1.8 MILLION OF SALES TAX REVENUE OVER THE FIRST 10 YEARS. 
          WE THINK THIS IS A CONSERVATIVE ESTIMATE. 
          I HAD THE QUESTION BEFORE OF, UH, WHAT IS THE PERCENTAGE THAT YOU'RE ACTUALLY TAXING THE GROCER? THE GROCER HAS TAXABLE GOODS AND IT'S IN BETWEEN 13 AND 15%. 
          AND THAT COMES DIRECTLY FROM SPROUTS BASED ON THEIR PROJECTED REVENUES. 
          UM, SO THAT NUMBER IS COMPRISED OF THE GROCER, THE TWO MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS AND TWO DIFFERENT PADS. 
          SO AGAIN, WITH WHAT WE'RE PROPOSING, THE 50% TO ENDEAVOR WOULD BE APPROXIMATELY 678,688 WITH THE BALANCE GOING TO THE CITY. 
          UH, AGAIN, WE'VE HAD FURTHER CONVERSATIONS WITH STAFF AND, UH, I THINK TAKING FEEDBACK FROM EDC AND WHAT WE'RE PROPOSING TO MODIFY IS, UM, TYING THIS SPECIFICALLY TO A SIT DOWN FULL SERVICE RESTAURANT. 
          AND WE'VE CONTINUALLY HEARD THAT THAT'S, THOSE ARE USERS THAT THE CITY, UM, RESIDENTS CONTINUE TO WANNA SEE USERS LIKE CHEWY'S, USERS LIKE JACK ALLEN'S. 
          UM, THE CHALLENGE WITH THE FULL SERVICE RESTAURANTS, THEY TAKE MORE ACREAGE. 
          UM, THE PAY PER ACRE IS A LITTLE BIT LOWER. 
          AND SO WE WOULD HOPE THAT WE'RE ALIGNING WITH YOU GUYS IN TRYING TO, YOU KNOW, FIGURE OUT WAYS TO BRING, AGAIN, USES THAT THE CITY WANTS TO SEE. 
          AND THEN IT WAS RECOMMENDED ALSO TO PUT IN A NOT TO EXCEED NUMBER. 
          SO WE'RE PROPOSING 1.5 MILLION, UM, IN TOTAL. 
          SO, UM, THE SUMMARY, YOU KNOW, YOU GUYS ARE, ARE FACED WITH THIS EVERY DAY IN TERMS OF OF COSTS, AND WE'VE HEARD PRESENTATIONS ABOUT COSTS THAT THE CITY HAS. 
          UH, RETAIL IS ONE OF THE FEW DRIVERS THAT ACTUALLY IS INCREMENTALLY POSITIVE IN TERMS OF WHAT IT GENERATES. 
          SO AGAIN, WE GAVE THESE NUMBERS TO CHENEY, BUT OVER THE FIRST 10 YEARS, AD VALOREM TAXES, UM, WILL GENERATE ABOUT 5.87 MILLION FOR THE PROJECT. 
          AND AGAIN, THE 1.8 MILLION FOR SALES TAX. 
          THAT'S WHAT I GOT. 
          THANKS, SIR. 
          QUESTIONS, UH, DISCUSSION FROM COUNSEL. 
          YEAH. 
          CAN YOU GO BACK A SLIDE TO THE INCENTIVES? UH, YEAH. 
          UM, SO I APPRECIATE YOU PUTTING ALL THE ALTERNATIVES OUT THERE. 
          MM-HMM . 
          UM, SHOWS THAT YOU GUYS ARE WILLING TO HAVE DISCUSSIONS AND THAT SORT OF THING. 
          [02:50:01]
UM, I COULD SEE HOW IT COMES WITH, UH, MAYBE SOME NEGATIVES, BUT ALTERNATIVE ONE, I, AND I'VE SAID THIS BEFORE, YOU KNOW, I LIKE THAT BECAUSE, UM, IT DRIVES YOU TO, TO FILL THOSE SPACES. 
          YOU COULD HAVE A MULTI-TENANT BUILDING EMPTY FOR A LONG TIME. 
          WE, WE MAY HAVE SOME OF THOSE IN HU RIGHT NOW. 
          UM, AND SO IF YOU'RE, IF YOUR, IF YOUR, UH, GRANT IS TIED TO PRODUCTIVITY MM-HMM . 
          THEN IT, UH, WELL, LIKE I'VE SAID, IF YOU'RE HUNGRY, YOU'RE GONNA WORK HARD. 
          RIGHT? RIGHT. 
          UM, AND SO IF YOU'RE TIED TO THE LEAST, I, YOU KNOW, I KINDA LIKE THAT. 
          PERSONALLY. 
          I HAVE NO PROBLEM, UH, WITH A LOT OF THIS. 
          UM, I, I THINK, UM, I'LL JUST SAY IT, I THINK A LOT OF PEOPLE IN HUDA ARE HOPING FOR AN HEB ON THE NORTH SIDE. 
          I DON'T KNOW MUCH ABOUT THIS, BUT I JUST DON'T SEE THAT HAPPENING. 
          I WAS IN ANOTHER, UH, UH, DEALING WITH ANOTHER, UH, CITY A FEW YEARS AGO, AND THEY WANTED AN HEB, UM, AND WHAT ALMOST 15 YEARS LATER, THEY'RE, THEY'RE JUST NOW BUILDING ONE. 
          SO, YOU KNOW, I, I, I PERSONALLY LIKE SPROUTS. 
          UM, FINANCIALLY I THINK IT'S A GOOD DEAL. 
          UM, I THINK WE'RE GONNA, YOU KNOW, WE NEED TO HAVE A GROCER ON THE NORTH SIDE. 
          IT'S DEFINITELY A, A, A CONCERN WITH PEOPLE. 
          AND THEN THE SIT DOWN RESTAURANT, UM, IT IS A, IS A BIG THING. 
          SO, UM, YEAH. 
          I, I DON'T KNOW ABOUT THE SALES TAX. 
          YOU, YOU DID MENTION THAT IT'S NOT A DEAL BREAKER IF YOU DON'T GET THAT, BUT YOU WOULD LIKE TO HAVE THAT. 
          IS THAT, IS THAT A FAIR STATEMENT? IT'S, IT'S STILL A VERY IMPORTANT ITEM TO US. 
          SURE. 
          VERY IMPORTANT TO YOU. 
          RIGHT. 
          GOT IT. 
          IT IT, I MEAN, THE GRANT OBVIOUSLY IS TIED TO THE VIABILITY OF SURE. 
          MOVING FORWARD OR SALES TAXES, LITTLE DIFFERENT. 
          SURE. 
          YEAH. 
          I JUST, I JUST WANT TO CLARIFY. 
          I'M NOT SAYING I'M, I'M GONNA VOTE TO TAKE IT AWAY FROM YOU. 
          I JUST WANNA CLARIFY. 
          SURE, SURE, SURE. 
          NO, AND I THINK TO YOUR POINT, I MEAN, WE WANT TO BE ALIGNED WITH THE CITY. 
          WE'RE GOING TO, WE'RE GONNA MAKE DECISIONS THAT BRING THE BEST TENANTS WHO CAN PUSH THE MOST REVENUE. 
          MM-HMM . 
          YOU KNOW, AND, AND WE WANT TO BE ABLE TO DO THAT AND BE ALIGNED WITH YOU GUYS AND HOW WE'RE MAKING DECISIONS. 
          UM, IN EDC THIS WEEK, YOU KNOW, I SAID, YOU'RE GONNA SEE A LOT OF FOOD, HOPEFULLY A LOT OF FAST CASUAL USERS, SERVICE USERS. 
          UNFORTUNATELY, OUR WORLD OF RETAIL DOESN'T HAVE ANY MANY RETAILERS ANYMORE. 
          AND SO IT'S, YOU KNOW, IT'S NOT VERY OFTEN YOU GET THE RETAILERS SHOWING UP, ESPECIALLY A DAILY DRIVER LIKE A GROCER. 
          SO, ADAM, WHAT VERIFIABLE, UH, ECONOMIC IMPACT STUDIES ARE YOU USING TO GET TO THE, TO THE SALES TAX REIMBURSEMENT SPECIFICALLY? LIKE WHAT ASSUMPTIONS ARE YOU MAKING AND HOW CONSERVATIVE ARE THEY? THEY'RE, UH, WHAT WE WOULD BE, WHAT WE WOULD SAY IS CONSERVATIVE, UM, YOU KNOW, YOU KNOW, YOU NEVER WANT TO OVERSHOOT, ESPECIALLY WHEN IT'S TIED TO A CERTAIN NUMBER. 
          AND SO, UM, IT'S BASED ON DATA OF SHOPPING CENTERS THAT WE DEVELOP OF USERS AND WHAT VOLUMES THEY ACTUALLY DO. 
          WE HAVE THAT DATA GENERATE, I MEAN, IT'S DATA THAT'S TENANT SPECIFIC. 
          UM, I'M SURE WE COULD GET YOU SOME GENERAL DATA, IF, IF THAT WOULD HELP. 
          SO SPECIFICALLY REGARDING THE 1.8 MILLION, A COUPLE NOTES TO IT, AND I, I'LL, UM, I'LL COMMENT ON A FEW SPECIFICS. 
          SO, UH, FOR INSTANCE, YOU KNOW, YEAR ONE, WE TAKE IN 75% OF TOTAL SALES. 
          SO AS TENANTS ARE GETTING OPEN, THEY MIGHT NOT BE OPEN FOR A FULL YEAR. 
          UM, IT SOMETIMES TAKES PEOPLE NEW HABITS, PATTERNS TO, TO ESTABLISH RHYTHMS. AND SO THEY'RE NOT GONNA BE COMING OUTTA THE GATE, YOU KNOW, AT A HUNDRED PERCENT NECESSARILY. 
          SO YEAR ONE WE ESTIMATE 75%. 
          YEAR TWO, WE ESTIMATE 90%. 
          YEAR THREE IS A HUNDRED PERCENT. 
          AND THEN WE HAVE A TWO AND A HALF PERCENT ESCALATOR ON THAT. 
          UM, SPROUT SPECIFICALLY, UM, THEY'LL TAKE THEIR PROJECTED REVENUE, AND THAT'S WHERE WE'VE TAKEN, I THINK IT'S 15% OF THE PROJECTED REVENUE OF TAXABLE DOLLARS. 
          NOT EVERYTHING IS PERISHABLE THAT THEY SELL. 
          AND SO THAT'S HOW WE'VE ARRIVED AT THAT NUMBER. 
          FOR OUR MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS, WE'VE TAKEN $300 A FOOT AS A BASELINE, WHICH IS A CONSERVATIVE ESTIMATE. 
          AND THEN FOR OUR TWO PADS, WE'RE AT A MILLION AND A HALF DOLLARS FOR ONE AND $3 MILLION OF PROJECTED SALES FOR THE OTHER, WHICH, UM, YOU KNOW, YOU GET, YOU GET A BANK SHOWING UP, FOR INSTANCE, AND YOU KNOW, THEY'RE NOT GONNA BE GENERATING TAX SALES. 
          SO WE'RE ESTIMATING TWO OF THE THREE PADS WILL GENERATE TAX SALES. 
          OKAY. 
          YEAH. 
          AND THAT'S HOW WE ARRIVE AT, IT'S ROUGHLY 14.265 MILLION OF, UM, TAXABLE SALES BY YEAR TWO. 
          OKAY. 
          AND IF, YEAH, IF YOU COULD PROVIDE THAT TO CHANEY, THAT'D BE GREAT. 
          UM, AND THEN IF YOUR REVENUE PROJECTIONS TURN OUT TO BE WRONG, WHAT FINANCIAL RISK IS ON ENDEAVOR, UM, I MEAN, LIKE WHAT FINANCIAL RISK ARE YOU ABSORBING? THEY'LL NEVER BE, WE'LL, NEVER, YOU KNOW, 
          [02:55:01]
GET IT RIGHT TO THE DOLLAR. 
          RIGHT. 
          BUT, UM, I THINK WE'VE GOT CERTAIN METRICS, AND PAUL, YOU CAN CORRECT ME IF WE'VE GOT CERTAIN METRICS THAT WE NEED TO HIT IN ORDER TO EVEN REALIZE ANY OF THE PERCENTAGE OF THE SALES. 
          AND THEN, YOU KNOW, ON THE FLIP SIDE, IF WE HIT THOSE, THERE'S A CAP ON IT AS WELL. 
          DOES THAT SOUND RIGHT? YEAH. 
          YEP. 
          OKAY. 
          SO THERE ARE CLAWBACKS FOR TAXPAYER FUNDS. 
          IF, FOR INSTANCE, SPROUTS CLOSES, UM, I, I DON'T HAVE AN ANSWER FOR IF SPROUTS CLOSES, IT'S TIED TO, UH, OPENING CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. 
          UM, YOU KNOW, THEY NEVER MAKE A COMMITMENT FOR ONGOING NECESSARILY. 
          AND SO I THINK THAT'S A RISK, YOU KNOW, JUST LIKE THE ACADEMY DEAL OR THE CHEWY'S DEAL OR ANY GRANT, I THINK, YOU KNOW, ALWAYS HAS SOMETHING LIKE THAT, SOME RISK BUILT INTO IT. 
          SO IF THEY WERE TO CLOSE, WOULD ENDEAVOR AFTER THE, AFTER THE FOUR TO 10 YEARS, YOU GUYS, YOU GUYS ARE OUT, THERE'S NO, SO, SO WE WOULD, AGAIN, UM, 50% OF THE SALES FOR YEARS FOUR THROUGH 10. 
          AND SO IT'S NOT MAKING A COMMITMENT OF, UH, WE HAVE TO MEET CERTAIN OBJECTIVES. 
          AND THEN BEYOND THAT, ONCE WE DO, IT'S SPLIT 50 50. 
          AND I MIGHT NOT BE ARTICULATING THIS REAL WELL. 
          I, I THINK WHAT HE'S ASKING IS WHAT HAPPENS IF SPROUTS CLOSES THEN, THEN THEIR REVENUE, I MEAN, THEIR REVENUE GOES TO ZERO. 
          AND SO, RIGHT. 
          SO WHAT'S THE IMPACT OF YOU GUYS? LIKE YOU BUILT THIS GROCERY STORE BUILDING AND NOW SPROUTS CLOSES, AND I'M NOT PUTTING WORDS IN HIS MOUTH. 
          I THINK HE'S WONDERING FROM, FROM A SALES TAX DECIDE WE'RE NOT GETTING SALES TAX. 
          WHAT'S YOUR, WHAT'S YOUR, AS AS A BUILDING OWNER, WHAT DO WE DO? I MEAN, WHAT, WHAT, WHAT HURTS DO YOU GO TO BED AT NIGHT WITHOUT, YOU KNOW, WELL, WE'VE GOT SLEEP OR WE'LL HAVE, YOU KNOW, A LOAN IN PLACE AND WE'VE GOT OBLIGATIONS IN THE LOAN TO GO MEET. 
          AND SO WE'RE INCENTIVE TO GO FIND A SUITABLE REPLACEMENT AT IT AS QUICKLY AS, AS WE POSSIBLY CAN FROM A SALES TAX PERSPECTIVE. 
          YOU KNOW, IF THEY'RE NOT GENERATING ANY REVENUE, IT DOESN'T, IT MEANS THAT WE'RE NOT PUTTING ANYTHING IN OUR POCKETS TOO. 
          AND SO WE'VE GOT AN ALIGNED INCENTIVE TO GO FIND A USER WHO'S GONNA PUSH VOLUME AND GENERATE THAT TAX SALES. 
          I'M JUST TRYING TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO RESPOND TO RESIDENTS THAT SAY, THIS DEAL IS A HANDOUT TO A CORPORATION WITH NO, WITH THE GUARANTEED RETURN BEING SUSPECT. 
          BECAUSE RIGHT NOW WHAT I'M HAVING AN ISSUE WITH IS SALES TAX REIMBURSEMENT FOR ONE, AND THEN TURNING AROUND AND ALSO SAYING, WELL, WE NEED FUNDS TO GET STARTED AS WELL FOR A GROCER THAT, YOU KNOW, WHETHER I AGREE OR NOT IS A SPECIALTY TO SOME PEOPLE, THAT'S THE ISSUE. 
          CAN YOU ADDRESS THAT? UM, I THINK THE WAY THAT WE'VE GOT IT STRUCTURED FROM THE GRANT PERSPECTIVE, THEY'VE GOT AN OBLIGATION TO OPEN. 
          THERE'S NOT AN ONGOING OBLIGATION. 
          UM, I THINK THAT IS CONSISTENT WITH WHAT THE CITY HAS DONE PREVIOUSLY. 
          SO I DON'T THINK WE'RE TRYING TO POSITION IT ANY DIFFERENT THAN WHAT WAS DONE, YOU KNOW, MOST RECENTLY WITH NEWQUEST. 
          UM, I THINK THAT IS, BUT I THINK NEWQUEST WAS BRINGING SOMETHING THAT YOU GUYS ARE PROPOSING THAT IS NOT SOMETHING THAT, WITH THE CONSTITUENTS THAT I TALKED TO A NEED FOR THIS SPECIFIC GROCER. 
          SO I APPRECIATE THE COMPARISON TO NEWQUEST, BUT I THINK NEWQUEST WAS BRINGING SOMETHING THAT WAS A NEED AT THAT TIME FOR THE CITIZENS. 
          AND RIGHT NOW, AGAIN, CONSTITUENTS THAT I'M TALKING TO, IT'S NOT THAT. 
          GOT IT. 
          AND, AND AT THE END OF THE DAY, I THINK THAT'S, I MEAN, THAT'S WHERE YOU GUYS HAVE TO MAKE A DECISION. 
          OKAY. 
          AND I, I COMPLETELY UNDERSTAND THAT. 
          I APPRECIATE IT. 
          YEAH. 
          WELL, I APPRECIATE, YOU KNOW, UM, YOU BRINGING UP WHAT YOU DID BRING UP BRIAN, BECAUSE I'VE BEEN HEARING A LOT OF THE SAME THING. 
          AND, UH, THE QUESTION IS, IS, WHICH YOU CAN'T ANSWER, MAYBE CITY COUNCIL CAN ANSWER, IS, WE'VE HAD OPPORTUNITIES IN THE PAST WITH GROCERS WANTING TO COME HERE MM-HMM . 
          AND FOR WHATEVER REASON IT HASN'T HAPPENED. 
          THEIR, THEIR, UH, CONCERN IS THIS IS A SPECIALTY, UH, TYPE OF GROCER. 
          AND, UM, YOU KNOW, THEY'VE BEEN SCREAMING, HU'S BEEN SCREAMING FOR, FOR GROCERY STORES. 
          THEY'VE HAD OPPORTUNITIES 
          [03:00:01]
IN THE PAST, YOU KNOW, SOME ARE OKAY WITH SPROUTS, BUT MOST ARE NOT, BECAUSE IT IS A SPECIALTY, IT IS MORE EXPENSIVE. 
          SO, UM, I THINK WHAT I'M HEARING IS THE FRUSTRATION OF WE'VE HAD OPPORTUNITIES IN THE PAST. 
          WHY HASN'T CITY COUNCIL, UM, APPROVED THESE OPPORTUNITIES IN THE PAST? NOW WE HAVE THIS OPPORTUNITY. 
          WHAT HAPPENS IF THIS SLIPS THROUGH? THERE'S A LOT OF FRUSTRATION OUT THERE, AND I KNOW YOU CAN'T ANSWER THAT, BUT MAYBE SOMEBODY ON CITY COUNCIL CAN, I CAN GIVE YOU SOME INSIGHT. 
          UM, I'LL GIVE YOU A QUOTE, HIPPO NATION, OVER THE PAST THREE YEARS, MAYOR SNYDER HAS REPEATEDLY ASKED THE PUBLIC QUESTIONS SUCH AS, DO PEOPLE WANT A GROCERY STORE? I WAS IN 2023, WHAT KIND OF RETAILER ARE WE LOOKING FOR? 2024. 
          AND WHAT SPECIFIC BUSINESS WOULD YOU LIKE TO SEE IN HUDU 2025? AND UNFORTUNATELY, THESE INQUIRIES HAVE NOT LED TO ANY TANGIBLE RESULTS FOR HUDU TEXAS TAXPAYERS. 
          THIS PATTERN HAS HIGHLIGHTED THE STARK DIFFERENCE BETWEEN MAYOR SNYDER'S PERCEIVED INFLUENCE AND REALITY. 
          IT HAS BECOME EVIDENT THAT MAYOR SNYDER LACKS THE VISION AND THE COLLABORATION RESULTING IN NONE OF THE PROPOSED BUSINESSES COME TO HUDDLE AS YOU CONSIDER. 
          WE'LL, AGAIN, IN THAT PART, UH, THINK ABOUT WHO YOU AND YOUR FAMILY WANNA, IF YOU AND YOUR FAMILY WANNA ENDURE ANOTHER THREE YEARS OF EMPTY QUESTIONS AND UNFILLED COMMITMENTS, SOME COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON, HE'S GONNA BE AGAINST THIS DEAL BECAUSE I KNOW YOUR FIRST AND LAST NAME, AND THAT'S JUST HOW IT'S BEEN TO YOUR POINT. 
          UM, THESE SAME GUYS CAME UP AND HAD A RANDALL'S READY TO GO LAND UNDER CONTRACT OUT AT 1 32. 
          IT DIED WITH THE CITY COUNCIL. 
          IT STARTED WHEN I WAS ON THERE. 
          IT DIED WHEN I WAS OFF. 
          CUSTOMER THOMPSON WAS ON THERE. 
          CITY COULDN'T FIGURE OUT HOW TO GET OUTTA THEIR WAY ON THE 1 32 BRIDGE. 
          AND SO WE WOULDN'T GIVE YOU MORE TIME. 
          AND SO YOU GO, THESE GROCERY STORES, I APPRECIATE PEOPLE'S INPUT ON, WELL, NOT THE BEST PLACE. 
          I WANT IT TO BE OVER HERE. 
          THAT'S NOT HOW IT WORKS. 
          AND SO THESE GUYS DON'T EVEN REPRESENT SPROUTS. 
          THERE'S ANOTHER GUY FOR FOUR YEARS, I'VE BEEN TALKING TO A SPROUTS GUY GOING STOP TELLING ME NO, SHE'S TELLING ME WHERE, AND WE'LL WORK ON IT. 
          I'VE BEEN TELLING THE SAME THING TO ALDIS. 
          TRADER JOE'S DOESN'T RETURN PHONE CALLS AND WHOLE FOODS DOESN'T RETURN PHONE CALLS OR EMAILS. 
          ALDI'S PICKED OUT ONE SPOT IN THE CITY. 
          THEY SAID THERE'S ONE SPOT WE'RE WILLING TO GO TO THAT'S ON ED SCHMIDT. 
          YOU KNOW WHAT THE PROBLEM WITH THAT IS? 22 ACRES BELONGS TO A BANK. 
          IT JUST GOT REPOED THAT WAS BROUGHT TO THE CITY COUNCIL, SAID, HEY, FOR $8 MILLION, WE CAN BUY IT FROM THE BANK, SELL ACREAGE TO ALDI'S AND CHECK IT OFF. 
          WE DON'T WANNA DO THAT. 
          AND SO ALDI'S IS SITTING THERE WAITING FOR SOMEONE TO TAKE DOWN 22 ACRES FROM A BANK IN LUBBOCK OR AMARILLO OR SOMEPLACE. 
          AND SO THESE DEALS ARE EXTREMELY LOW MARGIN. 
          THESE GUYS ARE GONNA MAKE MONEY, UH, ENOUGH MONEY TO HOPEFULLY COME BACK. 
          UM, PEOPLE SAY IT'S A HANDOUT TO GO THROUGH SOME NUMBERS. 
          WHEN WE DID PROJECT V, UM, WHICH WAS, UH, MOVIE THEATER, THAT WAS A $25 MILLION BILL, YEAR 28 MILLION. 
          THEY WERE 25 MILLION OVER 10 YEARS. 
          WE SAID, YEAR ONE, WE'LL GIVE YOU $500,000 JUST FOR CEO. 
          YEAR TWO, WE SAID, WE'LL GIVE YOU ANOTHER 400,000. 
          AND THEN WE SAID, FROM YEAR THREE TO 10, WE'LL GIVE YOU $387,000 FOR THE NEXT SEVEN YEARS TOTAL OF $4 MILLION. 
          AND WE'LL KICK IN A HUNDRED PERCENT OF SALES TAX. 
          YEAR ONE THROUGH TWO 90%, THREE THROUGH FOUR 80 IN YEAR FIVE 70, YEAR SIX 16 YEAR SEVEN 50%, EIGHT THROUGH 10. 
          YOU GUYS ARE BUILDING MORE AND ASKING FOR LITERALLY LIKE A FRACTION OF WHAT WE GAVE TO THOSE GUYS. 
          SO I APPRECIATE YOU FOLLOWING THEIR AGREEMENT, BUT NOT ASKING FOR THE STUFF. 
          THEN YOU GOT THE ACADEMY SPECIALTY STORE. 
          KEEP IN MIND, THAT'S A SPECIALTY STORE. 
          NOT EVERYBODY SHOPS AT ACADEMY. 
          I STOPPED WHEN MY KIDS GOT OUTTA SPORTS. 
          THAT'S A $15 MILLION BUILD, 15 YEAR DEAL. 
          AND THAT IS YEAR ONE THROUGH EIGHT. 
          WE GIVE THEM $350,000 A YEAR JUST FOR HAVING OUR DOORS OPEN YEAR NINE THROUGH 12. 
          WE GIVE 'EM ANOTHER $300,000 A YEAR AND WE GIVE THEM SALES TAX BACK YEAR ONE THROUGH 10, A HUNDRED PERCENT THREE THROUGH 4, 95 THROUGH SEVEN 80 YEAR 8 75. 
          YOU'RE 9 65 60, 50 50. 
          SO I GET PEOPLE'S CONCERNS, BUT WHAT I'M LOOKING AT IS FOR $350,000, YOU GET A GROCERY STORE. 
          THIS SAME COUNCIL WAS ALSO, I WAS, YOU KNOW, WHY I GOTTEN ON EDC ANYMORE, I WERE GONNA, THEY WERE GONNA REMOVE ME BECAUSE I DID NOT LIKE US WANTING TO GIVE THIS COUNCIL AT THE TIME, VOTED TO GIVE $3 MILLION TO A GUY TO BUILD A 7,000 SQUARE FOOT SHOPPING CENTER. 
          [03:05:02]
NO IDEA WHAT WE'RE DOING. 
          NO IDEA IT WAS GONNA BE THERE. 
          YOU'RE ASKING FOR $350,000. 
          AND I TOLD SOMEONE TODAY, IF I WAS AN INVESTOR AND YOU SAID, IF, IF FOR 350 GRAND, I'LL BUILD A 12,000 SQUARE FOOT BUILDING AND YOU GET TO TAX ME ON THAT, AND YOU'RE GONNA GET TO TAKE MY SALES TAX NUMBERS OUT OF THAT, I'D ROB A BANK TO GO DO THAT DEAL. 
          AND THEN IF YOU SAID, HEY, FOR 350 GRAND, YOU CAN HAVE A SPROUTS COLLECT THE SALES TAX, HALF OF IT FOR, UH, 10 YEARS UP TO 1,000,005, AND, UM, AND THE THE PROPERTY TAX, I'M ROBBING ANOTHER BANK BECAUSE THOSE ARE DEALS THAT, RIGHT, YOU'RE A CITY, IT'S, IT'S GUARANTEED YOU HAVE A BUILDING, YOU'RE TAXING. 
          RIGHT? AND WE'RE NOT EVEN TALKING ABOUT THE BUSINESS PERSONAL PROPERTY. 
          SO YEAH, WE MAY NOT GET SALES TAX ON APPLES AND PAIRS AND CABBAGE, BUT WE DO GET TAX AT THE END OF THE YEAR. 
          SO THEN I WENT THROUGH OTHER DEALS IN OCTOBER 16TH, SAN MARCOS DID A DEAL, 1.6 MILLION, UH, DECEMBER 6TH, BUDDA DID ONE. 
          SEPTEMBER 20, NINTHS BELOW DID ONE AND 21, UM, COSTCO IN GEORGETOWN. 
          I MEAN, COSTCO'S A MULTI-BILLION DOLLAR COMPANY. 
          THEY GOT FOUR AND A HALF BILLION DOLLARS TO GO THERE. 
          AND I'M NOT SAYING, I'M NOT SAYING THIS IS RIGHT 'CAUSE I'M NOT GONNA SHOP AT SPROUTS MORE THAN LIKELY BECAUSE ANYBODY THAT KNOWS ME KNOWS I DON'T EAT FRUITS AND VEGETABLES AND I'M NOT A REAL HEALTHY GUY. 
          , BUT I DON'T MAKE DECISIONS FOR ME. 
          I MAKE 'EM FOR 45,000 PEOPLE WITH AN AVERAGE HOUSEHOLD INCOME OF $119,000. 
          SO SOMEONE OUT THERE IS MAKING MONEY. 
          UM, THE PEOPLE I KNOW WERE, WE MAY NOT SHOP THERE, BUT WE'LL TAKE THE TAX MONEY AND THEN GEORGETOWN, THAT HEB AT 29 AND UH, 35, THAT SUCKER IS INVOLVED IN A $130 MILLION TURS THAT THE COUNTY EVEN THREW 30 MILLION INTO. 
          AND SO I LOOK AT THIS AND I GO, MAN, I WOULD LOVE THESE DEALS NOT TO COST MONEY, BUT A $300,000 AND 350,000 INVESTMENT GETS YOU, IT, IT, IT GETS YOU A GROCERY STORE. 
          IT MAY NOT BE THE ONE EVERYBODY WANTS. 
          UM, I KNOW WE WANT WHOLE FOODS. 
          THERE'S THREE OF THEM IN THE METRO AREA. 
          I'M NOT DOGGING, I THINK YOU LIVE ON THE WEST SIDE. 
          I'M NOT DOGGING YOU GUYS ON THE WEST SIDE, BUT THE THREE WHOLE FOODS ARE ONLY . 
          THEY'RE ONLY WEST OF MOPAC. 
          RIGHT? AND THEN I SAID, WELL, WHAT ABOUT TRADER JOE'S? I HEAR THAT ALL THE TIME. 
          THERE'S ONLY THREE OF THOSE IN THE WHOLE METRO AREA, AND ALL THREE OF THOSE ARE WEST OF THE MOPAC. 
          SO WE SAID NO TO RANDALL'S, WE SAID NO TO ALDI'S. 
          WE CAN VOTE HERE AND SAY NO TO SPROUTS. 
          AND ALL I'M GONNA DO IS START TELLING PEOPLE IT'S NOT ME, REGARDLESS OF WHAT COUNCILMAN THOMPSON SAYS, IT'S NOT ME. 
          'CAUSE HELL, ALL YOU CAN DO IS YOU CAN LEAD A HORSE TO WATER, BUT YOU CAN'T MAKE IT DRINK. 
          AND SO IT'S LIKE, HERE'S THE DEAL, AND IF YOU DON'T WANT, YOU GUYS WILL GO DOWN TO PFLUGERVILLE AND THEN WE CAN TELL EVERYBODY, WELL, EVERY BUSINESS IN STONE HILL COULD HAVE BEEN IN HUDA ONCE UPON A TIME. 
          AND WE FOUGHT THAT. 
          AND NOW WE B***H ABOUT, WELL, STONE HILL, WE SHOULD HAVE DONE THIS. 
          WE SHOULD HAVE DONE THAT. 
          WELL, ONCE SPROUTS GO SOMEWHERE ELSE, THEY BUILD HERE. 
          THEY'RE NOT IN ROUND ROCK. 
          THEY BUILD HERE. 
          THEY'RE NOT IN SOUTH GEORGETOWN. 
          SO TO ME, THIS IS, WE NEED TO GET GOING BECAUSE WE KEEP SCREWING DEALS UP IN HU BECAUSE TIME KILLS DEALS AND WE KEEP GETTING INTO THE POLITICS OF THINGS WHEN IN REALITY, YOU, IT'S NOT POLITICS, IT'S JUST STRAIGHT BUSINESS MATH. 
          IT MAKES MONEY. 
          AND YOU, SO YOU SHOW RIGHT THERE, 1.8 MILLION COMING IN, WE'RE GONNA GET 1,000,001. 
          WELL, THIS PROPERTY IS NOT EVEN IN THE CITY, SO YOU GOTTA ANNEX IT IN. 
          SO WE CAN'T EVEN TAX IT NOW AS IT BEGINS. 
          AND SO THERE'S 1.8 MILLION, THERE'S 1,000,001 THAT'LL TAKE A LOT OF DEBT SERVICE OFF THE, YOU GUYS HEARD ABOUT THE POLICE STATION? THAT'S A LOT OF DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE FOR A POLICE STATION. 
          YOU COULD SELL A SALES TAX FUNDED BOND AND GO IN THREE YEARS. 
          WE CAN PUT A MILLION A YEAR IN DEBT SERVICE TOWARDS THAT POLICE STATION, IF NOT FOR CONGRESSIONAL. 
          OR WE CAN KEEP PARKING POLITICAL SIGNS UP ON THE HILL LIKE WE'VE DONE FOR THE PAST 10 YEARS AND WATCH SOME GUY CUT GRASS OUT IN THE ETJ. 
          SO THESE AREN'T THE BEST DEALS. 
          AND AGAIN, WHILE I'M NOT GONNA SHOP THERE AND I DON'T LIKE GIVING YOU GUYS MONEY, UM, THE LAST THING I'LL SAY IS IF ANYBODY'S EVER TALKED TO YOU ABOUT, IT'S A BUSINESS OWNER, EVERY SPACE THEY BUILD, YOU KNOW WHAT THE FIRST THING, A TENANT COMES IN AND SAYS, HOW MUCH TI ARE YOU GONNA GIVE ME? AND THEY HAVE TO THEN TAKE MONEY OUTTA THEIR POCKET JUST TO GET THE THING FINANCED WITH TENANT IMPROVEMENTS BECAUSE, WELL, WE DON'T LIKE GIVING THEM MONEY. 
          THEY DON'T LIKE GIVING TENANTS MONEY. 
          BUT UNFORTUNATELY THAT'S JUST, THAT'S THE WAY IT IS. 
          AND SO TO ME, AS LONG AS IT'S A BUSINESS SOUNDING GOOD, UM, BUSINESS THING, AND WE'RE GONNA MAKE MONEY, THAT'S 1,000,001 MORE THAN WHAT WE HAVE ON TOP OF PROPERTY TAX WITHOUT IT. 
          AND I JUST HOPE WE DON'T SCREW IT UP. 
          BUT THEN IF WE DO, I MEAN, IT'S EASY TO SAY I VOTED FOR IT AND UNDERSTOOD. 
          HERE'S, HERE'S WHY WE KEEP SHOOTING OURSELVES IN THE FOOT. 
          BUT I APPRECIATE YOU GOING THROUGH THE, AND YOU KNOW, YOU AIN'T GOT THROUGH THE PERMITTED PROCESS. 
          THAT'S ANOTHER BEAR. 
          BUT, 
          [03:10:02]
AND POINT OF CLARIFICATION, ADAM, COUNCIL MEMBER KING, I NEVER SAID I WASN'T GONNA VOTE FOR IT. 
          UM, I DON'T KNOW WHY THE MAYOR CONTINUES TO PUT WORDS IN PEOPLE'S MOUTHS. 
          UM, BUT I NEVER SAID I WAS GONNA NOT VOTE FOR THIS BEING PREPARED, APPARENTLY INTIMIDATE SOME PEOPLE. 
          SO NEVER SAID THAT. 
          LOOK FORWARD TO THIS. 
          I I REALIZE THERE'S ZERO OBLIGATION AT THE END OF THE DAY AND WE'RE TRYING TO BRING A BUSINESS PROPOSITION AND, UM, YOU KNOW, SO I'VE GOT SOME, A COUPLE QUESTIONS FOR YOU, ADAM. 
          YEP. 
          UM, GLAD TO MEET WITH YOU BACK. 
          UH, I THINK IT'S BEEN ABOUT SIX WEEKS AGO. 
          I THINK WE MET AROUND THE FIRST PART OF JUNE. 
          UM, YOU SHARED WITH ME A LOT OF THESE DETAILS BACK THEN. 
          UH, YOU HAD MENTIONED THAT YOU REALLY ONLY NEED, UM, THE GRANT MONEY TO MAKE IT WORK AND THAT YOU DIDN'T NEED ANY OF THE SALES TAX MONEY. 
          WHAT CHANGED BETWEEN THEN AND NOW? THE ANCHOR TENANT ON THE NORTH SIDE OKAY. 
          TO THE NORTH OF LOSING THAT ANCHOR TENANT IS WHAT KIND OF CHANGED EVERYTHING. 
          OKAY. 
          UM, SO THAT'S HELPFUL. 
          I APPRECIATE THAT. 
          AND, AND I'LL SAY TO THAT, YOU KNOW, I, I TALKED TO CHENEY ABOUT THIS AND IT'S LIKE, WELL, ARE YOU GUYS GONNA COME BACK TO US AGAIN AT SOME POINT? AND IT'S, WE'RE READY TO MOVE FORWARD BASED ON WHAT OUR ASK IS, AND WE'LL GO TAKE THE ADDITIONAL RISK, MOVE FORWARD AND KEEP RUNNING DOWN THE ROAD. 
          SO, UM, YOU KNOW, THAT'S OUR INTENT. 
          OKAY. 
          UM, YEAH, FOR ME, I'VE BEEN, I'VE BEEN WATCHING THE, THE DISCUSSION ON SOCIAL MEDIA. 
          YOU KNOW, THIS KIND OF GOT OUT IN SOCIAL MEDIA AND PEOPLE FOUND OUT IT WAS GONNA BE US ROUTES GONNA BE A SPROUTS. 
          AND, UM, AND SO A LOT OF PEOPLE WERE TALKING AND VERY, VERY, VERY FEW PEOPLE SAID, I WANT A SPROUTS AND THAT I'LL SHOP THERE. 
          UM, MOST PEOPLE SAID, NO, THIS ISN'T WORTH IT. 
          YOU KNOW, THE CITIZENS HAVE BEEN SPEAKING PRETTY LOUDLY OVER THE LAST FEW DAYS ABOUT, YOU KNOW, I'M NOT GONNA SHOP THERE. 
          I THINK I TOLD YOU THIS, I SAID, OUR FAMILY WON'T SHOP THERE. 
          YOU KNOW, MY WIFE WILL DRIVE PAST THREE GROCERY STORES TO GO TO AN HEB, UH, WHICH SHE DOES JUST ABOUT. 
          UM, AND THEN HER, HER SECONDARY IS COSTCO. 
          I MEAN, SPROUTS WOULDN'T EVEN BE A TERTIARY FOR US. 
          AND SO I THINK THERE'S A LOT OF PEOPLE IN THAT. 
          UM, YOU KNOW, DOES THIS ANSWER THE, THE, THE NEED FOR A GROCERY STORE ON THE NORTH SIDE? I DON'T THINK IT DOES BECAUSE IT'S, IT'S NOT A GROCERY STORE THAT I THINK MOST PEOPLE WILL SHOP AT. 
          AND SO THAT'S KIND OF ALWAYS BEEN MY CONCERN WITH THE SPROUTS, IS JUST THE PEOPLE I TALK TO AND THE, THE DISCUSSIONS I SEE ON SOCIAL MEDIA, IT'S, IT'S, THEY'RE, THEY'RE SAYING THAT, YOU KNOW, THIS DOESN'T MEET MY NEED. 
          I'M, I'M, THEY'RE STILL GONNA HAMMER THIS, THE, WE, WE DO THIS DEAL. 
          AND THEY'RE STILL GONNA BE SAYING, WHERE'S MY HEB ON THE NORTH SIDE? , I, I STILL NEED ANOTHER GROCERY STORE. 
          THIS ISN'T, THIS ISN'T CHECKING THE BOX FOR ME. 
          UH, IT MAYBE FITS A LITTLE NICHE, BUT IT DOESN'T FIT THE WHOLE NEED. 
          UM, SO, YOU KNOW, SO THERE'S THAT. 
          UM, AND, AND YOU KNOW, THERE'S, THERE'S ONE PIECE OF TIMELINE THAT THE MAYOR SHARED THAT HE WAS ON EDC WHEN THE RANDALL'S DEAL DIED. 
          UM, I LOOKED UP THAT, THAT TIMELINE AND, AND HE WAS STILL ON THE EDC WHEN, WHEN THE RANDALL'S DEAL WENT AWAY. 
          UM, SO THAT'S NOT QUITE, THAT'S NOT QUITE RIGHT. 
          UM, AND THEN I'LL ALSO, I JUST, IT'S, I DUNNO, IT'S KIND OF FUNNY. 
          I'VE, I HAVE NEVER HEARD MAYOR SCHNEIDER ARGUE SO HARD FOR GIVING AN INCENTIVE DEAL. 
          UM, THIS IS, THIS IS OUTTA ALMOST OUTTA CHARACTER  TO, TO HEAR THIS. 
          AND SO NOW I'M THINKING LIKE, WHAT? LIKE, WHAT'S, WHAT'S DIFFERENT? WHAT'S GOING ON AND WHAT'S THIS? AND, UH, I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT IS. 
          THAT'S BRIAN RUNNING HIS MOUTH ON SOCIAL MEDIA. 
          AND SO I'M LIKE, WHOA, WHOA. 
          POINT OF ORDER. 
          POINT OF ORDER. 
          SO, SO ANYWAY, I JUST, YOU KNOW HOW THOUGHT YOU DON'T RUN YOUR MOUTH, SO I MEAN, YOU KNOW, HE TELLS ME ALL THE TIME WHAT DEVELOPERS DO. 
          HE SAYS THE DE DEVELOPERS LIE. 
          I'M NOT SAYING YOU'RE A LIAR, BUT I MEAN, I JUST, I JUST START TO NOW, NOW I'M, I HEARD THIS, THIS, UH, THIS LENGTHY, UM, DISCUSSION AND I'M STARTING TO NOW THINK, WHAT IS, THERE IS MORE TO THIS, WHAT'S GOING ON? AND SO I JUST, I DON'T KNOW, I'M JUST STARTING TO THINK WHAT, WHAT'S BEHIND THIS? UM, SO ANYWAY, THE LOCATION'S A LITTLE BIT OF A CONCERN FOR ME. 
          NOT A HUGE CONCERN, BUT THE LOCATION IS A CONCERN. 
          IT'S, IT'S GONNA BE HARD TO GET IN AND OUT OF THERE. 
          UM, YOU KNOW, THE SALES TAX THAT WE GET THERE, EVEN IF WE ANNEX, WE'RE ONLY GETTING 60% OF IT, NOT, NOT A HUNDRED PERCENT OF IT, BECAUSE THE ES D'S GONNA GET, UM, YOU KNOW, A GOOD PORTION OF THAT SALES TAX. 
          SO, YOU KNOW, THE BIGGEST THING FOR ME IS IT'S A SPROUTS. 
          IT, IT'S NOT A GROCERY STORE THAT MOST PEOPLE ARE GONNA SHOP AT. 
          AND I'M WATCHING WHAT THE CITIZENS ARE SAYING, AND THIS IS, ARE SAYING THIS IS NOT IT. 
          UM, SO, YOU KNOW, THOSE ARE MY CONCERNS THAT I'VE GOT FROM MY PERSPECTIVE, BASED ON WHAT I'VE HEARD. 
          HONESTLY, IT'S A NO-WIN SITUATION. 
          IT REALLY IS. 
          THERE'S A LOT OF PEOPLE WHO ARE SAYING, YOU KNOW, THAT THEY DON'T WANNA SPROUT, THAT'S TOO EXPENSIVE. 
          BUT THEN ON THE OTHER HAND, THEY'RE COMPLAINING THAT WE DON'T HAVE A GROCERY STORE. 
          SO YOU, YOU CAN'T HAVE IT BOTH WAYS. 
          SO I, I, I DON'T KNOW PERSONALLY, I DON'T KNOW. 
          IT'S, IT'S, IT'S A KNOWN SITUATION FROM MY PERSPECTIVE. 
          MAYBE, UH, OTHER, WE HAVE 
          [03:15:01]
OTHER MEMBERS HERE ON COUNCIL THAT HAVE DIFFERENT PERSPECTIVES, AND I'M OPEN TO HEARING WHAT THOSE PERSPECTIVES ARE, BUT I'M GOING BASED OFF OF WHAT I'M HEARING OUT IN THE PUBLIC. 
          SO, YOU KNOW, FOR ME IT'S KIND OF LIKE, YOU KNOW, DAMNED IF YOU DO, DAMNED IF YOU DON'T, WELCOME TO COUNCIL . 
          . 
          I MEAN, I THINK THE REALITY IS PEOPLE AREN'T GONNA BE HAPPY UNTIL THERE'S A SECOND FULL-SIZE GROCERY STORE IN THE NORTH SIDE OF HU. 
          BUT THAT'S NOT ALL WE'RE GONNA HAVE. 
          WE'RE NOT JUST GONNA BE A CITY WITH TWO FULL-SIZE GROCERY STORES. 
          WE'RE GONNA HAVE SPECIALTY STORES TOO. 
          AND SPROUTS WANTS TO COME NOW. 
          AND IT'S A POSITIVE, IT'S NOT A POSITIVE FOR EVERYBODY. 
          SOME PEOPLE WILL NEVER SET FOOT IN IT. 
          SOME PEOPLE WILL SAY THEY'LL NEVER SET FOOT IN IT UNTIL THEIR SPOUSE TELLS 'EM, HEY, I NEED A COUPLE, COUPLE OF GREEN PEPPERS. 
          AND THEY REALIZE THAT THAT'S A WHOLE LOT EASIER, . 
          AND THEN THEY'LL GIVE IT A SHOT AND THEN THEY'LL SAY, OH, YOU KNOW WHAT, THAT BULK FOOD AISLE, THAT BULK FOOD AISLE IS PRETTY, UH, PRETTY COOL OVER THERE. 
          I GOT DISTRACTED FOR 20 MINUTES TRYING TO DECIDE WHICH KIND OF NUTS I WANNA PICK UP AND WHATEVER. 
          YOU KNOW, THERE'S THINGS LIKE THAT. 
          THERE'S THINGS THAT HAS, IT'S NOT JUST A, IT'S NOT, IT'S, IT'S FUNNY, PEOPLE HAVE AN IMPRESSION OF THE STORE WHO I DON'T THINK HAVE EVER BEEN IN THE STORE  MM-HMM . 
          AND SOME PEOPLE HAVE AND THEY DON'T LIKE IT. 
          I'VE BEEN IN OTHER CHAINS THAT I DON'T LIKE. 
          UM, YOU KNOW, AND WE DON'T HAVE TO, WE, WE CAN'T BRING ANYTHING THAT'S GONNA PLEASE EVERYBODY. 
          THERE'S EVEN PEOPLE WHO DON'T LIKE HEB, BELIEVE IT OR NOT, RIGHT? SO, UM, I THINK IT'S, IS IT A POSITIVE OR NOT? IT'S A POSITIVE. 
          AM I THRILLED ABOUT THE, THE, THE AMOUNT OF THE INCENTIVE? NO, THE ALTERNATIVE IS NOT HAVING ANYTHING THERE. 
          I DON'T THINK IT PUTS US OUT. 
          IT, YOU KNOW, I THINK IT'S A NET POSITIVE QUICKER THAN SOME OF THE OTHER DEALS WE'VE MADE. 
          SO, UM, I THINK IT'S STILL WORTH BRINGING IN. 
          I THINK IT'S, IT'S A BENEFIT TO THE COMMUNITY AND I APPRECIATE THIS, THIS DIALOGUE BECAUSE OUR COMMUNITY WANTS OPEN, HONEST, RESPECTFUL TRANSPARENCY. 
          AND, AND I APPRECIATE YOU SHARING THAT PERSPECTIVE BECAUSE WE ALL NEED TO HEAR THAT. 
          I'D LIKE TO INTERJECT HERE. 
          UM, I, UH, I, I SAW THE, THE POST ABOUT, UH, SPROUTS, UH, 534 COMMENTS TO, TO DATE. 
          UM, THERE WAS A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER, PRO GROCERY STORE, UH, MAY OR MAY NOT BE THE SPROUTS WAS THEIR FIRST CHOICE, BUT A, A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF THAT INSIGNIFICANT SAMPLE SIZE AND SAMPLE GROUP. 
          UM, WERE PRO GROCERY STORE. 
          UM, ALSO, UM, I'VE PROBABLY TALKED TO UPWARDS TO 200 PEOPLE, UH, OVER THE LAST WEEK. 
          I'M OUT AND ABOUT QUITE A BIT. 
          AND, AND, AND OVERWHELMING RESPONSE IS GROCERY STORE, GROCERY STORE, GROCERY STORE. 
          AND, UH, AGREE WITH, UH, COUNCILMAN, UH, COUNCILPERSON, UM, THORNTON, YOU KNOW, THIS IS JUST ONE, ONE COG, ONE KEY. 
          UM, THAT SHOULD BE, YOU KNOW, UM, BASICALLY A, A GROUP OF STORES. 
          UM, HECK, MY MOM USED TO GO TO THREE OR FOUR GROCERY STORES WHEN I WAS LITTLE, DRAGGING ME AROUND. 
          'CAUSE THIS IS THE BEST THING FOR THIS, THIS, AND THIS AND THIS. 
          I, I'M NOT SAYING WE NEED TO DO THAT, BUT EVERYONE HAS DIFFERENT NEEDS AND THERE'S EVEN THE ONLINE ELEMENT THAT I'D PROBABLY GET A THIRD OF MY GROCERIES DELIVERED TO ME, OR NON-PERISHABLE. 
          SO I THINK THIS IS A, A, A A NEED, DEFINITELY A NEED. 
          I THINK THIS IS A, A, AN OPPORTUNITY FULFILL PART OF THAT NEED. 
          NOT EVERYTHING. 
          GREAT. 
          UM, I THINK $3 MILLION INCENTIVES AND SOME OF THE THINGS THAT I'VE BEEN AWARE OF FOR THE PAST THREE OR FIVE YEARS, UM, UH, VERSUS, UH, THREE 50 K FOR SPROUTS. 
          I DON'T KNOW IF THAT'S JUST PART OF THE INCENTIVE, BUT I, I THINK THAT'S A, THAT'S A GOOD INVESTMENT IN MY MIND, UH, AS FAR AS THE REST OF IT. 
          UM, BUT IN, IN THE, AS FAR AS THE SPROUTS CONVERSATION THAT HUDDLE DOESN'T WANNA SPROUTS, MOST PEOPLE DON'T LIKE THE GROSS PACK GROCERY STORE, NORTHSIDE. 
          I THINK THOSE ARE, ARE NOT STATISTICALLY AS SIGNIFICANT OPINIONS, BUT I DON'T WANT TO DISCOUNT THOSE BECAUSE THOSE PEOPLE HAVE TO BE APPEASED AS WELL. 
          I'M HERE TO REPRESENT EVERYBODY, THE, THE, THE 30 PLUS THOUSAND THAT ARE IN THE CITY LIMITS. 
          BUT I ALSO WANNA INCLUDE THE ETJ 'CAUSE THEY SOON WILL BE HERE. 
          AND I THINK THIS IS SOMETHING THAT THEY WANT. 
          AND, UH, I'M, I'M, I'M WHAT, WHAT, WHATEVER THE NUMBERS ARE. 
          UM, I DON'T KNOW. 
          UM, I'M NOT A FINANCIAL WIZARD ON THAT. 
          I WOULD DEFER TO OTHER COUNCIL MEMBERS, BUT, UH, I THINK THIS IS A GOOD THING FOR HUDA. 
          UM, I THINK IT'S A, A AGAIN, IT MAY NOT BE THE BEST, NOT THE BEST, BUT IT MIGHT MAY NOT BE THE FIRST CHOICE, BUT I THINK IT'S A GOOD CHOICE. 
          THANK YOU. 
          LEMME SAY SORRY FOR LETTING MY FRUSTRATIONS OUT. 
          COUNCILMAN THOMPSON AND REST OF COUNSEL. 
          IT, IT, IT FRUSTRATES ME THAT ANYTIME MY NAME IS ASSOCIATED TO SOMETHING, THERE IS 
          [03:20:01]
AN EFFORT BY SOME TO SINK IT, WHETHER IT BE UP HERE BEHIND THE SCENES. 
          AND WHILE, LIKE HE SAID, ER, WE TALKED WHEN WE WERE RUNNING, UM, I NEED TO BE NICE. 
          AND THEN HE SAID HE'D GIMME A LITTLE HEADS UP WITH AN ER, UM, OR . 
          IT, IT, IT DOES GET FRUSTRATING BECAUSE YOU LOOK AT HUDA, NOTHING IS HAPPENING OVER THE LAST TWO YEARS TO HELP THE PEOPLE'S ISSUES. 
          IT JUST ISN'T. 
          AND WE LOOK AT THINGS IN TERMS OF POLITICS, NOT BUSINESS. 
          WE LOOK AT TERMS. I MEAN, I KEEP HEARING ABOUT FACEBOOK UP HERE. 
          I HAVEN'T MENTIONED IT ONCE OTHER THAN WHAT SOMEONE'S MENTIONING ABOUT ME. 
          AND SO IT'S LIKE, YOU KNOW, THESE THINGS THAT HAPPEN, IT'S LIKE AT SOME POINT, WHAT IS THE GOOD OF THE PEOPLE? WHAT BRINGS PEOPLE IN HERE? THE ACADEMY SPORTS, THE, WHETHER IT BE THE JACK ALLENS, I MEAN THAT'S A HEAVILY I DIDN'T EVEN TALK ABOUT. 
          THAT'S A HEAVILY INCENTIVIZED DEAL. 
          SO I'M ALWAYS GONNA STRUGGLE WITH MY EMOTIONS 'CAUSE I DO GET TIRED OF IT SOMETIMES. 
          SO I APOLOGIZE AGAIN ON THAT. 
          BUT I'M GONNA MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE YOUR OPTION ONE FOR THE CITY, BUT ALSO HAVE A REQUEST THAT THE CITY COUNCIL WORK WITH THE EDC IN TERMS OF SPLITTING THE COST. 
          BECAUSE I THINK THE EDC IS MORE, HAS MORE OF THE ABILITY TO HANDLE THE GRANT PORTION OF THIS. 
          UM, BUT HOWEVER THAT WORKS OUT, WHETHER IT BE THE CITY OF THE EDC, I WANNA SEE US WORKING TOGETHER TO MAKE YOUR OPTION ONE, UH, HAPPEN. 
          COULD YOU GO BACK A SLIDE SO I CAN SEE WHAT THAT OPTION IS? ALTERNATIVE ONE. 
          ALTERNATIVE ONE. 
          ALTERNATIVE ONE. 
          YEAH. 
          SORRY, ALTERNATIVE SECOND QUESTIONS ON THE MOTION. 
          YEAH, NO, I, I LIKE THAT IT'S TIED TO THE ADDITIONAL, YOU KNOW, LEASING OF THE OTHER SPACES BECAUSE WHETHER YOU LIKE SPROUTS OR NOT, IT'S GOING TO ATTRACT THOSE OTHER BUSINESSES AND YOU KNOW THAT, THAT MAY, WELL, YOU KNOW, IT MAY WELL BE THAT A RESTAURANT CAME IN BECAUSE SPROUTS WAS THERE AND THAT MIGHT BE YOUR FAVORITE RESTAURANT. 
          I I, YOU KNOW, WE DON'T KNOW WHAT IT'S GONNA BE YET, BUT THAT'S, THAT'S FAIR. 
          YEAH. 
          THERE'LL, THERE'LL PROBABLY BE 10 TENANTS IN TOTAL IN THOSE TWO BUILDINGS, PLUS THE PADS AND WHATEVER HAPPENS ON THE NORTH SIDE. 
          SO I WON'T BE VOTING FOR THIS. 
          I THINK THAT THERE'S STILL SOME INFORMATION TO UNDERSTAND AS FAR AS THE IMPACT STUDY GOES. 
          UM, ALSO JUST TAKING INTO ACCOUNT, UM, JUST TAKING INTO ACCOUNT, YOU KNOW, SPEAKING WITH RESIDENTS. 
          UM, I STILL WOULD LIKE TO HAVE CONVERSATIONS AND KIND OF FLOAT THIS AND DEFINITELY, UH, TRY TO PULL PEOPLE ON BOARD FOR SOMETHING LIKE THIS. 
          UM, I UNDERSTAND WHY IT'S, YOU KNOW, BEING PROPOSED AND WHY IT'S COMING TO A VOTE. 
          UM, I JUST HOPE WE WOULD, YOU KNOW, WE GET WHAT WE'RE AT, WHAT WE'RE, WHAT WE'RE PROMISED HERE. 
          AND SO, UM, YEAH. 
          THANK YOU. 
          SO CLARIFICATION ON THE MOTION. 
          SO IT'S APPROVING ALTERNATIVE ONE FOR THE, UM, THE GRANTS. 
          IS IT ALSO APPROVING THE SALES TAX PIECE OF THE, ON THE SECOND PAGE? OR IS IT JUST GRANTS ONLY? NO, UH, ALTERNATIVE ONE, THE GRANTS AND THE SALES TAX. 
          I TOOK THE SALES TAX TO BE PART OF WHAT OTHER, WHATEVER OPTION YOU PICKED. 
          OKAY. 
          AND CAN YOU GO BACK TO THAT SALES TAX PAGE? THE, AND FOR ME, I, I NEED THE INCENTIVE THAT YOU GUYS ARE GONNA HURRY UP AND BUILD THIS OUT AND PUT IN HIGH TAX PAYING PEOPLE BECAUSE WITHOUT A SALES TAX, IT'S THE LAST SLIDE. 
          SORRY. 
          THE ONE THAT SHOWED THE ALL THE SALES BIG BUTTON. 
          OH, IS GOING BIG BUTTON. 
          SORRY. 
          FOR ME, WITHOUT A SALES TAX COMPONENT, YOU'RE NOT AS INCENTIVIZED TO ME. 
          THE QUICKER YOU CAN GET, UM, YOU, YOU SHOW UNDER YOUR, UNDER YOUR ESTIMATES $678,000. 
          I'D RATHER YOU GET 1,000,005. 
          'CAUSE IF YOU GOT 1,000,005, WE'VE GOT 2.2 MILLION, UM, WHICH IS BETTER FOR US. 
          SO I NEED THE INCENTIVE THERE FOR YOU TO GET GOING. 
          I WOULD SAY IN THIS AGREEMENT, AND I HOPE PORTERFIELD WILL AGREE TO IT. 
          I DO WANNA MAKE SURE THAT I FORGOT TO PUT IN THERE THAT IT HAS TO BE TIED TO A SPROUTS, NO SPROUTS, NO DEAL. 
          AND YOU HAVE TO HAVE TO GET YOUR GRANT TOO. 
          UM, YOU HAVE TO HAVE A, A SIT DOWN CASUAL RESTAURANT. 
          I'M NOT KAREN, WHAT THE NAME IS. 
          I THINK YOU SAID YOU WERE OKAY WITH THAT. 
          UH, WE'RE TYING THAT IN THE SALES TAX. 
          OKAY. 
          YES, SPECIFICALLY FOR THE SIT DOWN FULL SERVICE RESTAURANT. 
          OKAY. 
          SO THEN YOU'VE GOTTA BE A SPROUTS AND TO GET THE SALES TAX, YOU GOTTA HAVE A SIT DOWN. 
          THAT'S RIGHT. 
          FULL SERVICE RESTAURANT. 
          THAT'S RIGHT. 
          YOU OKAY WITH THAT? ALRIGHT. 
          THAT WAY WE KNOW AT LEAST WE'RE GETTING THE SPROUTS. 
          'CAUSE THAT'S BEEN A THING IN THE PAST. 
          YEAH, WE DON'T HAVE A PROBLEM WITH THAT. 
          HAS EVERYONE GONE AGAIN TALKING? I, I YIELD. 
          OKAY. 
          I JUST WANTED TO SAY ONE MORE THING. 
          MM-HMM . 
          WE JUST GOT A PRESENTATION ON A POLICE STATION AND THE NEEDS THAT WE NEED FOR POLICE STATION TO KEEP THE PUBLIC SAFE. 
          [03:25:01]
AND WE ARE NOW LOOKING AT PROVIDING INCENTIVES FOR A GROCERY STORE THAT IS HIT OR MISS ON PEOPLE WANTING IT. 
          JUST WANNA PUT THAT OUT THERE. 
          UH, POINT OF INFORMATION ON THAT. 
          WOULD YOU RATHER NOT GET THE 1.1 MILLION IN SALES TAX REVENUE THAT COULD GO FOR POLICE STATION BONDS AND JUST HAVE GRASS OUT IN ETJ? OR WOULD YOU RATHER DO SOMETHING THAT BRINGS REVENUE INTO THE CITY? I SAID WHAT I SAID. 
          I THINK FOR, FOR ME, IT'S, IT'S UNFORTUNATELY GONNA BE A NO. 
          I MEAN, I'M, YOU KNOW, I KNOW THE MAYOR HAS SAID THAT, YOU KNOW, IT'S, IT'S BEEN A LONG TIME SINCE WE'VE BEEN ABLE TO, WE'VE NOT BEEN ABLE TO LAND A GROCERY STORE AND WE'VE HAD, YOU KNOW, RANDALL'S WAS INTERESTED FOR A LITTLE WHILE. 
          UM, WE'VE HAD SOME OTHER INTERESTS. 
          UM, I JUST, I JUST DON'T THINK THAT, THAT THIS IS IT. 
          I THINK THAT I WOULD RATHER HOLD THE INCENTIVES FOR A, A DIFFERENT GROCERY STORE THAT MORE PEOPLE WANT. 
          UM, AND YOU KNOW, I, I, AGAIN, I I GET IT. 
          IT'S BEEN A LONG TIME, YOU KNOW, DO, DO YOU WAIT LONGER? BUT THEN I JUST KEEP HEARING, UH, FROM THE PUBLIC THAT, UH, YOU KNOW, ALMOST ANYTHING ELSE BUT A SPROUTS. 
          SO, UM, UNFORTUNATELY THAT'S KIND OF WHERE I'M AT PLUS, YOU KNOW, PLUS THE, YOU KNOW, THE EXTRA INCENTIVES. 
          SO, APPRECIATE YOU THOUGH. 
          THANK YOU. 
          ALRIGHT, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON, UH, NAY. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON NAY AIR PRO TEM THORNTON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER KING AYE. 
          MAYOR SNYDER. 
          AYE. 
          MOTION PASSES. 
          FIVE TWO. 
          THANK YOU. 
          THANKS SIR. 
          THANKS, ADAM. 
          THANK YOU GUYS. 
          RIGHT NEXT TO ITEM NINE, FOUR 
          [9.4. Presentation and discussion with consideration and possible action on water and wastewater rate study by Willdan Financial Services. (Alberta Barrett)]
PRESENTATION, DISCUSS PRESENTATION, DISCUSSION WITH CONSIDERATION OF POSSIBLE ACTION ON WATER AND WASTEWATER RATE STUDY BY DEN FINANCIAL SERVICES. 
          THANK YOU MAYOR AND COUNSEL, ALBERTA BARRETT, FINANCE DIRECTOR FOR THE RECORD. 
          SO BACK IN FEBRUARY OF 20 OF THIS YEAR, UM, CITY COUNCIL AWARDED A THREE YEAR CONTRACT TO WELDON FINANCIAL SERVICES FOR, UM, AN ANNUAL COMPREHENSIVE WATER AND WASTEWATER RATE STUDY. 
          SO TONIGHT, UM, WE HAVE JASON GRAY WITH WELDON FINANCIAL SERVICES TO PRESENT THAT, UM, STUDY. 
          THANK YOU. 
          THANK YOU ALBERTA MAYOR COUNCIL AGAIN, MY NAME IS JASON GRAY WITH, UH, VICE PRESIDENT WITH WILL AND FINANCIAL SERVICES BASED IN PLANO. 
          UM, AND THIS IS THE FIRST OF THE THREE YEAR COMPREHENSIVE WATER WASTEWATER RATE STUDY. 
          UM, THIS, UH, PRESENTATION THAT WE'VE GOT FOR YOU TONIGHT HAS A COUPLE OF DIFFERENT SCENARIOS. 
          UM, THEY'RE FAIRLY SIMILAR, UM, BUT WE WANTED TO BEGIN TO SHOW HOW, UM, RATES AND CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS AND OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INTERPLAY. 
          AND SO THAT'S ONE OF THE REASONS WHY WE CAME UP WITH THESE COUPLE OF DIFFERENT SCENARIOS. 
          REALIZE IT'S ALREADY GETTING LATE, I'M GONNA GO THROUGH THE BACKGROUND INFORMATION RELATIVELY QUICKLY. 
          HOWEVER, IF THERE ARE ANY QUESTIONS AT ANY TIME, OBVIOUSLY PLEASE JUMP IN. 
          UM, WE'VE GOT, UM, YOU KNOW, SEVERAL DIFFERENT PIECES AND PARTS THAT WE'LL BE COVERING HERE. 
          UM, BACKGROUND ON RATES, BACKGROUND ON YOUR CUSTOMERS, YOUR TOTAL COST OF SERVICE, UM, MODEL ASSUMPTIONS REVIEW, AND THEN WE'LL GET INTO A PROPOSED RATE PLAN OR, OR AT LEAST SOME ALTERNATIVES YOU BEGIN TO CONSIDER. 
          QUICK BACKGROUND ON RATES, AND AGAIN, I'M NOT GONNA SPEND A LOT OF TIME ON THIS, BUT GENERALLY SPEAKING, WHAT WE'RE SEEING ACROSS THE INDUSTRY, AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION, A WWA, UM, IS, UM, LOOKING AT AND PROJECTING THAT WATER AND WASTEWATER RATES ACROSS THE COUNTRY ON AVERAGE WILL ROUGHLY TRIPLE OVER THE NEXT 15 YEARS. 
          UH, THERE'S A VARIETY OF DIFFERENT REASONS WHY THAT IS HAPPENING. 
          UH, COST OF CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS HAS SKYROCKETED, UM, AS WELL AS THE COST OF OPERATING AND MAINTAINING PLANTS, UH, PARTICULARLY ON THE TREATMENT SIDE. 
          BOTH WATER AND WASTEWATER, UM, HAS, UH, REALLY GOTTEN VERY, VERY HIGH AND RATES ARE NEEDING TO KEEP UP WITH THOSE COSTS. 
          RATE ADJUSTMENTS ARE, UM, PRIMARILY OUT OF THING THINGS THAT ARE OUTSIDE OF YOUR DIRECT CONTROL. 
          UM, THINGS LIKE CAPITAL PROJECTS AND THE COST. 
          THEREFORE, YOU HEARD THE POLICE CHIEF EARLIER SAY, YOU DON'T LIKE THE COST TODAY, HE IS GONNA LIKE THE COST EVEN WORSE TOMORROW. 
          THAT'S THE SAME CASE WITH WATER AND WASTEWATER INFRASTRUCTURE. 
          HOWEVER, IT'S NECESSARY OBVIOUSLY TO RUN THE SYSTEM. 
          UM, AVERAGE UTILITIES HAVE BEEN INCREASING RATES AT ABOUT FIVE TO 6% PER YEAR EVERY YEAR. 
          UM, AND WE, WE ARE SEEING THAT, UH, CONTINUE. 
          UM, 30 TO 40% OF UTILITIES ACROSS THE COUNTRY CHARGE RATES THAT DON'T FULLY RECOVER THEIR COSTS, AND THAT CAN BE DONE IN A VARIETY OF DIFFERENT WAYS. 
          SOMETIMES THEY RUN IN A NET OPERATING LOSS, UM, AND ARE ACTUALLY IN THE RED AND EATING INTO THEIR FUND BALANCE ON AN ANNUAL BASIS. 
          OTHER TIMES, 
          [03:30:01]
UH, THEY'RE KICKING THE CAN AND THEY HAVE DEFERRED MAINTENANCE THAT NEEDS TO BE DONE THAT THEY'RE NOT DOING, UH, BECAUSE OF THE PRICE TAG THAT'S ASSOCIATED WITH IT. 
          AND THEN AT SOME POINT IT WILL HAVE TO GET DONE AS OPPOSED TO DOING IT ON A REGULAR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE. 
          UM, IT'LL HAVE TO BE DONE AS A, AS A REPLACEMENT. 
          TYPICALLY, THOSE, UM, COST MUCH MORE TO REPLACE AS OPPOSED TO MAINTAIN. 
          UM, WITH THAT BEING SAID, UH, YOUR CURRENT RATES WENT INTO EFFECT IN JUNE OF 2024. 
          PREVIOUS RATE INCREASE TO THAT, UM, WE BELIEVE WAS ABOUT 2018. 
          AND SO HE WENT FOR A PERIOD OF ABOUT SIX YEARS WITH NO RATE INCREASE. 
          UH, UH, A RATE INCREASE IN 2024. 
          UM, OBVIOUSLY THERE'S BEEN INFLATION. 
          UM, WHOLE, YOUR WHOLESALE COSTS FOR BOTH WATER AND WASTEWATER SERVICES HAS CONTINUED TO INCREASE SYSTEM EXPANSION. 
          YOU DO HAVE IN CHARGE IMPACT FEES, UM, AND THAT HELPS WITH THE COST OFFSETTING THE COST OF SYSTEM EXPANSION. 
          UH, RARELY DO IMPACT FEES COVER 100% OF THE COST OF SYSTEM EXPANSION, UH, RATE ADJUSTMENTS, UH, DRIVEN BY THE NEED TO ACCOMMODATE FUTURE POPULATION. 
          OBVIOUSLY YOU'RE GROWING COMMUNITY, UM, AND THE VARIETY OF THESE DIFFERENT FACTORS, LIKE IN MOST CASES, UM, IS LEADING US TO RECOMMEND A RATE ADJUSTMENT. 
          UM, AS WE MOVE FORWARD THROUGH THIS STUDY, SPEND JUST A MINUTE HERE ON YOUR CURRENT WATER RATE STRUCTURE. 
          YOU'RE PROBABLY FAIRLY WELL FAMILIAR WITH THIS. 
          YEAH. 
          WHAT, WHAT I WOULD CONSIDER TO BE A FAIRLY COMMON RATE STRUCTURE. 
          UH, YOU CHARGE A BASE RATE BASED ON THE METER SIZE. 
          UH, IT'S BECAUSE OF, YOU KNOW, SIGNIFICANTLY, SIGNIFICANTLY HIGHER AMOUNT OF WATER CAN FLOW THROUGH A SAY A FOUR INCH METER THAN CAN FLOW THROUGH A 5 8 3 QUARTER INCH METER. 
          YOUR TYPICAL RESIDENTIAL METER IS A 5 8 3 QUARTER. 
          YOU THEN ON THE VOLUME SIDE, UH, THAT'S, THAT'S WHAT, THAT'S WHAT GETS PAID PER MONTH BEFORE A DROP OF WATER IS USED. 
          ON THE VOLUME SIDE, YOU'VE GOT A COUPLE OF DIFFERENT RATE STRUCTURES, CONSTRUCTION, IRRIGATION, UM, THOSE ARE BOTH PAID AT AN EIGHT 90 RATE TODAY. 
          INSIDE THE CITY, YOU DO HAVE A MULTIPLIER FOR OUTSIDE CITY RATE, WHICH IS NORMAL. 
          UM, 10 24, 10 23 ON IRRIGATION AND CONSTRUCTION. 
          UM, NON-RESIDENTIAL. 
          UM, YOU ALSO HAVE A DIFFERENT RACE STRUCTURE. 
          FIRST, 25,000 GALLONS IS AT 7 81 TODAY AND ABOVE 25,000 IS 8 57. 
          AND THEN YOU'VE GOT FOUR TIERS ON THE SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL STARTING AT 5 0 8, UH, PER THOUSAND GALLONS, AND GOING UP TO $12 PER THOUSAND GALLONS FOR THOSE GALLONS. 
          USED OVER 12, UH, OVER 25,000 GALLONS IN A MONTH. 
          UH, SIMILAR RATE STRUCTURE ON THE WASTEWATER SIDE, ALSO BASED CHARGE BASED ON, UM, THE WATER METER SIZE AND THEN ALSO IT'S NOT TIERED. 
          UM, BUT YOU DO HAVE A, UM, A VOLUME BASED RATE STRUCTURE, UH, FOR THE WASTEWATER SIDE AS WELL. 
          6 33 PER THOUSAND GALLONS, UM, AND THEN 7 28 FOR NON-RESIDENTIAL OR MULTIFAMILY PER THOUSAND GALLONS. 
          WHAT'S YOUR DEFINITION OF OUTSIDE CUSTOMER? UH, OUTSIDE CITY LIMITS. 
          OKAY. 
          BUT NOT OUTSIDE THE CCN OUTSIDE CITY LIMITS. 
          OUTSIDE CITY LIMITS. 
          UH, IF THEY ALSO HAPPEN TO BE OUTSIDE CCN, THEN IT WOULD STILL BE OUTSIDE CITY LIMITS. 
          GOT IT. 
          UH, RIGHT NOW WE DO A, WE DO A WATER RATE OR, OR CHARGE COMPARISON REALLY FOR ROUGHLY AN AVERAGE BILL. 
          SO YOUR AVERAGE OVER THE COURSE OF A YEAR, UH, YOUR AVERAGE RESIDENTIAL USER USES ABOUT 5,700 GALLONS ON, ON A TYPICAL MONTH. 
          OBVIOUSLY SUMMERTIME, THAT'S TYPICALLY HIGHER. 
          WINTERTIME THAT CAN BE A LITTLE BIT LOWER. 
          UM, BUT 5,700 IS THE ANNUAL MONTHLY, UM, USAGE FOR RESIDENTIAL RIGHT NOW. 
          THAT USER WOULD PAY 1 21 84 HERE IN HUDU. 
          AND YOU CAN SEE HOW THAT COMPARES TO A VARIETY OF DIFFERENT COMMUNITIES. 
          NOW, I'LL SAY THIS, UM, WE ALWAYS DO THESE COMPARISONS BECAUSE WE, WE UNDERSTAND COUNCILS AND COMMUNITIES WANNA SEE WHAT THESE COMPARISONS ARE AT THE END OF THE DAY. 
          UM, COMPARING UTILITY RATES IS EXTREMELY DIFFICULT. 
          NOT BECAUSE THE MATH IS HARD, THAT'S THE EASY PART, UH, BUT BECAUSE THESE SYSTEMS ARE OPERATED AND THEIR COST BASIS CAN BE SIGNIFICANTLY DIFFERENT BASED ON HOW THEY GET WATER, WHO TREATS THEIR WATER, DO THEY TREAT IT THEMSELVES, IS IT ALL WELL WATER, IS IT SURFACE WATER? ALL THOSE KINDS OF THINGS. 
          AND SO, UM, SO JUST TAKE THAT IN NOTE. 
          UM, THE, YOU KNOW, THE STATEWIDE AVERAGE FOR A 5,000 GALLON USER OF 83 0 6, UH, THAT IS, UH, STATEWIDE AVERAGE. 
          KNOW, GENERALLY SPEAKING, WATER IN THIS AREA OF THE STATE IS RELATIVELY EXPENSIVE. 
          WATER IN THE SOUTH AREA OF THE STATE IS RELATIVELY INEXPENSIVE. 
          WATER IN THE NORTH IS, HAS BEEN INEXPENSIVE AND IT'S GETTING MORE EXPENSIVE AS THEY BUILD NEW LAKES UP IN THE DALLAS AREA. 
          AND SO JUST AGAIN, TAKE THOSE, TAKE THOSE THINGS INTO ACCOUNT. 
          THIS IS FOR BOTH WATER AND WASTEWATER. 
          UM, FOR, AGAIN, FOR THAT 5,000 GALLON USER, UM, ABOVE, YOU KNOW, SEVERAL OBVIOUSLY WITHIN THE AREA, UM, BELOW SEVERAL WITHIN THE AREA. 
          AND THE OTHER THING THAT I'LL POINT OUT IS YOU ARE ABOUT WHERE WE WOULD EXPECT YOU TO BE BASED ON YOUR, THE SIZE OF YOUR CUSTOMER BASE, YOUR GROWTH, AS WELL AS THE FACT THAT YOU'VE GOT A WHOLE LOT OF NEW, UM, PROJECTS THAT WILL BE NECESSARY IN ORDER TO MEET THE GROWTH THAT YOU HAVE COMING. 
          UM, YOU KNOW, RELATIVELY FAST GROWTH, 
          [03:35:01]
RELATIVELY SMALL COMMUNITIES TEND TO HAVE RELATIVELY HIGH WATER AND WASTEWATER RATES. 
          IT'S AN ECONOMIES OF SCALE KIND OF, UH, BUSINESS. 
          AND THE LARGER YOU GET, TYPICALLY YOUR PER UNIT COST COMES DOWN. 
          SO WITH THAT, LET'S TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT YOUR CURRENT CUSTOMERS AND VOLUMES. 
          THIS FORMS THE BASIS OF HOW WE DO THESE RATE STUDIES. 
          WE TRY TO UNDERSTAND AS MUCH AS WE POSSIBLY CAN ABOUT YOUR CURRENT, NOT ONLY YOUR RATE STRUCTURES, BUT YOUR CURRENT CUSTOMERS THEMSELVES. 
          RIGHT NOW YOU'VE GOT ABOUT 8,400 WATER CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS AND, UM, ABOUT 14,000, UH, 400, UM, WASTEWATER ACCOUNTS. 
          AND, UM, YOU KNOW, THAT'S, THAT CREATES A DIFFERENT DYNAMIC WHEN YOU'VE GOT A SIGNIFICANTLY DIFFERENT NUMBER, UM, OF WATER VERSUS WASTEWATER. 
          UM, ACCOUNTS. 
          WE DO EVERYTHING IN OUR MODELING, UM, TO ALLOCATE THESE COSTS AND THESE, THESE REVENUES BETWEEN WATER AND WASTEWATER, WE RECOGNIZE YOU DO THAT IN A SINGLE FUND AS MOST CITIES DO. 
          UM, BUT WE'LL BE SHOWING COSTS ESSENTIALLY, UM, GENERALLY SPEAKING IN, UH, SEPARATED OUT BETWEEN WATER AND WASTEWATER. 
          OUR GOAL IS TO PRESENT A RATE PLAN TO YOU THAT HAS WATER, COVERING WATER COSTS AND WASTEWATER COVERING WASTEWATER COSTS. 
          UM, YOU AS THE CITY COUNCIL AND AS THE, ESSENTIALLY THE, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THIS UTILITY HAVE THE ABILITY, UM, WITHIN TEXAS TO SET RATES AS YOU DEEM FAIR, REASONABLE, AND EFFECTIVE TO COVER THE COSTS THAT YOU HAVE. 
          WHETHER YOU DO THAT FROM WATER PAYS FOR WATER WASTEWATER, PAYS FOR WASTEWATER, WE'LL PROVIDE YOU GUIDANCE ON THAT. 
          UH, BUT AT THE END OF THE DAY, YOU DO HAVE A, A FAIR BIT OF, UM, LATITUDE IN, IN HOW YOU DECIDE TO CHARGE THOSE RATES. 
          RIGHT NOW YOU'RE METERED WATER BY CUSTOMER CLASS AND WHAT WE CALL OUR TEST YEAR. 
          WE NORMALIZE BASICALLY THE LAST 12 MONTH PERIOD. 
          UM, YOU'VE GOT ABOUT 816.4 MILLION GALLONS. 
          THAT'S METERED. 
          THERE IS ADDITIONAL GALLONS IN HU AND IN EVERY OTHER COMMUNITY THAT'S NOT METERED, THAT GOES TO WATER LEAKS AND, AND TO NON, UM, UH, YOU KNOW, NON-REVENUE ACCOUNTS, CITY BUILDINGS IF YOU DON'T CHARGE, UM, YOURSELF A WATER BILL, THOSE KINDS OF THINGS. 
          THOSE ARE ALL NORMAL. 
          UM, AND FLUSHING OF HYDRANTS, ALL THAT KIND OF STUFF. 
          SO WHAT WE LOOK AT IS WHAT'S THE REVENUE WATER, WHAT ARE YOU CHARGING FOR? IT'S ABOUT 816 MILLION GALLONS INSIDE, INSIDE THE CITY. 
          RESIDENTIAL IS 66% OF THAT. 
          UH, AND SO, UH, AS YOU WOULD PROBABLY EXPECT, UM, THERE, IT'S, IT'S DIFFICULT TO RAISE MUCH ADDITIONAL REVENUE, UM, WITHOUT IMPACTING RESIDENTIAL. 
          I KNOW THAT A LOT OF COMMUNITIES WOULD PREFER TO LEAVE RESIDENTIAL AS A LOAN AS POSSIBLE, BUT WHEN THEY MAKE UP 66% OF YOUR CUSTOMER BASE, IT'S DIFFICULT TO DO THAT. 
          YOU ASKED THE QUESTION ABOUT OUTSIDE VERY FEW OUTSIDE ACCOUNTS. 
          UM, YOU'VE GOT A LITTLE BIT, NOT MUCH AT ALL. 
          UM, WHAT IS THAT 0.05% OUTSIDE RESIDENTIAL AND 0.01% OUTSIDE COMMERCIAL USE? UH, SO IT'S A HANDFUL OF ACCOUNTS. 
          UH, AT THE END OF THE DAY, UM, INSIDE COMMERCIAL, 12.5%, MULTIFAMILY ABOUT FIVE, IRRIGATION'S ABOUT 11. 
          AND THEN YOU DO HAVE SOME FIRE HYDRANT, UM, ACCOUNTS AS WELL. 
          FIRE HYDRANTS GO VARY SIGNIFICANTLY IN ANY GIVEN YEAR, UM, JUST BECAUSE THAT'S THE WAY THAT YOU KNOW IT, IT ESSENTIALLY FOLLOWS DEVELOPMENT AS WE LOOK AT YOUR HISTORICAL AND FORECAST ACCOUNTS, UM, WE THEN, YOU KNOW, BEGIN TO BUILD UP, UM, WHAT YOUR REVENUE STREAM IS LIKELY TO LOOK LIKE OVER TIME. 
          UM, WE'VE GOT ABOUT 624 NEW WATER ACCOUNTS ON AVERAGE OVER THE NEXT 10 YEARS. 
          ABOUT 861 WASTEWATER ACCOUNTS PER YEAR. 
          ADDED A TWO YEAR BASE RIGHT NOW OF THE 84 AND THE 14 FOUR, IT'S 5.8%, UM, AVERAGE WATER ACCOUNT GROWTH RATE AND A 5% AVERAGE WASTEWATER ACCOUNT GROWTH RATE. 
          WE THEN TAKE THE, UM, WATER CONSUMPTION SIDE, AND WE LOOK AT THAT AS WELL. 
          WE'RE, UH, PROJECTING A 5.9%, UH, PER YEAR ON AVERAGE, GOING FROM EIGHT 16 TO DAY OUT. 
          YOU LOOK AT 10 YEARS, AND WE EXPECT IT TO BE A A LITTLE UNDER 1.4 BILLION GALLONS MOVING THROUGH. 
          UM, YOU DO HAVE SOME TRANSFERS WITHIN, UH, YOUR EXISTING, UM, WATER FUND ACCOUNT, UH, BOTH IN AND OUT. 
          UM, THE FUND 52 IS YOUR IMPACT FEE FUND. 
          UH, YOUR FUND 53 IS YOUR CAPITAL OUTLAY FUND. 
          THAT, THAT'S GENERALLY SPEAKING FOR THE, THE, THE NON BOND PROJECTS, UM, THE RELATIVELY SMALL LINE REPLACEMENT PROJECTS, THOSE KINDS OF THINGS. 
          AND THEN FUND 70 IS FROM THE SOLID WASTE FUND. 
          UM, AND WE'RE LOOKING AT THE, UM, YOU KNOW, REDUCE BASED ON STAFF COMMENTS. 
          WE'RE LOOKING AT REDUCING THAT FROM 700 TO THREE 50 EACH YEAR, UH, FOR THE PLANNING PERIOD. 
          UM, ONE OF THE, OBVIOUSLY KEY DRIVERS IN YOUR CASE IS WHAT DOES IT COST YOU TO PURCHASE WATER? UM, AND THEN ALSO PURCHASE WASTE WATER SERVICES. 
          UM, SO WE'VE MADE CERTAIN ASSUMPTIONS LONG TERM. 
          UM, YOUR MAIN WATER SOURCES, OBVIOUSLY YOU'VE GOT YOUR OWN GROUNDWATER, AND THEN YOU'VE PURCHASED WATER CURRENTLY FROM CITY OF TAYLOR, FROM MANVILLE WATER SUPPLY CORP. 
          UM, AND THEN ARE LOOKING AT, OR, OR 
          [03:40:01]
CONTRACTED TO, I SHOULD SAY, UH, BEGIN PURCHASING WATER FROM RECHARGE. 
          YOU CURRENTLY HAVE A WATER RESERVATION RIGHTS CONTRACT WITH RECHARGE THAT'LL CONVERT, UH, TO A PURCHASE CONTRACT STARTING IN FEBRUARY OF 26. 
          YOU'VE ALSO GOT, UM, THE WATER RESERVATION RIGHTS WITH EPCOR, AND THEN AGAIN, THE CURRENT ONE WITH RECHARGE, THAT'LL BE CONVERTED TO A SALE CONTRACT. 
          AND THERE ARE SOME SIGNIFICANT, UM, FINANCIAL ISSUES THAT COME ALONG WITH THAT. 
          YOUR, UM, 4482.5 ACRE FEET OF WATER RIGHTS RESERVATION WITH RECHARGE RIGHT NOW COSTS YOU A LITTLE UNDER $900,000 A YEAR TO RESERVE THOSE WATER RIGHTS. 
          AS IT THEN GETS TO WHERE YOU'RE NOT JUST RESERVING THE WATER RIGHTS, BUT ACTUALLY TAKING WATER FROM THEM. 
          UH, THAT'S GONNA CAP OUT AT ABOUT A $6.3 MILLION, UM, WATER PURCHASE CONTRACT FOR THE 4 MILLION GALLONS A DAY. 
          SO WITH THOSE WHOLESALE ASSUMPTIONS, UM, WE ARE ASSUMING THAT YOUR CITY OF TAYLOR PURCHASES WILL STAY UNCHANGED. 
          MANVILLE WILL DROP DOWN TO 200,000 GALLONS PER DAY, WHICH IS YOUR CURRENT TAKE OR PAY RIGHT NOW. 
          YOU'VE BEEN EXCEEDING YOUR TAKE OR PAY. 
          UM, YOU'RE GONNA REPLACE THAT ESSENTIALLY WITH THE RECHARGE WATER THAT'S COMING ONLINE. 
          MANVILLE'S RATES ALSO GOING UP SIGNIFICANTLY UP TO $6 PER PER THOUSAND GALLONS. 
          UM, WITH CPI INCREASES THEREAFTER, EPCOR, UM, WATER RIGHTS RESERVATION CONTRACT WILL STAY UNCHANGED. 
          UM, RECHARGE WATER RIGHTS RESERVATION, AGAIN, WILL BE CONVERTED INTO THE PURCHASE CONTRACT. 
          AND YOUR JONAH SUD CCN TRANSFER AGREEMENT WAS FULLY PAID OFF DURING THIS CURRENT YEAR. 
          SO WE'RE DROPPING THOSE EXPENSES OFF OF THE BOOKS AS WELL. 
          HOWEVER, WHEN WE LOOK AT THE WATER PURCHASE AND WHOLESALE WASTEWATER TREATMENT COSTS, YOU CAN SEE HERE A PRETTY DYNAMIC SHIFT IN COSTS. 
          UM, IN 2025, YOU'VE GOT A LITTLE UNDER $6 MILLION FOR, UM, THE VARIETY OF DIFFERENT PIECES AND PARTS THAT MAKE UP THIS, THE GOLD ON THE TOP VERSUS RIVER WATER AUTHORITY THAT YOUR WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT OPERATIONS, WE EXPECT THAT TO JUST INCREASE RELATIVELY NOMINALLY WITH YOUR GROWTH. 
          UM, AND THEN WITH SOME CPI ADJUSTMENTS AS WELL, GOING FROM 2.7 MILLION TODAY TO ABOUT 3.6 MILLION AT THE END OF FIVE YEARS, UM, THE WATER RIGHTS RESERVATIONS WILL DECREASE AS YOU BEGIN TO CONVERT, UH, THE WATER, UH, THE RECHARGE WATER RIGHTS INTO PURCHASES. 
          HOWEVER, THAT GRAY PORTION, UH, UH, 2026, AGAIN, WE EXPECT YOU'LL BE BEGINNING TO PURCHASE WATER FROM RECHARGE, UH, PARTIAL THROUGH 2026. 
          AND SO THAT'S WHY IT'S AT THAT $4.1 MILLION JUMPING UP TO FOUR POINT OR $6.4 MILLION BY 2027. 
          AND SO THAT'S ALL NEW COST THAT'S COMING ONLINE AS YOU'RE BEGINNING TO PURCHASE THAT WATER FROM RECHARGE, AND THAT OBVIOUSLY IS GONNA HAVE AN IMPACT ON RATES. 
          UM, THE OTHER COMPONENTS THERE, MANVILLE CITY TAYLOR, AND YOUR GROUNDWATER LEASES STAY EFFECTIVELY THE SAME OVER THE, OVER THE TIME PERIOD. 
          ALL RIGHT, WE'LL TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT YOUR COST OF SERVICE. 
          UM, ONE OF THE VARIABLE COM ACTUALLY THE VARIABLE COMPONENT IN OUR TWO DIFFERENT SCENARIOS RIGHT NOW IS YOUR CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM. 
          HOW MUCH, HOW QUICKLY, UM, AND THAT IS WHAT OUTSIDE OF THE, THE RECHARGE WATER THAT YOU'LL BEGIN PURCHASING, UM, HOW MUCH AND HOW QUICKLY ON YOUR CIP PROGRAM IS THE THING THAT WILL DRIVE YOUR RATE PLAN. 
          THERE'S NO QUESTION, UH, FOR BOTH WATER AND WASTEWATER, BUT PARTICULARLY WASTEWATER EARLY ON IN THE PLAN. 
          UM, RIGHT NOW, UM, WE WORKED WITH YOUR STAFF. 
          UH, THEY'VE COME UP WITH A TOTAL CIP OF $232 MILLION. 
          UM, RIGHT NOW IT'S FUNDED IN, IN THESE PLANS AT ABOUT 1 75 0.5. 
          SO WE'RE NOT COMPLETELY FUNDING ALL OF THAT. 
          WE RECOGNIZE YOU'RE CONTINUING TO WORK THROUGH YOUR CIP. 
          UM, THIS IS A ONGOING PROCESS THAT YOU'RE GONNA BE LOOKING AT EVERY YEAR. 
          WHAT WE'RE MOST CONCERNED ABOUT, PARTICULARLY BECAUSE YOU ARE COMMITTED TO DOING THIS EACH YEAR, IS WHAT ARE YOUR NEXT TWO YEARS LOOK LIKE? AND WE THINK WE'VE GOT A FAIRLY GOOD IDEA ABOUT THAT RIGHT NOW, UM, WITH A LITTLE BIT OF CHANGES, UH, POTENTIAL, UM, IN THE CIP, UH, THAT WE'LL CONTINUE TO WORK THROUGH WITH STAFF. 
          SCENARIO ONE, UM, HAS, YOU CAN SEE HERE IN 2026 AND ASSUMED, UM, UH, BOND ISSUANCE FOR WASTEWATER OF $72.6 MILLION, 29.1 IN 2027, AND THEN ANOTHER FOR WASTEWATER OF 26.2 IN 20 29, 2, SMALL, RELATIVELY SMALL WATER, UM, DEBT ISSUANCES IN 2028 AND 2029 OF, UH, 8.4 AND $8.1 MILLION. 
          UH, TOTAL WASTEWATER DEBT THERE IS $127.9 MILLION. 
          UM, TOTAL WATER DEBT, 16.5. 
          UM, THE ASSUMPTIONS THAT WE'VE PUT IN PLACE FOR THIS IS LEVEL DEBT, 5% INTEREST, PROBABLY GET A LITTLE BIT BETTER THAN THAT, UM, RIGHT NOW IN THE CURRENT MARKET. 
          UM, BUT A 25 YEAR TERM ON THIS. 
          AND SO THESE ARE ALL JUST ASSUMPTIONS THAT WE MAKE IN ORDER TO HAVE A PRETTY GOOD IDEA ABOUT WHERE THE RATES ARE GOING. 
          YOU'LL WORK WITH YOUR FINANCIAL ADVISORS WHEN YOU ACTUALLY DO ISSUE DEBT ABOUT THE EXACT AMOUNT, AND YOU'LL GET THE TERMS THAT YOU GET AS YOU GO, AS YOU TAKE THAT TO MARKET, OBVIOUSLY. 
          AND WE CAN UPDATE THE MODELS, UH, BASED ON THOSE ACTUALS WHEN THEY COME TO FRUITION. 
          [03:45:03]
SCENARIO TWO, WHICH I'VE MENTIONED, UM, THE, THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THESE TWO SCENARIOS IS THE CIP, HOW MUCH, WHEN AND IN WHICH POTS. 
          UM, SCENARIO TWO HAS 72.6 MILLION FOR WASTEWATER IN 2026, UM, 29.1 FOR WATER IN 2028, AND THEN 74.7, UM, IN 2029. 
          IT'S A LITTLE MORE DEBT, BUT IT'S MORE SPREAD OUT. 
          AND SO IT HAS A DIFFERENT IMPACT ON, UM, HOW YOU END UP HAVING TO PAY FOR THAT DIFFERENT RATE IMPACT AS WE GO. 
          SAME ASSUMPTIONS ON THE TERM, ON THE STRUCTURE, AS WELL AS ON THE INTEREST RATES. 
          SO WHEN WE LOOK AT THE FORECAST DEBT SERVICE PAYMENTS, SO THIS IS JUST A DEBT SERVICE COMPONENT OF, UM, YOUR WATER AND YOUR WASTEWATER. 
          RIGHT NOW, YOU PAY ABOUT $12.1 MILLION IN CURRENT WASTEWATER ON, I'M SORRY, CURRENT WATER DEBT SERVICE, ABOUT 12 AND A HALF CURRENT WASTEWATER DEBT SERVICE THAT WOULD REMAIN CONSTANT FOR 2026 WHEN THE NEW BOND ISSUANCES FROM SCENARIO ONE COME ON BOARD. 
          UM, THAT WOULD ADD ABOUT 5.2 MILLION ON THE WASTEWATER SIDE IN 27, AND THEN 7.373 AND 9.2 MILLION IN 2030. 
          UM, RELATIVELY SMALL DEBT ISSUANCES ON THE WATER SIDE FOR SCENARIO ONE. 
          AGAIN, $16 MILLION TOTAL, UM, $600,000 IN 2029, AND 1.2 MILLION IN 2020, OR I'M SORRY, IN 2030. 
          AND SO YOU CAN SEE THERE, YOUR TOTAL DEBT SERVICE COST RIGHT NOW ON THE UTILITY FUND IS JUST UNDER $25 MILLION. 
          SCENARIO ONE WOULD BRING THAT UP TO ABOUT, UM, ABOUT 37, 30 $8 MILLION OR SO, UM, IN DEBT SERVICE PAYMENTS ANNUALLY. 
          SCENARIO TWO, AS I MENTIONED, UM, HAS A LITTLE BIT MORE DEBT, BUT IT'S, BUT IT'S MORE SPREAD OUT. 
          AND SO IT'S THAT SAME $5.2 MILLION COMING ONLINE IN 2027 FOR, FOR WASTEWATER. 
          UM, BUT THEN THAT STAYS CONSTANT UNTIL 2030. 
          UM, UH, WHERE IT GOES UP TO 10.6 MILLION, UM, OF, OF NEW DEBT THERE, THE WATER DEBT, FUTURE WATER DEBT WAS A LITTLE BIT HIGHER. 
          AGAIN, 29.1 MILLION VERSUS 16 AND A HALF, THAT COMES OUT TO ABOUT 2.1 MILLION A YEAR. 
          NOT ASKING YOU TO MAKE ANY DECISIONS ON THESE PARTICULAR CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLANS TONIGHT, AS PART OF THIS PRESENTATION, AT LEAST, UM, HOWEVER, WE WANTED TO SHOW YOU, THERE ARE DIFFERENT DYNAMICS THAT WE'RE WORKING WITH WORKING WITH YOUR STAFF ON. 
          UM, BUT WE'RE NOT, WE DON'T AUDIT YOUR CIP PLAN. 
          THOSE, THAT'S THE JOB OF ENGINEERS. 
          UM, WE DON'T AUDIT YOUR OPERATIONS. 
          WE TAKE A LOOK AT THE TOTAL COSTS AND THEN WE, UM, GIVE YOU AN UNDERSTANDING ABOUT WHAT THE RATES NEED TO BE IN ORDER TO FUND THOSE TOTAL COSTS. 
          UH, AGAIN, I'LL, I'LL JUST, UM, BEAT THIS DEAD HORSE ONE MORE TIME. 
          A A BIG COMPONENT TO THIS OBVIOUSLY IS THE RECHARGE WATER PURCHASES, WHICH I UNDERSTAND YOU GOTTA HAVE WATER IN ORDER TO SELL IT. 
          UH, I, I GET THAT. 
          UM, HOWEVER, WHEN YOU LOOK AT ADDING 4.1 MILLION IN COST, UM, IN 2026, AND THEN BY 2027, YOU'LL FULLY BACK OFF OF YOUR, UM, WATER RESERVATION RIGHTS, UM, AND ADD 6.4 MILLION ROUGHLY IN, IN WATER PURCHASES FOR A NET OF ABOUT FIVE AND A HALF MILLION DOLLARS OF NEW COST. 
          UM, THAT HAS AN IMPACT ON YOUR RATES, OBVIOUSLY, IN ORDER TO MAKE SURE THAT YOU'RE ABLE TO CONTINUALLY FUND THE UTILITY. 
          UM, THE, WHEN WE LOOK AT, UM, THE TAKE OR PAY VOLUME OF 4 MILLION, 4 MILLION GALLONS A DAY, WE'VE LOOKED AT THE INITIAL TAKE OR PAY RATE. 
          IT DOES HAVE CPI ADJUSTMENTS. 
          THAT'S WHY YOU SEE THAT GRADUALLY ESCALATE FROM 2027 TO 2030, NOT BECAUSE YOU'RE BUYING MORE WATER, BUT BECAUSE OF CPI ADJUSTMENTS TO THE RATES THAT, THAT YOU'RE GETTING CHARGED FROM RECHARGE. 
          UM, UH, I THINK WE'VE GOT A THREE OR THREE AND A HALF PERCENT CPI ADJUSTMENT BUILT INTO OUR ASSUMPTIONS, COST OF SERVICE FORECAST. 
          I DIDN'T DO TWO SEPARATE, UM, COST OF SERVICE FORECAST HERE FOR SCENARIO ONE AND SCENARIO TWO, THEY'RE PRETTY SIMILAR OTHER THAN THE ONLY DIFFERENCE IS THE DEBT SERVICE COMPONENT, UM, WHICH IS SIGNIFICANT OBVIOUSLY. 
          BUT, UM, BUT I WANT TO JUST KIND OF GIVE A FLAVOR OF WHAT DOES THIS COST OF SERVICE LOOK LIKE OVER TIME RIGHT NOW FOR 2025, YOUR TOTAL COST OF SERVICE, TOTAL COST OF DOING THIS BUSINESS IS ABOUT $37.8 MILLION. 
          13.1 OF THAT, OR ABOUT A THIRD, IS OPERATING EXPENSES. 
          ALMOST TWO THIRDS IS DEBT EXPENSES. 
          AND CAPITAL OUTLAYS IS, YOU KNOW, ROUGHLY $200,000 RIGHT NOW. 
          AND AGAIN, THOSE ARE FOR THE SMALL, UM, CAPITAL ITEMS. THEY'RE NOT, THOSE AREN'T FOR THE BIG CAPITAL PROJECTS WE EXPECT, UM, BASED ON THIS, BASED ON THIS PLAN OF BOTH WATER PURCHASES AND THE CIP TOTAL COST OF SERVICE TO GO FROM TODAY, 37.8 MILLION UP TO 55.6 MILLION BY 2029, THIS IS THE SAME INFORMATION. 
          UM, THIS IS, THESE ARE BOTH FOR SCENARIO ONE, BOTH THE LAST CHART AS WELL AS THIS TABLE. 
          UM, AND AGAIN, YOU CAN, THIS IS, THESE ARE THE NUMBERS THAT THAT LAST 
          [03:50:01]
TABLE WAS BUILT OFF OF. 
          WE JUST RECOGNIZE SOME PEOPLE LIKE TO SEE THE NUMBERS AS OPPOSED TO THE CHART. 
          UM, AND AGAIN, I'LL JUST DRAW YOUR ATTENTION TO THE DEBT SERVICE COMPONENT THERE. 
          RISING FROM 24 POINT A HALF MILLION UP TO 35.2 MILLION, UM, BY 2029, AM I READING THAT RIGHT? OUR DEBT SERVICE TODAY IS A LITTLE OVER 12 MILLION IN WATER, AND THEN ANOTHER 12 IN WASTEWATER. 
          THAT'S SO 24. 
          AND SO IT'S GONNA GO, WHAT IS THAT? ABOUT $10 MILLION, A LITTLE OVER $10 MILLION ADDITION THAT, WHAT'S THAT? WHAT IS THAT 40%? UH, IN THAT BALLPARK? YEAH. 
          YEP. 
          OPERATING EXPENSES, WE EXPECT TO GO FROM ABOUT 13 TO ABOUT 20. 
          UM, THAT DOES INCLUDE YOUR WATER PURCHASE COST INCREASES, UM, YOUR CAPITAL OUTLAYS. 
          WE EXPECT TO STAY RELATIVELY STABLE, BUT IT'S A REALLY SMALL PORTION OF THE BUDGET OVERALL AS WELL. 
          ALL RIGHT, SO WHEN WE LOOK AT THOSE COSTS, AND AGAIN, RECOGNIZE MORE CONVERSATION LIKELY NEEDS TO HAPPEN ABOUT THOSE COSTS AND THE TIMING AND THE PROJECTS AND HOW MUCH AND HOW QUICKLY. 
          UH, BUT BASED ON THOSE ASSUMPTIONS THAT WE'VE GOT, WE'VE PUT TOGETHER TWO SCENARIOS. 
          UM, THE RATE PLAN FOR SCENARIO ONE. 
          UM, BOTH, BOTH OF THESE SCENARIOS HAVE STEADY PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENTS FOR ALL CUSTOMER CLASSES AND ALSO ACROSS BOTH THE MONTHLY OR THE, THE BASE CHARGE AND THE VOLUME CHARGE. 
          SO IF IT'S IN THIS CASE, YEAR ONE, IT'S 12%, UH, FOR BOTH THE BASE CHARGE AND THE, ALL OF THE TIERS FOR THE, UH, FOR THE VOLUME CHARGES FOR WATER. 
          SO THE BASE CHARGE WOULD GO UP. 
          MOST RESIDENTIAL, AGAIN, 5 8 3 QUARTER INCH METERS WOULD GO UP FROM 27 48 UP TO 30 78. 
          AND THEN THE PER THOUSAND GALLONS WOULD GO FROM 5 0 8 TO 5 69 PER THOUSAND, ANOTHER 10%, UH, FOR EFFECTIVE 2020, UH, OCTOBER, 2026. 
          THAT'D BE FOR FISCAL 2027. 
          AND THEN IT LEVELS OFF TO ABOUT 5% THEREAFTER THAT, THAT 12% AND 10% ARE RECOGNIZED, VERY HIGH PERCENTAGE INCREASES. 
          UM, I, I, I'M, I'M A WATER CUSTOMER AS WELL IN MY HOMETOWN. 
          UM, WE ACTUALLY DO MY HOMETOWN'S WATER RATES, AND I WAS AT THEIR CITY COUNCIL MEETING TWO WEEKS AGO RECOMMENDING A 7% INCREASE LIKE I DID LAST YEAR, SEVEN AND A HALF PERCENT INCREASE FOR THEM. 
          UM, THE ISSUE IS THAT YOU'VE GOT A LOT OF NEW COSTS COMING ON WITH THE RECHARGE WATER PURCHASES, AND IN ORDER TO COVER THOSE COSTS, UM, WE HAVE TO HAVE RATE INCREASES THAT HAVE COME ON RELATIVELY QUICKLY. 
          UM, BECAUSE THAT WATER PURCHASE IS COMING ON RELATIVELY QUICKLY, YOU'RE, AGAIN, YOU'RE, YOU'RE TRYING TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO ABSORB, UH, NET NEW COST OF FIVE AND A HALF MILLION DOLLARS ON A $15 MILLION ENTERPRISE. 
          UH, AND SO IT, YOU'VE GOT RATES ARE THE ONLY WAY TO DO THAT, UH, QUITE FRANKLY. 
          SO AGAIN, THIS IS SCENARIO ONE THAT HAS, UH, A LITTLE BIT MORE, A LITTLE BIT LESS DEBT OVERALL, BUT IT'S MORE FRONT LOADED. 
          UM, SCENARIO TWO, I'M SORRY, I'LL TALK SCENARIO ONE, WASTEWATER FIRST. 
          UM, SCENARIO ONE HAS A LOT OF, UH, WASTEWATER DEBT. 
          SO ON THE WATER SIDE, IT'S THE RECHARGE WATER COST THAT IS REALLY DRIVING THE INCREASES. 
          UH, PRIMARILY ON THE WASTEWATER SIDE, IT'S THE NEW WASTEWATER DEBT OF THE 74 POINT MILLION. 
          DO 74 POINT SOME ODD MILLION DOLLARS, UM, IN 2026. 
          AND THEN ANOTHER SIGNIFICANT CHUNK, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER IT'S SCENARIO ONE OR SCENARIO TWO, BUT COMING ON OVER THE NEXT COUPLE OF YEARS AFTER THAT 12%, UH, ALSO FOR WASTEWATER, 10% AND 10%, UM, TWO 10, UH, TWO 10% IS BACK TO BACK ON WASTEWATER. 
          AND THEN THAT BACKS OFF TO 3% IN A FIVE YEAR PLAN. 
          UH, SO THE BASE CHARGE WOULD GO FROM 37 31 UP TO 41 79, UM, ON FOR, FOR MOST RESIDENTIAL. 
          AND THE VOLUME CHARGE WOULD GO FROM 6 33 TO 7 0 9. 
          SO THE BULK OF THE WATER WAS BECAUSE WE HAD TO BUY MORE WATER. 
          THE BULK OF THIS IS CAPEX, RIGHT? THAT'S RIGHT, . 
          SO WHEN WE LOOK AT WHAT DOES THAT MEAN FOR A BILL, BECAUSE I RECOGNIZE THAT MOST PEOPLE DON'T THINK ABOUT WHAT DO I PAY IN BASE CHARGE, THEY JUST WRITE THE CHECK FOR THEIR BILL AS A TOTAL. 
          UM, SO FOR A FOOT, WE RAN THREE DIFFERENT SCENARIOS. 
          5,000 GALLON USER, 10,000 GALLON USER, AND A 20,000 GALLON USER. 
          AND WE'RE ASSUMING WINTER AVERAGING, UM, FOR THE WASTEWATER SIDE ON THOSE AS WELL, WHAT YOU SEE IN THE GRAY BOX THERE, WHAT THEY'D PAY TODAY, UM, A 5,000 GALLON USER, WHICH AGAIN, IS YOUR, IS YOUR AVERAGE BILL, ESSENTIALLY 5,700. 
          UM, IS THEY'D PAY $121 AND 84 CENTS UNDER THIS UNDER SCENARIO ONE THAT WOULD GO UP BY $14, UH, A MONTH, UH, FOR A 5,000 GALLON USER. 
          AND THEN IN YEAR TWO, FISCAL 27 WOULD GO UP BY 1365 IN YEAR THREE, FISCAL 28, THEY 
          [03:55:01]
HAVE TO GO UP BY ABOUT 1175. 
          SO YOU CAN SEE THERE, NOT ONLY THE PERCENTAGE COMES DOWN, BUT THE ACTUAL DOLLAR IMPACT COMES DOWN AS WELL. 
          AGAIN, ONE OF THE UNFORTUNATE REALITIES IS YOU'VE GOT A LOT OF ADDITIONAL COSTS COMING ON UP FRONT, UH, BOTH IN THE WATER SIDE AND IN THE WASTEWATER SIDE. 
          AND SO WHILE WE WOULD LIKE TO SMOOTH THIS MORE, UH, THAN IT'S CURRENTLY SMOOTHED, AND WHAT, WHAT I MEAN BY THAT IS HAVE MORE MODERATE INCREASES OVER THE CO OVER THE COURSE OF ALL FIVE YEARS, AS OPPOSED TO HAVING IT FRONT LOADED LIKE THIS. 
          UM, YOU'LL SEE IN A MOMENT HERE WHEN WE SHOW SOME FI FINANCIAL METRICS WHY WE'VE CHOSEN TO DO IT THIS WAY. 
          UM, EFFECTIVELY, IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN A 90 DAY OPERATING FUND BALANCE, UM, YOU HAVE TO HAVE SOME PRETTY SIGNIFICANT INCREASES IN THE EARLY YEARS, AND THEN YOU CAN BACK THAT OFF IN THE LATE YEARS. 
          SCENARIO TWO, UM, HERE HAS, AGAIN, 12% IN THE FIRST YEAR. 
          FIRST YEAR IS THE SAME IN BOTH, AND THAT IS FOR FISCAL 26, UM, THAT WE'RE RECOMMENDING. 
          IT BACKS OFF A LITTLE BIT FASTER THOUGH, UM, TO 9.1%, UH, FOR FISCAL 27, 7 0.9% IN FISCAL 28. 
          AGAIN, SCENARIO TWO HAS A LITTLE BIT MORE DEBT ISSUED, BUT IT ISSUES IT OVER A LONGER PERIOD OF TIME. 
          IT'S NOT AS FRONT LOADED. 
          AND SO WE CAN SPREAD THOSE COSTS OUT A LITTLE BIT MORE. 
          UM, WHEN WE LOOK AT, UM, DOING SCENARIO TWO HERE, SO THE FINANCIAL METRIC THAT I'LL POINT TO LARGELY HERE IS THE ONE, THE CENTER BOTTOM. 
          UM, THIS BECOMES YOUR, UM, REALLY KIND OF YOUR, YOUR, YOUR RESTRICTING, UM, FACTOR. 
          UM, WE LOOK AT THE BLUE BAR ON THERE IS WHAT WE EXPECT YOUR ACTUAL FUND BALANCE TO BE. 
          THANKFULLY TODAY, YOU'VE GOT A HEALTHY FUND BALANCE. 
          YOU ARE EATING INTO THAT IN THE CURRENT FISCAL YEAR. 
          UM, AND WE WOULD EXPECT YOU TO CONTINUE TO EAT INTO THAT, EVEN WITH THE RATE INCREASES THAT I JUST PRESENTED. 
          UM, BUT, BUT IT'S HEALTHY TODAY. 
          UM, UNDER SCENARIO ONE, THAT WOULD GET DOWN TO ESSENTIALLY YOUR 90 DAY, I THINK IT'S 92 DAYS IN THE MODEL, UM, UH, RESERVE, UM, YOU KNOW, TARGET, WHICH IS A, WHICH IS A A, A VERY TYPICAL RESERVE TARGET THAT IS NOT A CONSERVATIVE RESERVE TARGET, UM, BY 2029. 
          AND THEN YOU'D START BEING ABLE TO POTENTIALLY BUILD THAT BACK UP. 
          NOW, WHEN THAT BEGINS TO BUILD BACK UP, THAT GIVES YOU A LITTLE BIT OF ADDITIONAL ROOM FOR EITHER RATE RELIEF OR YOU CAN FUND SOME OF THOSE PROJECTS WITH CASH AND NOT AS MUCH DEBT. 
          UM, I WILL ALSO DRAW YOUR ATTENTION TO THE UPPER LEFT, UH, THE GREEN PORTION BEING THE WATER NET, WHAT WE CALL NET REVENUES. 
          AND THAT'S JUST WHAT IT SOUNDS LIKE IS, YOU KNOW, HOW MUCH MONEY YOU BRINGING IN VERSUS HOW MUCH IS GOING OUT. 
          AND THE GREEN IS THE, UM, WASTEWATER NET REVENUES WITH THESE, UM, ADJUST WITH THESE 12% ADJUSTMENTS IN BOTH SCENARIO ONE AND SCENARIO TWO, WE STILL EXPECT YOU TO RUN AT AN OPERATING LOSS NEXT YEAR. 
          AGAIN, YOU'VE GOT AMPLE, UM, RESERVES TO BE ABLE TO DO THAT. 
          UM, BUT RECOGNIZE THAT THIS DOESN'T GET IT TO AN A NET ZERO OPERATING BUDGET, UM, IN YEAR ONE. 
          IN FACT, IT TAKES UNTIL YEAR FOUR UNDER SCENARIO ONE TO GET TO A A NET ZERO OPERATING BUDGET. 
          SCENARIO TWO IS VERY SIMILAR, UM, BUT WE HIT THE 90 DAY TARGET A LITTLE SOONER IN THIS, IN THIS RATE PLAN. 
          UM, WE HIT IT IN 2027 INSTEAD OF 2028, AND THEN BEGIN TO BUILD BACK IN 2028 AND 2029. 
          UM, YOU GET NET POSITIVE BY YEAR FOUR UNDER SCENARIO TWO AS WELL. 
          AND SO, YOU KNOW, AGAIN, WHAT WE LOOK AT IS WHEN WE'RE DESIGNING THESE RATE PLANS IS WE, WE, WE LOOK AT A VARIETY OF DIFFERENT FACTORS. 
          UM, FUND BALANCE RESERVE IS, IS ONE OF THEM. 
          DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE RATIO IS ANOTHER, UM, NET REVENUES. 
          AND ARE YOU, ARE YOU OPERATING IN THE RED OR IN THE BLACK IS ANOTHER, UM, HOW MUCH CAN YOUR CITIZENS, UM, ACTUALLY SUPPORT SPENDING IS A PIECE OF IT AS WELL. 
          HOW CAN WE SMOOTH THOSE RATE INCREASES TO THE EXTENT POSSIBLE AND STILL HIT THE FINANCIAL METRICS THAT YOU NEED TO MAKE TO, TO MEET. 
          SO WE TAKE ALL OF THOSE THINGS INTO CONSIDERATION WHEN WE'RE PUTTING TOGETHER THESE RATE PLANS. 
          UM, AND SO, YOU KNOW, AGAIN, THESE ARE, THESE ARE TWO THAT ARE BASED ON THE CURRENT CAPITAL. 
          I WILL SAY THAT THERE'S NOT A LOT OF CAPITAL IN THE FIRST FIVE YEARS ON THE WATER SIDE, SO I WOULDN'T EXPECT WATER TO CHANGE SIGNIFICANTLY. 
          UM, THERE'S A LOT OF CAPITAL ON THE SEWER SIDE, AND SO TO THE EXTENT THAT THAT SHIFTS AND CHANGES AS YOU CONTINUE TO MOVE THROUGH YOUR BUDGET PROCESS, THAT COULD CHANGE SIGNIFICANTLY AS WELL. 
          UM, I JUST, YOU KNOW, AGAIN, WE'RE NOT THE ENGINEERS TO, TO SUGGEST WHAT YOU NEED. 
          UM, WE TAKE A LOOK AND SAY, HERE'S THE DOLLAR AMOUNT THAT WE'RE TRYING TO COVER. 
          WHAT IS IT TAKING RATES IN ORDER TO COVER THAT AMOUNT OF MONEY? SO, QUICK SUMMARY, AND I REALIZE AGAIN, I'VE GONE VERY QUICKLY HERE AND THERE'S A LOT OF NUMBERS. 
          I'M HAPPY TO TAKE ANY QUESTIONS THAT YOU HAVE IN A MOMENT. 
          UM, WOULD LOVE TO GET YOUR PRELIMINARY COMMENTS TONIGHT. 
          UM, WE'LL REVISE THE, THE SCENARIOS, CREATE NEW SCENARIOS IF NECESSARY. 
          LOOK AT A, YOU KNOW, VARIETY OF DIFFERENT WAYS 
          [04:00:01]
TO DO THINGS REALLY TONIGHT. 
          WANTED TO GIVE YOU AN IDEA WHAT'S THE, WHAT'S THE ORDER OF MAGNITUDE THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT, UM, AND THEN ALSO EXPLAIN SOME OF THE THINGS THAT ARE THE COST DRIVERS, UM, AND THAT WILL DRIVE THE, THE RATE IMPACTS AS WE MOVE FORWARD. 
          UH, AND THEN, UM, WHEN, WHEN WE'VE ADDRESSED ALL OF THE QUESTIONS THAT YOU HAVE AND RUN ALL THE SCENARIOS THAT YOU'D LIKE TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'VE RUN, WE'LL PRESENT A FINAL RATE PLAN BACK TO YOU FOR ADOPTION. 
          UM, THAT CAN EITHER BE A ONE YEAR, UH, BECAUSE WE ARE ON CONTRACT TO DO THIS FOR THE NEXT THREE YEARS. 
          UM, WE ALWAYS WILL SHOW A, A LONG-TERM OUTLOOK. 
          UM, BUT YOU'LL HAVE THE FLEXIBILITY OBVIOUSLY, TO CHANGE YOUR RATES ON AN ANNUAL BASIS OR MORE OFTEN IF YOU'D LIKE TO. 
          BUT MOST PLACES LIKE TO DO IT ON AN ANNUAL BASIS. 
          UM, AND, AND IN ORDER TO, UH, MEET THE, THE, THE, YOU KNOW, WHAT'S ACTUALLY HAPPENING, THERE'S OBVIOUSLY, THERE'S, UH, THOUSANDS, LITERALLY THOUSANDS OF ASSUMPTIONS THAT GO INTO THESE MODELS. 
          THEY CHANGE ALL THE TIME. 
          UM, AND SO YOU'LL KNOW NEXT, NEXT YEAR MORE ABOUT FISCAL 27 AND 28 THAN WE KNOW TODAY. 
          AND SO THAT'S ONE OF THE REASONS WHY WE LOOK AT DOING THIS ON AN ANNUAL BASIS, ESPECIALLY IN COMMUNITIES THAT ARE GROWING, UH, BECAUSE THOSE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS CAN CONTEND TO MOVE VERY QUICKLY. 
          CAN I ASK A CLARIFICATION QUESTION FOR CITY MANAGER? THE THESE RATES ARE FOR CITY OF HUDU, LIKE FOR, I KNOW WASTEWATER COSTS ARE PASSED THROUGH, BUT THIS WOULD NOT HAVE IF I'M, I'M A JONAH CUSTOMER IN CITY LIMITS OF HU SO THESE RATES, I MEAN THESE, UH, THIS RATE STUDY WOULD NOT AFFECT MY WATER RATES WITH JONAH, CORRECT? THAT IS CORRECT. 
          JONAH SETS ITS OWN WATER RATES, CORRECT, BUT THE JONAH WATER CUSTOMERS THAT ARE ON CITY SEWER WOULD BE, WOULD BE IMPACTED BY THE SEWER RATE INCREASE, RIGHT? THOSE RATES ARE PASSED THROUGH. 
          YEAH. 
          SO MY NEXT QUESTION IS, IS, UM, FOR WATER SUPPLY, WHAT PERCENTAGE OF THE CITY OF HURO CUSTOMERS ARE ON CITY WATER ROUGHLY? IS THAT AROUND 40% OR, OR HIGHER? WELL, IN THE PRESENTATION IT WAS WHAT, OVER 8,000 WATER CUSTOMERS? YEAH. 
          YOU GOT ABOUT 80 507,898 UNITS ABOUT, GOT ABOUT 8,500 OR SO WATER ACCOUNTS. 
          THAT INCLUDES COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL. 
          OH, OKAY. 
          COMPARED TO ABOUT 14,500 WASTEWATER. 
          SO ASSUMING THE VAST MAJORITY OF YOUR, OF WITHIN CITY LIMITS ARE ON YOUR SEWER ACCOUNTS, THAT COMES OUT TO BE 60 ISH PERCENT. 
          SO THE 40% NUMBER I HAD IN MY MINORS WHO ARE ARE NOT ON. 
          CORRECT. 
          OKAY. 
          THANK YOU. 
          THAT'S ALL NEWS CLARIFICATION. 
          THANK YOU. 
          AND GREAT PRESENTATION. 
          WE DID THIS TO OURSELVES. 
          SO IT'S, IT'S NOT, IT'S NOTHING YOU DID. 
          NO, WE MADE THE DECISION TO DO SOME OF THE STUFF WE DID. 
          AND NOW WE, WE DEBATED THIS WHOLE THING. 
          I DON'T KNOW, MAYBE THREE YEARS AGO WE DID THE WASTEWATER PLANT. 
          DID WE GO FROM TWO TO FOUR OR TWO TO SIX? AND WE HAD, THAT WHOLE THING IS CHEAPER IF YOU BUILD IT NOW THAN IF YOU GO LATER. 
          AND THERE WAS A MINORITY OPINION OF YEAH, BUT ARE WE GONNA BE ABLE TO AFFORD IT LATER AND MAYBE BE BETTER TO, YOU KNOW, INSTEAD OF BUY THAT SIX BEDROOM HOUSE NOW, BUY THE FOUR, GET TO WHERE YOUR INCOME'S UP AND DO THAT. 
          AND, AND SO I WAS LOOKING AT THE FIRST THING HERE. 
          WE FORECAST OURSELVES, WE PURPOSELY PUT OURSELVES RUNNING A DEFICIT IN AN EFFORT TO BORROW A WHOLE BUNCH TODAY, BUILD A HUGE EXPANSION WITH THE HOPES THAT LATER IT STARTS COMING BACK TO US. 
          AND I THINK THE HOPE IS IS, I DON'T KNOW WHEN THIS, THIS IS FROM FEBRUARY OF 14 OR 24, WE WERE DOING THIS, WE HAD TO GROW THIS CITY BY LIKE 9% AND 25, 18, 20 8%, 26, 18 0.8%, 27 AND 15 AND 28 JUST TO LIMIT THE RED THAT WE HAD ON HERE. 
          AND IF WE DON'T GROW THAT HIGH, THERE WAS A FEAR OF HIGHER LOSSES. 
          SO I DON'T WHAT TO DO HERE 'CAUSE I'M NOT, I'M NOT READY TO RAISE RATES. 
          I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S ED C'S GOTTA START SELLING SOME LAND AND HELP PAY BACK. 
          'CAUSE WE'VE FUNDED WATER WASTEWATER LINES ALL OVER LAND THAT DOESN'T BENEFIT ANYBODY AND HU BUT IT BENEFITS INDUSTRY AND THIS ECONOMIC GROWTH. 
          AND WE'VE MADE IN MY MIND SO MANY BAD DECISIONS THAT NOW THE ONLY OPTION. 
          'CAUSE WE DID HAVE THIS TALK, WE MANAGED TO RAISE PEOPLE'S RATES 200 BUCKS A MONTH AND THEN I WAS CALLED A LIAR AND WE ONLY RAISED IT LIKE 80 BUCKS A MONTH OVER A PERIOD OF TIME. 
          BUT WHAT WE'VE DONE IS WE'VE PUSHED OUT THIS $200 THAT WE NEEDED. 
          WE PUSHED IT OUT AND PUSHED IT OUT TO THE POINT TO WHERE NOW WE STILL HAVE BIG RATE INCREASES. 
          'CAUSE MATH NEVER STOPS MATTING. 
          EVENTUALLY YOU GOTTA PAY THE PIPER. 
          YEAH. 
          AND WE'RE GONNA RUN OUTTA MONEY IF WE DON'T RAISE RATES. 
          BUT IT'S ALL BECAUSE OF DECISIONS WE MADE IN MY OPINION, TWO, THREE YEARS AGO THAT NOW IT'S TOO LATE. 
          I MEAN, THAT SHIP, THESE GUYS HERE ARE NEXT AND THEY'RE GONNA, THEY'RE TELLING US HOW WE'RE SPENDING $200 MILLION. 
          THAT I DON'T KNOW. 
          BUT THIS IS KIND OF, I'VE BEEN WAITING TO HEAR. 
          UM, NOW ONE LAST QUESTION. 
          DOES THIS TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE M AND O? YES. 
          [04:05:01]
OKAY. 
          BECAUSE THAT WAS A PART WE MAYBE DIDN'T CONSIDER AS A COUNCIL WHEN WE DID THAT EXPANSION. 
          WE JUST WORRIED ABOUT THE DEBT SERVICE AND PLAN THAT. 
          AND THEN LAST YEAR IT WAS MENTIONED, HEY, DON'T FORGET YOU GOT SOME M AND O COSTS. 
          'CAUSE YOU CAN'T EXPAND A PLANT LIKE THAT AND NOT HIRE MORE PEOPLE. 
          AND THEN THAT WAS LIKE A, OH GOD. 
          UM, WE MESSED THAT UP, BUT I THINK OUR WATER'S TOO HIGH AS IT IS. 
          PEOPLE BARELY USE IT. 
          WE'VE HAD OTHER PEOPLE COME IN AND SAY, WE HAVE ONE OF THE LOWEST PER CAPITA USE USES IN THE CITY, IN THE METRO AREA, PRIMARILY BECAUSE OUR RATES ARE SO HIGH. 
          IF IT GOES MUCH HIGHER, WE'RE JUST, I DON'T KNOW. 
          I WOULD SAY WE DO, YOU KNOW, WE, WE DO ABOUT 40 OR 50 OF THESE ACROSS THE STATE OF TEXAS A YEAR. 
          UH, 5,700 GALLONS IS ON THE LOW SIDE OF AVERAGE. 
          UM, BUT STATEWIDE AVERAGE ABOUT 6,500. 
          SO IT'S NOT LIKE IT'S WAY LOW. 
          UM, BUT YOU KNOW, WE, WE DO WORK IN CITIES WHERE IT'S, YOU KNOW, AVERAGE IS 4,000. 
          WE DO WORK IN CITIES WHERE AVERAGE IS 15,000. 
          SO, UM, 5,700 IS WITHIN WHAT, WHAT I WOULD CONSIDER TO BE ON THE LOW SIDE OF NORM. 
          OKAY. 
          I APPRECIATE YOU SH UH, SHARING THE SLIDE CITY BY CITY. 
          WHAT, WHAT THEIR COST IS. 
          UM, TO ME, THIS JUST BLOWS MY MIND. 
          I MEAN, ROUND ROCK HAS A POPULATION OF CLOSE TO 137,000 PEOPLE AND THEY'RE ONLY PAYING 71 0 5. 
          WELL, AGAIN, THE, THE, THAT IS WHAT WE WOULD EXPECT TO SEE. 
          THE, THE LARGER CITIES TEND TO BE ABLE TO SPREAD OUT THE COSTS AND, AND THE, THE GALLON TO GET THE NEXT, OR THE THE COST TO GET THE NEXT GALLON OF WATER OR TREAT THE NEXT GALLON OF WASTEWATER IS LOWER THAN IT IS, IS TO TREAT THE FIRST. 
          AND SO, UM, AS COMMUNITIES ARE GROWING, WE EXPECT THEM TO BE RELATIVELY HIGH. 
          WHEN YOU'VE GOT A LARGER RATE BASE AND AN OLDER SYSTEM LIKE ROUND ROCK HAS, UM, WE EXPECT THEM TO BE ABLE TO HAVE THOSE COSTS BE RELATIVELY LOW AND THEY'VE LIKELY GOT A LARGER, UM, COMMERCIAL BASE AS WELL. 
          UM, WHICH, WHICH HELPS TO OFFSET, UH, RESIDENTIAL RATES TO AN EXTENT. 
          OR AT LEAST IT CAN, IT DOESN'T ALWAYS, BUT IT CAN. 
          UH, AND SO THERE'S, WE WOULD THAT, THAT'S ACTUALLY THE TREND THAT WE WOULD EXPECT TO SEE. 
          UM, WITH THE LARGER COMMUNITY, THEIR TOTAL COST IS SIGNIFICANTLY HIGHER THAN YOURS. 
          IF YOU, IF YOU'RE LOOKING AT JUST BUDGET COST AND MILLIONS OF DOLLARS. 
          UH, BUT WHEN WE LOOK AT WHAT THAT IMPACT IS FOR YOUR SMALLER NUMBER, YOUR COST TO TREAT AND DELIVER WATER AND WASTEWATER SERVICES IS HIGHER THAN THEIRS. 
          THERE'S NO QUESTION ABOUT THAT. 
          WHAT HE SAID IS WHAT THE ISSUE WAS WITH THAT WASTEWATER PLANT, YOUR FIRST GALLON OF THAT 4 MILLION THAT YOU CAN TREAT IS YOUR MOST EXPENSIVE GALLON. 
          THAT'S RIGHT. 
          AND YOUR CHEAPEST GALLON IS A 303000000.999 GALLON. 
          THAT'S THE CHEAPEST. 
          BECAUSE WHETHER YOU USE ONE GALLON OR 4 MILLION GALLONS, YOU'RE PAYING THE SAME RATE. 
          THAT'S RIGHT. 
          AND SO, BUT I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S LEGAL. 
          THE CITY MANAGER DID, WE WERE TALKING ABOUT, UM, DPR AND UM, HE DID SAY THERE, 'CAUSE I HAVE BEEN TOLD BY SOMEBODY ELSE, WE MAY HAVE TO EXPAND OUR WASTEWATER PLAN AGAIN IN LIKE TWO, THREE YEARS, WHICH I FIND UNBELIEVABLE. 
          BUT HE WAS SAYING THAT IF WE FIND A WAY TO MAYBE DO DPR, THAT THERE'S A POTENTIAL, THE, WHAT WOULD YOU SAY? THE, THE PERMITTING IS NOT BASED ON WHAT YOU'RE TREATING. 
          IT'S BASED ON WHAT YOU'RE DISCHARGING. 
          IF YOU CUT YOUR DISCHARGE DOWN, POTENTIALLY SMARTER PEOPLE THAN OBVIOUSLY ME WILL KNOW THIS POTENTIALLY. 
          WE DON'T NEED TO SPEND AS MUCH MONEY EXPANDING THAT PART IN THE FUTURE 'CAUSE WE'RE DISCHARGING LESS. 
          BUT OBVIOUSLY THERE'S RATIOS AND NUMBERS, BUT YEAH. 
          AND THERE'S DIFFERENT OPERATING COSTS FOR DIFFERENT KINDS OF SYSTEMS AS WELL, SO, OH YEAH, YEAH. 
          UM, SO THE, THE RATE IS THE RATE, IT'S NOT GONNA GO DOWN. 
          IF ANYTHING, IT'S GONNA GO UP. 
          WELL, NO. 
          SO AGAIN, ON, ON THE WATER SIDE, I WOULD SUGGEST THAT, UM, THERE'S, THERE'S, I, I DON'T AS, AS MUCH AS WE'VE BEEN THROUGH THIS WITH YOUR STAFF, I DON'T SEE A LOT OF MOVEMENT THERE. 
          UM, THERE MAY BE A LITTLE BIT HERE AND THERE, UM, BUT THE, THE BIGGEST PIECE THAT'S DRIVING WATER IS THE FACT THAT YOU'RE GONNA BE PURCHASING 4 MILLION GALLONS A DAY THROUGH RECHARGE. 
          UM, WHICH AGAIN, I, WE MAKE NO ASSESSMENT, UH, ONE WAY OR THE OTHER THAT THAT'S, THAT'S A CONTRACT THAT YOU HAVE, THAT'S A COST THAT YOU HAVE COMING ONLINE. 
          UM, THE, THERE'S A LITTLE BIT MORE FLEXIBILITY PERHAPS ON THE WASTEWATER SIDE BECAUSE THAT'S FOR FUTURE DEBT ISSUANCES FOR FUTURE PROJECTS THAT, UM, YOU KNOW, THIS COUNCIL WILL BE ABLE TO MAKE DECISIONS ON AS THOSE PROJECTS COME UP. 
          AND SO THERE'S A LITTLE BIT MORE FLEXIBILITY PERHAPS ON THE WASTEWATER SIDE. 
          I DON'T THINK IT'S A QUESTION OF, UH, NECESSARILY OF ORDER OF MAGNITUDE DIFFERENCE. 
          UM, I THINK IT'S MORE OF A QUESTION OF TIMING. 
          UH, IS IT NEEDED EARLY ON IN THIS WINDOW? IS IT NEEDED LATER ON IN THIS WINDOW? IS 
          [04:10:01]
IT BUILT IN, YOU KNOW, DIFFERENT PHASES AND WHAT DOES THAT COST DIFFERENCE LOOK LIKE? THOSE KINDS OF THINGS. 
          AND AGAIN, WE CAN HELP MODEL RATES ON ALL OF THOSE DIFFERENT SCENARIOS. 
          UM, THE, BUT YOU KNOW, AT THE END OF THE DAY, I DON'T KNOW THAT THERE'S GONNA BE A WHOLE LOT OF CHANGE NECESSARILY ON THE TOTAL RATE AT THE END OF THE DAY. 
          THE QUESTION IS HOW DO YOU GET THERE? IS IT MORE UPFRONT OR MORE BACK LOADED? THE, THE, THE SCENARIOS THAT WE HAVE TONIGHT OR A LITTLE, THEY'RE A LITTLE MORE FRONT LOADED. 
          UM, A LITTLE LESS BACK LOADED. 
          BUT I, I DON'T KNOW WHAT YOUR NEED IS ON THE, PARTICULARLY ON THE WASTEWATER SIDE. 
          THANK YOU. 
          DON'T BACK LOAD IT. 
          'CAUSE WE HAVE ANOTHER WATER CONTRACT COMING THAT'S BIGGER THAN THE ONE WE'RE PAYING FOR NOW. 
          YEP. 
          ALRIGHT, SO YOU GUYS NEED SOMETHING FROM US, UH, DIRECTION QUESTIONS. 
          UM, SEE IF THERE'S ANY ADDITIONAL SCENARIOS THAT YOU WOULD LIKE US TO RUN. 
          UM, AGAIN, WE'RE WORKING WITH STAFF. 
          I KNOW YOU'VE GOT, UM, OTHER ITEMS AND YOU'RE CONTINUING TO REFINE THE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN. 
          UM, AND WE'LL CONTINUE TO, UM, YOU KNOW, RUN RATE PLANS TO, TO HIT THE, THE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN NEED AS WE NEED AS WE GO. 
          AND THEN SOMETIME IN THE NEAR FUTURE WE'LL BE BACK WITH A FINAL RATE PLAN. 
          SO IF THERE ARE OTHER SCENARIOS THAT YOU'D LIKE TO SEE RUN, UM, AGAIN, I, I CAN'T SPEAK TO THE CAPITAL PROJECTS, THE NEED AND THE COST, UM, BUT IF THERE ARE OTHER SCENARIOS THAT YOU'D LIKE TO SEE RUN, UM, THAT, THAT BALANCE THIS OUT A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENTLY. 
          AGAIN, THE LIMITING FACTOR THAT WE'RE WORKING WITH RIGHT NOW FOR THE MOST PART IS WHEN DO YOU HIT YOUR 90 DAY RESERVE, UM, ON, ON YOUR UTILITY FUND? AND WE'RE, WE'RE THROWING EVERYTHING WE CAN QUITE FRANKLY, AT EXTENDING THAT AS LONG AS WE POSSIBLY CAN. 
          WE'RE USING YOUR EXISTING BUILT UP RESERVE THAT YOU HAVE. 
          UM, WE'RE ALSO USING IMPACT FEE RESERVES, UH, TO HELP PAY, UH, THE COST OF THE PROJECTS. 
          UM, SOME OF THE INTEREST COST ON THE PROJECTS, UM, THAT HAS BEEN TRADITIONALLY PRINCIPAL COST ONLY. 
          UH, AND SO, UH, THAT'S, THAT HELPS RATES. 
          UH, AND WE'VE DONE THAT FOR A RELATIVELY SHORT PERIOD OF TIME TO HELP SMOOTH THESE RATES A LITTLE BIT. 
          UM, AND YOUR IMPACT FEE FUND BALANCE IS STILL ADEQUATE, UM, UNDER THE, UNDER BOTH OF THESE SCENARIOS. 
          SO WE'RE, WE'RE, WE'RE TURNING OVER ROCKS. 
          WE'RE TRYING TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO MAKE THIS AS SMOOTH AS POSSIBLE, BUT AT THE END OF THE DAY, YOU'VE GOT A LOT OF COSTS COMING ONLINE AND THOSE ARE GONNA HAVE TO COME OUTTA RATES IN SOME WAY, SHAPE OR FORM OVER SOME PERIOD OF TIME. 
          IF YOU, IF YOU DON'T HAVE OTHER SPECIFIC SCENARIOS, AGAIN, WE'LL CONTINUE TO WORK WITH YOUR STAFF ON, ON GETTING THE CIP FINALIZED AND PRESENT A RATE PLAN THAT MATCHES THE, THE CIP THAT YOU ADOPT. 
          SO JAMES, ARE WE LOOKING AT HAVING OUR WASTEWATER CAPACITY OUT WITHIN THE NEXT FIVE YEARS? WHAT DO YOU MEAN BY OUT THERE? LIKE WE'RE GONNA RUN OUT OF POTENTIAL CAPACITY. 
          YEAH, WE WILL BE, WE WILL BE AT THE 80% WHERE WE HAVE START DESIGNING. 
          I WANNA SAY I HEARD LIKE IT'S COMING VERY QUICKLY. 
          WELL, POTENTIALLY WITH THE NUMBER OF SCRS THAT WE HAVE AND THE PROJECTIONS THAT WE HAVE, IT'S POTENTIAL, I THINK THE BIGGEST ISSUE RIGHT NOW IS THE CAPACITY AT THE CENTRAL PLANT, NOT NECESSARILY THE NEXT PHASE OF THE CAPACITY AT THE SOUTH PLANT. 
          BUT THAT'S ONE I THINK YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT. 
          AND THAT IF, IF, UH, MATT'S PROJECTIONS ARE RIGHT AND THE DEVELOPMENT COMMUNITY CONTINUES TO MOVE FORWARD LIKE THEY ARE, THEN YEAH, WITHIN ABOUT YOU'RE GONNA BE BACK ON YOUR DESIGN FOR THE NEXT PHASE. 
          IF WE DON'T DO DPR OR SOMETHING ELSE THAT WOULD IN, IN YEAR FOUR OR FIVE, WELL WE CAN'T GO MUCH UP HIGHER ON IMPACT FEES 'CAUSE IT'S THE FIRST THING EVERYBODY SAYS IS THEY'RE SO HIGH THAT THEY'RE STRUGGLING. 
          UM, I JUST WONDERED FOR SOMEONE THAT'S USING A LOT OF THAT WATER BECAUSE OUR HOME SALES ARE DOWN, NEW HOMES ARE DOWN AT WHAT, 60, 70%. 
          SO IF IT'S DATA CENTERS OR WHOEVER IT IS THAT WE GOT PROJECTED TO USE IT ALL. 
          I KNOW WHEN YOU GOT TO THE MEGA SITE AS THOSE GUYS ARE COMING THROUGH, I DON'T KNOW IF YOU GUYS NEED TO BE LOOKING AT THEY'RE USING MORE AND THEY NEED TO PAY MORE. 
          UM, YEAH, YOU CAN DEFINITELY TIER THE RATES MORE THAN WHAT WE CURRENTLY HAVE IT. 
          THAT'S NOT UNCOMMON TO DO THAT. 
          YEAH. 
          UM, PARTICULARLY FROM A CONSERVATION STANDPOINT. 
          BUT ALSO FOR THE COMMERCIAL RATES. 
          YOU CAN, YOU CAN HAVE A DRAMATIC, YOU CAN HAVE A GREATER IMPACT ON THE COMMERCIAL SIDE, BUT YOU KNOW, ALL OF THOSE ARE GIVES AND TAKES AND PULLS AND PULL AND PUSHES BECAUSE I KNOW Y'ALL ARE ALSO CONSIDERING, WELL WHAT IS THE PROPERTY TAX DOING TO THE COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES AND WHAT ARE THE IMPACT FEES DOING AND SO ON AND SO FORTH. 
          SO THERE'S A LOT OF MOVING LEVERS, WHICH IS WHY, UH, WHICH IS WHY WE, WE ASKED TO DO A RATE STUDY. 
          SO WE WOULD ACTUALLY BUILD TO GIVE YOU A GOOD PICTURE OF AS MANY OF THE MOVING LEVERS AS WE CAN. 
          AND THEN AS COUNCIL MAKES DECISIONS ON, OKAY, WELL MAYBE, MAYBE WE DON'T DO THESE NEW CIP PROJECTS OR WHATEVER, THEN, THEN WE KNOW THAT WE DON'T NEED TO ADD ADDITIONAL EXPENSES IN FOR THE NEXT FIVE YEARS. 
          WE PUSH THOSE LATER, SO ON AND SO FORTH. 
          SO YEAH, BECAUSE I'M THINKING DEVELOPERS PAY ATTENTION TO 
          [04:15:01]
TAX RATES, THEY PAY ATTENTION TO IMPACT FEES. 
          THEY DON'T PAY MUCH ATTENTION TO THE ACTUAL RATE OF THE WATER BECAUSE A PERSON SIGNING THE CONTRACT AND SIGNING A LEASE THAT GOES IN THE YEAH, HOW MUCH DOES, I GOT SO MUCH MONEY TO GET IN. 
          IT'S LIKE EVERYBODY ELSE THAT BUYS A HOUSE, WHEN YOU BOUT SHOPPING FOR A HOUSE, YOU NEVER ASK YOU WHAT'S THE WA THEY DO IN HU ANYMORE. 
          BUT THEY TYPICALLY DON'T ASK WHAT'S THE WATER RATE HERE? RIGHT. 
          AND SO TO ME, BUSINESS IS THE ONE HITTING IT ALL AND CAUSING IT. 
          YOU CAN'T GO UP ON IMPACT FEES. 
          'CAUSE ALL I DO IS BOCK AND WE END UP REIMBURSING THEM. 
          AND SO YOU GET 'EM IN, YOU GET 'EM DEDICATED TO THE PROJECT, AND WHEN THEY GET THEIR FIRST WATER BILL, THEN THAT'S WHEN THEY GO, HOLY CRAP. 
          OH YEAH, YOU BETTER START WORKING ON YOUR SALES. 
          JUST LIKE, WE GOTTA WORK ON OUR COST. 
          BUT THE GOOD NEWS IS I'D LIKE TO SEE SOMETHING LIKE THAT MORE TO WHERE WE'RE HITTING THEM ON THE RATE HIGHER UP, WHETHER HOWEVER IT'S TIERED MM-HMM . 
          UM, BUT I KNOW, AND I ALSO KNOW THIS, YOU'VE GOT AT 8,000 ACCOUNTS, YOU'VE GOT SAY 7,000 ARE HOMES AND YOU'VE GOT, YOU KNOW, 1000 COMMERCIAL. 
          SO I ALSO KNOW THAT HITTING THE COMMERCIAL HARD DOESN'T ALL OF A SUDDEN MAKE RIGHT? YEAH. 
          PEOPLE'S RATES. 
          BUT IF YOU CAN MAKE THE RATE GO UP 5% OR 6% ON THE RESIDENTIAL SIDE AND THE COMMERCIAL SIDE'S GOING UP 10, 15%, WELL NO OFFENSE, THEN THEY DON'T VOTE US IN. 
          UM, AND SO A LOT OF THEM GOT TAX INCENTIVES OR REBATES OR SOMETHING TO GET IN HERE, SO THEY'RE GONNA HAVE TO HELP FUND IT, GET THE MILL SOMEHOW. 
          SO, SO WE CAN CERTAINLY DO THAT. 
          UM, AND WE'VE GOT BASELINE PROJECTIONS OBVIOUSLY FOR, FOR GROWTH NOT ONLY ON RESIDENTIAL BUT ALSO ON COMMERCIAL. 
          UM, WHAT WE DON'T WANNA DO IS GET AHEAD OF OUR PROJECTIONS, PARTICULARLY ON COMMERCIAL, ON BIG COMMERCIAL USERS, IF IT'S A, UH, SHERMAN IS ONE OF OUR CLIENTS. 
          THEY'VE GOT, YOU KNOW, HUGE NEW TI PLANTS GOING IN THERE, UM, THAT ARE LITERALLY GONNA BE USING HALF OF THE WATER FOR THE CITY OF SHERMAN. 
          THEY PAY ATTENTION TO WATER RATES. 
          UM, BUT YOU KNOW, THAT'S, THAT IS, I AGREE WITH YOU. 
          GEN GENERALLY SPEAKING, COMMERCIAL ISN'T NECESSARILY PAYING TOO CLOSE OF ATTENTION TO THE WATER RATES AND THEY DO, UM, CAUSE A SIGNIFICANT PORTION OF THE COST, PARTICULARLY THE HEAVY USERS. 
          IT'S ONE OF THE REASONS WHY YOU LIKE MOST HAVE, UM, A MUCH HIGHER BASE CHARGE BASED ON THE LARGER METER SIZE BECAUSE THEY HAVE A LARGER, UM, COST CAUSATION WE CALL IT OF, OF WHAT'S WHAT IT'S ACTUALLY COST YOU TO GO THROUGH THE SYSTEM. 
          WE CAN CERTAINLY DESIGN A RATE PLAN THAT HAS A DIFFERENT, A DIFFERENT ESCALATOR FOR COMMERCIAL VERSUS RESIDENTIAL. 
          UM, AGAIN, AS YOU POINTED OUT, MAYOR, YOU KNOW, 67% OF YOUR, OF YOUR VOLUME IS RESIDENTIAL, SO YOU CAN'T MAKE ALL OF IT UP WITH THE 12 15% THAT'S COMMERCIAL. 
          UM, BUT YOU CAN MAKE SOME OF IT UP AND, AND WE CAN, WE CAN RUN A DESIGN THAT, THAT, YOU KNOW, AS A SCENARIO TO LOOK AND SEE, OKAY, WHAT, WHAT DOES THAT, WHAT DOES THAT LOOK LIKE? WHAT WE, WHAT WE HAVE A HARDER TIME DOING IS ANTICIPATING WHAT A FUTURE COMMERCIAL USER MIGHT BE BRINGING TO THE TABLE. 
          WE DON'T WANT TO COUNT ON THAT REVENUE AND HAVE RESIDENTIAL RATES ARTIFICIALLY LOW BASED ON A HOPE THAT A LARGE COMMERCIAL USER WILL COME AND THEN THEY DON'T. 
          AND THEN YOU'RE BACK IN THE SITUATION. 
          SO AGREE WITH THAT. 
          YEAH, I CONCUR THAT HAVING A, SOME ACTION FOR GETTING SOME TIERED TIER UH, SCENARIOS FOR LARGE USERS AND MAYBE EVEN TYPES OF USERS. 
          I KNOW IN THE SEMICONDUCTOR INDUSTRY THEY LIVE ON, THEY LIVE ON WATER. 
          YEAH. 
          UH, DATA CENTERS IS IS COOLING INCENTIVIZING THEM TO YEAH. 
          RECYCLE AND REUSED WATER AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE, BUT I'M NOT A WATER TECHNOLOGIST, BUT TIERED BY U BY VOLUME AND TIERED BY TYPE OF USE. 
          SO THE, THE TYPE THAT MAKES SENSE. 
          THE, THE, THE TYPE OF USE IS SOMETHING THAT FROM, FROM A STATE OF TEXAS WATER LAW PERSPECTIVE GETS DICEY. 
          OKAY. 
          UM, WE CAN DO IT ON WHAT WE CALL CLASSIFICATIONS OF USERS. 
          SO COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL, RESIDENTIAL, MULTIFAMILY. 
          OKAY. 
          UM, THOSE KINDS OF THINGS. 
          WE CAN DO THAT. 
          CLEARLY THE STATE HAS BEEN SUPPORTIVE OF THAT TIME AND TIME AGAIN. 
          UM, IF YOU START TARGETING SPECIFIC USERS MM-HMM . 
          UM, THAT'S WHERE YOU, YOU'RE LIKELY TO GET INTO SOME CONTROL MORE THAN I . 
          I LIKE THAT THOUGH BECAUSE LIKE THE INDUSTRIALS, WE'VE POURED TENS OF MILLIONS INTO THE MEGA, YOU DON'T KNOW THE MEGA SITE, BUT WE DO THE MEGA SITE WATER AND WASTEWATER LINES BECAUSE WE'RE SUPPOSED TO BE ATTRACTING COMPANIES. 
          AND SO I THINK IF WE YEAH. 
          LOOK AT SOMETHING LIKE HITTING THE INDUSTRIAL PEOPLE MORE CATEGORIES. 
          YEP. 
          YEAH. 
          WE, WE CAN DO THAT BY, BY CUSTOMER CLASS AND WE CAN HAVE A A ANOTHER SCENARIO, WE CAN RUN ANOTHER SCENARIO THAT LOOKS AT THAT, UM, AND THEN, YOU KNOW, DISCUSS THAT WITH STAFF AND, AND SEE WHERE THAT SHAKES OUT. 
          UM, WE'D HAVE TO RUN THAT AGAINST YOUR, YOUR CURRENT USE OBVIOUSLY AND FIGURE OUT HOW MUCH REVENUE DOES THAT, DOES THAT GENERATE, THAT CAN HELP OFFSET OTHER SYSTEM COSTS. 
          UM, AND, AND LOOK TO SEE, LOOK TO SEE WHAT THAT IS. 
          THAT'S, I'LL JUST TELL YOU BECAUSE WE'RE SQUEEZING A BALLOON, YOU SQUEEZE IT HERE AND IT HAS TO COME OUT SOMEWHERE ELSE. 
          UM, THAT TO GET TO THESE METRICS OF MAINTAINING YOUR 90 DAY FUND BALANCE AND THOSE KINDS OF THINGS, THAT, THAT PROBABLY DOESN'T LOOK LIKE A THREE OR 4% RESIDENTIAL 
          [04:20:02]
INCREASE. 
          OH YEAH. 
          I DON'T THINK THAT'S GONNA HAPPEN. 
          IT, IT'S, IT'S HIGHER THAN THAT I WISH. 
          YEAH. 
          YEAH. 
          IT'S UM, IT'S HIGHER THAN, BUT IT, BUT IT CAN PROBABLY GET LOWER THAN 12. 
          AND MAYBE ALSO, I DON'T THINK WE'RE GONNA MAKE MUCH OF AN IMPACT BY JUST BASE CHARGE ON INDUSTRIAL. 
          I THINK WE ALSO HAVE TO LOOK AT IT'S VOLUME WHEN YOU GET, YOU KNOW, ABOVE WHATEVER IT IS, 15,000 GALLONS OR, YOU KNOW, I DON'T WANNA HIT THE PEOPLE AT THE SWIMMING POOL, BUT WHEN YOU GET TO THE GUY THAT'S PUMPING A LOT OF WATER YEAH. 
          UM, I THINK AT SOME POINT THEY'RE GONNA, I MEAN UNFORTUNATELY, YEAH. 
          YEAH. 
          BASE, UH, BASE MAKES, GENERALLY SPEAKING ON INDUSTRIAL BASE MAKES UP A SMALL PORTION OF THEIR OVERALL BILL. 
          MOST OF THEIR BILLS COMING FROM THE VOLUMES THEY USE. 
          THANK YOU. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          SO MAKING A, YOU MAKE A MOTION. 
          YEAH. 
          I'D LIKE TO MAKE A MOTION TO UM, LOOK AT ADDITIONAL SCENARIOS THAT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT, UH, LARGE USERS AND CLASSIFICATION OF USERS THAT IS WITHIN THE LAW. 
          OF COURSE. 
           VOLUME AS WELL. 
          YEAH. 
          VOLUME USERS AND CLASSIFICATIONS, I THINK IS THE TERM. 
          YEAH. 
          A SECOND. 
          SECOND YOU IN A DISCUSSION. 
          ALL RIGHT. 
          HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER KING AYE. 
          MAYOR SNYDER. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS AYE. 
          MAYOR PRO TIM THORNTON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. 
          AYE. 
          MOTION PASSES. 
          SEVEN ZERO. 
          THANK YOU. 
          THANK YOU SIR 
          [9.5. Presentation of the June 2025 financial report (Alberta Barrett)]
ALBERTA, DO YOU MIND IF WE, UH, DON'T DO YOUR QUARTERLY AND WE JUST, IF PEOPLE GOT QUESTIONS THEY CAN MAKE, CAN EMAIL YOU LATER? THERE'S NO OBJECTIONS. 
          . 
          GREAT. 
          THANK YOU. 
          AT 1123 WE TELL YOU. 
          ALRIGHT, UM, IF THERE ARE NO OBJECTIONS, 
          [11.2. Consideration and possible action on Resolution No. R-2025-173 to approve Hotel Occupancy Tax funds use for Fiscal Year 2026. (Alberta Barrett)]
I'D LIKE TO MOVE ON TO ITEM 11 TWO, THE HOT HOT PHONES HERE. 
          DONE. 
          WE'VE GOT ITEM 11 TWO CONSIDERATION POSSIBLE ACTION ON RESOLUTION NUMBER R DASH 2025 DASH 1 73 TO APPROVE HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAX FUNDS USE FOR FISCAL YEAR 2026. 
          RIGHT, MARY, MARY CUT ME OFF GUARD, . 
          SORRY. 
          NO, SO WE'RE JUST JUMPING ALL AROUND TONIGHT. 
          I I KNOW I WASN'T PREPARED TO COME RIGHT BACK SO , SORRY. 
          UH, NO, NO WORRIES. 
          UM, SO ALBERTA BARRETT, FINANCE DIRECTOR FOR THE RECORD. 
          UM, SO THIS IS OUR REALLY FIRST YEAR TO, UM, AS Y'ALL HAD APPROVED THE APPLICATION PROCESS AND POST-EVENT FORM, UH, SOME MONTHS AGO, UM, WE, UM, HELD OUR FIRST, UM, OPENING FOR APPLICATIONS FOR HOT TAX FUNDS OR THE USES OF THOSE. 
          SO WE RECEIVED, UM, SIX APPLICATIONS. 
          UM, THEY RANGED OR TOTALED $185,213 AND 55 CENTS. 
          UM, SO WE HAD AN INTERNAL REVIEW COMMITTEE, UM, THAT CONSISTED OF THE DIRECTOR OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, UM, MYSELF, UM, THE DIRECTOR OF PARKS AND RECREATION AND THE ASSISTANT TO THE CITY MANAGER, UH, REVIEW THE APPLICATIONS. 
          WE DID IT ON A SCORING BASIS, UM, BASED ON THEIR CATEGORIES OF WHAT THEY WERE REQUESTING. 
          SO TWO OF THE APPLICATIONS, TWO OF THE SIX WERE PROMOTION OF ARTS. 
          AND SO BY THE LAW, THE MAXIMUM THAT YOU CAN SPEND OUT OF YOUR CURRENT YEAR HOT TAX REVENUES IS 15%, WHICH EQUALED $48,460. 
          SO THOSE TWO APPLICANTS, UM, WE DID FUND AT THE 48,460, UM, MAX AVAILABLE. 
          AND THAT WAS THE, UM, THE HEART OF, UH, TEXAS, THE HAT AS WE CALL IT, AND FOR THEIR MURAL FESTIVAL. 
          SO 45,000 966 66 WILL BE FROM THE PROMOTION OF ARTS AND THEN 15,000 WILL BE, UM, FOR MARKETING AND ADVERTISING THAT PROGRAM. 
          THE OTHER PROMOTION OF ARTS IS 2004 92 94, WHICH IS FOR THE COMMUNITY CONNECTIONS FAIR ART MURAL, UM, THROUGH THE CITY OF HU. 
          SO THE NEXT CRITICAL PIECE IS, UM, WE'RE 
          [04:25:01]
REQUIRED TO SPEND ONE SEVENTH OF YOUR ANNUAL HOT TAX REVENUES. 
          AND SO FOR 24, WHAT WE'VE BEEN BASING THIS ON WAS THE ACTUALS, WHICH WAS $323,064. 
          SO THE MAXIMUM, OR EXCUSE ME, THE MINIMUM THAT WE HAVE TO SPEND, UM, FOR THE PROGRAMS PROMOTING, UM, AND ATTRACTING TOURISTS TO THE CITY OR TO OUR LOCAL, UH, AREA IS ONE SET, ONE SEVENTH OF THAT 3 23, WHICH COMES TO 46,152. 
          AND SO WE'RE MEETING THAT BY FUNDING. 
          UM, THE REST OF THE APPLICANTS, UM, AS YOU CAN SEE THERE TO, UM, ADVERTISING AND MARKETING THE PROGRAM. 
          UM, 10,000 TO THE TRAIL FEST, UM, 38,725 FOR TRAIL OF LIGHTS, 23,000 988 55 FOR THE, UH, CRAWL AND THEN 7,500 FOR THE HOLIDAY MARKET. 
          SO IN TOTAL WE'RE FUNDING 143,673. 
          UM, BASED ON WHAT OUR FUND BALANCE WAS AS OF 9 30 24, YOU HAD 1,000,050 1 4 94, UM, MINUS THE EXPENSES THAT WE ARE ALREADY PAID OUT THIS YEAR. 
          PLUS THESE THAT WE'RE RE RECOMMENDING AT A HUNDRED FORTY THREE SIX HUNDRED SEVENTY THREE WILL LEAVE YOU $867,830 AS A FUND BALANCE PROJECTED. 
          UM, AGAIN, THESE WILL BE ON A REIMBURSEMENT BASIS. 
          SO, UM, AFTER THEY HOLD THEIR EVENT, THEY HAVE TO, UM, COMPLETE THE POST EVENT FORM WITHIN A CERTAIN TIMEFRAME AND THEN SUBMIT IT TO THE CITY FOR REIMBURSEMENT. 
          AND SO THEN WE'LL EVALUATE BASED ON THOSE EXPENSES AND THE RECEIPTS, IF UM, THEY MET WHAT THEIR APPLICATION STATED AND HOW WE FUNDED THEM . 
          SO WE HAVE TO SPEND 46,152 MM-HMM . 
          AND WE BUDGETED 1 43, 673 15. 
          THAT'S WHAT WE'RE RECOMMENDING TO SPEND. 
          AND THEN THAT STILL LEAVES YOU 179,000 THAT DIDN'T GET SPENT OUT OF THAT 3 23. 
          SO THAT WILL JUST ROLL OVER INTO YOUR FUND BALANCE. 
          WHAT DOES THE HSC IN FRONT OF TRAIL FEST REPRESENT? UM, I THINK THAT'S THE HIPPO SOCIAL CLUB 30 DON'T WE HITTING IT WITH UH, WEIRD ACRONYMS. SORRY, I HU I'M SORRY. 
          HAT IS HUS TODAY. 
          COH ISS CITY OF HU. 
          YES. 
          COH WHAT'S HS? WHO'S, WHO'S RUNNING THE TRAIL P**S, I GUESS IS WHAT I'M ASKING. 
          HIPPO SOCIAL CLUB. 
          HIPPO SOCIAL. 
          MM-HMM . 
          OH, AND THEY'RE DOING OUTDOOR WELLNESS. 
          I KNOW WHO IS. 
          YEAH. 
          YEAH, THEY'RE UP ON LIMMER. 
          OKAY. 
          SO WHO WILL ACTUALLY RUN THE EVENTS? WILL IT BE CITY STAFF OR WILL IT BE NONPROFITS? UM, IF IT IS A CITY, UH, APPLICATION. 
          SO IF IT'S LIKE THE TRAIL LIGHTS THEN UM, AND THESE TWO CASES, IT'S PARKS AND RECREATION AND UM, COMMUNITY AND CULTURE. 
          UM, BUT IF IT'S AN OUTSIDE ORGANIZATION THEN THEY, THEY PUT ON THE EVENT MM-HMM . 
          WE DON'T ACTUALLY PARTICIPATE IN. 
          SO FOR THE CITY OF HU EVENTS, IF WE REDUCE THE AMOUNT, WOULD THAT OPEN UP FOR NON-PROFITS TO RUN THE EVENT FOR NONPROFITS? YOU MEAN TO APPLY UHHUH? ? UH, IT POSSIBLY COULD. 
          UM, YOU KNOW, THIS YEAR IT WOULDN'T BECAUSE WE'RE FUNDING ALL THE APPLICATIONS THAT WE GOT. 
          AH, OKAY. 
          OKAY. 
          UH, BUT AS THIS PROGRAM GROWS, UM, THE EVALUATION AND THE RATING SYSTEM THAT WE HAVE, THE POINT SYSTEM WOULD BE MORE CRITICAL. 
          UM, AND THEN WE COULD EVALUATE IF, YOU KNOW, I MEAN THAT WOULD HAVE TO BE A DECISION MADE. 
          MAYBE WE DON'T FUND AS MANY CITY PROJECTS TO MAKE IT AVAILABLE TO OUTSIDE, BUT WE'RE NOT THERE YET. 
          RIGHT. 
          OKAY. 
          CAN YOU ELABORATE MORE WHAT YOU'RE, WHAT YOU WERE THINKING THERE, JUST SO WE KNOW. 
          I THINK I SAID IT. 
          I MEAN I'M, I THINK IT'S PRETTY CLEAR, UM, JUST HAVING NON-PROFITS RUN IT TO MAKE MONEY OFF OF IT OR JUST RUN IT TO SAVE STAFF TIME. 
          I MEAN I GUESS THAT WOULD BE UP TO THE NONPROFIT WHAT THEIR AGENDA WOULD BE. 
          I WAS TRYING TO WORK WITH THEM ON THIS. 
          WHAT, WHAT, WHAT I THINK WHAT I WAS HOPING HE WAS GOING FOR AND I DON'T KNOW, IS ONE OF THE ISSUES I'VE HAD OVER TIME IS THE CITY PUTS ON EVENTS AND THEN WE PAY, LIKE FOR INSTANCE, UM, 4TH OF JULY GOT RAINED OUT BUT UH, WE HAD DRINK VENDORS THAT WERE NOT FROM JUDO AND THERE WAS NONPROFITS SET IN OTHER COMMUNITIES OR THE ONES THAT ARE SELLING THE DRINKS AND MAKING 'EM MONEY SO THAT THEY HAVE LESS OF A NEED AND THAT WE HAVE LESS OF A, A COST IN SOME OF THAT SORT. 
          LIKE BEFORE WE PAID ONE YEAR WE PAID $5,000 FOR PEOPLE TO DUMP TRASH CANS. 
          WHEN I THOUGHT, MY 
          [04:30:01]
GOD, YOU COULDN'T FIND A BOY SCOUT AS A BOY SCOUT. 
          WE USED TO DUMP TRASH CANS AT AN EVENT AND WE GOT PAID LIKE 1200 AND THOUGHT WE WERE RICH. 
          AND SO LITTLE THINGS LIKE THAT I THINK WE'VE GOTTA START GETTING INTO TO WHERE SOME OF THESE GROUPS WANT MONEY, HOW DO WE GET IT TO WHERE YOU CAN GET MONEY, BUT WE NEED A LITTLE BIT OF WORK FROM YOU. 
          AND IN DOING THAT, WE'RE JUST SHIFTING COSTS AROUND. 
          BUT UM, I DIDN'T KNOW, I DIDN'T KNOW IF THAT'S WHERE YOU'RE GOING. 
          THAT'S WHY I WAS BRINGING IT UP. 
          OKAY. 
          THE CRAWL, I'VE ALWAYS BEEN TOLD WE MAKE MONEY ON THE CRAWL. 
          SO IS THE IDEA HERE THAT WE'LL USE 24,000 AND THIS FUND AND THEN THE REVENUES FROM THE CRAWL GO INTO THE GENERAL FUND? OR DO WE LITERALLY SPEND $24,000 IT'S A LOSS? NO, I THINK IN THIS PARTICULAR CASE, THE REVENUE WOULD BE GENERATED, WOULD GO INTO THE GENERAL FUND 'CAUSE IT'S NOT HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAX TO GO BACK TO REPLACE THIS. 
          THE ONLY THING THAT REVENUE THAT THE HOTEL, UM, FUND RECEIVES, IT'S JUST FROM HOTEL MOTEL TAX OCCUPANCY RECEIPTS. 
          YEAH, RIGHT. 
          THAT WOULDN'T GO BACK INTO THERE. 
          I DIDN'T THINK IT'D GO BACK IN. 
          I JUST WONDERED WHY WE'RE DOING IT. 
          'CAUSE IF, IF AN EVENT COSTS 25,000, WE MAKE 30. 
          TO ME THE BUDGET OUGHT TO BE NEGATIVE 5,000 BECAUSE YOU'RE GONNA SPEND 25 AND MAKE 30. 
          BUT IF WE'RE SPENDING 24 OUT OF THIS FUND AND THEN PUTTING IT IN OVER HERE, UM, MY CONCERN ON ALL THIS STUFF IS THAT OTHER CITIES HAVE USED OUR HOT FUNDS TO, TO FUND THINGS LIKE WE TAUGHT BEFORE. 
          UM, AND JUST SOME NEW COUNCIL MEMBERS WE TAUGHT BEFORE WE COULD BUILD A WITH HOT FUNDS ROUND ROCK IS THAT'S HOW THEY BUILT THEIR STADIUM AND HOW THEY IMPROVE IT IS HOT FUNDS. 
          UM, WE COULD BUILD A, UM, UH, NOT A COMMUNITY CENTER BUT A UM, UH, WHAT DO YOU CALL IT? CONVENTION, LIKE LIKE A CONVENT CENTER CONVENTION. 
          CONVENTION CENTER THAT'S SMALLER THAT PEOPLE CAN MAYBE USE ALSO. 
          'CAUSE CONVENTION CENTERS DO HAVE MEETINGS AND THERE'S THINGS LIKE THAT. 
          SO I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT TO USE SOME MONEY FOR SOME THINGS, BUT I THINK WE OUGHT TO BE WORKING ON A PLAN TO WHERE THERE'S SOME INFRASTRUCTURE WE COULD START BUDGETING. 
          THE ONLY RECOMMENDATION I HAVE IS THAT, AND ELIZABETH AND LIZZIE ARE GONNA LOOK AT ME HOPEFULLY NOT TOO MEAN, BUT FOR ME WE DID SAY 15% TO THE ARTS AND SO WE OUGHT TO STOP IT AT 15% AND IF WE GO 15% ON ONE AND THEN MOVE COST TO ANOTHER, I DO THINK THAT KIND OF, THAT'S KIND OF NOT WHAT THE INTENTION WAS WHEN I WAS PUSHING 15% GO TO THE ARTS, IT WAS THIS YEAR IT'S GONNA BE 40 SOMETHING THOUSAND NEXT YEAR, BIGGER HOTEL YOU'LL HAVE 55 AND YOU'LL HAVE MORE AND YOU'LL HAVE MORE. 
          UM, AND SO, UM, THAT'S THE ONLY THING I'D LIKE TO SEE MAYBE CHANGED. 
          IT'S MY OPINION. 
          UM, IT'S JUST 'CAUSE THE SPIRIT OF IT FOR ME WAS 15% TO THE ARTS AND, AND THEY'RE GETTING A BULK OF IT AND NO ONE ELSE IS GETTING ANY BUT THEM. 
          SO I THINK THAT'S A HUGE WIN STILL. 
          UM, BUT I STILL LIKE YOU , I DON'T KNOW, CAN YOU SAY IT IN PUBLIC WITHOUT IT? YES, ABSOLUTELY. 
          UM, OH, IF YOU WANNA, IF YOU WANNA COME UP, GET UP. 
          YEAH. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          UM, YOU JUST HAVE TO STATE YOUR NAME AND IF YOU WERE EDC, IT'D BE NAME, BIRTHDATE, BLOOD TYPE AND ADDRESS. 
          BUT HERE YOU JUST HAVE TO HAVE YOUR NAME, ELIZABETH, THE NORA. 
          UM, WHAT ELSE INFORMATION DO YOU NEED? THAT'S IT. 
          OKAY. 
          . 
          UM, I THINK YOU'RE, WHAT YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT WITH THE ARTS AND UM, WE'RE TALKING ABOUT A MURAL FESTIVAL, RIGHT? UH, SO, BUT SO THEY SEPARATED THAT OUT. 
          AND MARKETING, WHEN YOU THINK ABOUT THE COST OF A FESTIVAL, IT IS VERY COSTLY AS YOU SEE, WHICH WITH, UH, HOW MUCH IS GIVEN TO THE OTHER FESTIVALS THAT ARE GOING ON THAT ARE NOT ARTS, RIGHT? I BELIEVE OUR FESTIVAL IS ACTUALLY GONNA COST A LOT MORE. 
          UM, AND IT'S GONNA BRING A LOT MORE, BUT YOU'RE NOT JUST FUNDING THE ART PORTION, YOU'RE FUNDING THE FESTIVAL PORTION, RIGHT? UM, IT'S NOT LIKE YOU'RE JUST BRINGING IN A SEVERAL MURALS OR, UH, SEVERAL SCULPTURES AND THAT'S IT. 
          YOU'RE BRINGING IN AN ENTIRE EVENT. 
          DOES THAT MAKE SENSE? YOU WERE AT AN EVENT I PUT ON, UH, BELIEVE ME, , UH, I KNOW WHAT IT COSTS TO PUT ON AN EVENT. 
          UM, IT, YEAH, I MEAN JUST, BUT YOU KNOW, YOU KNOW WHAT I'M SAYING? FROM MY POINT, IF WE SAY, HEY, LET'S GIVE 15% TO THE ARTS AND IT COMES BACK, WELL 15% IS GONNA GO TO THIS PART AND THEN WE NEED MARKETING HELP ON THIS PART. 
          IT'S KIND OF LIKE, IT'S NOT EXECUTIVE 15%. 
          AND THEN THE PROBLEM IS, IS THAT OTHER PEOPLE, MY FEAR IS ALWAYS OTHER PEOPLE. 
          AND I DON'T KNOW. 
          I MEAN, I FEEL LIKE IT, IF WE WERE TO DO A DIFFERENT TYPE OF FESTIVAL AND NOT CALL IT AN ART FESTIVAL, WE WOULD'VE GOTTEN MORE FUNDING. 
          WE PROBABLY GOT LESS BECAUSE I ALREADY THINK THE CITY SPENDS TOO 
          [04:35:01]
MUCH MONEY ON THEIR FESTIVAL. 
          BUT, BUT I MEAN, BASED OFF OF JUST, BUT THAT'S JUST ONE GUY THAT I DON'T KNOW. 
          I GUESS IT DEPENDS ON WHAT YOU ARE DEFINING AS SPECIFICALLY THE ARTS AND UM, YOU KNOW, IF WHAT TYPE YOU AND HOW YOU WANNA BRING IT TO THE, TO THE CITY, UM, I DON'T KNOW. 
          IT'S NOT JUST, LIKE I SAID, IT'S NOT JUST A PIECE OF ART. 
          NO, NO. 
          I ANTICIPATE YOU'VE GOTTA HAVE JOHNNY IN THE SPOTS. 
          YOU'VE GOTTA HAVE SECURITY. 
          YOU'RE GONNA HAVE TO PUT UP, UH, BARRIERS. 
          YOU'RE GONNA HAVE TO HAVE, I MEAN, YOU KNOW. 
          YEAH. 
          I MEAN, YOU GUYS KNOW, KNOW SOME SORT, SOME SORT OF ENTERTAINMENT, BUT IT'S ALL FOCUSED AROUND LIKE ARTIST SPHERE OR SOMETHING. 
          IT'S ALL FOCUSED AROUND ART, BUT RIGHT. 
          YEAH. 
          I MEAN IT'S, IT'S, I DON'T KNOW. 
          IT'S ONLY 15 GRAND AND SO, UM, IT'S NOT, IT'S NOT A HUGE DEAL TO ME. 
          BUT YEAH, I, I GRIPED TO HIM ABOUT $5 OVER A BUDGET, SO. 
          RIGHT. 
          I MEAN, WELL, I, I MEAN LIKE 15 GRANTS, LIKE I FEEL LIKE HAVE A PROBLEM BRINGING 15 GRAND. 
          I DO FEEL LIKE THERE IS A DIFFERENCE. 
          MARKETING VERSUS THE ART EVENT. 
          I MEAN, I DON'T KNOW. 
          I GUESS IT DEPENDS ON HOW YOU WANNA SLICE IT. 
          . 
          YEAH. 
          AND I HEAR YOU. 
          AND I ALSO WONDER, SEE ANDREW, IS THERE A WAY THAT WHEN WE'RE DOING SOME OF THESE THINGS, THAT IF WE START, UM, IF WE START WORKING IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE IDEA OF MAYBE THE CITY KIND OF OVER YEARS PULLING BACK ON EVENTS AND OTHER PEOPLE DOING THEM, BLESS YOU. 
          IS THERE NOT A WAY FOR US TO MAYBE DO SOME MARKETING, LIKE INTERNALLY ON OUR SIDE WHERE IF A VIDEO NEEDS TO BE MADE, WE CAN MOVE OUR STAFF AROUND ON PROJECTS TO WHERE AS LONG AS WE'RE PARTNERED ON THEM, IT'S NOT, IT'S LIKE IN KIND HELP OR YEAH. 
          IT'S NOT INAPPROPRIATE FOR US AS LONG AS WE'RE PARTNERING. 
          RIGHT. 
          SO, AND, AND IT'S USUALLY GENERALLY NON-PROFIT AND FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMMUNITY, THOSE SORTS OF THINGS. 
          THANK YOU. 
          THANK YOU. 
          SO CONSISTENT. 
          SO I'LL MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE RESOLUTION 2025 DASH 1 73 SECOND MOTION BY COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS. 
          UM, OH YEAH. 
          SO I'VE GOT A QUESTION. 
          SO, UM, THE OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING COMMITTEE CHOSE TO NOT FUND THE $10,000 REQUESTED UNDER OAF FUNDS FOR THE COMMUNITY ARTS SHOW. 
          DO WE WANT TO CONSIDER AMENDING THIS MOTION TO ADD IN $10,000 FOR THEM TO DO THAT? I'LL DO THAT IN THIS. 
          'CAUSE WE HAD, WE HAD TALKED ABOUT POTENTIALLY FUNDING THAT THROUGH HOT FUNDS. 
          PUT THAT ON MAX OUT, JUST PUTTING THAT ON HOW TO ARCH TODAY. 
          SO THE QUESTION IS, THEY THEY COULD ONLY, THAT WOULD ONLY WORK IF THEY'RE GONNA SPEND ANOTHER $10,000 ON MARKETING BECAUSE WE CAN'T GO ABOVE THE LIMIT ON ART SPENDING, RIGHT. 
          THAT WE HAVE. 
          RIGHT. 
          OH, I THOUGHT WE HAD MONEY LEFT OVER. 
          WE WEREN'T THAT WE WEREN'T HITTING THE MAX. 
          ARE WE HITTING THEM FROM THE TOTAL HOT FUNDS, BUT NOT FROM OH, 15% AS SAID, OKAY. 
          WE, WE, WE EXCEEDED THE 15%, SO WE MOVED MONEY INTO MARKETING AND EFFORT TO GET 'EM MORE MONEY. 
          OH, GOTCHA. 
          SO WE'VE HIT A LIMIT ON, WELL, THE REQUEST WAS FOR MORE, I MEAN MAYBE JUST TO SAY IT A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENTLY, MAYOR, SORRY. 
          BUT THEY REQUESTED, UM, A HUNDRED THOUSAND AND IN THAT REQUEST, 15,000 OF IT WAS MARKETING AND ADVERTISING THEIR FESTIVAL. 
          WHAT REALLY PERTAINED TO PROMOTION OF THE ARTS WAS THE 45,966 THAT WE COULD FUND TO HIT THE MAX AT 15%. 
          SO THEIR PROMOTION OF THE ARTS AND THEIR REQUEST WAS MORE THAN WHAT THE 15% MAX IS. 
          SO WE HAD TO CAP 'EM AT THAT. 
          BUT YOU'RE FUNDING IT FROM ANOTHER SOURCE? NO, LET, LET, LET ME TRY. 
          OKAY, THANK YOU. 
          SO A HUNDRED THOUSAND REQUEST, 85,000 OF THAT IS PROMOTION OF THE ARTS. 
          15,000 WAS FOR MARKETING. 
          SO THE 85,000 WAS CAPPED BY THE 40 BY THE 15%. 
          SO THEY COULD ONLY GO UP TO 48,000. 
          SO THE 85 WAS FUNDED AT, WHAT IS THAT, LIKE 60% AND THEN THE 15,000 OF THE A HUNDRED THOUSAND WAS FUNDED AT A HUNDRED PERCENT. 
          'CAUSE IT WASN'T CAPPED BY THE 15%. 
          THERE'S NOT A CAP ON THAT CATEGORY. 
          SO THIS PROJECT THAT THEY WANNA DO FOR THE COMMUNITY ART SHOW WOULD FALL UNDER MARKETING? OR WHY WOULD THAT FALL UNDER, THEY SAID THEY, THEY SAID THEY NEEDED 15,000 FOR MARKETING AND THEY'RE GETTING IT. 
          WHAT ALBERTA'S SAYING IS WE CAN'T, BASED ON OUR POLICY, WE CAN'T GIVE ANY MORE MONEY TO THE ARTS. 
          THE ONLY WAY WE COULD FUND THAT IS IF IT WAS A HUNDRED PERCENT MARKETING ITEM. 
          AND THEN WE COULD SAY WE'RE NOT SPENDING MORE THAN 15% ON THE ARTS. 
          WE'LL SPEND 50% ON THE ARTS AND MORE. 
          [04:40:01]
I MEAN, IT'S ALREADY THE MOST EXPENSIVE FESTIVAL. 
          I MEAN, HONESTLY, IT'S GONNA BE THE MOST EXPENSIVE FESTIVAL WE'RE GONNA HAVE IN HUDA AT 48,000 COMPARED TO EVERYTHING ELSE. 
          TRAIL OF, I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT ONE IS, BUT TRAIL LIGHTS THAT WE PUT ON WAS 38,000. 
          THE HIPPO CRAWL, WHICH IS A THOUSAND PEOPLE, THAT'S 24,000. 
          YEAH, BUT THEY'RE NOT PROMOTION OF ARTS. 
          NO, I KNOW, BUT I MEAN FROM THE, FROM THE ART OF, FROM JUST FROM EVENT BEING PUT ON $48,000 WOULD BE THE MOST EXPENSIVE EVENT WE DO. 
          AND UM, THAT'S REALLY MORE THAN 48. 
          YEAH, THEY'RE GETTING 60,966 IN THIS RECOMMENDATION. 
          YEAH, THEY'RE GETTING 48 AND THEN PLUS THE, PLUS THE MARKETING PLUS, YEAH. 
          PLUS THE MARKETING. 
          THAT ONE EVENT WILL COST MORE THAN ALMOST AS MUCH AS ALL THE OTHER EVENTS COMBINED. 
          AND IT'S NOT REALLY, IT WAS 45 PLUS THE MARKETING BECAUSE THERE'S A PORTION OF THAT THAT'S A DIFFERENT ART EVENT. 
          BUT YEAH. 
          SO YES, THE 60,000 IS GREATER THAN ANY OTHER INDIVIDUAL AND IT IS MORE THAN, UM, TRAIL OF LOTS AND THE CRAWL COMBINED. 
          IT'S NOT MORE THAN THE TRAIL FEST TRAIL OF LOTS AND CRAWL COMBINED. 
          OKAY. 
          SO NO COMMUNITY, SORRY, YOU'RE NOT DOING THAT ONE . 
          OKAY. 
          SO WHAT WAS THE MOTION AGAIN? IF SOMEBODY COULD, I THINK IT APPROVE WAS PRESENTED BY THOM, SAM MORRIS, MR. PER WAS PRESENTED. 
          OKAY. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          PLEASE CALL THE VOTE COUNCIL MEMBER KING. 
          AYE. 
          MAYOR PRO TIM THORNTON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON. 
          AYE. 
          MAYOR SNYDER. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD. 
          AYE. 
          QUESTION PASSES. 
          SEVEN ZERO. 
          THANK YOU. 
          NOW CAN I ASK A PROCEDURAL QUESTION ON THAT? YEAH. 
          SO Y'ALL EFFECTIVELY HAVE ACCEPTED THE RECOMMENDATIONS. 
          I STILL BUDGET THEM AND THEN THERE'S STILL THE OPPORTUNITY THAT IT DOESN'T GET BUDGETED IN THE BUDGET PROCESS. 
          OKAY. 
          JUST LIKE THE SAME ISSUE WE WERE TALKING ABOUT WITH THE OUTSIDE, WITH THE OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING. 
          YEAH. 
          IT'S THE ONLY WAY TO DRAG THE BUDGET OUT TILL FIVE O'CLOCK IN THE MORNING IS TO DO IT THIS WAY. 
          JUST WANNA MAKE SURE THAT Y ALL KNOW THAT IT STILL HAS TO GET APPROVED IN THE ACTUAL BUDGET. 
          OKAY. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          UH, OKAY, WE'RE GOING TO CONSENT. 
          [10. CONSENT AGENDA ITEMS]
I THINK WE'RE NEXT BECAUSE THAT WOULD BE EASY THAN YOU GUYS ARE UP. 
          ALRIGHT, WE'VE GOT ITEMS TEN, ONE TEN, TWO, TEN THREE, TEN FOUR, TEN FIVE AND TEN SIX UP FOR CONSIDERATION. 
          I'D LIKE TO PULL ITEM TEN ONE ACTUALLY, UM, NEVERMIND. 
          WE'LL MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE MOTION BY COUNCILOR THOMPSON. 
          HAVE A SECOND SO WE'RE NOT PULLING ANYTHING. 
          NO, BUT I'M GONNA LOOK UP THE THING REAL QUICK. 
          OKAY. 
          AND I, SECOND SECOND, RIGHT. 
          MORRIS, I GOT A NOTE ON PAGE 10. 
          SORRY, REAL QUICK. 
          PAGE 10, PAGE NINE FOUR. 
          I SHOULD TAKEN BETTER NOTES. 
          YOU TALKING ABOUT 10.1? YEAH, 10.1. 
          I HAVE A NOTE. 
          PAGE 10 AND PAGE 94. 
          AND I PUT FUNDS AND I THINK IT WAS AN ISSUE WITH A QUESTION ON THE, UM, I YOU DON'T HAVE TO PULL IT TO ASK A QUESTION, I DON'T THINK. 
          YEAH, YEAH, THAT'S MY POINT. 
          YOU CAN JUST ASK THE QUESTION. 
          YEAH, YEAH, THAT'S WHAT I WAS TRYING TO LOOK REAL QUICK. 
          I, I DON'T KNOW, WHATEVER IT WAS, IT HAD SOMETHING TO DO BESIDES THE 12 9 5, WHICH YOU GOT FIGURED OUT. 
          SAYS 3.5 NON APPROPRIATION IS, UH, AT THE END OF THE CITY FISCAL YEAR IF THE CITY COUNCIL DOES NOT APPROPRIATE SUFFICIENT FUNDS. 
          IS THAT WHAT YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT? THAT IS ON PAGE 94. 
          NO, I BELIEVE IT WAS IN THEIR, UM, OKAY. 
          SORRY. 
          IF YOU GUYS GIMME LIKE 30 MORE SECONDS HERE. 
          I BELIEVE IT WAS IN, IT WAS IN THEIR CONTRACT. 
          OH, I KNOW WHAT IT IS. 
          OKAY. 
          YEAH. 
          HERE, HERE WE GO. 
          SO THE QUESTION IS WHAT PAGE? UM, I DON'T THINK THIS CONTRACT CAN BE EXECUTED AND UM, WELL YOU NEED TO MAKE A MOTION TO RECALL OR TO PULL IT. 
          'CAUSE WE ALREADY HAVE A MOTION ON THE SECOND. 
          WELL, I'LL ASK THAT QUESTION FIRST. 
          ALRIGHT, SO YEAH, SORRY, PAGE 10, WHICH IS ACTUALLY PAGE 76 OF THE PACKET. 
          'CAUSE YOU GO THROUGH THE CONTRACT. 
          WE'VE BEEN TRYING TO FIGURE OUT HOW DO YOU GET THESE PROJECTS TO UH, HAPPEN ON TIME? WHAT'S THE CONSEQUENCES? SO I WAS LIKE, WELL WHEN I READ THROUGH THE CONTRACT, IT SAID, WELL YOU GOTTA GO TO LIKE APPENDIX A TO FIGURE OUT WHEN THE THING WAS GONNA BE, HAVE TO BE COMPLETED BY. 
          [04:45:01]
AND THEN WHEN YOU GO DOWN TO I THINK WHAT WAS APPENDIX, A TIME OF PERFORMANCE, IT SAID NOTICE TO PROCEED WITH AGREEMENT IS ANTICIPATED APPROXIMATELY ON JULY 1ST. 
          SERVICES ARE TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACT WITHIN 14 DAYS AFTER RECEIVING THE NOTICE TO PROCEED UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED TO IN WRITING. 
          I THINK THERE'S AN ERROR IN THAT BECAUSE, BUT YOU CAN'T PERFORM WELL, YOU CAN'T DO IT IN 14 DAYS. 
          ONE EXPIRED TWO DAYS AGO, BUT, SO YEAH, IF WE COULD AMEND IT TO PULL OUT TEN ONE YOU GUESS. 
          ANY OBJECTIONS TO THAT THOMPSON MORRIS? YES, I'M FINE. 
          ARE YOU OKAY TO COUNCILOR THOMPSON? WE JUST AMEND IT IN THE NOTICE TO PROCEED FOR AUGUST ONE. 
          WELL, I GOT, I GOT SOME OTHER STUFF ON THAT ONE. 
          UM, ALRIGHT, SO MOTION JUST TO APPROVE. 
          TEN TWO TWO TWO, UH, TEN TWO TWO THROUGH TEN SIX IS PRESENTED. 
          ANY DISCUSSION ON THAT? HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. 
          AYE. 
          MAYOR TIM THORNTON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS AYE. 
          MAYOR SNYDER. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER KING AYE. 
          MOTION PASSES ZERO THAT BRING THIS UP. 
          ITEM 
          [10.1. Consideration and possible action on Resolution No. R-2025-169 awarding Mill and Overlay paving projects, identified in the pavement condition study, located in Hutto Old Town, CR 132 and Carl Stern area in the amount of $732,434.50, funded by the street maintenance and repair fund, to Bennett Paving, Inc. (Rick Coronado)]
TEN ONE CONSIDERATION POSSIBLE ACTS AND RESOLUTION NUMBER R DASH 2025 DASH 1 69 AWARDING MILL AND OVERLAY PAVING PROJECTS IDENTIFIED IN A PAVEMENT CONDITION STUDY LOCATED IN HU OLD TOWN, CR 1 32 IN CARL STERN AREA AND THE AMOUNT OF $732,434 AND 50 CENTS FUNDED BY THE STREET MAINTENANCE REPAIR FUND TO BENNETT PAVING, INCORPORATED SOME OVERALL DEALING. 
          I WAS TRYING TO FIND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES I WAS TRYING TO FIND WHEN THEY HAD TO GET ALL THIS WORK DONE AND I DIDN'T SEE ANY OF THAT IN THIS CONTRACT. 
          AND SO WHAT I WAS REALLY WONDERING IS WHAT IS OUR, WHAT, WHAT'S OUR PLAN FOR THESE ROADS? WHEN ARE THEY GONNA START HITTING THEM AND WHEN CAN WE TELL PEOPLE THEY'RE GONNA BE DONE? BECAUSE ONE OF MY CONCERNS HAS BEEN WE APPROVE A CONTRACT AND THEN IT NEVER STARTS OR WE DON'T HAVE AN END DATE. 
          AND THIS ONE HERE SEEMED LIKE IT DIDN'T HAVE A START DATE. 
          IT DIDN'T HAVE AN END DATE THAT MATCHED UP AND I DIDN'T SEE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IN HERE FOR WHEN THESE GUYS DON'T HIT IT. 
          AND I'LL TAKE BETTER NOTES NEXT TIME IF YOU'RE GONNA BE HERE THIS LATE. 
          I GOTTA ASK YOU ONE QUESTION. 
          I DON'T. 
           RICK CORONADO PUB, PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR. 
          LET'S SEE, WE'LL START WITH YOUR FIRST ITEM. 
          UM, WHEN THE COMPLETION OF, OF THESE, I BELIEVE, UM, THE, THIS ONE WAS UPDATED, DATED AS A COMPLETION DATE OF THE END OF THE FISCAL YEAR. 
          SO SEPTEMBER 30TH IS THE END OF THE FISCAL YEAR ON THE CONTRACT ITSELF. 
          UM, THE, DO YOU HAVE THAT IN THE CONTRACT RIGHT NOW SOMEWHERE? YES. 
          UH, WHAT PARAGRAPH WOULD THAT BE? AND THAT WOULD BE UPDATED ONE I WAS THINKING OF ON PAGE 10. 
          LEMME SEE IF IT SHOWS UP HERE. 
          YEAH, WE HAD A PARTIALLY EXECUTED ONE FROM BENNETT, I BELIEVE IT WAS SENT TODAY. 
          IF I HAVE THAT SECOND. 
          SEE TO APOLOGIZE, THE SYSTEM'S A LITTLE SLOW FOR ME ON THE SIDE SENT TO YOU IN TEAMS. OKAY. 
          OKAY. 
          AND WELL, I WAS LOOKING THIS UP. 
          SAME MANAGER. 
          HERE'S WHAT I'M HOPING AS WE DO THESE PROJECTS IN THE FUTURE, WHAT I'M HOPING FOR IS, AS PART OF OUR PRESENTATION AND OUR MATERIALS MM-HMM . 
          WE CAN SAY CR 1 32 IS GONNA START WORK JULY, WHATEVER, AND THEN TAYLOR STREET, WE'RE GONNA GO AND DO THAT. 
          LIKE SOME KIND OF PLAN. 
          YEAH. 
          SO THAT AT LEAST WE CAN GET PEOPLE EXCITED. 
          INSTEAD WE JUST KIND OF APPROVE THE PROJECT AND THEN WE START HAMMERING YOU WITH 
          [04:50:01]
QUESTIONS THREE MONTHS LATER. 
          THAT MAKES GOOD SENSE. 
          AND I APOLOGIZE THAT IT'S NOT IN THERE THAT WAY, SO. 
          NO, THAT'S FINE. 
          IT'S SOMETHING WE JUST STARTED PUSHING IN THE LAST, I DON'T KNOW, COUPLE MONTH OR SO. 
          I DON'T THINK YOU WERE HERE, BUT I NOW, UNFORTUNATELY, THE, THE CONTRACT THEY SIGNED IS NOT SEARCHABLE BECAUSE IT'S A SCANNED ONE. 
          ON PAGE 1 43 IS THE DATE THAT THEY HAVE TO PERFORM BY. 
          IT'S 9 30 20 25. 
          UH, PAGE 1 43. 
          YES. 
          IN THE PACKET. 
          UM, LET'S GO BACK TO THAT. 
          I HAVE THEIR DEAL AS PAGE 72. 
          DOES IT GO DOWN THAT FAR? 1 43? YES. 
          PAGE SIX OF SIX. 
          IT WAS ALL THE TO 1 49 FROM PAGE 60 TO PAGE 1 49. 
          YEAH, IT WAS IN THE ADDENDUM THAT THEY ADDED TO THE CONTRACT, WHICH WOULD SUPERSEDE THE CONTRACT TERMS. BUT IT'S IT'S LINED THAT IT'S AFTER. 
          YEAH, IT'S AFTER THE CONFLICT OF INTEREST. 
          IT'S AFTER THE W NINE AND THEN YOU GET TO THE DOCUMENT THAT IS THE ADDENDUM TO THE, TO THE CONTRACT. 
          THAT'S WHERE SHE'S REFERENCING IT. 
          IT'S IN 3.3, BUT IT'S SEPTEMBER 15TH IS LINED OUT AND THEN 9 30, 20 25. 
          YEAH. 
          I I I GUESS IS WHAT IT MEANS BY, WELL WAIT A MINUTE. 
          THAT'S AN ADDENDUM TO THE BID. 
          THAT'S AN ADDENDUM TO THE CONTRACT, RIGHT? YEAH. 
          BUT THAT'S ALL PART OF THE CONTRACT. 
          YEAH. 
          THAT BECOMES PART OF THE CONTRACT. 
          THE BID DOCUMENTS. 
          ALL RIGHT. 
          WELL, YEAH, 3.3 IS CONTRACT AWARD. 
          IF YOU THINK IT'S GOOD TO GO, WHAT? I'D LIKE TO SEE A AFTER THIS ONE BEFORE WE GO DROP 800 GRAND. 
          YEAH. 
          FOR ME PERSONALLY, TIMELINE, THEY DON'T HIT THE TIMELINE. 
          THEY'RE STAYING AT WAKE AT NIGHT TRYING TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO GET THE WORK DONE AND ALL THAT. 
          AND THEN WHEN I, WHEN THERE'S A BUNCH OF PAGES BEING ADDED, I FEEL LIKE THAT'S WHERE WE GET INTO SOME ISSUE LEGALLY WHERE THEY START PULLING ON SOME OTHER PAPER. 
          BUT IF YOU SAY IT'S GOOD TO GO, I'LL VOTE FOR IT. 
          BUT I JUST SAID WE GOTTA START BEING A LITTLE MORE CLEANER ON THE WELL AND RIGHT. 
          AND IT LIKE THAT ONE NOTICE TO PROCEED SHOULD HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 
          YEAH. 
          BECAUSE WE GOTTA START GETTING ROAD PROJECTS HAPPENING ON TIME. 
          CORRECT. 
          YEAH. 
          1 44. 
          I'M SORRY, 1 44. 
          OH 3 41. 
          SO I, I NOTED THAT THAT'S WHERE THE FOUR SEPTEMBER 30TH ONE. 
          OKAY. 
          YEAH, THAT'S THE SAME. 
          SORRY, I DIDN'T THINK TO LOOK IN THE, UH, BID BECAUSE I FIGURED IT WAS IN THE CONTRACT. 
          YEAH, THERE WAS, YEAH, THERE WAS AN EXTENSION OF THE CONTRACT, THE BID. 
          UM, AND SO THAT WAS CLARIFIED, WHICH EXTENDED HOW IT CAME TO COUNCIL. 
          UM, SO I THINK THAT'S WHERE MAYBE THE INITIAL 14 DAYS OF, OF THE JULY, UH, DATE CAME FROM WAS 'CAUSE IT WAS INTENDED TO COME SOONER, BUT WE HAD TO EXTEND THE BID PROCESS SO THAT WASN'T CAUGHT. 
          ALL RIGHT. 
          WELL I'LL MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE TEN ONE AS PRESENTED WITH THE ADDITION THAT THE CITY MANAGER WILL COMMUNICATE TO THE CITY COUNCIL BY THE END OF NEXT WEEK. 
          WHAT ORDER, THE TIMELINE ON THESE PROJECTS SECOND, BECAUSE THESE BOYS GOT SIX WEEKS TO DO ALL THIS WORK. 
           . 
          ALRIGHT. 
          THESE GUYS MAY BE OUR NEWEST, UH, FRIENDS. 
          YEAH. 
          FRIENDS. 
          SO WHAT WAS THE AMENDMENT TO PROVE AND AMEND IT? HOW? JUST HIT THE CITY MANAGER. 
          COMMUNICATE BY THE END OF NEXT WEEK, UM, THE SCHEDULE, THESE PROJECTS. 
          GOTCHA. 
          ALL RIGHT. 
          ANY DISCUSSION? ALL RIGHT. 
          HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. 
          MAYOR PROAM THORNTON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. 
          AYE. 
          MAYOR SNYDER. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER KING AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD AYE. 
          MOTION PASSES. 
          SEVEN ZERO. 
          NEXT WE HAVE ITEM 12, ONE, RECEIVE A PRESENTATION, POSSIBLE ACTION REGARDING THE, CAN WE SKIP AN 11 ONE? OH, I SURE DID. 
          WELL, I WAS CLOSE UP FOR SOME REASON. 
          11 11 1, 
          [11.1. Consideration and possible action on Resolution No. R-2025-174 approving the Municipal Services Agreement for the proposed annexation of the Kirk tract, 77.2 acres, more or less, of land, located off FM1660S. (Ashley Bailey)]
SORRY. 
          CONSIDERATION POSSIBLE ACTION ON RESOLUTION NUMBER R DASH 2025 DASH 1 74 APPROVING THE MUNICIPAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR THE PROPOSED ANNEXATION OF THE KIRK TRACT. 
          77.2 ACRES, MORE OR LESS OF LAND LOCATED OFF OF FM 1660 SOUTH. 
          GOOD EVENING, MAYOR AND COUNSEL FOR 
          [04:55:01]
THE RECORD. 
          MATT RECTOR, CITY ENGINEER. 
          UH, JUST A REMINDER, THE KIRK TRACK IS, UH, PART OF A WELL IS A DEVELOPMENT THAT YOU GUYS APPROVED A DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT ON, I BELIEVE IT WAS BACK IN APRIL. 
          UH, SO THIS IS JUST TO DO THIS MUNICIPAL SERVICES AGREEMENT. 
          UH, YOU'LL BE SEEING THE FULL ANNEXATION AT YOUR NEXT COUNCIL MEETING. 
          THIS ONE PRETTY STRAIGHTFORWARD, UM, WITH THE OBVIOUS CAVEAT THAT THEY ARE TECHNICALLY NOT IN OUR WATER CCN, YET THEY'RE WORKING WITH JONAH TO TRY TO GET RELEASED, THEN COME OVER. 
          SO THE MUNICIPAL SERVICE AGREEMENT BASICALLY JUST LAYS OUT WHAT SERVICES THEY'RE GONNA GET FROM US. 
          AND ON WATER SPECIFIC, IT SAYS THAT IF THEY GET RELEASED FROM JONAH THAT WE WILL PROVIDE THEM SERVICE. 
          IF THEY DO NOT GET RELEASED FROM JONAH, THAT JONAH WILL PROVIDE THEM THAT SERVICE. 
          THIS IS THAT DEAL THAT WE SAID NO TO. 
          THEN WE BROUGHT IT BACK UP AND SAID YES TO, RIGHT? YES SIR. 
          YEAH, I'M STILL A NO SECRETARY. 
          OH, NEVERMIND. 
          I WAS GONNA ASK WHAT HAPPENS IF THIS GOT VOTED DOWN? I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT TRIGGERS, BUT I MEAN, WE JUST HAVE TO GO BACK AND RENEGOTIATE IT. 
          IS, IS THERE AN ISSUE WITH IT? I DON'T KNOW HOW OTHER PEOPLE FEEL. 
          WE'VE BEEN SPLIT ON THIS BACK AND FORTH, BUT LIKE I, I'M NOT VOTING TO HELP SOMEONE BRING LAND IN OUR CCN TAKE WATER WE DON'T HARDLY HAVE, AND THEN TO BUILD MORE HOMES. 
          THAT'S KIND OF BEEN THE WHOLE PROBLEM WITH EVERYTHING. 
          I KNOW WE TRIED TO DO SOMETHING A COUPLE MONTHS AGO AND BRING IT BACK REAL QUICK, UM, BECAUSE OF NEW INFORMATION, BUT I ASKED THE GUY FOR NEW INFORMATION. 
          HE SAID HE HAD OPTION A, B, C, AND D. 
          AND I SAID, WHAT WERE THE OPTIONS? AND THEN I ASKED THE COUNCIL MEMBERS WHO WERE IN SUPPORT OF IT, WHAT WAS THE NEW INFORMATION THEY GOT AND THEY SAID, HE JUST SAID NEW INFORMATION AND I NEED A LOT MORE THAN PLAN B TO BE NEW INFORMATION. 
          I NEED SOMETHING. 
          AND I STILL THINK HE NEEDS TO STAY IN JONAH AND FOLLOW WHATEVER THEY GOTTA DO. 
          AND IT'S BEEN TWO MONTHS AND HE'S STILL NOT BEEN RELEASED FROM JONAS. 
          I DON'T KNOW HOW CLEAR CUT THAT IS, BUT I HAVEN'T SUPPORTED ANNEX IN OR BRINGING ANYBODY INTO THE CITY THAT'S NOT IN OUR CCN UNLESS THEY WERE LIKE A GROCERY STORE OR SOME NEED TO HAD. 
          I WILL MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE RESOLUTION R 2025 DASH 1 74. 
          MOTION BY CUSTOMER THOMPSON. 
          DO WE HAVE A SECOND? SECOND. 
          SECOND BY CUSTOMER GORDON. 
          ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER KING NAY. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. 
          AYE. 
          MAYOR SNYDER. 
          NAY. 
          MAYOR PRO. 
          TIM THORNTON. 
          NAY. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD NAY. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON? AYE. 
          QUESTION FAILS. 
          FOUR THREE. 
          ALRIGHT, NEXT WE HAVE ITEM 12 ONE RECEIVE A PRESENTATION. 
          SO IF I COULD ASK CITY ATTORNEY, SO WHAT HAPPENS NOW ON THAT ONE WHEN WE APPROVED IT PREVIOUSLY AND NOW WE HAVEN'T APPROVED THE, THE, UH, UM, I'M LOSING THE WORD. 
          THE MSA. 
          SO NOW, NOW WHAT HAPPENS? SO THE MSA MUNICIPAL SERVICE AGREEMENT TRACKS WHAT YOU ALREADY APPROVED IN THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT. 
          SO IT'S JUST TAKEN FROM THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT. 
          SO WE'VE GOT AN APPROVED DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT, BUT NOW WE'VE DENIED THE MSA. 
          SO YEAH, JUST TRYING TO UNDERSTAND WHAT, WHAT THE NEXT STEPS ARE. 
          SO I DO, SORRY FOR THE RECORD, SARAH SAVANT, THIS DIRECTOR OF REAL ESTATE, UH, THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT THAT WAS APPROVED FROM WHAT I'M SEEING HERE, AND WE'LL LEAVE THIS FOR OUR CITY ATTORNEY TO FURTHER CONFIRM, UM, THERE IS A SECTION IN THAT DA SECTION 4.01 THAT ESSENTIALLY STATES THAT THE PASSAGE OF THE DA, UH, IN CORRELATION WITH THE NECESSARY DOCUMENTATION WAS THE CITY AGREEING TO THAT ANNEXATION. 
          AND THIS MSA IS A PART OF THAT ENTIRE PROCESS. 
          SO WE'LL DEFINITELY NEED TO DIG INTO THIS A LITTLE BIT FURTHER. 
          UM, TYPICALLY THE MSA IS HANDLED ON THE FRONT END GETTING THINGS MOVING, BUT THIS ONE WAS HANDLED A LITTLE BIT OUT OF ORDER BECAUSE OF THE WAY THAT THINGS WERE DONE WITH THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT ITSELF. 
          UM, BUT I'LL HAVE TO CIRCLE UP WITH CITY ATTORNEY TO VERIFY THE, UH, THE LEGAL RAMIFICATIONS OF THAT GIVEN THAT THE DA HAS ALREADY BEEN PASSED. 
          OKAY? YEAH, THANK YOU. 
          IF WE COULD GET A REPORT BACK ON THAT, IF, IF YOU COULD, UM, UH, RECALL YOUR, UH, MOTION, RECONSIDER YOUR MOTION TO JUST POSTPONE THIS TO THE NEXT MEETING SO WE COULD MARRY THIS UP WITH THE OBLIGATIONS THAT YOU'VE ALREADY APPROVED IN THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT. 
          I BELIEVE THAT THAT'S, WE TOOK THAT PARAGRAPH OUT OF THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT AND PUT IT IN THE MUNICIPAL SERVICES AGREEMENT. 
          AND SO YOU'VE ALREADY APPROVED THAT. 
          AND SO WHAT YOU, AND YOU AGREED TO ANNEX THIS 
          [05:00:01]
PROPERTY AND THIS IS YOUR WATER SERVICE THAT MATCHES UP WHAT YOU'VE ALREADY APPROVED. 
          SO I WOULD ASK THAT YOU POSTPONE THIS TO THE NEXT MEETING SO WE CAN PROVIDE ALL THAT DOCUMENTATION. 
          OKAY. 
          SO I'LL RECALL 11 ONE OR RECON MOVE TO RECONSIDER. 
          I'LL MOVE TO RECONSIDER 11 ONE. 
          CAN YOU DO THAT SINCE HE WAS ON THE LOSING SIDE BY ROBERT'S RULES? THAT'S CORRECT. 
          SO SOMEBODY IN THE PREVAILING SIDE HAS TO MOVE TO RECONSIDER. 
          I'M NOT GOING TO BECAUSE WE SAID NO TO THE GUY. 
          THERE WAS, I DO NOT LIKE THE WAY THAT IT WAS BROUGHT BACK UP. 
          I DON'T LIKE IN THE MANNER THAT IT WAS BROUGHT UP AND I FELT LIKE IT WAS SOME KIND OF THING TO GET IN BEFORE THE ELECTION. 
          THAT GUY TOOK A CHANCE PUSHING FOR WHATEVER REASON, FOR SOMETHING TO COME BACK UP BEFORE US. 
          AND ONE OF YOU GUYS HAVE VOTED, VOTED TO DENY IT. 
          WHEN I BRING IT BACK, THAT'S FINE. 
          BUT MY, MY OPINION'S NOT GONNA CHANGE WHATEVER YOU TELL ME BECAUSE HE CAN GIVE MY ANOTHER LAWSUIT. 
          LET'S GET ANOTHER LAWSUIT RATHER THAN YOU LOVE LAWSUITS IN HU RATHER THAN DISCUSS RATHER THAN DISCUSS THE LEGAL MERITS. 
          NOW, UM, I MEAN MY RECOMMENDATION IS TO POSTPONE THIS BECAUSE YOU MAY HAVE AN OBLIGATION IN THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT TO DO THIS ANYWAY, AND THEN YOU'RE NOT GONNA BE ABLE TO ANNEX THE PROPERTY. 
          WELL, I CAN ALWAYS BRING IT BACK AT A FUTURE MEETING IF YOU END UP TELLING US THAT OTHERWISE, RIGHT. 
          YOU'D HAVE TO BRING IT BACK AS A MOTION TO RECONSIDER. 
          RIGHT. 
          SO I CAN ALWAYS DO THAT LATER ONCE WE GET THE LEGAL OPINION. 
          ANYBODY CAN DO, THEY CAN DO IT TONIGHT OR THEY CAN DO LIKE WHEN WE SAID NO IN JANUARY AND SOMEONE MOVED TO RECONSIDER THE ITEM IN MARCH OR APRIL TO GET IT IN. 
          THERE'S NO LEGAL RAMIFICATIONS ON THAT MOTION TO RECONSIDER. 
          BUT THERE ARE ON THIS ONE. 
          LET'S IGNORE OUR CITY ATTORNEY. 
          LET'S JUST IGNORE OUR CITY ATTORNEY. 
          LET'S IGNORE OUR, OUR CITY ATTORNEY SAID TO RECONSIDER CONFUSED AND WE'RE NOT RECONSIDERING UNLESS WELL, NO, NO SAID TO POST BRINGS IT BACK THAT, YOU KNOW, IF YOU BRING IT BACK AT THE NEXT MEETING, YOU CONSIDER YOU WON'T BE IN LINE WITH ROBERT'S RULES AND THE PERSON THAT VOTED AGAINST IT WOULD TO, UM, BRING IT BACK. 
          I'M JUST TRYING TO FOLLOW ROBERT'S RULES VOTING THE PREVAILING SIDE. 
          YEAH, THE PREVAILING NO, I GET IT. 
          NO, I GET IT. 
          I'M JUST TRYING TO FOLLOW ROBERT'S RULES. 
          YEAH, NO, I GET IT. 
          A 10.0 EDITION. 
          CAN I, CAN I RE-CLARIFY WHAT IS OUR CITY ATTORNEY RECOMMENDING AT AT THIS POINT? MY, MY RECOMMENDATION IS TO JUST POSTPONE, TO RECONSIDER AND POSTPONE THE ITEM SO THAT WE CAN BRING BACK THE DOCUMENTATION AND BRIEF COUNSEL ON THEIR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT. 
          OKAY, THANK YOU. 
          AND SHE'S SAYING IN ORDER TO DO THAT, AARON, MIKE DANNER, EVAN HAVE TO MAKE THAT MOTION CORRECT. 
          AND IF NONE OF 'EM WANNA MAKE THAT MOTION, THEN LET'S JUST, LET'S JUST GET ANOTHER LITIGATION. 
          BUT YOU SAY THAT WE'LL GET ANOTHER, ANOTHER LITIGATION AND YOU HAVEN'T EVEN HEARD FROM THE ATTORNEY YET WHETHER OR NOT WE WOULD I'VE HEARD FROM SORRY, I DIDN'T MEAN TO INTERRUPT YOU. 
          GO AHEAD. 
          SHE, FROM WHAT I UNDERSTAND, OUR ATTORNEY DOESN'T KNOW IF IT WOULD BE AN ISSUE OR NOT. 
          SHE'S ASKING US TO RECONSIDER AND I THINK ALL SOME PEOPLE ARE SAYING IS INSTEAD OF RECONSIDERING TONIGHT, WE CAN RE RECONSIDER IN TWO WEEKS. 
          BUT, UM, AND THAT'S TRUE PROCEDURALLY YOU CAN DO IT THAT WAY. 
          SO IF THE GUY'S GONNA SUE US A WEEK AWAY BEFORE GETTING HER ANSWER, THEN THAT THAT'S ON HIM. 
          WE CAN ALWAYS BRING IT BACK. 
          BUT I, WHAT I DON'T LIKE IS I DON'T LIKE HAVING TO PROVE ONE AND THAT AUTOMATICALLY. 
          WELL NOW YOU HAVE TO PROVE EVERYTHING. 
          NOW YOU HAVE TO PROVE EVERYTHING. 
          AND THAT'S THE PROBLEM WITH GOING, THAT'S THE PROBLEM WITH TRYING TO RUSH ONE OF THESE AND GET OUT OF THE ORDER AS YOU SAY, BECAUSE WHATEVER HAPPENED, AND THERE'S A LOT MORE THAT I'M NOT GONNA DISCUSS UP HERE, BUT THERE'S A LOT MORE THAT WENT ON WITH THIS THAT THE COUNTY ATTORNEY PROBABLY NEEDS TO UNDERSTAND ABOUT BECAUSE THE WAY MONEY WENT TO DIFFERENT PEOPLE. 
          AND SO WE WANNA RUSH THROUGH THIS. 
          I'M NOT RUSHING ON MY END BECAUSE YEAH. 
          MONEY GOES TO CERTAIN PEOPLE AND THEN THEY APPROVE CERTAIN PROJECTS. 
          THAT'S KIND OF WHAT IS THAT WHAT JUST HAPPENED LAST TONIGHT? YEAH, THAT'S PRETTY SURE THAT'S WHAT HAPPENED TONIGHT TOO. 
          THAT'S KIND OF WHAT HAPPENED. 
           WITH SPROUTS,  A HUNDRED PERCENT NOT DOING MUCH TIME. 
          , YOU DO KNOW WHAT I'M TALKING ABOUT, RIGHT? YOU RECEIVED A BIG CHUNK OF MONEY FROM THAT COMPANY POINT OF ORDER. 
          SO I'M JUST SAYING LET'S, LET'S BE, LET'S NOT BE HYPOCRITICAL. 
          LET'S JUST, LET'S JUST KIND OF BE CONSISTENT. 
          POINT WELL TAKEN. 
          OKAY, , LET'S MOVE ON. 
          ALRIGHT, ITEM 
          [12.1. Receive a presentation and possible action regarding the status of the project at the Central Wastewater Treatment Plant (CWWTP). (Freese & Nichols/Ovivo)]
12 ONE, RECEIVE A PRESENTATION AND POSSIBLE ACTION REGARDING THE STATUS OF THE PROJECT AT THE CENTRAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT, C-W-W-T-P. 
          GOOD EVENING, MAYOR AND COUNSEL. 
          UM, I'M KENDALL KING WITH FREEZING NICHOLS. 
          I'M GONNA START BY GOING BACK TO WHAT WAS DISCUSSED AT THE LAST COUNCIL MEETING, UH, SPECIFICALLY REGARDING THE TERTIARY FILTER EQUIPMENT. 
          AND YOU ASKED US TO COME BACK AND REALLY TALK ABOUT WHY OUR OPINION OF CONSTRUCTION COSTS, 
          [05:05:01]
PROBABLE CONSTRUCTION COSTS WAS SO MUCH HIGHER THAN WHAT O VIVO THOUGHT IT SHOULD BE. 
          O VIVO THINKING THAT THEIR EQUIPMENT WOULD BE A LOT MORE COMPETITIVE. 
          YOU ASK US TO COME BACK AND ADDRESS THAT FOR YOU. 
          SORRY, JUST TO CLARIFY, I WASN'T THINKING O VIVOS EQUIPMENT WOULD BE CHEAPER OR ANYTHING LIKE THAT, THAT THE TECHNOLOGY OR THAT THAT PROCESS OF DPR OR REUSE OR WHATEVER. 
          SO I JUST WANNA MAKE SURE IT WASN'T A VIVO NECESSARILY, IT WAS JUST IF I'M TALKING A CD PLAYER AND I SAY SONY, I'M TALKING CDS. 
          OKAY. 
          NOT NECESSARILY SONY OR WHATEVER. 
          THANK YOU. 
          UM, THESE ARE SOME OF THE ACRONYMS THAT WE MAY USE. 
          UH, SO THAT'S IN YOUR PACKET AND JUST IN CASE YOU NEED TO REFER BACK TO THAT, IF YOU, IF I SAY SOMETHING THAT YOU DON'T UNDERSTAND, PLEASE STOP ME. 
          UM, I WANT TO, UH, JUST KIND OF RECAP SOME OF THE PRIORITIES THAT WE HAD FOR THE, FOR THE CENTRAL TREATMENT PLAN EXPANSION. 
          THE FIRST ONE BEING GET THIS DONE AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE SO THAT WE CAN, UH, ACCOMMODATE THE COMING DEVELOPMENT. 
          UM, THE SECOND ONE WAS TO EVALUATE SOME DIFFERENT TECHNOLOGIES AND RECOMMEND THE MOST SUITABLE AND COST EFFECTIVE SOLUTION FOR THE CENTRAL PLANT EXPANSION. 
          AND THEN MITIGATE RISK TO THAT, UH, WHOLE PROJECT BY EXPEDITING THE SCHEDULE. 
          SO THAT'S WHAT WE PRESENTED LAST WEEK, OR THE LAST MEETING WAS OUR RECOMMENDATION, AND IT WAS FOR CONVENTIONAL ACTIVATED SLUDGE WITH CLOTH MEDIA FILTERS FOR TERTIARY TREATMENT. 
          AND THE QUESTION CAME UP IN THAT MEETING ABOUT THE POTENTIAL OF USING THE CERAMIC MEMBRANES INSTEAD AND WHETHER THAT WOULD PROVIDE ANY BENEFITS TO THE CITY IN TERMS OF THEIR ABILITY TO PRODUCE A HIGHER QUALITY REUSE WATER FOR OTHER USES. 
          AND YOU ASK US TO COME BACK AND ADDRESS, YOU KNOW, MAKE SURE THAT WE WERE ALL ON THE SAME PAGE ABOUT THE DIFFERENCE IN THOSE COSTS. 
          SO INSTEAD OF STANDING HERE AND TRYING TO GO THROUGH LINE ITEM BY LINE ITEM OF OUR COST ESTIMATE AND TRY TO COMPARE THAT TO WHAT, WITH WHAT YOU MAY HAVE HEARD FROM, UH, FROM O VIVO, WE MET WITH O VIVO TO TRY TO GET ON THE SAME PAGE WITH THEM AND TRY TO EXPLAIN TO THEM HOW WE GOT TO THE CONCLUSION THAT WE CAME TO, THAT THE CLOTH MEDIA FILTERS WERE A, THE BEST VALUE FOR THE CITY FOR THIS EXPANSION PROJECT WITH THOSE ASSUMPTIONS THAT WE MADE OR THAT WE WERE GIVEN, WHICH WAS WE WANTED TO PRODUCE TYPE ONE REUSE AND WE WOULD NOT BE, UH, PURSUING DPR AT THE CENTRAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT THAT THAT WOULD BE DONE AT THE SOUTH. 
          SO WE SAT DOWN WITH O VIVO AND WE SHOWED THEM THE CONCEPTUAL DESIGN FOR THE EXPANSION AND HOW THE MEMBRANE FILTERS, UH, WERE BE CONFIGURED AND ARRANGED IN THAT. 
          AND WE POINTED OUT TO THEM SOME THINGS THAT THEY REALLY COULDN'T HAVE BEEN AWARE OF, UH, BECAUSE THEY WEREN'T FAMILIAR WITH THE EXPANSION PLANS IN TERMS OF COMPLICATIONS WITH SOME OF THE HYDRAULICS AND CONSTRUCTABILITY ISSUES AND SOME THINGS LIKE THAT THAT THEY, YOU KNOW, THEY, THEY JUST COULDN'T HAVE KNOWN ABOUT BECAUSE OF THE, THE, UH, ARRANGEMENT THAT WE'RE, WE WERE PROPOSING. 
          AND WE ALSO TRIED TO EXPLAIN TO 'EM THAT, YOU KNOW, BESIDES YOUR EQUIPMENT COST, THERE'S A BUNCH OF OTHER STUFF THAT HAS TO BE ADDED INTO THIS COST ESTIMATE TO MAKE THIS A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 
          AND THAT'S, YOU KNOW, EQUIPMENT PADS FOR THEIR EQUIPMENT AND, AND, AND, AND CANOPIES AND ELECTRICAL AND PIPING AND, UM, THEN THE CONTRACTOR INSTALLATION AND THE OVERHEAD AND PROFIT AND ALL THE THINGS THAT GO ON TOP OF JUST THOSE BARE EQUIPMENT COSTS TO GET TO THE ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION, UH, OPINION OF PROBABLE CONSTRUCTION COSTS THAT WE PRESENTED TO YOU AND WHICH IS UP THERE. 
          AND WHEN WE FINISHED THAT DISCUSSION, I THINK THEY UNDERSTOOD, UH, WHERE WE WERE COMING FROM AND THE REASON THAT WE HAD RECOMMENDED THE USE OF THE CLOTH FILTERS FOR THIS EXPANSION, AND THAT'S TO MEET TYPE ONE REUSE AND THAT WE WOULDN'T BE PURSUING DPR OUT OF THIS PLANT. 
          SO I THINK THEY UNDERSTOOD THAT AND I THINK WE, WE KINDA LEFT THAT MEETING WITH THAT AGREEMENT, BUT THEY DID REITERATE THAT, OKAY, BUT THE CITY DOES WANT TO PROVIDE REUSE WATER TO, UH, THE DATA CENTER AND THEY STILL MAY WANT TO PRODUCE DPR OR PURSUE DPR AT THIS PLANT AND THEY STILL THINK THAT THEIR FILTERS WOULD BE BETTER SUITED AND PUT THE, YOU KNOW, PUT THE CITY CLOSER TO ACHIEVING THOSE IN A BETTER POSITION TO ACHIEVE, ACHIEVE THOSE GOALS. 
          AND SO THAT'S WHAT I WANT TO TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT TONIGHT. 
          SO, UM, FIRST OF ALL, JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT WE UNDERSTAND THAT EITHER OF THESE TREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES, THE CLOTH FILTER OR THE MEMBRANES CAN BE DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE THE, THE PEAK 
          [05:10:01]
FLOWS THAT WE SEE AT THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT, YOU KNOW, ALL THE DIFFERENT OPERATING CONDITIONS. 
          WE CAN DO THAT. 
          AND THE COST FOR THAT IS WHAT'S UP THERE. 
          THAT'S FOR THE MEMBRANE FILTER, OR I MEAN THE MEMBRANE SYSTEM OR THE CLOTH FILTERS. 
          THOSE SYSTEMS ARE DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE THE COMPLETE, YOU KNOW, THE, THE PEAK FLOWS AND EVERYTHING THAT WE ARE GONNA ENCOUNTER AT THIS PLANT, UM, UH, FOR THE DESIGN CONDITIONS. 
          AND THAT'S WHAT THOSE COSTS ARE. 
          SO, QUICK QUESTION. 
          SURE. 
          ON THIS PAGE, IT HAS A FOOTNOTE FOUR FOR INCLUDES TEMPORARY PACKAGE PLANT, BUT I DON'T SEE OH, SHOULD HAVE TAKEN THAT OFF BECAUSE THERE USED TO BE A COLUMN ON THERE FOR THE ME MEMBRANE BIOREACTOR. 
          YEAH. 
          AND, UM, THAT WAS FOR THAT SENSE. 
          I'M SORRY. 
          THANK YOU. 
          YEP. 
          WE TOOK THAT COLUMN OUT JUST TO MAKE IT EASE, JUST TO AVOID CONFUSION. 
          OKAY. 
          SO A A WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT SEES A VERY WIDE RANGE OF FLOWS. 
          YOU KNOW, YOU GOT YOUR, YOUR DAILY FLOWS THAT KIND OF FLUCTUATE, UH, DIURNAL FLOWS IS WHAT WE CALL 'EM. 
          AND THEN YOU SEE PEAK WET WEATHER FLOWS THAT COME WHEN, WHEN IT'S RAINING, WHEN WE'VE GOT A WET WEATHER EVENT. 
          AND THOSE THAT FLOW IS, YOU KNOW, THERE'S A BIG RANGE BETWEEN MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM, AND WE HAVE TO BE ABLE TO TREAT ALL OF THAT. 
          YOUR REUSE DEMANDS ARE GENERALLY NOT THAT VARIABLE. 
          I MEAN, THERE'S A CERTAIN AMOUNT OF WATER THAT WE, THAT IS GONNA BE REQUIRED, WHETHER THAT'S, UH, FOR IRRIGATION OR WHETHER IT'S FOR COOLING WATER AT THE DATA CENTER OR EVEN A DPR SYSTEM. 
          THOSE DEMANDS ARE GENERALLY NOT NEARLY AS VARIABLE AS THE FLOWS THAT ARE COMING INTO THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT ON A DAILY BASIS. 
          AND SO TO DESIGN THAT MEMBRANE SYSTEM TO HANDLE THOSE WA YOU KNOW, HIGHLY VARIABLE FLOWS THE ENTIRE FLOW AND PRODUCE A HIGHER QUALITY REUSE WATER JUST TO DUMP IT INTO THE RIVER IS  IS, IS PROBABLY NOT THE BEST INVESTMENT OF YOUR CAPITAL DOLLARS. 
          AND SO WHAT WE WOULD SUGGEST IS THAT A BETTER APPROACH WOULD BE TO, LET'S USE THE CLOTH FILTERS FOR THE DAILY TREATMENT OF THE WASTEWATER TO MEET THE TYPE ONE REUSE AND TO MEET YOUR DISCHARGE PERMIT. 
          AND IF THERE'S A NEED FOR A HIGHER QUALITY REUSE WATER, EITHER AT THE DATA CENTER OR IF FOR SOME REASON YOU DECIDED TO PURSUE DPR AND YOU WANTED TO PROVIDE SOME SORT OF HIGHER LEVEL TREATMENT FOR SAY THE DA DATA CENTER, THEN SCALE THAT HIGHER THAT TREATMENT SYSTEM TO MEET THOSE PARTICULAR NEEDS INSTEAD OF TREATING ALL OF IT THAT WAY. 
          USE THE CLOTH FILTERS TO MEET YOUR DAILY NEEDS. 
          AND IF YOU NEED TO SUPPLY A HUNDRED THOUSAND, COUPLE HUNDRED THOUSAND GALLONS A DAY, EVEN A HALF A MILLION GALLONS A DAY OF HIGHER QUALITY WATER TO THE DATA CENTER, OR IF YOU WANT TO DRAW THAT MUCH OUT AND USE IT FOR, UM, DIRECT POTABLE REUSE, THEN LOOK AT A, YOU KNOW, A SYSTEM TO TREAT THAT WATER INSTEAD OF TRYING TO TREAT THE ENTIRE STREAM THAT WAY. 
          THERE'S A BIG DIFFERENCE IN CAPITAL COST FOR SOMETHING THAT, THAT A LOT OF THAT WATER'S GONNA GO INTO THE RIVER AND YOU'RE NOT GETTING ANY BENEFIT OUT OF THAT. 
          SO THAT'S KIND OF THE, THE BOTTOM LINE THAT, THAT FREEZA NICHOLS RECOMMENDS THAT YOU CONSIDER. 
          SO I WANT TO TALK ABOUT THIS REUSE WATER FOR THE DATA CENTER A LITTLE BIT. 
          IT'S REALLY IMPORTANT THAT YOU TAKE SOME TIME TO UNDERSTAND EXACTLY WHAT THEIR NEEDS ARE, BOTH HOW MUCH DO THEY NEED, WHEN DO THEY NEED IT, AND THEN REALLY ESPECIALLY WHAT QUALITY OF WATER DO THEY REALLY NEED YOU TO PROVIDE TO THEM. 
          WHATEVER YOU DO, THEY'RE GONNA HAVE TO PROVIDE MORE TREATMENT FOR THEIR COOLING SYSTEMS. YOU'RE NOT GOING TO GIVE THEM A WATER QUALITY THAT THEY CAN USE. 
          THEY'RE GONNA HAVE TO DO SOFTENING. 
          THEY'RE GONNA HAVE TO DEMINERALIZE, THEY'RE GONNA HAVE TO DO SOME STUFF LIKE THAT. 
          AND YOU NEED TO FIND OUT FROM THEM WHAT QUALITY DO YOU NEED FROM THE CITY IN THAT REUSE WATER, IN MOST CASES, TYPE ONE REUSE WATER IS A FINE QUALITY FOR THEM TO START WITH, BUT YOU NEED TO UNDERSTAND THAT BEFORE. 
          HOW DO WE FIND THAT OUT? ASK THEM. 
          YEAH. 
          I JUST CALL THEM UP AND ASK THEM. 
          OR IS THAT SOMETHING LIKE, WELL, NO, YOU GUYS CAN, WELL, SO THERE'S, THERE'S MANY, THERE'S MANY OTHER QUESTIONS AND I WAS GONNA GET TO THAT. 
          OKAY. 
          SO BEYOND JUST HOW MUCH AND HOW SOON PHASING, 
          [05:15:01]
YOU KNOW, WHAT'S THEIR PHASING, HOW MUCH, WHEN ARE THEY GONNA NEED IT, HOW MUCH ARE THEY GONNA NEED? THERE'S ALSO A PART OF THIS WHERE YOU NEED TO UNDERSTAND WHAT THEY'RE GONNA DO WITH THEIR WASTEWATER. 
          BECAUSE IF THEY'RE GONNA TAKE THEIR BLOW DOWN WATER FROM THEIR COOLING OPERATION AND SEND IT BACK TO THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT, THAT'S SOMETHING THAT YOU NEED TO KNOW WHEN WE'RE PLANTING THIS REUSE SYSTEM. 
          BECAUSE IF WE TAKE WATER AND WE SEND IT TO THEM AND THEY GO THROUGH HOWEVER MANY CYCLES OF CONCENTRATION THEY GO THROUGH WITH THEIR COOLING SYSTEM, AND THEN THEY SEND THAT BLOW DOWN BACK TO THE WASTEWATER PLANT AND THEN WE TURN AROUND AND WE SEND IT BACK TO THEM, AND THEN THEY SEND IT BACK TO US AND WE SEND IT BACK TO THEM, YOU'RE CYCLING UP ALL OF THAT STUFF IN THAT SYSTEM. 
          AND THE ONLY BLOW DOWN WE HAVE OUT OF OUR SYSTEM IS, IS WHAT WE CAN DISCHARGE TO THE RIVER, WHAT WE'RE DISCHARGING TO THE RIVER. 
          THESE ARE BIG QUESTIONS THAT WE NEED TO UNDERSTAND BEFORE WE JUST SAY WE CAN START SENDING REUSE WATER TO THE, TO THE DATA CENTER. 
          BUT ONE OF THE BIG ONES IS WHAT QUALITY OF WATER DO YOU REALLY NEED? AND IS THERE REALLY ANY ADVANTAGE TO PUTTING IN CERAMIC MEMBRANES IN YOUR PLANT AT A MUCH HIGHER CAPITAL COST AND OPERATING COST FOR WATER THAT YOU'RE A BIG CHUNK OF THAT'S STILL GONNA GO TO THE RIVER AND MAYBE THE CERAMIC MEMBRANES DON'T REALLY OFFER, DON'T, THEY DON'T, MAYBE THEY DON'T, MAYBE THEY DON'T NEED THAT LITTLE BIT OF ADDITIONAL TREATMENT THAT THOSE CERAMIC FILTERS GIVE YOU THAT CERAMIC MEMBRANES GIVE YOU. 
          SO THAT'S WHAT, THAT'S WHAT WE WE WANT TO TALK ABOUT. 
          BUT I IT'S THE, THE REAL ISSUE HERE IS THAT'S GONNA TAKE SOME TIME TO FIGURE OUT TIME THAT I DON'T THINK YOU HAVE. 
          IF THE GOAL HERE IS TO GET THIS PLANT CONSTRUCTED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE WITH ALL THE DEVELOPMENT THAT'S COMING, IT TAKES A LOT OF TIME FOR SOMEONE, JAMES, HOW DO WE, HOW DO WE GET A HOLD OF PAROLE OFFICER? SCOTT AND I, I COULD CALL THE GUY, BUT UH, THIS STUFF GETS OVER MY HEAD. 
          BUT HOW DO WE CALL THEM AND ASK THEM WHAT QUALITY OF WATER YOU NEED? I MEAN, THAT SHOULDN'T TAKE MORE THAN LIKE A WEEK TO FIGURE OUT, RIGHT? YES. 
          I THINK YOU'RE RIGHT. 
          AND HOW MUCH TIME DO YOU, YOU SAY IT'S GONNA TAKE TIME. 
          HOW MUCH TIME DO YOU FORESEE CALLING THEM UP AND SAYING, HEY, CAN YOU COOL THESE THINGS? HOW MUCH WATER? LIKE I'M SAYING THERE'S MORE TO THAT. 
          WE NEED TO UNDERSTAND WHAT ARE WE GONNA GET BACK FROM YOU AND WHAT'S THE QUALITY OF THAT WE'RE GONNA GET BACK? AND THEN WE NEED TO THINK ABOUT WHAT'S THAT GONNA DO TO OUR TREATMENT PROCESS IF THAT'S, THIS IS A SMALL PLANT. 
          SURE. 
          IF THAT'S A LARGE AMOUNT OF WATER THAT THEY'RE TAKING AND THEN CYCLING UP AND SENDING BACK TO US, IT CAN CAUSE US PROBLEMS WITH OUR, WITH THE OPERATIONS AT THE TREATMENT PLANT. 
          ARE THEY GONNA SEND IT NOW? WHICH PLANT DOES IT GO TO NOW? I THINK IT GOES TO THE SOUTH PLANT. 
          IS IT GOING TO THE SOUTH PLANT OR CENTER? IT DOES. 
          OKAY. 
          OKAY. 
          SO YOU COULD STILL, I MEAN, I'M NOT AN ENGINEER, BUT CAN I PUMP THEM GOOD WATER FROM THE CENTRAL PLANT AND THEN DISCHARGE TO THE SOUTH? SURE. 
          I'D STILL WANT TO KNOW WHAT THE, WE JUST GOTTA KNOW WHAT KIND OF WATER QUALITY THEY NEED. 
          YEAH, WELL LOOK, BUT LET, LET ME, LET ME MAKE SURE THAT I DO KNOW THAT RIGHT, BECAUSE THE, THE, THE DATA CENTERS WOULD BE GOING THROUGH THE GLENWOOD LIFT STATION AND THEN THAT THEN IN TURN WOULD BE DIRECTING EITHER NORTH OR SOUTH, BUT GENERALLY WE'RE SENDING THAT SOUTH IN THE FUTURE. 
          SO YES, IT WOULD END UP SOUTH. 
          SO IT'D BE BEING SENT FROM CENTRAL, BUT THEN THEIR DISCHARGE FROM THE DATA CENTER WOULD END UP IN THE SOUTH PLANT, NOT BACK IN THE CENTRAL PLANT. 
          RIGHT. 
          'CAUSE THEIR WATER THAT THEY'RE TAKING IN IS COMING FROM SOMEWHERE. 
          CORRECT. 
          MY GUESS IS EAST FROM THE FRAME SWITCH. 
          CORRECT. 
          AND THEN ANY OTHER, IF WE EXTEND THAT WATER REUSE OUT INTO THE MEGA SITE, THOSE ALL GO DIRECTLY TO THE SOUTH PLANT, RIGHT? CORRECT. 
          SO IT, IT DON'T ANYTHING THAT WE, ANYTHING THAT WE PRODUCE IN THE CENTRAL PLANT, WHETHER IT BE DPR GOING BACK INTO OUR SYSTEM OR WHETHER IT BE, YOU KNOW, JUST TYPE ONE AFFLUENT GOING SOMEWHERE, UM, IF IT IS GOING TO MEGASITE ALL OF MEGASITE DRAINS TO THE SOUTH PLANT, NOT BACK TO THE CENTRAL PLANT. 
          NOW, SIR, I'VE BEEN ACCUSED AT WORK ALL THE TIME FOR OVERSIMPLIFYING THINGS, SO I KNOW HERE, UM, I DON'T THINK IT'S JUST NECESSARILY A PHONE CALL. 
          THEY PICK IT UP AND I SAY, HEY, WHAT KIND OF WATER QUALITY DO YOU NEED? AND THEY GO, I GOT IT RIGHT HERE. 
          BUT I'M HOPING WE CAN FIGURE THAT OUT IN ENOUGH TIME TO WHERE I DON'T DISAGREE WITH WHAT YOU'RE SAYING. 
          YOU, YOU GO TO CLOTH, YOU GO THROUGH WHAT I, AND I DO THINK WE NEED TO KNOW AS A CITY, AND I THINK WE PROBABLY GOT THE NUMBERS, HOW MUCH WATER ARE THESE GUYS GONNA USE MM-HMM . 
          BECAUSE WE'RE OUT THROWING UP WATER LINES ALL OVER THE PLACE TRYING TO SUPPLY WATER. 
          HOW MUCH ARE THEY GONNA USE? WHAT QUALITY DOES IT HAVE TO BE? AND THEN I THINK WE NEED TO DIRECT YOU GUYS TO COME BACK WITH A PLAN THAT BASED ON US WANTING TO HAVE THIS MUCH WATER PUMPING AS A TYPE ONE, TYPE TWO, WHATEVER IT'S GOTTA BE, WHAT DOES THAT LOOK LIKE COST WISE? AND IF YOU GOTTA GO CLOTH AND THEN THERE'S A, THERE'S A VALVE WE CAN TURN IT ON WHEN WE GO TO 
          [05:20:01]
BUILD THAT INFRASTRUCTURE, WHATEVER IT IS. 
          I MEAN, IS THAT KIND OF RIGHT? WHAT WHAT WE'RE KIND OF SAYING HERE IS WE GO THE RIGHT PATH, WE NEED TO HAVE A T ON THE PIPE TO WHERE IF WE DECIDE TO GO THIS OTHER ROUTE, WE'RE STILL GOING DOWN THIS PATH, BUT NOW WE CAN ALWAYS TEE IT OFF AND PUT HALF A MILLION GALLONS THROUGH A DIFFERENT SYSTEM, WHATEVER IT IS, CERAMIC MEMBRANES OR TRIPLE CLOTH FILTERS, IT GOES THROUGH THAT TO HIT THE QUALITY THAT THE DATA CENTERS NEED. 
          THEY'RE GONNA DISCHARGE IT TO THE SOUTH AND WHATEVER THEY DON'T TAKE THE REST OF THE DISCHARGE IS GONNA GO THROUGH THE CLOTH AND OUT INTO THE CREEK. 
          I I THINK THAT'S, YES. 
          I THINK NOT LETTING THAT POTENTIAL USE OF THAT WATER AT THE DATA CENTER IS SOMETHING THAT YOU COULD MEET THAT IN EITHER WITH THE CLOTH FILTERS, IF, IF THEY SAY THAT'S A WATER QUALITY THAT'S FINE AND ACCEPTABLE TO US, OR IF IT NEEDS HIGHER TREATMENT, THEN DO THAT AT A SCALE THAT MEETS THEIR NEEDS AND YOU'RE NOT TREAT, YOU'RE NOT PUTTING IN, YOU KNOW, $15 MILLION MORE WORTH OF INFRASTRUCTURE FOR RIGHT NOW FOR WATER THAT YOU'RE GONNA DISCHARGE TO THE CREEK. 
          AND WE COULD ALWAYS PUT THE 15 MILLION MILLION IN LATER IF WE DETERMINE IT'S COST EFFECTIVE TO DO THAT. 
          IF, IF IT'S REQUIRED TO MEET THOSE DEMANDS, YOU KNOW, TO MEET THOSE NEEDS, THEN YOU COULD SCALE THAT TO APPROPRIATELY TO THE AMOUNT OF WATER THAT THEY NEED AND EVEN PHASE IT AS THEY PHASE, YOU KNOW, IS IT, I'M SORRY, I DON'T WANT YOU TO LOSE YOUR TRAIN OF THOUGHT. 
          WELL, I WAS JUST GONNA ASK YOU HOW DO WE END THE DISCUSSION AND GET IT TO WHERE THEY MOVE ON THE WAY THEY'RE GOING, BUT SOMEHOW THERE'S DIRECT, BECAUSE WE'VE BEEN TALKING ABOUT THIS WITH EVO OR THIS SYSTEM FOR DAMN NEAR YEAR. 
          HOW DO WE GET YOU GUYS TO WHERE SOMEONE'S FIGURING OUT HOW MUCH WATER'S GONNA BE USED AT THE DATA CENTERS, WHAT TYPE OF QUALITY THEY NEED TO GET THESE GUYS THAT THEN SAY, WE GOT THAT QUALITY COMING THROUGH, OR WE DON'T, BUT HERE'S WHAT WE NEED TO GET IT DONE. 
          AND THAT HAS TO GET A COST AND MAKE THAT DECISION. 
          OKAY, WHAT DOES THAT MOTION LOOK LIKE? UM, SO PUT A PIN IN THAT. 
          SO I CAN ASK IF YOU, IF YOU DO THE, THE CLOTH DISC FILTERS AND THEN WE WANT TO DO THE MEMBRANE, HOW MUCH OF THE COST IS SUNK THAT YOU LOSE, LET'S SAY YOU A HUNDRED PERCENT SHIFTED FROM DISC FILTERS OVER TO MEMBRANE BECAUSE MAYBE WE NEED ALL 1.7 MILLION AT THAT HIGHER DEAL. 
          HOW MUCH SUNK COST OF THE 65 MILLION DO? WHAT DOES THE 80 MILLION BECOME IF WE DO CLOTH FIRST AND THEN DO A FULL CONVERSION TO MEMBRANE AFTER THE FACT? WHAT'S THE DELTA THERE? I, I DON'T KNOW, DON'T KNOW THAT OFF THE TOP OF MY HEAD, BUT I'M GONNA SAY I DON'T THINK YOU WOULD EVER DO THAT. 
          MM-HMM . 
          THE, THE CERAMIC MEMBRANES DO A LITTLE BETTER JOB OF FILTRATION THAN THE CLOTH FILTERS DO. 
          MM-HMM . 
          THEY DON'T SOFTEN, THEY DON'T REMOVE MINERALS, THEY DON'T DO WHAT THE DATA CENTER'S GONNA NEED IF THEY'RE, IF THEY'VE GOT SOME SORT OF AN EVAPORATIVE COOLER OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT MM-HMM . 
          AND THEY HAVE TO DEMINERALIZE, THEY HAVE TO SOFTEN FOR THEIR, FOR THEIR OWN USE. 
          MM-HMM . 
          THE CERAMIC MEMBRANES DON'T DO ANY OF THAT. 
          OKAY. 
          AND SO ALL IT, IT'S ALL IT'S WE COULD DO IS SEND A, YOU KNOW, SOME WATER QUALITY THAT'S GOT A LITTLE LESS SOLID STUFF. 
          YEAH. 
          I'M TRACKING WHAT, WHAT IF IT'S DPR R THOUGH AND NOT JUST TYPE ONE AFFLUENT REUSE. 
          IT IS, IS THERE A DIFFERENCE THEN? THAT'S A DIFFERENT QUESTION. 
          MM-HMM . 
          AND WHAT, FIRST OF ALL, LET'S TALK A A LITTLE BIT ABOUT DPR MM-HMM  BECAUSE I HEARD YOU SAY SOMETHING ABOUT DPR AND POSSIBLY IT OFFSETTING THE NEED FOR OR DEFERRING THE NEED FOR EXPANDING ON THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLAN. 
          IF YOU'RE NOT DISCHARGING IT ALL, YOU HAVE TO GO THERE. 
          WE WERE JUST, WE WERE JUST KIND OF BSING ABOUT. 
          OKAY. 
          I JUST, JUST TO BE CLEAR THOUGH, UH, BECAUSE I THOUGHT THIS WHEN YOU SAID IT IS DPR STARTS AT THE END OF THE TREAT WASTEWATER TREATMENT PROCESS. 
          IT'S AN ADVANCED WATER TREATMENT PLANT PROCESS THAT STARTS AT THE END OF THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT. 
          AND SO IT, IT UM, YOU STILL HAVE TO HAVE ALL THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT THAT YOU WOULD EVER NEED THERE BECAUSE THE DPR COMES AFTER. 
          YEAH. 
          MY UNDERSTANDING WAS YES. 
          MY UNDERSTANDING THE WHOLE THING WAS YOU GO THROUGH CLOTH AND YOU GO THROUGH CLOTH, YOU CAN'T GO THEN TO DPR WITHOUT THEN REPLACING THE CLOTH DOING SOMEONE'S MEMBRANE AND SOMEHOW GOING THROUGH. 
          BUT I THINK 
          [05:25:01]
WE'RE PAST THAT. 
          NO, I THINK WHAT WE'RE REALLY JUST TRYING TO FIGURE OUT IS AFTER CLOTH, IF YOU'RE PRODUCING A TYPE ONE REUSE, YOU CAN STILL GO TO DPR, THE DPR R REGULATIONS TALK ABOUT THE PHYSICAL BARRIERS THAT YOU HAVE TO HAVE, THE TREATMENT PROCESSES AND THEN THE CHEMICAL TREATMENT PROCESSES THAT YOU HAVE TO PROVIDE. 
          WHAT O VIVO HAS SAID IS IF YOU PUT THOSE CERAMIC MEMBRANES IN THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT THAT THEY SAY, THEY SAY, I'M STILL NOT CONVINCED THAT THAT CAN COUNT AS ONE OF THE PHYSICAL TREATMENT PROCESSES IN A DPR PROCESS. 
          I THINK THAT STILL REMAINS TO BE DETERMINED WITH TC CUPID, LET'S SAY IT WITHOUT, LET SAY THEY'RE RIGHT. 
          LET'S SAY THEY GOT LETTER LETTER THAT SAYS YOU'RE GOOD THEN IT CAN'T, IF IT COULD COUNT AS ONE, YOU KNOW, THE FIRST STAGE OF YOUR TREATMENT PROCESS, THEN IT WOULD SAVE, YOU KNOW, THE INITIAL ROUGH FILTERING PROCESS, YOU KNOW, THAT YOU WOULD HAVE AT YOUR DPR PLANT AT YOUR ADVANCED PLANT. 
          BUT LET'S TALK ABOUT WHAT IT WOULD REQUIRE IF YOU WERE OPERATING THAT MEMBRANE IN THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT AS PART OF YOUR DPR PROCESS, THEN THAT BECOMES PART OF THE WATER TREATMENT PROCESS. 
          AND THE WAY YOU HAVE TO, TO OPERATE A WATER TREATMENT PROCESS IS YOU HAVE TO PROVIDE DAILY TESTING OF THE INTEGRITY OF THAT PROCESS. 
          YOU DON'T HAVE TO DO THAT FOR FILTRATION, FOR DISCHARGING TO THE WASTE TO THE RIVER. 
          YOU'D BE PUTTING THAT BURDEN OF OPERATING THAT WATER TREATMENT UNIT ON YOUR WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT OPERATORS AND THE, AND THE EFFORT THAT THEY WOULD HAVE TO GO TO ON A DAILY BASIS TO DO THE INTEGRITY TESTING OF THOSE MEMBRANES. 
          I DON'T THINK YOU WANT TO DO THAT WITH YOUR WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT. 
          SO BUD, WE MAY BE OUTTA WATER IN THREE YEARS. 
          YEAH. 
          SO, SO LET'S, OKAY, NOW LEMME TALK ABOUT THAT BECAUSE I'VE HEARD YOU SAY THIS MORE THAN ONCE. 
          YEAH. 
          YOU, AND JUST TO UNDERSTAND DPR DOESN'T HAPPEN IN A YEAR OR TWO. 
          YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT PROBABLY AT LEAST A FIVE YEAR PROCESS TO, TO PLAN PERMIT. 
          I THINK PROBABLY PLAN AND PERMITTING TAKES MOST OF THAT. 
          BUT THEN YOU ALSO HAVE TO DESIGN, CONSTRUCT AND THEN START UP AND OPERATE AND PROVE AT MINIMUM THAT'S GONNA BE FIVE YEARS. 
          SO THIS IS NOT SOMETHING THAT IS GONNA HAPPEN IN THE NEXT COUPLE OF YEARS. 
          IT'S A LONG AND ARDUOUS PROCESS. 
          AND THAT'S WHY I THINK, I'M GUESSING YOUR STAFF AND YOUR WATER SUPPLY CONSULTANT SAID, LET'S NOT PUT THAT EFFORT INTO THIS LITTLE BITTY PLANT AT CENTRAL. 
          LET'S DO IT AT THE BIGGER PLANT, AT SOUTH'S PLANT AT THE SOUTH PLANT WHERE YOU HAVE A LOT MORE FLOW TO WORK WITH. 
          YOU GET A BIGGER BANG FOR YOUR BUCK AND YOU'VE GOT THE SPACE TO BUILD AN ADVANCED WATER TREATMENT PLAN. 
          YEAH, I THINK THE QUESTION, LIKE WHEN JAMES AND I TALKING WAS NOT DOING DPR OUT OF THE CENTRAL PLANT, IT WAS, WE'RE LITERALLY 2000 FEET AWAY FROM SOMETHING THAT'S SUCKING ALL THE WATER OUT OF OUR SYSTEM. 
          AND IF WE'RE TAKING 2 MILLION GALLONS A DAY AND WE'RE DUMPING INTO A CREEK FOR THE NEXT GUY TO PULL OUT, IS THERE ANY POSSIBILITY IN THIS WORLD WE, INSTEAD OF DUMPING 2 MILLION A DAY INTO A CREEK, WE CAN DO SOMETHING, TREAT IT, PIPE IT 2000 FEET AND SAVE A TON OF WATER. 
          NOW THAT TAKES THREE YEARS OR FIVE YEARS. 
          HERE'S THE GOOD NEWS, WE DON'T HAVE A SOLUTION AFTER THREE YEARS. 
          SO WHETHER YOU TELL US IT'S FIVE YEARS, WE DON'T HAVE A FIVE YEAR BACKUP. 
          WE DON'T HAVE A SIX YEAR, IT'S IN LITIGATION. 
          SO FOR ME IN A CITY GROWING A 13TH FACET, I'M LIKE, WHAT DO YOU DO? YOU JUST SIT BACK AND SAY, WELL DON'T WORRY ABOUT IT. 
          'CAUSE IT'S, IT'S TOO HARD ON THE GUYS OPERATING A PLANT. 
          THAT'S NOT MY PROBLEM BECAUSE WE'RE GONNA BE OUTTA WATER UNLESS YOU'VE GOT SOME KIND OF SUPPLY SOMEWHERE THAT'S PERMITTED, WE CAN PIPE IN. 
          WE'RE ARGUING WITH EVERY WATER SUPPLIER OUT HERE AND THE WHOLE TIME, I'M, I TALK TO JAMES ALL THE TIME AGO, WE'RE JUST DUMPING WATER INTO A CREEK THAT THE NEXT GUY'S GETTING OUT AND FINISHING THE TREATING PROCESS AND USING. 
          AND I'M LIKE, HOW DO YOU, HOW DO YOU SAVE SOME OF THAT? BUT IF YOU SAY IT CAN'T BE DONE, I'M A SIMPLE MINDED GUY, IT CAN'T BE DONE. 
          SO HERE, HERE'S THE ANGLE OF THIS THAT Y'ALL ARE PROBABLY NOT PRIVY TO AND IT'S BECAUSE YOU'RE WORKING ON THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT. 
          YOU'RE NOT WORKING ON OUR WATER SIDE. 
          RIGHT? RIGHT. 
          SO YOU DID SEE IN THE PRESENTATION TONIGHT THAT WE CURRENTLY HAVE RECHARGE AND RECHARGES TO START DELIVERING WATER FOR US IN 26. 
          AND THEN YOU SAW THAT FOR THAT 4 MILLION GALLONS PER DAY OF WATER SUPPLY, IT'S GOING TO COST US ABOUT SIX AND A HALF MILLION DOLLARS IN PERPETUITY. 
          RIGHT. 
          WITH AN ESCALATOR OF 3% CPI FOR FOREVER. 
          YES SIR. 
          SO THAT'S GONNA DOUBLE, I DON'T RE YOU KNOW, HOWEVER MANY EVER 
          [05:30:01]
YEARS THAT'S GONNA DOUBLE BECAUSE OF THE 3% CPI. 
          THE, THE PART THAT THEY DIDN'T REALLY TALK ABOUT MUCH WAS THE, WAS THE EPCOR PROJECT, WHICH IS WHAT THE MAYOR WAS REFERRING TO. 
          THAT'S THE PROJECT THAT'S TIED TO BRYAN COLLEGE STATION AREA THAT'S CURRENTLY IN LITIGATION ON WHETHER OR NOT THOSE PERMITS ARE EVEN VIABLE THAT WE ARE CURRENTLY PLAYING RESERVATION ON. 
          THAT WAS MEANT TO BE OUR FIVE AND SIX YEAR WATER SUPPLY SOLUTION. 
          SO WE WEREN'T EXPECTING TO BRING THAT WATER ONLINE UNTIL 2032 ISH. 
          BUT BEING IN, UM, BEING IN LITIGATION THAT THAT COULD EASILY BE DELAYED 3, 4, 5, 6 YEARS LONG OR MAY GO AWAY ENTIRELY. 
          YEAH. 
          MAY, MAY GO AWAY ENTIRELY. 
          SO IF DPR IS SOMETHING THAT THE COUNCIL IN OUR COMMUNITY THINKS THAT THEY COULD ABIDE BY AND ARGUABLY WE COULD REPLACE THAT FOUR OR $5 MILLION, I MEAN FOUR OR 5 MILLION, FOUR OR FIVE MGD UM, SOURCE WITH, WITH WATER THAT WE CURRENTLY ALREADY ARE SENDING DOWN THE CREEK AND IT WOULDN'T, IT WOULD LIKELY COST US LESS THAN SEVEN OR $8 MILLION PER YEAR IN PERPETUITY THEN THAT'S CERTAINLY SOMETHING WE NEED TO BE CONSIDERING. 
          NOW THE AFFLUENT TYPE ONE USE AND KEEPING THE DATA CENTERS AND THAT SORT OF STUFF OFF OF OUR POTABLE WATER SUPPLY, THAT'S ALSO VALID. 
          BUT THAT'S WHY, THAT'S THE ASPECT OF, OF THE AFFORDABILITY IS BECAUSE I'M THINKING ABOUT THE 5, 6, 7 YEAR WATER SUPPLY AND WHAT THAT'S WHAT THE RISK IS FOR THAT AND WHAT THE COST IS LIKELY TO BE FOR THAT AND OFFSETTING THAT AGAINST WHAT THIS TECHNOLOGY MIGHT COST US EVEN AT THE CENTRAL PLANT. 
          YEAH. 
          'CAUSE IF WE DO FIND OUT THE WATER SUPPLY, WE GOTTA FIGURE OUT HOW TO GET IT HERE. 
          AND SO OUR CURRENT WATER'S COMING FROM LIKE 38 MILES OR SOMETHING AWAY. 
          I DON'T EVEN KNOW HOW MUCH. 
          26. 
          26 MILES AWAY. 
          AND I DON'T KNOW WHAT THE PIPE ON THAT LOOKS LIKE, BUT IN MY MIND IT'S GOTTA BE CHEAPER. 
          IF IT'S $15 MILLION OR WHATEVER SOMEONE TELLS US IT IS, IT'S GOTTA BE CHEAPER TO TAKE THE 2 MILLION GALLONS, GET IT TO SOME FORM TO WHERE THIS 2200 ACRES OR 16, HOWEVER MANY ACRES THIS IS THAT WE'RE DOING DATA CENTERS. 
          IT'S SUPPOSED TO BE THE NATION'S LARGEST DATA CENTER COMPLEX, 220 ACRES, 65 ACRE SUBSTATION. 
          THERE'S GOTTA BE A WAY TO SAVE MONEY AND IT, YOU GUYS TELL ME 15 MILLION, THAT DOESN'T SCARE ME. 
          'CAUSE SOME GUY WAS JUST TELLING ME WE NEED LIKE $40 MILLION OR SOMETHING JUST TO KEEP GOING HERE IN A FEW YEARS. 
          AND I'M LIKE,  FIFTEEN'S LESS. 
          AND SO I GET WHAT YOU GUYS ARE SAYING, I DON'T WANNA SLOW THAT DOWN BECAUSE WE OBVIOUSLY GOTTA BE ABLE TO FLUSH OUR TOILETS. 
          BUT IN THE BACK OF MY MIND WE GOTTA GET OUTTA THE HORSE AND BUGGY DAYS AND START THINKING HOW DO WE REUSE EVERY DROP WE'RE USING KNOWING THAT IF YOU PUMP 2 MILLION IN, YOU CAN'T REUSE 2 MILLION, YOU'RE GONNA HAVE TO DISCHARGE SOMETHING. 
          THE OTHER THING WE'VE TALKED ABOUT IN DETAIL, NOT VERY MANY COMMUNITIES ARE DOING THIS RIGHT NOW. 
          SO NO ONE'S GONNA BE FIGHTING FOR THE WATER THAT'S BEING DISCHARGED, BUT AT SOME POINT WE'RE RUNNING OUTTA WATER. 
          AND SO WHEN WE RUN OUT OF WATER AS A CENTRAL TEXAS, WE'RE ALL GONNA START GOING TO THIS TECHNOLOGY MORE THAN LIKELY. 
          AND THEN TCQ IS MORE THAN LIKELY GOING TO START FORCING US TO JUST CHARGE WATER IN THE CREEK BECAUSE THE COMMUNITY DOWN THE RIVER CAN'T TAKE OUT THE 2 MILLION THEY NEED. 
          'CAUSE WE STOPPED DISCHARGING IT. 
          AND SO WE TALKED ABOUT THE SOONER WE GET AHEAD OF THE CURVE AND GET OUR STUFF GRANDFATHERED IN, THE BETTER OFF WE ARE, BECAUSE YOU CAN'T BE THE LAST OF THE GAME. 
          BUT I KNOW LIBERTY HILL'S LOOKING AT THIS VERY STRONGLY. 
          THEY GOT THE SAME ISSUE. 
          THEY'RE GONNA RUN OUT. 
          SO I'M NOT TRYING TO BE A JERK WITH YOU GUYS. 
          I JUST DON'T WANNA SIT HERE IN FOUR YEARS AND TELL EVERY DEVELOPER RATTLE WE'RE WE'RE, WE'RE FIGHTING OVER WATER GIVEN TO SOME HOMES. 
          IMAGINE IF WE DON'T HAVE ANY. 
          WELL, YOU, YOU'VE MISUNDERSTOOD. 
          IF I'VE COME ACROSS IN ANY WAY AS NOT SUPPORTING REUSE OR DPR FREEZING NICHOLS DESIGNED THE VERY FIRST DPR PRO SYSTEM IN THIS STATE. 
          WE'RE HUGE ADVOCATES FOR REUSE AND FOR DPR AND FOR USING BRACKISH GROUNDWATER AND ALL THE DIFFERENT WATER SUPPLY OPTIONS. 
          THERE ARE, WE'RE HUGE, HUGE ADVOCATES FOR THAT. 
          WE JUST DON'T WANNA SEE YOU SPEND MONEY FOR SOMETHING THAT MAY NOT PROVIDE YOU OR THE DATA CENTER AND ANY, ANY BENEFIT. 
          THAT'S, LET'S ASK THAT QUESTION. 
          IT MAY NOT HELP THEM. 
          IT MAY NOT BE OF ANY, MAY NOT MEAN ANYTHING TO THEM. 
          FOR YOU TO DO THAT, A LITTLE BIT OF ADDITIONAL TREATMENT AT YOUR PLANT, IF THEY'VE STILL GOTTA DO A BUNCH OF TREATMENT AT, AT THEIR SITE, YOU NEED TO KNOW THAT ANSWER. 
          IT'S GOOD THAT THEY'RE DISCHARGING THEIR BLOW DOWN TO THE, TO THE OTHER PLANT. 
          SO WE TAKE AWAY THAT ISSUE OF THE CYCLING UP IN THE SYSTEM. 
          I'VE SEEN THAT HAPPEN. 
          WE DID A REUSE SYSTEM IN ANOTHER CITY FOR A, FOR A POWER PLANT AND IT BECAME A HUGE ISSUE BECAUSE WE CYCLED UP ALL OF THOSE DISSOLVED SOLIDS IN THE SYSTEM. 
          SO THAT 
          [05:35:01]
TAKES THAT ISSUE AWAY. 
          IT MAY CREATE AN ISSUE FOR THE SOUTH PLANT, BUT THAT'S A BIGGER PLANT. 
          THAT'S GARVER PROBLEM. 
          I THINK THAT'S A BIGGER PLANT. 
          IT'S A BIGGER PLANT AND DILUTION HELPS, YOU KNOW. 
          ALRIGHT, WELL I THINK WE CAN TALK OFFLINE. 
          I MEAN, IF I GOT TO, I CAN, THE SKY BOX GOT, CAN I ADD SOMETHING? MY NAME IS PA BA WITH FREEZE AT NICHOLS. 
          WHAT WE ARE TALKING HERE IS, UH, KENDALL MENTIONED THAT THE PLAN IS 1.7 MGD. 
          AND THE REASON THAT, UH, CERAMIC BECOME REALLY EXPENSIVE. 
          THE CERAMIC MEMBRANE IS EXPENSIVE, BUT WE DESIGNED THE PLAN FOR 1.7 MGD AVERAGE FLOW, BUT WE REALLY DESIGNED IT FOR FOUR TIMES 1.7 MGD BECAUSE THE PLAN IS GONNA SEE SOME REALLY HIGH PEAK FLOW DURING THE, IT'S WHAT'S CALLED THE PEAKING FACTOR, CORRECT. 
          PEAKING FACTOR. 
          SO YEAH, 3.3 OR FOUR. 
          SO THE CERAMIC MEMBRANE, IF IT GOES AS A PILOT OR SOMETHING ON A SIDE STREAM, DOESN'T NEED TO BE THAT MUCH BECAUSE IT COULD GO TO EQUALIZATION BASIN AND GO TO THE SMALL CERAMIC MEMBRANE FACILITY TO CLEAN TO MEET IF IT'S NEED TO GO THROUGH THE CERAMIC MEMBRANE. 
          ULTRA FILTRATION, FOR EXAMPLE. 
          BUT TO DESIGN FOR AVERAGE DAILY FLOW TIMES IS FOUR PEAKING FACTOR. 
          IT'S PRETTY SIGNIFICANT. 
          ALSO, ANOTHER THING COMPARING CERAMIC MEMBRANE VERSUS CLOT MEDIA. 
          THE PORE SIZE IS ALMOST A HUNDRED TIMES LARGER ON A CLOT MEDIA VERSUS CERAMIC 0.1 ULTRAFILTRATION BRACELET VERSUS 10 MICRO. 
          AND IT'S PUT LOTS OF PRESSURE ON TRAM MEMBRANE DURING THE PEAK FALL, PEAK EVENTS. 
          AND THEN LOTS OF PEAK EVENTS WE'RE SEEING IN THE, UM, HUDDLE. 
          SO IT HAS TO BE MAYBE MORE CONSERVATIVE NUMBERS, YOU KNOW, IF YOU'RE USING IT FOR THAT. 
          SO BASICALLY IT ADDS LOTS OF COST TO DESIGN FOR THE WASTEWATER, BUT AS YOU MENTIONED, IT MAY, IT COULD BE A SIDESTREAM A T OR SOMETHING, WHATEVER THEY NEEDED. 
          AND IT COULD BE THE 1.7 MG D BECAUSE IT COULD GO TO EQUALIZATION BASIN EQUALIZE AND A STREAM FLOW. 
          LIKE THEY NEED 1.7 MG D 1.7 MG D GO VERSUS DESIGNING FOR 5.62 MG D THAT'S PRETTY HIGH. 
          I APPRECIATE YOUR GUYS' PATIENCE WITH ME. 
          I'M NOT AN VEVO LIKE GUY. 
          I, I I ONLY USE THEM BECAUSE I DON'T KNOW WHO ELSE IS IN THAT INDUSTRY, BUT IT'S LIKE, IF I WANNA DRIVE A TRUCK, I'LL JUST SAY FORD. 
          BUT IF PEOPLE TELL ME A TRUCK'S A BAD IDEA AND THE MINIVANS BETTER FOR MY FAMILY, I'LL KEEP SAYING FORD. 
          SO I, IT IS NOT THAT I'M A VIVO FAN, I DON'T EVEN KNOW IF I'M A FAN OF THE TECHNOLOGY. 
          'CAUSE I DON'T EVEN KNOW IF WE HAVE A GOOD GRASP ON WHAT IT COSTS TO DO IT. 
          I'M JUST TRYING TO MAKE SURE WE DO ALL THAT BECAUSE WE'RE RAISING PEOPLE'S RATES AND I DON'T WANNA SPEND A BUNCH OF MONEY THAT WE'RE NOT GONNA NEED. 
          SO I AGREE WITH YOU THERE. 
          UM, SO I'LL GET MANAGER AND THAT'S, AND THAT'S WHERE WE'RE, THAT'S WHERE WE'RE COMING FROM. 
          WE SAW THE RATE PRESENTATION, WE UNDERSTAND THE, WHAT YOU'RE DEALING WITH AND, AND THIS, THIS IS A PLACE, I THINK WHERE YOU CAN MAKE A SMART DECISION AND, AND MOVE ON. 
          SO THAT'S WHAT WE'RE LOOKING FOR AT SOME POINT IS FOR YOU TO SAY, YES, WE'RE IN AGREEMENT SO THAT WE CAN PROCEED WITH THE DESIGN BECAUSE WE ALSO KNOW THAT YOU'VE GOT DEVELOPMENT CH YOU KNOW, BANGING ON THE DOOR AND THIS PLANT NEEDS TO GET EXPANDED. 
          I KNOW THAT THAT'S, YOU KNOW, WE'VE BEEN, WE THAT'S, THAT'S BEEN CONVEYED TO US, US WHEN WE STARTED GET THIS DONE AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE. 
          IS THIS SOMETHING WE NEED TO PROVE TONIGHT, JAMES? OR DO WE NEED TO TRY TO GET A COUPLE ANSWERS? OR IS IT GONNA BE THAT BIG OF AN ISSUE FOR A CHANGE ORDER THAT IN A MONTH OR TWO MONTHS, YOU GUYS GOT WHAT, A YEAR TO DESIGN THIS? UM, SORRY, WHAT'S IT TAKE TO DESIGN THIS? YEAH, I, I DON'T THINK WE WANT TO START DESIGN WITHOUT KNOWING WHAT WE'RE GONNA DO HERE. 
          I, IT, IT AFFECTS THE SITE PLAN. 
          IT AFFECTS A WHOLE BUNCH OF THINGS. 
          I THINK WE WANT TO KNOW WE'RE USING CLOTH OR USING CERAMIC BEFORE WE START DESIGN. 
          I'D HATE TO, I'D HATE TO START DOWN THE PATH OF USING DESIGNING AROUND CLOTH AND THEN, YOU KNOW, THREE MONTHS FROM NOW YOU SAY, OH NO, WE CHANGED OUR MIND. 
          IT'S, WE WANT TO USE CERAMICS. 
          THERE'S GONNA BE A LOT OF REWORK. 
          WHAT'S THE COST TO DESIGN THIS? WE'RE WORKING THROUGH THE, UH, EFFORT. 
          BASICALLY WE PROVIDE THE EFFORT TO THE CITY C TO DESIGN THAT. 
          RIGHT NOW WE'RE CONTRACT FOR PROVIDING THE, UH, DESIGN REPORT. 
          BASICALLY COMPARING IT AND GOING THROUGH THE 30%. 
          AND IT TAKES YEAR AND A FEW MONTHS BASICALLY TO COMPLETE THE DESIGN IF WE REALLY EXPEDITE THE DESIGN AND STAY ON THE SCHEDULE, EVERYTHING. 
          SO IT TAKES, UH, 14, 15 MONTHS TO DESIGN. 
          SO TO THE COUNCIL, I CRAZY FOR EVEN TRYING TO FIGURE THIS OUT BEFORE WE HEAD DOWN A HOLE. 
          NOW, I DON'T WANNA KEEP PROLONGING THIS, BUT I'M LIKE, I FEEL LIKE FOR SIX MONTHS I'VE BEEN TRYING TO FIGURE OUT HOW, HOW DO YOU DO THIS? AND I DON'T KNOW HOW TO MAKE THE, 
          [05:40:01]
I'M BEING TOLD YOU GUYS HAVE BEEN DIRECTED ONE ROUTE AND THAT'S THE ONLY WAY YOU CAN GO. 
          AND I'M LIKE, YEAH, I FEEL LIKE IF WE COULD GET A BETTER ANSWER WITHIN LIKE, I DUNNO, 60 DAYS, 90 DAYS, SOMETHING LIKE THAT, THEN, THEN WE CAN KNOW WE, WE MADE THE RIGHT DECISION. 
          I HAVE ANOTHER PRESENTATION AFTER HERE, WHICH WE TALK ABOUT THE FLOW RATE. 
          SO YOU MAY GONNA LISTEN TO THAT ONE AND THEN, UH, UM, FOR RE-RATING THE PLAN AND BASICALLY PROVIDING SOME BREEDING ROOM FOR THE CITY PROVIDE BREEDING ROOM. 
          BUT ALSO IT SHOWS YOU THAT IF WE MOVE WITH THE SCHEDULE, WHAT WE HAVE IS, IT'S PRETTY TIGHT. 
          SO THE UH, FLOW COMING TO THE SOUTH IS KEEP INCREASING RIGHT NOW IS AT THE 0.75 MG D AVERAGE. 
          AND YOU SEE SOME SPIKES IS, UH, EXCEEDING THE ONE MGD PLAN CAPACITY. 
          AND UM, BASICALLY THE SCHEDULE WE SHOWED, YOU KNOW, IN THIS PRESENTATION OR THE, UH, IN THIS PRESENTATION BASICALLY FIRST PAGE OR SECOND SLIDE, IT SHOWS THAT IT TAKES A YEAR, YEAR AND A HALF TO COMPLETE THE DESIGN AND THEN TWO YEARS FOR CONSTRUCTION. 
          SO BASICALLY, UM, THE PLAN GONNA COMMISSION BY END OF 2029, EARLY 2030. 
          AND BUT THAT TIME, YOU KNOW, THE, UH, CENTRAL PIPE ALREADY EXCEEDS ONE MGD. 
          SO JUST, JUST WANNA MENTION THAT THAT'S, UM, ANOTHER, SO WE GOT A PROBLEM. 
          YES, YES. 
          I MEAN, YEAH, THE FLOW INCREASING AND WE HAVE TO MOVE FAST. 
          I MEAN, CITY, EVERYBODY HAS TO BASICALLY, I'LL JUST SHIP A PACKAGE PLAN OVER THERE AND BE FINE. 
          MAYBE WE CAN BUY ONE FROM ONE OF THESE MUDS THAT WE KEEP PUTTING OUT OF BUSINESS. 
          YEAH. 
          UM, THANK Y'ALL FOR THE WORK THAT Y'ALL BEEN DOING ON THIS AND THANK YOU. 
          THE MAIN THING I WANTED TO GET ACROSS WAS UNDERSTANDING THAT THERE'S MORE THAT'S PLAYING INTO THE CALCULUS BECAUSE OF THE FUTURE WATER SUPPLY ISSUES AND THE COST OF THOSE FUTURE WATER SUPPLIES. 
          SO. 
          SURE. 
          THANK YOU. 
          I HAVE ANOTHER PRESENTATION ALSO. 
          I'M NOT SURE. 
          IS IT BACK? OH, OKAY. 
          IF YOU GUYS WANT TO MOVE THE OTHER ONE OR YOU GUYS GONNA MAKE, WHAT'S THAT? I MEAN, I HAVE ANOTHER PRESENTATION. 
          OH, OKAY. 
          SO YEAH, SURE. 
          YEAH. 
          NO, GO AHEAD. 
          OKAY. 
          I'M NOT SURE IF IT'S F FOR HERE. 
          OKAY. 
          THANK YOU. 
          SO AGAIN, MY NAME IS PAM BANI WITH FREEZE AND NICHOLS. 
          UH, THANK YOU FOR GIVING US THE OPPORTUNITY TO PRESENT THE RE-RATE, UH, FINDING. 
          THE GOAL IS TO WALK THROUGH THE RE-RATE, UH, REPORT FINDING AND RECOMMENDATIONS AND BASICALLY ANSWER ANY QUESTION YOU MAY HAVE. 
          THE OVERVIEW OF THE CITY'S PRIORITIES, BASICALLY TO INCREASE THE, UH, PLANT WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT CAPACITY AS SOON AS POSSIBLE WITHOUT SLOWING DOWN THE DEVELOPMENT. 
          ALSO MAINTAIN THE TCQ COMPLIANCE, SO STAY WITHIN THE TTCQ COMPLIANCE. 
          AND OUR TODAY'S OBJECTIVE IN THIS PRESENTATION IS BASICALLY TO REVIEW THE RERATE STUDY FINDINGS AND PROVIDE RECOMMENDATIONS. 
          SO WHAT'S A RERATE, UH, STUDY OR WHAT IT TAKES TO RERATE A PLAN? SO BASICALLY, IN A NUTSHELL, TO RERATE A PLAN OR FOR RE-RATE, THERE ARE TWO MAIN FACTORS. 
          ONE IS WHAT'S THE ACTUAL CAPACITY OF THE PLANT? HOW, HOW MUCH THIS PLANT CAN TREAT WATER? AND THE SECOND QUESTION IS, WHAT'S THE TCQ PERMIT LIMIT? HOW MUCH TCQ ALLOWS FOR THIS PLANT TO DISCHARGE TO THE, UH, RECEIVING STREAM OR IN THIS CASE CREEK? SO THESE ARE TWO SEPARATE QUESTIONS, LIKE HOW MUCH THE CAPACITY I HAVE IN THE WASTEWATER, HOW MUCH IT CAN TREAT, AND HOW MUCH C UH, TCQ ALLOWS US TO DISCHARGE INTO THE CREEK. 
          UM, AT CENTRAL PLAN, FOR EXAMPLE, UM, IT WAS DESIGNED AND PERMITTED FOR 1 MILLION GALLON PER DAY BACK IN 2004. 
          OUR ASSESSMENT SHOWS THAT THE PLAN CAN RELIABLY DISCHARGE OR TREAT 1.2 MILLION GALLON PER DAY WITH EXISTING EQUIPMENT WITHOUT MAKING ANY MAJOR IMPROVEMENT. 
          ANYTHING IT COULD TREAT 1.2 MGD, BUT TCQ LIMITED THE PLAN TO ONE MG D PER THE PAPERWORK ON THE PAPER, ET CETERA. 
          SO BACK TO THE SLIDE. 
          THERE ARE BASICALLY THREE MAIN STEPS. 
          ONE IS CAPACITY EVALUATION. 
          SO WE ARE GONNA GO EVALUATE EACH TREATMENT UNIT AND BASICALLY IDENTIFY THE BOTTLENECKS IN EACH TREATMENT UNITS AND FIND THE MAXIMUM, UH, CAPACITY THE PLAN 
          [05:45:01]
CAN TREAT AND PROVIDE THE RECOMMENDATION THAT THAT WOULD BE THE MAXIMUM CAPACITY THE PLAN CAN TREAT. 
          THE SECOND STEP IS BASICALLY TCQ COORDINATION AND SUBMITTING THE APPLICATION TO THE TCQ. 
          SO BASICALLY DOCUMENT ALL THOSE FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS AND, UH, SUBMIT THE AMENDMENT TO THE TCQ TO UPDATE THE PERMIT LIMIT. 
          THE THIRD STEP IS APPROVAL AND REVIEW. 
          SO BASICALLY TCQ REVIEW AND APPROVE THE, UH, RERATE TO INCREASE THE PLAN CAPACITY. 
          SO BASICALLY IT PROVIDES ENOUGH BREATHING ROOM FOR THE CITY FOR, UH, SEVERAL YEARS OF GROWTH WHILE THE, UH, PLANT, CURRENT PLANT EXPANSION, UH, BEING DESIGNED AND BUILT. 
          SO THIS IS THE HISTORICAL DATA FROM 2019, UH, FOR THE CITY OF HALO CENTRAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLAN, THE BLUE LINES OR THE HORIZONTAL LINE INDICATE THE TCQ PERMIT LIMIT ONE MGD. 
          THAT'S HOW MUCH THE PERMIT LIMITS, UH, THE PLAN CAN DISCHARGE TO THE CREEK. 
          AND THE GREEN LINE IS BASICALLY THE HISTORICAL AVERAGE FLOW, ANNUAL AVERAGE FLOW. 
          AND AS YOU CAN SEE, IT'S SLOWLY INCREASING PER YEAR. 
          AND BASICALLY THE AVERAGE IS AROUND 0.74 MGD. 
          SO IN A SUMMARY, THE CURRENT FLOW PERMIT, UH, THE CURRENT FLOW TO THE PLAN IS 0.4 MGD. 
          ON AVERAGE, THE EXISTING OR CURRENT TCQ PERMIT LIMIT IS 0.99 MGD. 
          WE ARE PROPOSING TO RERATE THE CENTRAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT TO 1.2 MGD. 
          AND THE CURRENT PLANT EXPANSION IS TO BASICALLY EXPAND THE CAPACITY TO 1.7 MGD. 
          UM, SO THIS IS THE FLOW PROJECTIONS PROVIDED IN THE 2022 MASTER PLAN BY ANOTHER CONSULTING FIRM. 
          THE VERTICAL BLUE BARS ARE THE, UH, FLOW PROJECTIONS PER YEAR. 
          SO EACH YEAR SHOWS THE FLOW PROJECTIONS AND THE RED DOTTED LINE IS THE TCQ, UM, UM, PERMIT PERMIT. 
          SO AS YOU CAN SEE IN 2026, WE ANTICIPATE THE, UH, FLOW EXCEEDS THE PERMITTED CAPACITY. 
          SO BY RE-RATING THE PLAN, IT PROVIDES ENOUGH BREATHING ROOM FOR THE PLANT TO STAY WITHIN TO STAY WITHIN THE TCQ PERMIT LIMIT UNTIL THE, UH, EXPANSION COMPLETE IT. 
          THIS IS A SUMMARY OF RERATE STUDY FOR EACH FACILITY. 
          AS YOU CAN SEE, BASICALLY, AT LEAST AT ALL THE FACILITY AND THE UH, HORIZONTAL BARS ARE BASICALLY SHOWS THE CAPACITY OF EACH, UH, TREATMENT UNIT AND THE LOWER NUMBER IS THE BOTTLENECK. 
          SO BASICALLY THE MAXIMUM THE PLAN CAN BE RERATED IS 1.2 MGD BECAUSE, FOR EXAMPLE, THE DEWATERING BELT FILTER PRESS OR THE BLOWERS OR AERATION BASING CANNOT TREAT MORE THAN 1.2 MGD. 
          SO THE BOTTLENECKS HERE IS 1.2 MILLION GALLON PER DAY. 
          SO IN SUMMARY, FRIES AND NICKEL RECOMMENDS RERATING THE EXISTING CENTRAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLAN TO ADD INTERIM CAPACITY AND GIVE THE CITY BREATHING ROOM UNTIL THE NEXT EXPANSION COMES ONLINE. 
          SO IT REQUIRES, FOR THE RERATING, IT REQUIRES TO SUBMIT A NEW TPDS MINOR AMENDMENT APPLICATION. 
          IT INCREASES THE PLAN CAPACITY WITHOUT A MAJOR, UH, IMPROVEMENT OR NEW CONSTRUCTION. 
          IT MAINTAINS THE TCQ COMPLIANCE AND IT ACCOMMODATES GROWTH UNTIL THE NEW EXPANSION COMES ONLINE. 
          THIS IS THE SCHEDULE FOR RE-RATING THE PLAN. 
          BASICALLY WE COMPLETED THE RER STUDY TM, SO WE ARE AT THE CITY APPROVAL AND PREPARE PERMIT APPLICATION. 
          SO IF C AUTHORIZED TO MOVE FORWARD WITH A RE-RATING, IT TAKES FEW WEEKS FOR US TO PREPARE THE TCQ PERMIT APPLICATION AND SUBMITTED BY 8 29 TO THE TCQ. 
          THAT'S OUR PLAN IS SUBMITTED BY 8 29 AND IT TAKES 12 TO 15 MONTHS FOR TCQ TO APPROVE IT. 
          AND, UH, IF GOES BY THE PLAN, WE ANTICIPATE IT TO COME ONLINE, I MEAN TO RERATE THE PLAN ON THE PAPER. 
          SO BASICALLY IT'S JUST UPDATING THE PAPER AND CHANGING THE PAPERWORK ON THE TCQ BECAUSE THE PLAN CAN'T HANDLE MORE. 
          SO BY END OF NEXT YEAR THE TCQ SHOULD APPROVE AND, UH, INCREASE THE PLAN CAPACITY. 
          IT'S JUST A MAINLY PAPERWORK BY THE TCQ. 
          SO JAMES, WE NEED A MOTION TO DIRECT STAFF TO PROCEED WITH THE RE-RATE. 
          YES. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          THAT'LL BE MY MOTION. 
          [05:50:05]
WE DID THIS FOR THE, I WAS TALKING TO GORDON. 
          WE DID THIS FOR THE SOUTH PLANT ALREADY, RIGHT? YES. 
          WE HAD, WE HAD DONE IT ALREADY, YES. 
          DOWN THERE. 
          CORRECT. 
          CAN, CAN I ASK A QUESTION BEFORE Y'ALL TAKE THE VOTE? SURE. 
          PAM, CAN I, WE CAN RE-RATE TO 1.2 RIGHT NOW WITHOUT MAKING ANY CHANGES TO PROCESSES OR ANYTHING ELSE THAT IT'S ALREADY CAPABLE OF DOING IT WITH THE, WITH THE TABLE THAT YOU SHOWED OF THE LOWER CORRECT THRESHOLD OF BEING THOSE PARTICULAR ITEMS. OKAY. 
          THERE IS ONE THING. 
          THERE IS A VERY MINOR EQUIPMENT NEED TO BE UPDATED, WHICH IS THE OPERATOR CAN UPDATE IT. 
          SO THERE IS NO MAJOR ANYTHING. 
          SO LET ME ASK A VERY, VERY CRAZY QUESTION. 
          WHAT'S THE COST? WE'RE GONNA SPEND $65 MILLION TO EFFECTIVELY INCREASE OUR PLANT TREATMENT CAPACITY BY HALF A MILLION GALLONS PER DAY. 
          IS THERE NOT A SOLUTION THAT ALLOWS US TO MOVE WATER OUT OF THAT BASIN WASTE WATER OUT OF THAT BASIN INTO THE SOUTHERN PLANT THAT IS CHEAPER THAN $65 MILLION? THIS, UH, WELCOME BACK . 
          HAVE YOU JAMES? HE'S BEEN GONE. 
          WELCOME BACK. 
          'CAUSE THE WHOLE TIME I'VE BEEN SITTING THERE, I'M LIKE, DAMN, WE JUST DID 4 MILLION GALLONS FOR 180 MILLION AND NOW YOU'RE TELLING ME HALF A MILLION. 
          IT'S REALLY, YOU STILL NEED TO RERATE HALF A MILLION. 
          AND THE REASON I'M SAYING IT THIS PLAN, BECAUSE NOT LOTS OF NEW TREATMENT UNITS SUCH AS HEADWORKS, SUCH AS UV DISINFECTION, SUCH AS, UM, TERTIARY EQUIPMENT. 
          OH YEAH, YEAH. 
          SO THOSE ARE ALL NEED TO BE SIZED FOR 3.25. 
          I'M TRACKING, I I I UNDERSTAND ALL, I'VE BUILT WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTS BEFORE. 
          OKAY. 
          SO THOSE ARE NEED TO BE S BUT FUNCTIONALLY I'M GOING FROM 1.2 TO 1.7 FUNCTIONALLY ON A PERMIT. 
          THAT'S WHAT WE'RE DOING. 
          CORRECT. 
          AND I'M GONNA SPEND $65 MILLION TO BE ABLE TO TREAT AN ADDITIONAL 500,000 GALLONS. 
          SO MY THINKING IS WE COULD PROBABLY BUILD AN INTERCEPTOR THAT WOULD BYPASS THE CENTRAL PLANT FROM, FROM THAT BASIN AND MOVE THAT TO THE SOUTH PLANT WHERE WE HAVE THE CAPACITY FOR CHEAPER THAN 65 MILLION. 
          AND THEN JUST LEAVE THE CENTRAL PLAN AT 1.2 AND BE DONE. 
          BOOM. 
          THE RE-RATE GUY ALREADY LEFT? NO, THE RE-RATE GUY'S RIGHT HERE? NO, NO. 
          OH, THE WATER WASTEWATER. 
          YEAH, THAT ONE. 
          OKAY BUD. 
          WE NEED YOU TO PUNCH SOMETHING IN YOUR CALCULATION. 
          UH, NOW THAT OUGHT TO BE AN EASY FIX BECAUSE WE OUGHT TO BE ABLE TO KNOW PIPING. 
          IT WOULD BE A SIMPLE EXERCISE. 
          I DON'T KNOW THAT IT'S A SIMPLE SOLUTION BECAUSE THE, BECAUSE THE, THE INTERCEPTOR THAT WE'RE BUILDING ALONG THE SOUTHEAST LOOP IS LIKE A $50 MILLION WASTEWATER LINE. 
          SO IT DOESN'T NECESSARILY MEAN THAT IT PENCILS OUT AND THAT IT'S BETTER, BUT THAT WE GOTTA AT LEAST WE GOT TO AT LEAST LOOK TO SEE IF THERE IS A FUNCTIONAL WAY TO BYPASS THE CENTRAL PLANT AND JUST LET IT TREAT THE 1.2 MILLION AND ALLOW EVERYTHING ELSE TO GET OVER INTO THE BASIN TO GET DOWN TO THE SOUTH PLANT AND THEN NOT SPEND THE FULL AMOUNT THAT WE WERE ANTICIPATING TO SPEND JUST TO ADD AN ADDITIONAL 500,000 GALLONS OF PERMANENT CAPACITY. 
          CORRECT. 
          ONE THING I WANT TO ADD HERE ALSO IS, UM, THIS IS ALSO ON THE SOUTH ACROSS TO LOOK AT THE SALT TO MAKE SURE THAT BECAUSE SALT HAS SIX MGD CAPACITY GONNA COME ONLINE IN 2027 MM-HMM . 
          EARLY 2027 AND ANTICIPATED TO GO TO ANOTHER EXPANSION FEW YEARS LATER. 
          SO IT MAY GONNA YEAH, I'M TRACKING A LOT OF THAT ANTICIPATED EXPANSION IS PAPER. 
          YOU KNOW, SO I MEAN, WE, WE EFFECTIVELY ARE TRIPLING, TRIPLING THE CAPACITY, THE TREATMENT CAPACITY THAT'S DOWN THERE TODAY. 
          MM-HMM . 
          RIGHT NOW IN THE ENTIRE CITY, WE HAVE TWO AND ONE. 
          SO WE HAVE THREE AND WE'RE GOING TO SIX AND ONE, WHICH IS SEVEN. 
          SO FOR US TO PHYSICALLY DOUBLE OUR CURRENT WASTEWATER THAT WE'RE COLLECTING IN A SHORT PERIOD OF TIME, I MEAN, I, I KNOW IT'S PHYSICALLY POSSIBLE, BUT IS IT PROBABLE? PROBABLY NOT. 
          SO ALL THE SAME. 
          I I THINK, I THINK WE ACTUALLY HAVE TO, WE HAVE TO ANSWER THAT WE HAVE TO LOOK AT AND ANSWER THAT QUESTION. 
          OKAY. 
          BUT WE'RE GONNA DO THE RATE STUDY, THE, THE RERATE. 
          WE'RE DOING THE RERATE REGARDLESS. 
          WE'RE GONNA DO THAT. 
          YEAH. 
          WELL Y'ALL HAVE TO VOTE TO DO IT, BUT YEAH. 
          YEAH. 
          WE'RE GONNA VOTE TO DO THAT. 
          YEAH. 
          WE DON'T KNOW IF WE'RE GONNA DO THAT, BUT, BUT YEAH, YOU, YOU NEED TO DO THAT JUST TO STAY OUT OF TROUBLE WITH TCEQ BECAUSE YOU'RE, BEFORE YOU DO ANYTHING AT THE CENTRAL PLANTS, YOU'RE GONNA BE EXCEEDING YOUR DISCHARGE PERMIT. 
          SURE. 
          SO YOU NEED TO DO THIS JUST TO, JUST TO GET THE ROOM IN YOUR PERMIT. 
          YEAH. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          ANY DISCUSSION? ANY MORE DISCUSSION ON THE, UH, MOTION TO HAVE THEM RE-RATE THE PLANT? HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL 
          [05:55:01]
THE VOTE. 
          I'M SORRY, WHO WAS THE SECOND? UH, MORRIS. 
          THANK YOU MAYOR SNYDER. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER KING. 
          AYE. 
          MAYOR PRO TIM THORNTON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD. 
          AYE. 
          MOTION PASSES. 
          7 0 20 YEARS AGO I DID A 2 MILLION GALLON PER DAY EXPANSION. 
          IT COST $4 MILLION 20 YEARS AGO. 
           WELL, AS RECENT AS PROBABLY 2018, WE USED $10 A GALLON FOR PLANNING PURPOSES AND NOW IT'S, AND NOW IT'S 40. 
          YEAH. 
          AND JUST THE LAST SEVEN YEARS. 
          YEAH. 
          I THOUGHT I GOT A FAT RAISE AND I WENT ABOVE FOUR AND A QUARTER AN HOUR AND BOY WAS I MISTAKEN TODAY? LOOKING BACK. 
          YEAH. 
          THANK YOU GUYS. 
          SO IN ADDITION TO WHAT WE MAY WANT TO BE DOING WITH RE WITH REUSE WATER OUT AT THE DATA CENTER, YOU WANT TO LOOK AT, YOU'RE GONNA BE LOOKING AT THE ALTERNATIVE OF DIVERTING SOME OF THIS FLOW AROUND CENTRAL TO, OKAY, SO WE'RE TO STAND PAT ON THE DESIGN AT THIS POINT. 
          WE DON'T MOVE AHEAD ON IT. 
          NO, I WOULDN'T MOVE FORWARD ON THE DESIGN FOR THAT. 
          BUT WE MIGHT TAP Y'ALL FOR IT. 
          I MEAN WE'RE GONNA HAVE TO LOOK AT IT AND WE MAY NEED YOU TO, TO STUDY THAT, YOU KNOW, WHICH MAY BE A DIFFERENT YEAH, IT MAY BE THAT IF YOU DIVERT THAT, IF ALL IT'S EVER GONNA BE IS 1.7 MG D PLANT 1.2 OR 1.20 OKAY. 
          WE RERATE IT, WE RERATE IT AND WE DON'T EXPAND IT. 
          OH, YOU DON'T EXPAND IT AT ALL? MM-HMM. 
          YEAH. 
          AND THEN WE JUST, WE JUST BYPASS IT AND TAKE ALL THE FLOW FROM THAT BASIN INTO THE SOUTH. 
          'CAUSE IF YOU CAN BUILD AN INTERCEPTOR AND PUT THE LINE IN FOR $30 MILLION, WELL YOU'RE UP 35 MILLION. 
          BUT IF HE COMES BACK AND SAYS FOR $58 MILLION YOU CAN DO AN INTERCEPTOR IN LINE, I'D PROBABLY SPEND A 7 MILLION AND I'D HAVE TO GO THROUGH AND PUT ALL THAT LINE IN. 
          BUT YEAH, PLUS THERE IS SOME REAL COST TO THE FACT THAT YOU'RE CONSUMING CAPACITY IN A PLANT, YOU KNOW, SO, BUT NO, THEN YOU ARE GONNA WANNA EXPAND IT AGAIN. 
          YOU KNOW, WE KNOW YOU HAVE DIFFICULT PROBLEMS, SO LET US KNOW WHAT WE CAN DO TO HELP. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          THANK YOU. 
          I APPRECIATE YOUR PATIENCE WITH THIS. 
          YOU GUYS TRAVEL SAFE? I KNOW IT'S 
          [12.2. Discussion on the 5-Year CIP (2026-2030 Capital Improvement Program), funding sources and possible action. (Matt Rector)]
LATE. 
          SO, HEY MATT, ARE YOU WANT US TO, ARE YOU WANNA JUST GIVE US A QUICK CIP THING OR YOU WANT US TO DIG IN AND START DOING THAT? OR IS THERE, WELL, SO HERE'S THE THING. 
          ARE YOU OKAY IF WE TRY TO, UM, IF, IF Y'ALL ARE OKAY WITH ME, BECAUSE I'M GONNA BE DOING BUDGET BEFORE Y'ALL ARE ABLE TO TACKLE THIS EFFECTIVELY. 
          NOW. 
          SO IF YOU'RE OKAY WITH ME PROGRAMMING IN THE WATER WASTE WATER THAT IS JUST CURRENTLY IN THE RATE STUDY RIGHT. 
          THAT YOU SAW TONIGHT. 
          IF YOU'RE OKAY WITH ME PROGRAMMING THAT IN, IN THE CIP AND YOU'RE OKAY WITH THE ROADS THAT WERE PRIORITIZED? IS THAT WHAT YOU WERE THERE'S SOME DOLLAR AMOUNT THAT WE WERE LOOKING AT FOR DEBT ISSUANCES FOR, FOR ROADS FOR THIS UPCOMING YEAR. 
          AS LONG AS THERE'S NOT GONNA BE ANY MUCKING WITH THE NUMBERS. 
          BECAUSE FOR ME TO DO THE NO NEW REVENUE RATE, AND I KNOW, YOU KNOW, THIS MARIS, THIS ISN'T REALLY FOR YOU. 
          THIS IS PROBABLY FOR THE NEWER FOLKS FOR ME TO DO THE NO NEW REVENUE RATE, THAT THAT IS A, THAT IS A RATE THAT I'M CAPPED AT. 
          SO IF THE INS PORTION, SO THERE'S M AND O MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS AND INS, WHICH IS INTEREST IN SYNCING, THOSE TWO NUMBERS ADDED TOGETHER HAVE TO EQUAL THE NO NEW REVENUE RATE. 
          IF WE ISSUE MORE DEBT IN THE GENERAL FUND THAN WHAT I ANTICIPATE AND THE INS RATE NEEDS TO GO UP, THAT MEANS I HAVE TO CUT OPERATING EXPENSES DOWN IN ORDER TO MAKE THAT WORK. 
          AND IF I DON'T KNOW THAT LIKE TONIGHT BECAUSE I'M FINALIZING BUDGET THIS NEXT WEEK, THEN I COULD OVERSHOOT THE OPERATING BECAUSE I'M GONNA HAVE TO GO AND CUT IT IN ORDER TO FIX INS TO MAKE INS WORK. 
          SO, SO LONG AS Y'ALL OKAY. 
          WITH THE ASSUMPTIONS THAT WE'RE, WE'RE BUILDING INTO BUDGET DOLLAR WISE, I DON'T CARE IF YOU CHANGE PROJECTS AROUND OR WHATEVER ELSE. 
          IF YOU'RE OKAY WITH DOLLAR WISE, THEN I THINK I'M OKAY WITH US NOT SPENDING FOUR HOURS ON CIP AND AND EATING BREAKFAST AT IHOP. 
          YEAH. 
          SO, UM, YEAH. 
          'CAUSE ALL I WAS GONNA SAY IS ON THE CIPA SUBCOMMITTEE MEETING, WHAT I THINK WE'RE LOOKING AT IS A REALLY GOOD IDEA OF THE BUDGET IN TERMS OF WHAT ARE WE ACTUALLY GOING TO BE ABLE TO DO NEXT YEAR AND BUDGET THAT. 
          AND THEN IF THERE'S A ROAD PROJECT NOT FUNDED, THAT CAN START. 
          BUT WE HAVE A ROAD PROJECT FUNDED THAT CAN'T START MOVING MONEY AROUND. 
          I THINK ULTIMATELY, I DON'T KNOW IF ANYBODY THAT WOULDN'T WANNA BORROW MONEY TO GET UP TO NO NEW REVENUE, WHETHER WE HAVE PROJECT FOR IT OR NOT. 
          IF YOU FIND SPACE MM-HMM . 
          AND YOU SAY YOU CAN BORROW 15, $20 MILLION, 
          [06:00:01]
WE'RE GOOD. 
          AND WE'VE DONE EVERYTHING. 
          I THINK EVERYBODY'S, I DON'T THINK ANYBODY WANTS TO GO BELOW NO NEW REVENUE. 
          SO THEY WANNA, THEY WANNA MAX IT OUT. 
          MY MY BIGGER CONCERN IS THAT THE INS BECOMES BIGGER AND EATS INTO THE M AND O AND I'M ENDING UP HAVING TO CUT OPERATING EXPENDITURES FROM LIKE THE EXISTING BUDGET. 
          I'M HAVING TO CUT THAT DOWN BECAUSE I DON'T HAVE ENOUGH M AND O COMPONENT TO STILL BE AT NO NEW REVENUE. 
          SO, UH, SO I WOULD BE DOING THE M AND O UH, PORTION OF THE BUDGET AND THEN SEEING WHAT BONDING CAPACITY IS LEFT. 
          AND MY ASSUMPTIONS ARE THAT WE WOULD BE FUNDING THE THINGS THAT WE WERE ALREADY PLANNING TO FUND WITHOUT Y'ALL MOVING THINGS AROUND. 
          AND THEN THAT WILL GIVE US A CERTAIN NUMBER. 
          THE DOLLARS WILL EFFECTIVELY BE AVAILABLE FOR THE DEBT ISSUANCES. 
          IF Y'ALL WANNA MOVE PROJECTS IN AND OUT, IT MAKES NO DIFFERENCE. 
          EVERYBODY'S OKAY. 
          THAT RIGHT? YEAH, I'M GOOD. 
          OKAY. 
          I HOPE YOU DIDN'T SAY THE WHOLE TIME 'CAUSE I WAS, UM, SO TO YOUR POINT, CITY MANAGER, WHAT WE HAD PLANNED, AND THIS WAS IN THE PRIOR CIP PRESENTATION BEFORE YOU GUYS DID YOUR NO NEW REVENUE, BUT ALL THAT KINDA STUFF. 
          WHAT WE HAD PLANNED WAS THIS 96 MILLION FOR STREETS AND DRAINAGE. 
          UH, YOU CAN SEE THERE'S NO, WE DIDN'T REALLY PLAN FOR ANY DEBT ON PARKS OR ON FACILITIES. 
          UM, AND I'LL GET, LET ME, I'LL COME BACK TO FACILITIES IN JUST A SECOND THEN YOU'LL SEE THAT WE PLANNED THE 72.6 MILLION THAT YOU HEARD EARLIER IN THE, UH, WILDEN RATE STUDY WE HAD PLANNED FOR THE BOTH OF THOSE TO HAPPEN THIS YEAR. 
          UM, AND SO I THINK THOSE ARE THE NUMBERS THAT CITY MANAGER WAS ASKING ABOUT. 
          AND THEN WHEN I GO BACK TO FACILITIES, UH, THE SPECIFIC THING THAT I WANTED TO CLARIFY, I, I UNDERSTAND HAVING SAT THROUGH THE CONVERSATION EARLIER, THAT YOU'RE NOT LOOKING TO GO TO A NOVEMBER BOND ELECTION, WHICH WAS ONE OF MY QUESTIONS FOR THIS. 
          HOWEVER, I ALSO HEARD THAT YOU'RE THINKING THAT YOU WANNA DO A MAY BOND ELECTION. 
          SO I JUST WANNA MAKE SURE THE COUNSEL UNDERSTANDS WHAT THAT MEANS. 
          SO IF YOU'RE GONNA DO A MAY BOND ELECTION, THAT MEANS WE HAVE TO HAVE THE LANGUAGE TO THE, IS IT THE COMPTROLLER OR, OR, UH, ATTORNEY GENERAL GENERAL TO THE ATTORNEY GENERAL BY FEBRUARY 13TH, WHICH MEANS YOU WOULD HAVE TO HAVE THE RESOLUTION CALLING FOR THE BOND ELECTION DONE IN JANUARY. 
          AND SO, LISTENING TO THE CONVERSATION EARLIER WHEN YOU WERE TALKING ABOUT THE JUSTICE CENTER, YOU, YOU'RE, IT SOUNDED LIKE YOU'RE ACTUALLY WANTING TO SEE AT LEAST A SCHEMATIC DESIGN WITH A GOOD IDEA OF THE COST. 
          SO IN ORDER TO GET THERE, WE PRETTY MUCH WOULD HAVE TO START PULLING THE TRIGGER ON DESIGN NOW. 
          SO I I JUST WANNA MAKE SURE YOU UNDERSTAND WHAT YOU'RE, WHAT YOU'RE ASKING FOR. 
          WHEN YOU SAY YOU WANT, YOU WANNA, I UNDERSTAND, BELIEVE ME, I UNDERSTAND YOU. 
          YOU WANT ALL AS MUCH INFORMATION AS YOU CAN TO MAKE A, AN INFORMED DECISION. 
          BUT IN ORDER TO GET YOU TO THAT POINT IN THE TIMELINES THAT YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT, WE PRETTY MUCH HAVE TO PULL THE TRIGGER ON STARTING DESIGN FOR ONE OR BOTH OF THESE RIGHT NOW. 
          I DON'T THINK THERE'S NO WAY TO DO BOTH. 
          I MEAN, THAT'S, ALBERTA SAYS YOU CAN DO 95 MILLION PLUS 99. 
          WELL, NO, NO, SORRY. 
          SORRY. 
          I SHOULD HAVE CLARIFIED. 
          SO THOSE NUMBERS, THAT WAS TO LIKE BUILD THEM OUT BASED ON THE NUMBERS THAT YOU SAW, THE 55 MILLION FOR THE JUSTICE CENTER THAT YOU SAW TONIGHT AND THE 40 MILLION THAT YOU SAW MONTHS AGO FOR THE PUBLIC WORK CENTER, THAT'S TO BUILD THEM OUT BASED ON THOSE NUMBERS. 
          I'M SAYING IF YOU DON'T WANNA DO THAT RIGHT NOW, AND I I I UNDERSTAND WHY YOU WOULDN'T WANT TO, BUT IF YOU WANT TO GET MORE INFORMATION THAT YOU WERE TALKING ABOUT GETTING TO THAT POINT WHERE YOU CAN SEE THE BEDROOMS AS YOU PUT IT, MAYOR AND THAT KIND OF THING, YOU CAN ACTUALLY SEE THE LAYOUTS. 
          WE GOTTA PULL A TRIGGER ON STARTING DESIGN SO THAT WE CAN GET THE ARCHITECTS ON BOARD AND WE CAN ACTUALLY GET YOU THAT INFORMATION. 
          SO YOU HAVE A GOOD COST NUMBER TO GO FORWARD WITH A BOND ELECTION IN THE TIMELINES THAT YOU'RE WANTING TO ACHIEVE. 
          SO IT WOULDN'T BE THE 55 AND THE 40, IT WOULD BE, I DON'T KNOW, ROUGHLY 10% OF EACH OF THOSE GET YOU THE DESIGN THEORETICALLY. 
          SO MAYBE IF YOU DID, I DON'T KNOW, MAYBE 2 MILLION FOR THE JUSTICE CENTER AND 2 MILLION FOR THE PUBLIC WORKS BUILDING TO START DESIGN, THEN YOU COULD PROBABLY HAVE A GOOD FEEL FOR WHAT YOU'RE WANTING IN ORDER TO DO YOUR BOND ELECTION AND THAT KIND OF STUFF. 
          THAT'S THE THING. 
          I GUESS WE GOTTA DECIDE. 
          I DON'T KNOW THAT WE'RE ABLE TO, I MEAN, I WASN'T THINKING WE'RE GONNA GO OUT AND DESIGN TWO BUILDINGS BECAUSE I DON'T KNOW WHAT YOU GUYS THINK. 
          I DON'T KNOW HOW WE DO TWO OF THEM, THAT'S BEEN MY EMAIL ISSUE WITH JAMES IS YOU DO ONE AND SOMEONE'S GOTTA WAIT. 
          IF WE DO THE JUSTICE CENTER, 
          [06:05:01]
THEN I THINK PUBLIC WORKS HAS TO WAIT A COUPLE YEARS AND, AND AND, AND, AND AGAIN. 
          BUT THAT'S WHAT YOU NEED IS INFORMATION LIKE THAT. 
          I JUST NEED TO KNOW IF, IF, IF YOU'RE WANTING ME TO HIT YOUR TIMELINES ON ONE OR BOTH OF THESE BUILDINGS, THE ONLY WAY I DO THAT IS IF I START BASICALLY NOW TO GET AN ARCHITECT ON BOARD SO WE CAN GET THIS THING ROLLING SO WE CAN GET YOU GUYS THE INFORMATION BY JANUARY SO THAT YOU CAN DO YOUR RESOLUTION TO CALL THE BOND ELECTION IN FEBRUARY SO THAT IT HITS IN MAY. 
          I THINK WE GOTTA START ON THE JUSTICE CENTER AND DEFER THE PUBLIC WORKS. 
          THAT'S I WOULD AGREE. 
          I WOULD SAY THE JUSTICE CENTER WHEN, WHEN YOU SAY NOW, LIKE WITHIN THE NEXT 30 DAYS OR SOONER? YES, PRETTY MUCH. 
          OKAY. 
          WELL, AND WHAT I'M HOPING TO GET IS I DON'T NEED A SCHEMATIC. 
          I JUST NEED, YOU KNOW HOW LIKE THE, THE OLD STYLE PANTS YOU DREW WITH LIKE A PENCIL, LIKE MM-HMM . 
          WE SAW WAS LIKE FOUR BOXES ON A PIECE OF PAPER AND SAID, BOOM. 
          I'M PRETTY SURE THAT UM, THE WORK THAT BRINKLEY SERGEANT DID INCLUDES IT, IT'S THIS MANY OFFICES, IT'S THIS MANY BATHROOMS, IT'S THIS MANY, I THINK THAT INFORMATION EXISTS, RIGHT? I I DO. 
          YEAH. 
          I THINK IF WE COULD, THAT HASN'T BEEN SHARED TO US THOUGH. 
          YEAH. 
          I'M PRETTY SURE THAT THAT SHOULD EXIST. 
          I THINK THAT COULD GET US TO A DECISION VERY QUICKLY ON AUGUST 7TH. 
          'CAUSE LIKE I SAID, ALL I'VE EVER FELT LIKE I SAW WAS FOUR BOXES ON A PIECE OF PAPER, $55 MILLION. 
          BUT YOU COULD GO SIX BOXES AND PAY A HUNDRED MILLION. 
          I WAS LIKE, WELL, BUT IF YOU'RE JUST WANTING A A, LIKE A TABLE THAT SAYS THE DIFFERENT OFFICES WITH THE SQUARE FOOTAGES AND HOW THAT'S HOW THEY GOT TO THAT. 
          YEAH. 
          45,000 OR 30,000, WHATEVER THAT NUMBER WAS. 
          SQUARE FOOTAGE. 
          WE'VE GOT THAT. 
          YEAH, I THINK THAT HELPS. 
          'CAUSE YOU, YOU GUYS ARE ASKING US TO GO TO THE PUBLIC AND ASK FOR $60 MILLION WITH THAT'S FAIR. 
          A ONE PIECE, ONE PAGE PIECE OF PAPER. 
          WE SHOT DOWN AN ENTIRE DEVELOPMENT OVER A HALF A PAGE PERFORMA. 
          WE JUST NEED SOMETHING TO GO. 
          UM, BUT I DON'T THINK WE NEED LIKE, YOU KNOW, DETAILED DRAWINGS OR ANYTHING. 
          JUST OKAY. 
          YOU KNOW, IS HE TALKING LIKE A HUNDRED DIFFERENT OFFICES TO WHERE EVERYBODY, 'CAUSE I SAW THE LOCKER ROOMS IN KYLE. 
          IT'S CRAZY. 
          I I WAS IN CLEMSON'S FOOTBALL LOCKER ROOM AND KYLE HAS BETTER LOCKERS THAN THE CLEMSON TIGERS. 
          AND SO I THINK THAT'S A LITTLE EXCESSIVE IF THAT'S WHAT, $800 A FOOT GETS A LITTLE BIT OF A STRETCH. 
           WE NEED TO GET TO 700, RIGHT? IT'S BEEN A FEW WAS 10 YEARS AGO. 
          OH, OKAY. 
          YOU GET MY POINT. 
          WHEN, WHEN YOU HAVE LIKE POWER AND THERE'S USBS AND YOU KNOW, THERE'S, WELL THE MAIN THING WAS IS THAT THE, THE, AND YOU'RE GOING TO PROBABLY HAVE THE LOCKERS DESIGNED THAT WAY NOW, IS TO WHERE THEY HAVE THE AIRFLOW. 
          SO WHENEVER THEY TAKE OFF THEIR BODY ARMOR, THEY PUT IT INTO THE LOCKER AND IT DRIES IT FOR THEM WHILE THEY'RE NOT, YOU KNOW, IN UNIFORM. 
          THAT'S THAT. 
          I GET THAT STUFF. 
          YEAH. 
          THAT SORT OF STUFF IS GONNA BE IN THE, IN A MODERN TYPE DESIGN. 
          I LOOK AT A CAR, MY WIFE GOES LOOK AT A CAR AND I'M LIKE, LIKE, DO I NEED THE SPEED LIMIT ON THE WINDSHIELD? I DON'T THINK I NEED THAT. 
          BUT TO HER IT IS A MUST AND YOU HAVE TO HAVE COOLING SEATS, $15,000 MORE. 
          WE HAVE COOLING SEATS. 
          SO FOR ME IT'S, AND I DON'T MIND GETTING OUTVOTED ON THIS. 
          I I JUST THINK HOW DO WE GET RICK HIS STUFF? JEFF HIS STUFF, UM, KRISTIN, HER STUFF . 
          SOMEHOW WE GOTTA BUILD A ROAD ALSO ON ALL THIS. 
          SO, UM, WELL, I MEAN THE REALITY IS IF YOU SAVE 5 MILLION ON THE JUSTICE CENTER, YOU SAVE 5 MILLION ON PART ON ON, UH, PUBLIC WORKS. 
          PUBLIC WORKS, THEN YOU SAVE 5 MILLION ON THE LIBRARY, THEN ALL OF A SUDDEN YOU CAN AFFORD AN EXTRA FACILITY YOU COULDN'T AFFORD BEFORE. 
          I MEAN IT, IT'S GONNA ADD UP . 
          SO YEAH, I THINK THAT HELPED. 
          BUT LET'S HIT IT AUGUST 7TH. 
          OKAY. 
          TO GIVE YOU SOME KIND OF DIRECTION. 
          AND YOU GUYS, YOU JUST WANT US TO BRING BACK THE, THE TABLE LISTING OUT ALL THE DIFFERENT OFFICERS. 
          ARE YOU GUYS ARE GONNA GO IN THE PATIO LIKE THEY HAVE AND KYLE, I, I HATE PICKING ON KYLE, BUT THE MAYOR QUIT SO I COULDN'T TALK ABOUT THAT . 
          OKAY. 
          SO THE, THE, THE, THE WAY THAT BRICKLEY SERGEANT THEIR METHODOLOGY IS, IS THEY KNOW, OKAY, IF YOU HAVE 65 EMPLOYEES, THIS MANY ARE IN PATROL, THIS MANY ARE IN THE BACK OFFICE SUPPORT, EACH BACK OFFICE SUPPORT NEEDS THIS MANY SQUARE FEET FOR, FOR AN OFFICE CUBICLE OR WHATEVER ELSE. 
          THERE'S SO MANY OF THOSE THAT HAVE A SUPERVISOR, WHICH HAS THIS OTHER SQUARE FOOT REQUIREMENT. 
          THERE'S SO, SO THEY LIKE, IT'S LISTED OUT LIKE IN TABULAR FORM. 
          THAT WAY THEY DON'T NECESSARILY SAY, OH, YOU KNOW, THERE'S LIKE A, YOU KNOW, I PUT IN SQUARE FOOTAGE FOR A, FOR A ROOF GARDEN OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT. 
          THAT'S NOT THE WAY THAT BRINKLEY SERGEANT'S METHODOLOGY WORKS. 
          THE KYLE PROJECT, THE WAY THAT THAT EVEN CAME TO BE WAS, I, I ACTUALLY, ME JAMES ERP WAS TOLD, UH, WE WANT A DESIGN BUILDING TO TAKE TO THE VOTERS IN NOVEMBER. 
          AND THAT WAS IN APRIL. 
          AND SO MY RESPONSE WAS, THE ONLY WAY TO DO THAT IS TO GO FIND A BUILDING THAT ALREADY EXISTS AND GO PROCURE THE DESIGN. 
          THAT WAS THE COLLEGE STATION ONE. 
          AND THEY, AND THEY CHOSE THE COLLEGE STATION ONE. 
          SO THEN IT WAS, WELL 
          [06:10:01]
THAT WAS 20,000 SQUARE FEET MORE THAN WHAT WE NEEDED BY BRINKLEY SERGEANT'S DEAL. 
          SO THEN THAT'S HOW THE EXTRA CITY HALL OFFICES AND ALL THAT STUFF GOT PILED IN. 
          AND THEN, YOU KNOW, YOU HAD, WELL THIS VERANDA OR WHATEVER. 
          SO THEY TURNED THAT INTO A, YOU KNOW, INTO A, UM, WHAT DID YOU CALL IT? A PATIO THING THAT, THAT'S HOW THAT HAPPENED. 
          SO, ALRIGHT. 
          THAT'S WHAT I'M TRYING TO DO. 
          'CAUSE I WANT PEOPLE TO BE PROUD OF IT. 
          I WANT THE PUBLIC TO BE PROUD OF IT. 
          I WANT OUR EMPLOYEES TO BE THAT'S FREAKING AWESOME. 
          WE, WE'VE WORKED HARD, BUT I ALSO WANT PEOPLE TO GO THERE AND RIDE ALONG AND GO, MY GOD, I MEAN THERE'S, THERE'S 25 TABLES OUT HERE FOR COFFEE. 
          WHO'S TAKING ALL THESE? AND NO ONE WILL APPRECIATE IT UNTIL YOU WALK THROUGH THE KYLE POLICE STATION AND YOU GO, HOLY SMOKES IS A DIFFERENT WORLD OVER THERE. 
          BUT THEY'RE OKAY. 
          THAT WAS BUILT FOR $38 MILLION. 
          I KNOW. 
          10, FIVE YEARS AGO OR SOMETHING STARTED. 
          IT WAS STARTED IN 2020. 
          YEAH. 
          YEAH. 
          YEP. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          SO AUGUST 7TH, WE'LL BRING THAT BACK. 
          OKAY. 
          THANK YOU. 
          UH, IF YOU GO BACK ON A THING ON THE ROADS, HERE'S WHAT I WANNA MAKE SURE REFLECT FOR NEXT YEAR. 
          UH, ONE MORE. 
          OKAY. 
          I CAN ALMOST GUARANTEE THESE ROADS AREN'T GONNA BE READY TO HIT CONSTRUCTION NEXT YEAR. 
          ALL THESE, WHICH ONES? WELL, LIKE TAKE LIER LOOP INNOVATION? NO, NO. 
          UH, WHERE IS IT? ED SCHMIDT, US 79 LIER. 
          WE HADN'T, WE HADN'T EVEN KICKED OFF THE DESIGN ON THAT YET. 
          SO DESIGN ALONE'S GONNA TAKE A YEAR. 
          MM-HMM . 
          SO TO ME WE OUGHT TO HAVE NEXT YEAR POTENTIALLY BUDGETED 2 MILLION FOR DESIGN, 13 MILLION FOR CONSTRUCTION A YEAR AND A HALF NOW. 
          THAT'S WHAT I'M HOPING TO GET IN A BUDGET. 
          'CAUSE I DO FEEL LIKE IN OUR BUDGETS, WE BUDGET THE WHOLE ROAD PROJECT AND THEN IN JUNE WE KICK OFF THE DESIGN OF IT. 
          AND SO WE'RE CREATING $300 MILLION BUDGETS, BUT WE'RE ONLY SPENDING A HUNDRED. 
          SO THAT'S WHAT I'M HOPING TO GET OUT IT. 
          I DUNNO ABOUT EVERYBODY ELSE. 
          UM, CR 1 37 TO 1660, I WAS THINKING WE WERE DOING CR 1 64 INSTEAD OR IS THAT THE RIGHT CR 1 63, THAT'S JUST THE INTERSECTION, RIGHT? CR 1 63, THAT'S, THAT'S IN DESIGN RIGHT NOW. 
          SO IS 1 37. 
          1660. 
          BUT WE ACTUALLY HAVE BASIC CONCURRENCE FROM TXDOT THAT WE'RE GONNA BE ABLE TO START CONSTRUCTION OF 1 37, UH, IN LIKE NOVEMBER OF THIS YEAR. 
          OKAY. 
          SO IF WE START NOVEMBER THIS YEAR, THEN WE'RE KICKING 1 64, THEN WE'RE DELAYING 1 63. 
          YEAH. 
          I MEAN WE'RE GONNA FINISH THE DESIGN, BUT WE'LL, WE'LL DELAY CONSTRUCTION AND THAT'S BETTER TO KICK THAT ONE OUT AND WE CAN GET, WHEN WE TEAR THIS UP, WE CAN GET EVERYBODY IN AND OUT. 
          RIGHT. 
          AND WILL THIS BE IN CONSTRUCTION THE SAME TIME AS 1660 AND 79 POTENTIALLY, BECAUSE THAT WAS A CONCERN OF OURS. 
          DO WE WANT, SO THOSE ARE THINGS I THINK WE GOTTA FIGURE OUT IN THE CIP DO WE WANT THE WHOLE STRETCH OF 1616 UNDER CONSTRUCTION OR DO WE WANT, HOW DO WE PHASE THIS? YEAH, I'M NOT THE ONLY ONE THINKING THAT. 
          NO, IT'S GOOD POINT. 
          UM, AS LONG AS IT DOESN'T AFFECT MY INS CALCULATION. 
          NO, MAN. 
          KEEP YOUR EXPENSES. 
          YOU CAN MOVE, YOU CAN MOVE ROADS IN AND OUT ALL YOU LIKE, KEEP YOUR EXPENSES SUPER LOW AND BORROW AS MUCH AS YOU CAN AND HIT NO NEW REVENUE FOR THE NEXT FOUR YEARS. 
          AND THEN WE, WE WILL BE THROUGH THE HUMP OF THIS. 
          OKAY. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          ANYTHING YOU GUYS CAN ADD TO CIP THAT YOU WANNA SEE? QUESTION? SURE. 
          DAVID AMSLER, DIRECTOR OF STRATEGIC OPERATIONS, UH, MAYOR AND COUNCIL. 
          I JUST HAVE A CLARIFYING QUESTION FOR THE JUSTICE CENTER. 
          IF WE BROUGHT BACK THE TABLES AND THEN THE COUNCIL WAS ABLE TO COME TO AN AGREEMENT ON WHAT THEY WANT THE FACILITY TO LOOK LIKE, WOULD THERE BE A REASON TO DELAY TILL MAY? IS THAT THE LAST PIECE THAT WE'RE LOOKING FOR? I JUST, I WANT TO ENSURE THAT STAFF BRINGS BACK WHAT COUNCIL IS ACTUALLY LOOKING FOR IN INSTEAD OF COMING BACK SEVERAL TIMES AND SAYING, OH, MAYBE, MAYBE THIS IS WHAT YOU GUYS ARE LOOKING FOR. 
          OH, IT'S NOT. 
          UM, I JUST WANT TO GIVE THEM CLEAR DIRECTION. 
          I WOULD SAY WHAT THE PURPOSE IS THE IS FOR NOVEMBER VERSUS MAY. 
          BECAUSE IF WE FUND THE DESIGN OF THE PROJECT OUTTA THE COMMUNITY BENEFIT FUND TO BE REIMBURSED, YOU, YOU'RE NOT MAKING ANY TIME UP BECAUSE THEY'RE GONNA SPEND A BETTER PART OF A SIX TO EIGHT MONTHS. 
          I ALWAYS SAY A YEAR ON EVERYTHING BUT A YEAR OF DESIGN. 
          OH YEAH. 
          IT, IT'S, IT'S A YEAR PROJECT, A DESIGN, A BUILDING LIKE THAT. 
          I'M, I'M A LITTLE CONFUSED IF THERE'S A DELAY FOR A MAY BOND OF JANUARY OR FEBRUARY. 
          WE WE'RE PAST THAT DURATION FOR NOVEMBER. 
          NOVEMBER'S EXACT DATE IS AUGUST 17TH. 
          AUGUST 18TH. 
          18TH. 
          SO WE WOULD HAVE TO, WE WOULD BASICALLY HAVE TO DO EVERYTHING AT THE NEXT COUNCIL MEETING. 
          THAT'S, THAT'S WHY HE IS TRYING TO CLARIFY. 
          OKAY. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          THANK YOU. 
          IF, IF YOU'RE GONNA SHOOT FOR A BOND RIGHT IN NOVEMBER. 
          SO THAT'S THE SAME DELAY OR YEAH. 
          CORRECT. 
          BUT I MEAN 
          [06:15:01]
YOU WERE IN, YOU WERE IN THE P AND Z MEETINGS. 
          THAT'S WHEN WE WERE TALKING ABOUT DOING AN ELECTION IN NOVEMBER. 
          THAT WAS THE DIRECTION THE P AND Z GAVE. 
          THAT'S WHY I'VE BEEN SAYING NOVEMBER. 
          THAT'S WHY I'M ASKING ABOUT AUGUST. 
          BUT IF COUNCIL WANTS TO WAIT UNTIL MAY, THEN, THEN, I MEAN THAT'S, I DON'T HAVE, I HAVE PLENTY TO DO  WITHOUT TRYING TO SQUEEZE IN EXTRA PROJECTS BETWEEN NOW AND, AND NOVEMBER. 
          SO BETWEEN NOW AND 2029 YEAH. 
          YEAH. 
          IT DOESN'T SAVE US ANY TIME. 
          NO. 
          IT GOING TO THE, GOING TO THE VOTERS IN NOVEMBER. 
          NAH, THAT DOESN'T SAVE US ANY TIME BECAUSE WE ALREADY HAD, LIKE I SAID, I THINK I SAW 3 MILLION IN A COMMUNITY BENEFITS FUND. 
          SO YOU CAN START THE DESIGN BUT YOU EVEN, EVEN THAT YOU'RE NOT SPENDING THAT MUCH MONEY IN THE FIRST SIX MONTHS. 
          MM-HMM . 
          RIGHT? THAT'S, YEAH. 
          AGREE. 
          OKAY. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          THANK YOU. 
          IT BRINGS THIS TO 12 FIVE DISCUSSION, 
          [12.5. Discussion and possible action setting the City Council meeting dates for 2026. (Laura Hallmark)]
POSSIBLE ACTION SETTING THE CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATES FOR 2026. 
          I ONLY HAD ONE CHANGE I WANTED TO SEE IF ANYBODY WOULD BE INTERESTED IN, AND THAT WAS HAVING A, HAVING A BUDGET MEETINGS MOVED UP A MONTH. 
          MY THINKING BEING, WE HAVE A TENTATIVE UNDERSTANDING OF VALUES THAT COULD CHANGE. 
          AND SO WE COULD START TO KNOW THEN ABOUT WHAT WE'RE LOOKING AT. 
          AND NOT THAT YOU WOULD HAVE TO HAVE A BUDGET TO PRESENT TO US, BUT WE COULD START TALKING ABOUT BUDGET THEN. 
          'CAUSE I FEEL LIKE IT SOMETIMES IT'S KIND OF RUSHED AND THE OF JULY WE HAVE SIX WEEKS AND TRYING TO FIND IS THERE A WAY TO MOVE IT UP WHERE WE'RE TALKING EARLIER. 
          I MEAN, AS LONG AS YOU'RE OKAY WITH LIKE, SAY LIKE 80 OR 90%, YOU KNOW, ACCURACY BECAUSE I HAD THE BUDGET PROBABLY ABOUT 80% ACCURATE BEFORE I WENT OUT FOR SURGERY. 
          SO IF THAT'S, IF THAT'S A TOLERANCE LEVEL THAT YOU'RE OKAY WITH. 
          'CAUSE I, I'M, YOU KNOW, I'M VERY SENSITIVE TO WELL YOU GOT THAT WRONG, RIGHT? I'M VERY SENSITIVE TO THAT. 
          BUT THE FURTHER AWAY WE GET FROM WHEN WE OUGHT TO BE ACTUALLY DELIVERING THE BUDGET, THE MORE PROBABILITY THERE IS THAT PROJECTIONS AND NUMBERS AND THINGS ARE GONNA BE WRONG. 
          IT'S NOT JUST THE TAX RATE, IT'S ALSO WHAT THINGS ARE COSTING AND WHAT, YOU KNOW, ALL THOSE OTHER SORTS OF THINGS THAT WE'RE DOING AND WE'RE RELYING ON, YOU KNOW, VENDORS TO GET US NUMBERS. 
          SO WE, SOME OF THAT STUFF WE CAN START SOONER, BUT, UM, YEAH, BUT WE'LL KNOW IN JUNE SOME THINGS YOU'RE WANTING LIKE, HEY, I THINK PUBLIC WORKS NEEDS A NEW TRUCK WITH A CRANE AND I, I MEAN SPEED, COUPLE MORE CARS. 
          I MEAN, ARGUABLY IF I HADN'T, IF I HADN'T NEEDED TO BE OUT THE FOUR WEEKS FOR MY SURGERY, I I WOULD HAVE, I WOULD'VE HAD THE BUDGET PROBABLY READY TO TELL YOU GUYS THAT SORT OF INFORMATION THREE WEEKS AGO. 
          SO THIS YEAR, NOW YOU GOTTA UNDERSTAND THAT'S ONLY BECAUSE WE'VE PUT IN THE TIME, THE EFFORT AND THE ENERGY THE LAST TWO YEARS TO GET THIS ENTIRE CITY TURNED AROUND AND THE BUDGET TO A WAY THAT WE CAN ACTUALLY BUDGET. 
          SO I COULDN'T HAVE DONE THAT TWO YEARS AGO, BUT NOW I CAN. 
          SO YES, IF WE MOVED, IF WE MOVED JULY 25TH TO JUNE 18TH AND AUGUST 13TH TO JULY 25TH, THAT WOULDN'T ROCK YOUR WORLD. 
          I WOULD NOT BE IN SUPPORT OF THAT. 
          I WOULD RATHER WAIT AND HAVE BUDGET DISCUSSIONS WHEN WE HAVE A BUDGET THAT WE KNOW IS ACCURATE. 
          IF WE'RE MOVING IT THAT EARLY, LIKE HE SAID IT'S GONNA BE, WELL I WON'T BE ABLE TO DELIVER THE ACTUAL BUDGET PROPOSAL UNTIL AFTER THE CERTIFIED ROLES ARE IN. 
          AND THAT IS THE END OF JULY. 
          SO I COULD DO A, LIKE THE THING I'M ABOUT TO DO ON THIS SATURDAY WHERE I TELL YOU WHAT I THINK I'M DOING IN THE BUDGET THAT I COULD DO IN JUNE. 
          THAT'S WHAT I'M TALKING ABOUT. 
          I CAN DO THAT, BUT, BUT I CAN'T THEN DELIVER THE ACTUAL FULL PROPOSED BUDGET THAT WOULD NORMALLY YOU'D BE TALKING ABOUT IN AUGUST BEFORE THE END OF JULY. 
          I CAN'T DO THAT. 
          OTHER CITIES ARE DOING IT. 
          HOW, HOW'S GEORGETOWN GET THERE SO SOON? ARE THEY HAVING TO FOLLOW THE SAME RULE OR W WE GET THE, I I DON'T GUESS I UNDERSTAND. 
          I MEAN, I CAN GO LOOK AND SEE WHAT THEY'RE DOING, BUT I KNOW WE DON'T GET THE CERTIFIED ROLES UNTIL THE END OF JULY. 
          THEY'RE JUST USING THE APRIL . 
          SO THEY'RE GOING OFF OF THE APRIL NUMBERS AND THEN IF IT COMES IN IT'S LIKE, OH, OOPS, $135,000 NOW WE GOTTA GO CUT MONEY OR ADD MONEY. 
          THAT'S WHAT THEY'RE DOING. 
          I DON'T, I DON'T KNOW EXACTLY WHAT THEY'RE DOING, BUT THAT'S MY GUESS HERE. 
          HERE'S WHAT I'D SAY FOR ME IN THE BUDGET WORLD, WE TALKED ABOUT THIS, THE MEETING BEFORE YOU CAME BACK, AND WE MAY NOT HAVE A CONSENSUS, UH, MAJORITY ON COUNCIL, BUT WE, IT FEELS TO ME LIKE WE 
          [06:20:01]
WRITE A BUDGET WITH AS MUCH AS WE CAN PUT IN WITH THE TAX RATE OR WHATEVER WE THINK THE LIMIT IS. 
          AND THEN WE SPEND SIX WEEKS FIGHTING TO PULL STUFF BACK. 
          TO ME. 
          IF YOU TAKE THE BUDGET FROM LAST YEAR, YOU GIVE 3% RAISES, YOU INCREASE. 
          I WAS SAYING LIKE AMMUNITION, ASPHALT, AND INFLATIONARY, THINGS LIKE THAT. 
          AND YOU SAY THERE'S THIS DELTA OF MONEY, HERE'S THE THINGS WE WANT IN IT. 
          THEN WE ALL WORK TOGETHER ON, OKAY, YEAH, WE THINK WE NEED FOUR MORE OFFICERS. 
          WE'RE GONNA DO A, WE'RE WE'RE GONNA CHANGE UP THE, THE WAY THE CITY'S PATROLLED. 
          UM, WE'RE ADDING STUFF, WE'RE ALL WORKING TOGETHER. 
          ADDING IT SEEMS TO ME WE GET ALONG A WHOLE LOT BETTER. 
          LESS ARGUING THAN ALWAYS PULLING BACK. 
          'CAUSE EVERYTHING'S PROMISED TO PEOPLE. 
          IT'S IN THE BUDGET AND THEN WE'RE THE BAD GUYS TAKING IT AWAY. 
          I THINK THERE'S A WAY THAT WE CAN ALL WORK TOGETHER. 
          WE'RE ALL GOOD, WE'RE ALL ADDING. 
          AND TO ME, IF YOU DO THAT, YOU TAKE YOUR APRIL VALUATIONS BY MAY, YOU OUGHT TO HAVE A TENTATIVE, HEY, HERE'S WHAT IT LOOKS LIKE. 
          WE DON'T REALLY KNOW WHAT THE POCKET IS, BUT HERE'S OUR WISHLIST AND LET'S START TALKING ABOUT THE WISHLIST IN MAY AND JUNE INSTEAD OF AUGUST, SEPTEMBER. 
          UM, I DON'T KNOW. 
          I MEAN, LET'S, LET'S DO IT. 
          AND IF, IF LONG AS Y'ALL WILL ALLOW FLEXIBILITY IN CASE IT'S NOT PAN PANNING OUT THE WAY THAT WE THINK IT WILL, I MEAN I'M, THAT'D BE BETTER THAN HOW WE DID IT LAST YEAR, RIGHT? WELL, EVERY YEAR IS BETTER THAN THE WAY WE DID IT LAST YEAR. 
          , RIGHT? WELL I'M JUST SAYING LIKE, I MEAN LIKE YOU GUYS ARE GONNA KNOW NEXT YEAR WE NEED A NEW VEHICLE. 
          WE'RE THINKING ABOUT THIS. 
          WE, WELL THE THING IS THAT WE NEED, WE NEED LIKE SAY, AND I'M MAKING THIS NUMBER UP, BUT WE NEED LIKE 30 NEW VEHICLES. 
          BUT I'M HAVING TO SAY, OKAY, BUT WE ALSO NEED THIS OVER HERE AND THIS OVER HERE AND THIS OVER HERE. 
          SO WE'RE GETTING THREE NEW VEHICLES. 
          THAT'S WHAT I'M PROPOSING. 
          SO I'M THE ONE THAT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING ALL THOSE DECISIONS AND THOSE JUDGMENT CALLS BASED OFF OF EVERYTHING THAT I KNOW. 
          THEN I TRY TO GET THAT INFORMATION TO Y'ALL AND EACH YEAR I'VE TRIED TO MAKE BUDGET PROGRESSIVELY BETTER THAN THE YEAR BEFORE. 
          SO THIS YEAR I'M GOING TO BE PRE PRESENTING ON THE SATURDAY COMING UP. 
          IF I GO PD I'M GONNA SHOW Y'ALL FOR THE FIRST TIME EVERYTHING THAT PDS ASKED FOR THAT YEAR, THIS YEAR, EVERYTHING PD ASKED FOR. 
          AND THEN HERE'S THE THINGS THAT I'M RECOMMENDING AND LIKELY TO RECOMMEND IN MY BUDGET. 
          AND THEN THAT WAY THERE'S THE OPPORTUNITY FOR Y'ALL TO UNDERSTAND MORE ABOUT WHAT THE DEPARTMENTS ARE ASKING FOR AND SEEING AND THOSE SORTS OF THINGS. 
          'CAUSE THAT'S NOT SOMETHING YOU'VE EVER SEEN BEFORE. 
          I COULD PROBABLY STILL DO THAT ON THIS COMPRESSED TIME SCHEDULE IN JUNE WHERE I'M, YOU KNOW, KNOW, AND MAYBE, I MEAN, ARGUABLY IF I LET EVERY DEPARTMENT COME UP AND PRESENT WHAT THEY'RE ASKING FOR THAT, THAT'S GONNA BE LIKE TWO HOURS PER DEPARTMENT AND YOU'RE, 'CAUSE THAT'S THE TIME I SPEND. 
          YEAH. 
          AND I REALLY DON'T WANNA GET INTO THAT ASKING YOU DON'T WANNA DO THAT BECAUSE I'LL JUST MARCH TAXPAYERS IN AND THEY'RE ALL GONNA ASK FOR LOWER TAXES. 
          I THINK WHAT WE, I, I THINK WITH WHAT YOU'RE SHOWING US ON THE CIP P MM-HMM  WE HAVE TO REALLY FOCUS ON WHAT IS THE NEED. 
          IF SOMEONE COMES UP AND ASKING FOR A VEHICLE AND IT'S NOT A NEED AND THE OTHER ONE'S GOT 80,000 MILES, I THINK THEY GOTTA WAIT A YEAR BECAUSE PEOPLE WE'RE HAVE TO, THAT'S THE POINT THAT, THAT'S THE DECISIONS THAT I AM MAKING RIGHT NOW. 
          YEAH. 
          WE'RE, WHICH I THINK YOU OUGHT TO BE ABLE TO MAKE EARLIER AND SAY, GUYS, WE'RE ALL GONNA HAVE TO LIKE DIAL DOWN BECAUSE HEY PARKS, IF YOU WANT A BRAND NEW BUILDING. 
          I AGREE. 
          LIKE I SAID, I MADE, YOU KNOW, I MADE 80% OF THOSE DECISIONS BEFORE I LEFT, BUT THE SECOND BASE NEEDS TO BE REPLACED OUT THERE, SO I'M OKAY SPENDING SOME MONEY IN PARKS. 
          YEAH. 
          SO I, YOU KNOW, THERE'S SOME OF THESE THINGS I, I GET SO I DON'T, I DON'T KNOW. 
          WE DON'T HAVE TO DO IT. 
          IT'S JUST MY IDEA THAT OTHER CITIES ARE POPPING OUT BUDGETS AT THE 1ST OF JULY. 
          WE'RE IN, WE'RE VERY COMPRESSED AND, UM, I'M TRYING TO FIND A WAY NOT TO BE UNTIL THREE O'CLOCK IN THE MORNING EVERY YEAR AT BUDGET TIME. 
          WELL, I MEAN, ARGUABLY THAT I YEAH, I HEAR YOU. 
          I STILL THINK THOSE THINGS TEND TO HAPPEN. 
          I, IF WE WERE TO, I COULD DO WHAT I'M ABOUT TO DO NEXT SATURDAY IN JUNE, WHICH IS, HERE'S WHAT, KNOWING EVERYTHING THAT I KNOW AND ALL THIS, EVERYTHING WE'VE DONE, HERE'S WHAT I THINK IS GOING TO BE IN MY PROPOSED BUDGET. 
          HERE'S WHAT I, THE TAX RATE'S GONNA BE THAT, ALL THAT SORT OF STUFF. 
          JUNE 18TH THAT I, THAT I DON'T SEE WHY I COULDN'T DO BY JUNE. 
          RIGHT. 
          JUNE 18TH. 
          SO NOT A SATURDAY. 
          WELL JUST ADD A MEETING TO JUNE 18TH, NOT A SATURDAY. 
          THAT'S A THURSDAY. 
          IS THAT JUNE 20? THAT JULY 25TH IS A SAT IS THE SATURDAY. 
          YEAH. 
          NO, I THINK, I THINK WE CAN DO IT ON THURSDAY AS A PART OF THE REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING. 
          YEAH. 
          'CAUSE BY THEN WE'RE, WE'RE GONNA HAVE THIS THING MORE EFFICIENT ONE WAY OR ANOTHER. 
          I MEAN OKAY. 
          COME HELL OR HIGH WATER, WE'RE GONNA, I MEAN THAT'S, UH, I EXPECT THAT, I MEAN WE'RE SCHEDULED FOR THREE HOURS ON SATURDAY. 
          ARGUABLY, I THINK THE PRESENTATION'S PROBABLY MORE LIKE AN HOUR, HOUR AND 15 MINUTES. 
          THE THREE HOUR IS BECAUSE, BECAUSE PART OF IT IS SLATED IN CASE Y'ALL WANT TO HAVE CIP CONVERSATIONS. 
          SO 
          [06:25:01]
AS LONG AS YOU'RE OKAY WITH LIKE ABOUT AN HOUR PRESENTATION THEN YEAH. 
          INITIAL WITH THAT. 
          I I LIKE IT. 
          I'M GOOD. 
          JUST WANNA MAKE A COMMENT. 
          I'M ALL FOR PULLING THINGS IN OR GETTING INFORMATION. 
          I DON'T KNOW ALL THE TOTAL RAMIFICATIONS, BUT THIS DOES HAVE A RAMIFICATION ON PLANNING AND ZONING, SO THEY'RE GONNA HAVE TO ACCELERATE THEIR VIEW AS WELL. 
          WELL, WHAT IT'S GONNA REQUIRE, I I WOULD SAY IN MY MIND IS FOR COUNCIL TO SAY HERE'S WHAT OUR, HERE'S WHAT OUR, UH, TOLERANCE IS FOR ISSUING NEW DEBT DOLLAR AMOUNT. 
          THAT'S WHAT I NEED FOR BUDGETING. 
          MM-HMM . 
          AT THAT AFTER THAT POINT, P AND Z ON THEIR PART OF GIVING FEEDBACK TO CIP CAN BE ON THE SAME SCHEDULE, CAN MOVE ITEMS IN OR OUT AND SAY, OKAY, WELL COUNCIL'S WILLING TO ISSUE $20 MILLION NEXT YEAR. 
          MM-HMM . 
          THEN THESE ARE THE PROJECTS WE WOULD RECOMMEND YOU FUND WITH $20 MILLION. 
          OKAY. 
          THAT, THAT JUST KIND OF SHIFTS I THINK THE MINDSET A LITTLE BIT. 
          WHAT I HAVE TO KNOW IS HOW MUCH IS MY INS RATE GOING TO BE? SO I KNOW WHAT MY M AND O RATE'S GONNA BE. 
          SO I KNOW WHETHER I CAN REPLACE FAILURE TWO CARS OR THREE CARS, YOU KNOW. 
          OKAY. 
          THANK YOU. 
          WE MAY BE WALKING AROUND HERE BEFORE LONG, BRO. 
          I HEAR YOU. 
          ALRIGHT, SCOOTERS. 
          WELL, I'LL MAKE A MOTION TO PUT THE COUNTERS PRESENTED WITH THE ADDITION OF A BUDGET MEETING ON JUNE 18TH. 
          SECOND DISCUSSION. 
          YEAH. 
          I'D LIKE TO OFFER AN AMENDMENT TO MOVE THE JANUARY 15TH MEETING TO JANUARY 22ND TO KEEP US ON AN EVERY OTHER WEEK CADENCE. 
          THERE'S FIVE, FIVE THURSDAYS THAT MONTH. 
          I, I LIKE THAT. 
          YEAH, THAT'S, I'M GOOD WITH THAT. 
          YOU OKAY WITH THAT DARREN? YES. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          ANY OTHERS? OH, SO IT'LL BE EIGHT AND 22. 
          OKAY. 
          YEAH. 
          OKAY. 
          I'M TRACKING. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          PLEASE CALL THE VOTE COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON. 
          AYE. 
          MAYOR PRO TIM THORNTON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER KING AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. 
          AYE. 
          MAYOR SNYDER. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS AYE. 
          MOTION PASSES. 
          SEVEN ZERO. 
          UH, NEXT WE HAVE ITEM 
          [12.6. Consideration and possible action to appoint an Acting City Manager in accordance with the City Manager Absence or Disability Policy (Resolution R-2024-022). (City Council)]
12 SIX CONSIDERATION POSSIBLE ACTION TO APPOINT AN ACTING CITY MANAGER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY MANAGER ABSENT OF DISABILITY POLICY RESOLUTION R DASH 2024 DASH 22. 
          I'M HERE. 
          YOU'RE HERE. 
          THE ONLY THING I'D SAY IS, UM, I HOPE YOU'RE NEVER SICK AGAIN, BUT IF YOU ARE JUST FOR ME A LITTLE BIT COMMUNICATION COMING BACK WHEN KATE'S EMAILING MATT AND MATT'S EMAILING US AND I DON'T KNOW WHAT'S GOING ON WITH YOU. 
          NOT THAT I NEED TO KNOW EVERYTHING, BUT I THINK AS A COUNCIL, UM, TALKING TO A COUPLE PEOPLE, THEY JUST, THERE'S A LITTLE BIT OF A WHAT THE HECK'S GOING ON AND WHAT'S HAPPENING. 
          UM, OKAY. 
          SO I DON'T EXPECT YOU TO GET SICK AGAIN. 
          OKAY. 
          HOPEFULLY, BUT IT ANYBODY HAVE ANYTHING FOR THAT ONE? NO. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          ON 
          [13. EXECUTIVE SESSION]
EXECUTIVE SESSION BEFORE I READ THIS, LEMME ASK Y'ALL, I'VE BEEN ASKED TO MOVE A IS NOT READY, ARE THERE ANY LEGAL QUESTIONS FOR THE EMORY CROSSING FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED RESEATED DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT,  MEMO, AND C ARE THERE ANY LEGAL QUESTIONS THAT CAN'T BE HAD OUT FRONT FOR THE OWNERSHIP OF A CEMETERY BY A CITY? AND I, AND THAT WAS ACTUALLY MY ITEM THAT I HAD ASKED FOR. 
          I'D REQUEST THAT WE MOVE THAT TO A FUTURE MEETING. 
          THERE'S, THERE'S NO URGENCY HERE AND WE'RE LATE. 
          SO I'M HAPPY TO MOVE IT AND I'M HAPPY TO DO IT IN OPEN IT. 
          I DON'T, I I DO WANNA BREAK SOME UP ON IT, BUT IF WE JUST TALK ABOUT REAL QUICK, UM, ALRIGHT THEN IF THERE'S NO OBJECTIONS, I'LL PULL ITEM B AND C OUT IN THE OPEN AND READ 'EM 13 ONE PURSUANT TO TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 5 5 1 0 7 1 ATTORNEY CONSULTATION TO DELIBERATE AND SEEK LEGAL ADVICE REGARDING THE FOLLOWING LEGAL MATTERS. 
          B CROSSING FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED RESTATED DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT. 
          THE QUESTION IS, DO WE AS A COUNCIL FEEL THAT THAT REIMBURSEMENT MONEY SHOULD COME OUT OF THE PI BENEFIT FEE? IS THAT CORRECT? YES, THAT'S CORRECT. 
          THE, THEIR ARGUMENT IS, IS IT WAS PROMISED THAT WAY, BUT OUR ANALYSIS OF THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT AND THEIR, AND I GAVE YOU THEIR PRESENTATION AND IT DIDN'T SAY ANYTHING ABOUT WHERE THE PI BENEFIT FEE WAS GONNA BE USED. 
          SO WE, AND NOBODY RECALLS THAT. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          MOTION TO DENY UH, THE REQUEST, IT FUNDED OUT THE PI BENEFIT FEE. 
          IS THAT WORK SECOND? DOES THAT WORK? DOTIE? YES. 
          ALRIGHT, SECOND MAYOR TO PRO TEMP THORNTON, ANY OTHER DISCUSSION AND WHAT ARE WE DENYING? THE, UH, REIMBURSEMENT OF WHAT? I THINK IT WAS LIKE 1.5 MILLION OR SOMETHING FROM ROAD, UH, RIGHT TURN LANE OR SOMETHING. 
          CORRECT. 
          OUT OF THE PI MONEY, THE PI COMMUNITY BENEFIT FEE. 
          SO THEY'RE BUILDING A ROAD AND 
          [06:30:01]
THEY'VE ASKED FOR REIMBURSEMENT. 
          WELL MAP MIGHT, I THINK IT'S AN INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENT, RIGHT? IT'S A RIGHT, IT'S A RIGHT TURN LANE ON A ROAD THAT THEY WERE REQUIRED TO BUILD ANYWAY, SO THEY WERE WANTING REIMBURSEMENT FROM THE CITY AND, AND WE'RE EFFECTIVELY SAYING, NO, YOU'RE JUST GONNA, YOU HAVE TO PAY FOR IT. 
          SO IT BOILS DOWN TO BASICALLY, UM, WE DON'T HAVE A MAP THERE. 
          WE, WE HAD PRINTED 'EM OUT FOR YOU GUYS, BUT, UM, THEY HAVE AN INTERSECTION ON THEIR PROPERTY AT FM 1660, AND PART OF THAT WOULD, THEY'RE COORDINATING WITH TXDOT. 
          I BELIEVE TXDOT IS REQUIRING A SIGNAL AT THAT LOCATION. 
          THEIR STANCE IS THAT THE WAY THEY'RE INTERPRETING THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT AND THE, THE PI DOCUMENTATION IS THAT THE BENEFIT FEE THAT'S IN THE PI GETS USED FOR THEIR TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENT IN THAT INTERSECTION SPEND ON OTHER STUFF. 
          THE, THE FEE THAT YOU GUYS WOULD, WOULD NORMALLY USE FOR COMMUNITY BENEFIT OR WHATEVER. 
          SO THEIR STANCE IS THAT THEY BELIEVE THE WAY THEIR AGREEMENT WAS WRITTEN WAS THAT THAT FEE WAS TO BENEFIT ALL THE OTHER TRANSPORTATION COSTS THAT THEY WERE GOING TO INCUR. 
          OH. 
          UM, AND SO THAT'S KIND OF THE QUESTION RIGHT THERE, IS CAN THEY USE THE PID FEE FOR THE IMPROVEMENTS AT THAT SPECIFIC INTERSECTION? THEY'RE NOT ASKING ABOUT THE PID DOLLARS THAT THEY BORROWED. 
          THEY'RE SAYING, HEY, THIS COMMUNITY BENEFIT FEE THAT WE GAVE YOU CITY, WE WANT SOME OF THAT BACK TO BUILD THIS INTERSECTION, BASICALLY. 
          YES. 
          OKAY. 
          I UNDERSTAND NOW. 
          , WE'LL POLITELY SAY HOPEFULLY NO. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          PLEASE CALL TO VOTE. 
          MAYOR PROAM THORNTON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER KING. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD. 
          AYE. 
          MAYOR SNYDER. 
          AYE. 
          MOTION PASSES IS SEVEN ZERO. 
          NEXT WE HAVE ITEM C, OWNERSHIP OF A CEMETERY BY A CITY. 
          ALL ALWAYS GONNA BRING UP IS, I SAW THE MEMO. 
          I THINK THERE'S THE ABILITY FOR A COUPLE OF NONPROFITS TO WORK TO MAINTAIN IT, OWN IT, WHATEVER IT HAS TO BE DONE TO WHERE, AND, UM, PEOPLE DO SOME IMPROVEMENTS TO IT, LIKE A NEW FENCE, UM, SIGNAGE. 
          SO, SO POSSIBLY, BUT ONE OF THE CAVEATS IN THERE, IF I READ IT RIGHT, AND MAYBE DOTTIE CORRECT ME IF I'M WRONG, A NONPROFIT, IN ORDER FOR THEM TO BE ABLE TO DO IT, HAS TO PETITION THE COURTS TO DO IT. 
          AND THEY HAVE TO HAVE BEEN IN EXISTENCE FOR AT LEAST 75 YEARS. 
          RIGHT. 
          IT, THERE'S A, THAT'S MY UNDERSTANDING. 
          SO IF THERE'S A NONPROFIT THAT'S BEEN AROUND FOR 75 YEARS, THEY COULD, BUT LIKE A A RECENTLY FORMED NON, EVEN A NONPROFIT THAT WAS FORMED 50 YEARS AGO WOULD NOT BE ELIGIBLE. 
          SO, SO THIS IS TO TAKE O OVER OWNERSHIP OR JUST SIGN UP FOR MAINTENANCE? TAKE OVER OWNERSHIP POTENTIALLY. 
          OH. 
          BUT, BUT THEN YOU COULD DO AN INTER-LOCAL AGREEMENT OR LIKE A FRIENDS OF, LIKE YOU HAVE THE FRIENDS OF THE LIBRARY. 
          YOU COULD HAVE A FRIENDS OF THE CEMETERY WHERE THE CITY, IT'S REALLY, OKAY, LET'S JUST TALK ABOUT IT. 
          FINE . 
          SO, SO SHILOH BLACK CEMETERY, THAT'S SOUTH OF TOWN. 
          THERE'S NO CLEAR OWNERSHIP OF THAT. 
          UM, I'VE BEEN WORKING WITH ABOUT BLACK FAMILIES OF HU AND SOME OTHER INDIVIDUALS WHO HAVE INTEREST IN THAT CEMETERY FOR THE LAST THREE YEARS TRYING TO FIGURE OUT WHO OWNS IT, IF ANYONE OWNS IT. 
          AND THE LAST OWNER THAT WE COULD FIND WAS FROM OVER A HUNDRED YEARS AGO. 
          IT WAS A PRI PRIVATE CEMETERY GROUP WHO, IT WAS DEEDED TO THEM AT SOME POINT BY THE ORIGINAL OWNER. 
          THEY DEEDED IT TO THIS CEMETERY GROUP WHO THEN HAD IT, THAT CEMETERY GROUP JUST KIND OF FADED AWAY INTO EXISTENCE. 
          I THINK DAVE MCDUFFY? NO, I THINK MCDADE MCDUFFY IS THE ONE THAT GAVE IT TO THIS GROUP. 
          AND THEN THIS GROUP, ALL THE MEMBERS JUST, THEY'RE ALL DEAD. 
          THEY, THEY ALL DIED . 
          AND THEN THEY NEVER KIND OF LIKE MADE PROVISIONS FOR THIS CEMETERY TO BE OWNED BY SOMEBODY ELSE. 
          AND SO IT JUST KIND OF WENT INTO OBLIVION. 
          AND SO CURRENTLY, EFFECTIVELY NOBODY OWNS IT. 
          IF YOU LOOK AT WCA D THE, THE CONTACT INFORMATION FOR THE OWNER IS CITY OF HU. 
          BUT WE CAN FIND NO RECORDS IN THE CITY. 
          I MEAN, WE DID SEARCHES SEVERAL YEARS AGO AND THERE'S NO RECORD THAT THE CITY EVER TOOK OWNERSHIP OF IT. 
          UM, THERE'S NO PRIVATE OWNER OWNERS OF IT. 
          AND SO MY, MY KIND OF THOUGHT AND DISCUSSION WAS, WOULD IT SIMPLIFY THINGS TO JUST HAVE THE CITY BE THE OFFICIAL OWNER SO THAT THERE WOULD BE A PERMANENT OWNER OF IT, BUT THEN HAVE THE MAINTENANCE AND THE, 
          [06:35:01]
UH, THE UPKEEP AND, AND ALL THAT DONE BY PRIVATE INDIVIDUALS. 
          SO IT WOULDN'T BE A TAXPAYER COST. 
          UM, THE COST WOULD BE KIND OF BORNE BY, YOU KNOW, THE FRIENDS OF THE SHILOH CEMETERY GROUP OR WHATEVER, UM, WITH POSSIBLY THE PARKS DEPARTMENT BEING AS A BACKUP OF, HEY, IF IT DOESN'T GET DONE, IF THERE'S NO, YOU KNOW, NON-PROFIT THAT'S WILLING TO DO IT, MAYBE THEY COULD MOW IT. 
          I LIKE THAT COURT OR, SO I THINK YOU GET SOME NON-PROFITS TO, AND THEN THAT, AND THEN THE OTHER THING IS THEY WERE REALLY RUNNING INTO AN ISSUE WITH APPLYING, AND I THINK THEY OVERCAME THIS HURDLE, BUT IT TOOK A COUPLE YEARS. 
          THEY WANTED TO, UH, BLACK FAMILIES A HUDDLE, WANTED TO APPLY FOR THE, A DESIGNATION FOR A HISTORICAL, UM, CEMETERY. 
          THE UNTOLD MARKER PROGRAM. 
          THE, YEAH. 
          WHERE YOU FIND A CEMETERY LIKE THIS AND THERE'S NO, UM, CLEAR OWNERSHIP. 
          MM-HMM . 
          BUT I THINK THAT'S WHY THEY DIDN'T GET THE MARKER WAS BECAUSE YEAH. 
          THEY COULDN'T, UM, SAY ANYTHING ABOUT THAT. 
          THEY APPLIED AND THEY'RE LIKE, WELL, WHO'S THE OWNER? AND THEY'RE LIKE, WE DON'T KNOW. 
          AND, AND SO THEN, THEN YOU CAN'T GET THE UNTOLD MARKER DESIGNATION BECAUSE THERE'S NO CLEAR OWNER. 
          AND SO THAT WAS TO KIND OF HELP THAT TOO. 
          YEAH. 
          UM, AND THEN, YOU KNOW, THERE'S OTHER OPPORTUNITIES FOR IMPROVEMENT. 
          LIKE RIGHT NOW THERE'S ACTUALLY AN, AN EAGLE PROJECT THAT'S, THAT'S BEING WORKED TO GO DO SOME IMPROVEMENTS DOWN THERE. 
          AND SO THERE'S A, AN EAGLE SCOUT THAT'S GONNA ADD SOME BENCHES AND, AND DO SOME THINGS TO THAT. 
          AND SO I THINK THE UPKEEP WOULD BE VERY, VERY MINIMAL ON THE CITY, BUT AT LEAST IT WOULD PROVIDE A PERMANENT OWNER OF, YOU KNOW, JUST FOR, FOR CASES LIKE THIS. 
          SO THAT WAS JUST THE, THE DISCUSSION I WANTED TO HAVE TO SEE WHAT EVERYONE'S THOUGHTS WERE ON IT, YOU KNOW, IF NOT, UM, YOU KNOW, THERE'S OTHER OPPORTUNITIES FOR, UM, A COUNTY YOU CAN APPLY FOR COUNTY FUNDS YEAH. 
          FOR MAINTENANCE, FOR ONGOING MAINTENANCE, WHETHER IT'S A ONE-TIME THING OR AN ONGOING THING, UM, THAT KIND OF STUFF. 
          SO YEAH, ALWAYS I WANNA TALK ABOUT IS I, I DON'T, I PERSONALLY DON'T HAVE INTEREST IN THE CITY TAKING IT OVER. 
          AND I THINK IT WILL START OFF AS NOT OTHER NON-PROFITS KEEPING UP ON IT. 
          AND THEN IT'S LIKE, UH, THE CITY, I, IT'S BEEN A LOT OF RAIN. 
          THE CITY WILL DO IT. 
          I THINK THERE'S A LOT OF, I THINK IT'S A GREAT OPPORTUNITY FOR GROUPS TO WORK TOGETHER. 
          UM, THERE'S PRO BONO LEGAL THAT CAN BE HAD. 
          I THINK PART OF THE ISSUE IS, UM, WE, WE, YOU GOTTA GET LEGAL INVOLVED. 
          I FORGOT THE, THE MECHANISM, BUT, UM, TO, TO TAKE OWNERSHIP OF, NO ONE CAN FIND IT. 
          I'M ACTUALLY DEALING WITH THIS ISSUE IN GEORGETOWN ON A PIECE OF PROPERTY. 
          AND COINCIDENT, COINCIDENTALLY ENOUGH, THE ATTORNEY THAT WORKS FOR THE COUNTY IS THE MAYOR OF ROUND ROCK THAT DEALS WITH THIS. 
          UM, SO I THINK THERE'S OPPORTUNITIES TO DO THAT TO WHERE NONPROFITS, IF IT'S GOTTA BE 75 YEARS, THEY'RE OUT THERE. 
          BUT I'D RATHER SEE THAT GO BECAUSE, UM, AS THE CITY TAKES ON MORE AND MORE RESPONSIBILITY FROM PLACES, IT, IT JUST BECOMES, UM, IT JUST BECOMES MORE OF A DRAG. 
          AND I THINK IT'S AN OPPORTUNITY FOR NONPROFITS TO WORK TOGETHER AND MAKE SOMETHING GREAT HERE. 
          BUT THE OTHER, THE OTHER THING YOU CAN DO IS, UM, MAKE A MOTION. 
          'CAUSE A LOT OF TIMES WE'VE MADE OUR LEGAL RESEARCH PUBLIC, AND IF YOU WANT THIS TO GO TO ANY GROUPS THAT MIGHT WANNA LOOK AT DIFFERENT WAYS TO, UM, HELP THAT CEMETERY, FOR LACK OF A BETTER WORD, A MOTION TO RELEASE A MEMO. 
          YEAH. 
          Y'ALL MADE THAT MOTION. 
          A COUPLE THINGS. 
          ONE, I I, I KNOW ABOUT THIS A A LITTLE BIT A SECOND. 
          LEMME GET A SECOND. 
          FIRST. 
          SECOND. 
          I SECOND. 
          I'M SORRY. 
          THANKS SIR. 
          ALRIGHT, GO AHEAD. 
          UM, I'VE ALREADY TALKED TO A COUPLE NONPROFITS ABOUT THIS OUTSIDE OF WHAT YOU'VE BEEN TALKING ABOUT. 
          UM, THEY HAVEN'T MADE AN OFFICIAL RESPONSE, BUT TENTATIVE FROM THE BOARD MEMBERS IS THEY'RE WILLING TO, TO TAKE ON THE MAINTENANCE OF THIS STUFF. 
          SO THERE, THERE IS A LOT OF, A LOT OF GROUPS THAT ARE, ARE INTO STUFF LIKE THIS. 
          I I'M READING INTO THE, THE LEGAL LETTER HERE. 
          IF THEY WANT, IF THE CITY WANTS TO TAKE DIRECT CONTROL, AND I'M SORRY IF PEOPLE HAVE ALREADY READ THIS, IT IS RECOMMENDED THE CITY TAKE STEPS CONSISTENT WITH CHAPTER SEVEN 13. 
          THIS PROCESS DETAIL OF PART THREE OF THE MANUAL. 
          IN GENERAL, THE CITY WOULD FIRST DETERMINE THE PUBLIC NEED TO TAKE CONTROL OF THE CEMETERY, GIVE NOTICE OF ITS ATTEMPT TO DO SO, PREPARE AND CARRY OUT A PLAN FOR RESTORATION, AND THEN CONTINUE TO OPERATE AND MAINTAIN THE CEMETERY IN PERPETUITY. 
          I WAS JUST ASKING LEGAL NOT TO HOLD YOU TO THIS, BUT WHAT KIND OF TIMEFRAME DOES IT TAKE TO, TO DO THIS PROCESS? I, I, IT WOULD, AFTER 7 1 3 OF THE TEXAS HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE PRO, IT'D PROBABLY TAKE AT LEAST SIX MONTHS. 
          OKAY. 
          TO DO THAT. 
          I MEAN, THAT'D BE THE SHORTEST PLAN PERIOD. 
          RIGHT. 
          SO SIX TO SIX TO NINE MONTHS. 
          I'LL TELL YOU WE'RE 12 MONTHS IN TRYING TO PETITION AND HUNT SOMEBODY DOWN. 
          OKAY. 
          THAT'S ALL. 
          THANK YOU. 
          AND IN, UM, IF YOU DECIDE TO RELEASE THIS MEMO, I'M GONNA, UM, SCRUB IT TO WHERE IT'S NOT REALLY LEGAL ADVICE, IT'S JUST A LIST OF THE DIFFERENT STATE LAWS THAT PERTAIN TO THE OWNERSHIP OF A CEMETERY. 
          SO I'LL 
          [06:40:01]
REWORD IT. 
          YEAH, THAT'S FINE. 
          IF THAT'S OKAY. 
          YEAH. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. 
          AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER KING AYE. 
          COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD. 
          AYE. 
          MAYOR TIM THORNTON. 
          AYE. 
          MAYOR SNYDER. 
          AYE. 
          MOTION PASSES. 
          SEVEN ZERO. 
          ANYTHING ELSE ON THOSE ITEMS? YEAH, AND JUST FOR THE RECORD, I THINK THAT IT IS WORTH CONSIDERATION FOR THE CITY TO CONSIDER TAKING OWNERSHIP OF THIS, OF THIS CEMETERY. 
          IT'S A, IT'S BEEN A LONG ABANDONED AND NEGLECTED CEMETERY. 
          THERE'S BEEN A LOT OF WORK THAT'S BEEN DONE THAT WAS BEING USED AS A DUMPING GROUND. 
          SO THERE WAS, UH, CONSTRUCTION COMPANIES WHO, THAT WERE JUST BASICALLY DUMPING GARBAGE THERE. 
          UM, WE FILLED UP, I THINK THREE TO FOUR ENTIRE BIG ROLL OFFS FULL OF GARBAGE, UM, IN THAT CEMETERY. 
          UM, AND SO HAVING A CLEAR OWNER WOULD ALSO HELP, UH, PREVENT THAT IN THE FUTURE. 
          UM, THAT KIND OF STUFF. 
          AND, AND IT IS A HISTORIC CEMETERY. 
          IT'S A, YOU KNOW, IT'S A HISTORIC BLACK CEMETERY. 
          UM, YOU KNOW, IT'S, IT'S UNCERTAIN WHETHER HE'S BURIED THERE, BUT ADAM ORAIN COULD BE BURIED THERE. 
          UM, NOBODY KNOWS WHERE HIS, HIS GRAVE SITE IS. 
          UM, AND HE'S UH, YOU KNOW, A BIG FIGURE IN HURO. 
          AND SO, UH, FOR ME, I THINK I WOULD LIKE TO, FOR US TO MULL THIS OVER AND THINK ABOUT IT AND, UH, AND I MAY BRING IT BACK FOR AN ACTUAL VOTE LATER ON, BUT I'D LIKE JUST TO THINK ABOUT IT. 
          'CAUSE I THINK IT'S DEFINITELY WORTH, UM, WORTH CONSIDERING. 
          THANK YOU. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          I, WE'LL SKIP I ITEM 14 ONE, THERE'S NOTHING THERE. 
          UH, 15 
          [15. CITY COUNCIL COMMENTS]
ONE GENERAL COMMENTS FROM CITY COUNCIL. 
          WELCOME BACK. 
          CITY MANAGER. 
          THANK YOU. 
          SECOND, 65 MILLION REASONS OR HOW MANY, HOW MANY MILLION WAS THAT POTENTIAL? 65? YEAH. 
          YEAH, WELL, WHATEVER THE NET OF CO OF BYPASSING IT COSTS 35 MILLION. 
          I JUST PAID FOR MYSELF FOR HOW MANY YEARS? QUITE A WHILE. 
          . 
          . 
          UM, THE ONLY THING I'D BRING UP IS NEXT, UH, MEETING. 
          WE WILL BE GOING OVER THE, UH, COUNCIL PROTOCOLS. 
          SO WE'VE HAD 'EM, EVERYBODY'S HAD THE SUGGESTED REVISIONS FOR THE PAST MONTH, MONTH AND A HALF. 
          THERE'S A MESSAGE BOARD ITEM ON IT. 
          UM, YOU'VE GOT IDEAS, LET'S HASH IT OUT ON THERE AND THEN GET IT DOWN TO THE LAST COUPLE ISSUES AT THE MEETING SO WE CAN GET THE QUICKLY, AND I WAS TELLING JAMES, UH, HOW OUR, SOME OF US, WE HAD THAT MEETING WHERE WE WANTED TO USE, TRY TO USE A MESSAGE BOARD MORE FOR THE BIG ISSUES TO KIND OF TACKLE THROUGH. 
          SO WE'VE TALKED ABOUT, I DON'T KNOW IF YOU'VE DECIDED YET, BUT THE LAW DOES ALLOW JAMES OR DESIGNEE TO, UM, UH, COMMENT TO WHERE POTENTIALLY WE CAN BE GOING THROUGH ASKING QUESTIONS ON SAY UDC, WHAT SOMETHING, WHAT SOMETHING MEANS. 
          WE CAN THAT RESPONSE. 
          HE DOES HAVE A FEAR THAT MAY TURN INTO LIKE A COUNCIL MEETING WHERE IT'S POLITICY. 
          SO, UH, IF HE DOES GET ON THERE, MY HOPE IS IT HELPS US GET THROUGH ITEMS QUICKER BECAUSE I DO WANNA GET OUT THERE BY 10 O'CLOCK EVERY NIGHT. 
          BUT I THINK WE CAN DEBATE MORE ON THE MESSAGE BOARD LEGALLY AND NOT AS MUCH OUT HERE, UM, AS WE GET INTO THAT. 
          UM, SO WE'VE BEEN TALKING ABOUT THAT. 
          ALRIGHT, 15, TWO FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS. ANYBODY HAVE ANY? UH, JUST ONE QUESTION. 
          UM, AS FAR AS, UH, I'VE GOT ONE THING TOO. 
          SORRY. 
          YEAH, GO AHEAD. 
          UM, AS FAR AS, UH, I THINK THIS HAS TO DO WITH, UH, I DON'T KNOW IF I CAN, I COULD SAY IT OUTSIDE, BUT, UH, A, A PROPERTY WE, WE WERE LOOKING TO PURCHASE AND TO PURCHASE TO PROVIDE FOR A NON-PROFIT. 
          IS THAT ON A UPCOMING AGENDA? I KNOW, I THINK WE BOUGHT IT. 
          YEAH, I, WE CLOSED ON IT THIS WEEK. 
          OKAY. 
          I THINK HE'S TALKING ABOUT THE DISPOSITION OF HOW WE'RE GONNA USE IT, WHERE IT'S GOING, HOW IT'S GONNA BE, HOW IT'S GONNA BE USED. 
          IS THAT ON THE AGENDA? I'LL MAKE SURE IT, THAT AGREEMENT SHOULD BE READY TO GO. 
          RIGHT. 
          'CAUSE WE, WE, WE HAVE A DRAFT THAT'S GIVEN WE, LEGAL HAS DONE THE DRAFT AND GIVEN IT TO STAFF. 
          OKAY. 
          I'LL PUT ON AUGUST 7TH BECAUSE, 'CAUSE IT WAS, YOU KNOW, IT WAS A FUNDING ISSUE TO PARKING UP TONIGHT. 
          AND I THINK AS SOON AS, AS, AS WE CAN GIVE IT AN ANSWER TO THAT AS SOON AS POSSIBLE FOR THEM, I THINK THEY WOULD LOWER THEIR BLOOD PRESSURE LOW. 
          MM-HMM . 
          MM-HMM . 
          WELL, MINE GREEN LEGION, UH, LEASE. 
          OKAY. 
          YOU HAD ONE? YEAH, 
          [8.1. Consideration and possible action regarding possible appointments, re-appointments and/or removals to City Boards, Commissions, Task Forces, Economic Development Corporations, Local Government Corporations and Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone Boards, and Area Government appointments. (Part 2 of 2)]
I NEED TO, TO RECALL ITEM 8.1 IF WE COULD. 
          I'VE GOT A LEGAL QUESTION AND THEN IT GOT ADDED IN. 
          NO OBJECTIONS. 
          WE'LL RECALL. 
          ITEM EIGHT ONE ATION POSSIBLE ACTION REGARDING POSSIBLE APPOINTMENTS, REAPP APPOINTMENTS AND OR REMOVALS TO CITY BOARDS, COMMISSIONS, TASK FORCES, ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CORPORATIONS, 
          [06:45:01]
LOCAL GOVERNMENT CORPORATIONS AND TAX INCREMENT REINVESTMENT ZONE BOARDS AND AREA GOVERNMENT APPOINTMENTS. 
          UH, SO DOTTIE, I'VE GOT A QUESTION. 
          UM, IN THE HU CITY CHARTER SECTION 1303, UM, UNDER ETHICS, PARAGRAPH C, UM, NEPOTISM, I NEED TO UNDERSTAND IF THAT APPLIES. 
          IT TALKS ABOUT APPOINTEES AND I WANTED TO KNOW IF THAT APPLIES TO BOARD AND COMMISSION APPOINTEES THE READING OF THAT PARAGRAPH AND I CAN READ IT IF THAT'S HELPFUL. 
          IF YOU READ IT HERE. 
          WHAT, WHAT? IT'S THE ETHICS PARAGRAPH C, ETHICS SECTION 13.03, PARAGRAPH C. 
          IT SAYS NO PERSON RELATED WITHIN THE SECOND DEGREE OF AFFINITY OR WITHIN THE THIRD DEGREE BY, AND I DON'T KNOW THIS WORD. 
          CONSE CON, WHAT IS IT? CONSEQUE ENTITY. 
          CONSEQUE ENTITY TO THE MAYOR OR ANY CITY COUNCIL MEMBER OR TO THE CITY MANAGER SHALL BE EMPLOYED OR APPOINTED BY THE CITY. 
          I THINK WHAT THEY'RE REFERRING TO IS THE GOVERNMENT CODE ON NEPOTISM. 
          AND IT WOULD BE LIKE A APPOINTEE, LIKE A CITY ATTORNEY APPOINTEE OR A CITY MANAGER. 
          OKAY. 
          APPOINTEE. 
          I DON'T THINK THAT, AND IT DOESN'T, YOU DON'T THINK IT APPLIES TO BOARD AND COMMISSION APPOINTEES. 
          WOULD YOU MIND JUST RESEARCHING THAT TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE NOT BREAKING THE CHARTER IF YOU WOULDN'T MIND? NO, I'LL DO IT. 
          OKAY. 
          WELL IN SEC, SECOND DEGREE. 
          YOU, YOU HAVE TO COME FROM THE SAME FAMILY TREE SEC. 
          NO, SECOND DEGREE IS, IS BROTHER-IN-LAW, SISTER-IN-LAW? IT'S THROUGH MARRIAGE. 
          IT IS THROUGH MARRIAGE, OKAY. 
          YES. 
          WELL THAT'S THE CON CONTIGUITY IS BLOOD. 
          BLOOD, YEAH. 
          AND AFFINITY IS, IS MARRIAGE. 
          OH, AFFINITY. 
          OKAY. 
          I'M SORRY. 
          I THOUGHT YOU WERE TALKING ABOUT, SO JUST TO MAKE SURE WE'RE, WE'RE GOOD. 
          ALL RIGHT. 
          THANK YOU. 
          IT'S JUST NOT WRITTEN VERY GOOD, BUT WELL WE NEED TO TRY TO REVIEW COMMISSION SO WE CAN GET SOME CLARIFICATION ON THE OLD, UH, THE OLD CHARTER, BUT YEAH. 
          WELL, AND THE CHARTER APPARENTLY DOESN'T QUITE MATCH THE ORDINANCE AND IT DOESN'T QUITE MATCH . 
          WE AMENDED IT AT THE LAST, UM, CHARTER ELECTION TO JUST TRACK THE STATUTE. 
          YOU KNOW WHAT IT SAYS? LIKE IF THAT PERSON, LIKE THIS WAS AN ABSOLUTE PROHIBITION, THE STATE LAW SAYS THAT YOU'RE ALREADY IN THAT JOB FOR SIX MONTHS, YOU, YOU GET TO STAY. 
          SO, AND THEY, WELL, RIGHT, SO LIKE, LIKE IF THE APPOINTEE IS ALREADY IN THAT JOB AND SOMEBODY'S ELECTED, THEN THAT DOESN'T COUNT. 
          BUT THIS IS OPPOSITE. 
          SOMEBODY'S ALREADY ELECTED AND THEN THIS IS A NEW APPOINTEE. 
          IT'S KIND OF BACKWARDS, BUT IT DOES, IT NEVER APPLIED TO, IT'S NOT CLEAR, BUT IT SHOULD HAVE NEVER, IT DOESN'T APPLY TO BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS, BUT WE'LL DO AN A LEGAL OPINION ON IT. 
          OKAY. 
          ALRIGHT. 
          JUST WANTED TO BE A HUNDRED PERCENT SURE. 
          ANYTHING ELSE FOR THE AGENDA? ALL RIGHT. 
          AND WE'LL ADJOURN AT 1:49 AM.
* This transcript was created by voice-to-text technology. The transcript has not been edited for errors or omissions, it is for reference only and is not the official minutes of the meeting.